"v^^^-^ ^a:.^^ ^o ^^^ • ^ > S' ^^.^ y^ ^o, '»:rr»' .0-' •% v^ .. v_, =.'(// ss\\v» ,'^"•J-^ '. ^iis*' ^ "^ ^'^^ik'iy/^, .^^,mi'.%. y.^:Vi;%"^. ..." ' w^s > siHP^C'^ '^ :. ''Wi^' 4 .4=' '^■^. ■.,\ '^""..^\o../<. ^.v-.,% " .%^.^s5n^^.:. '^ 'Ai - ^OV^ o, V- y;^- ^o K .^"^^ /^^<^% RAND.M'-NALLY^C0'S UUSTRATING EXHIBITS ^^^ *V0RLD*8 COLIMBIAN EXPOSITION WITh MAPS AND DIAGRAMS GEORGE M. BOGUE. HAMILTON B. BOGUE. HARRY W. CHRISTIAN. Boghe & Company Real Estate Age ngy Rooms: 203 to 209 Real Estate Board Building, ESTABLISHED 1867. 59 bEARBORN STREET, CHICAGO. BUY AND SELL REAL ESTATE ON COMMISSION, PROPERTY MANAGED, INTERESTS OF NON-RESIDENTS CAREFULLY ATTENDED TO, RENTS COLLECTED, LOANS NEGOTIATED. A LARGE LIST ALWAYS ON HAND OF INVESTMENT PROPERTIES, RESIDENCES, VACANT FOR IMPROViNG, ACRES RIPE FOR SUBDIVIDING. AGENTS FOR THE WORLD RENOWNED Grant Locomotive Works' Addition to Chicago, The only Locomotive Works west of Pittsburg. 600 men now employed. MANY HOUSES HAVE BEEN BUILT-MORE ARE NEEDED. NOW IS THE TIME TO BUY A LOT. IT IS THE BEST INVESTMENT AROUND CHICAGO^ Send for Plat and Get Free Tickets, LOTS, $500 AND UPWARDS. ifnerican Straw Board Co. MANUFACTURERS OF Straw Boards and Binders' Boards OF EVERY DESCRIPTION. GENERAL OFFICES: agencies: a6 federal street, boston, mass. 102 TO 106 WOOSTER STREET, NEW YORK N Y. 121 TO 127 NORTH ATH STREET, PH r LADE LPH I A, PA. 101 TO 103 WALNUT STREET, CINCINNATI OHIO. 152 TO 153 MICHIGAN AVENUE, CHICAGO, ILL. PULLMAN BUILDING Chicago, Illinois. THE lEi.W.WOLF CO. MANUFACTURERS OF THE _s> ICi: MACHINI 560JM.'H/\^l5TEDSt. ;?;:««,- "^- >hmnn^<$iB ^^L,>-:Fo-R' Rr EWERS «c Maltsters' ■ ' " . I 1 1 . ti^ GFFiet: S60 N I^ALSTEO ST. CHICA<50, I Lul The Edward P. Allis Compak . . PROPRIETORS . . RELIHNCE MORKS MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN SOLE BUILDERS OF Peynolds' Improved Qorliss Engines OF ALL TYPES FOR ANY KIND OF SERVICE. EXHIBIT m MACHINERY BUILDING, GopbraGbors ^017 Gomplebe plou^ ^ills, equipped Wibh maGhinerL| op blpe Ipighesb gIqss. EXHIBIT IN MACHINERY BUILDING. [nigh Grade SaW-M'H Mci^lpipei^Lj for mopu- pOGburing all l^inds o\[ lurpbei^, EXHIBIT IN SAW-MILL BUILDING SEND F-OR IL-L.\jrSTR7^TED 07^T7=Cl-OGUeS. 2 ESTABLISHED 1876 Centennial Year • • " ^^^r , i .-- THE 1 CArMM/^ ^^^^^ LEAUiNo ^^^^^^R K^i^^l^^M^^I LINE ^^HMH '' bliirllli liT^^ISl ^ i iii^^^S IMS^ B^lHHO :^^^^E K^^S ^^^^^^^^^^SR^^^^M • • • -■.--r,^^S ^feffi^^^^^^^Hl AT POPULAR PRICES Plows, farrows, (Cultivators Note. — Racine is located about an hour and a half's ride north of Chicago on the C. & N.-W. and C, M. & St. P. Rys. or about four hours by the Goodrich Line of Steamers. And we shall be glad to have all persons interested in our line of business call on us at the factory. Dealers Say: Sells the best Farmers Say: Works the best All are cordially Invited to visit our factory J. I. CASE PLOW WORKS, RACINE, WIS Maps AND Guides -TO ALL OF THE Globes, Map Racks, Spring Map Rollers, German Maps, Wall and Pocket Maps, Historical Maps, Classical, Biblical, Historical, Anatomical, Astronomical, Phys- ical, and General Atlases of all kinds kept in stock. PRINCIPAL CITIES EVERY COUNTRY IN THE WORLD ADDRESS RAND. MCNALLY & CO., MAP PUBLISHERS AND ENGRAVERS, Rand-McNally Building, 160 to 174 Adams Street, CHICAGO. WORLD'S FAIR EXHIBIT MACHINERY HALL it SIMON SAWS AND II KNIVES SIMONDS MFG. CO., 21 S. Canal Street, FITCHBURG, MASS. CHICAGO. AiWERICAN F ADIATOR S (TBADE MAEK.) (Jsed [Exclusively in World's pair ^^^'^^^S^ ARE SOLD IN KLL PHRTS OF THE WORLD Qiue iJpiuersal 53ti5faetioi) EXAMINE THEIR VARIOUS FEATURES OF MERIT 111 AND 113 LAKE STREET CHICAGO, ILL. DETROIT. NEW YORK, 92 CENTRE STREET " BOSTON, 44 OLIVER STREET DENVER, 1810 BLAKE STREET MINNEAPOLIS, 330 FIRST STREET, N. ST. PAUL, 114 ENDICOTT BUILDING 4 SILURIAN THE FAMOUS WAUKESHA WATER Possesses Marvelous Curative properties in all affections of the Liver, Kid- neys and Bladder. Books containing full information mailed free upon application SILURIKN MINERHL SPRING COMPHNY Main Office, Waukesha, Wisconsin CHICAGO branch: 157 Wabash Avenue NEW YORK branch: 1 1 West 27th Street MEMPHIS branch: 65 Madison Street Chicago, III. ^^ So, Omaha, Neb, GRIDLEY & HOPKINS, 89 MADISON STREET CHIOAGO, ILLINOIS Attorneys and Counselors IN PATENT CAUSES We refer b}'- permission to Messrs. Rand, McNally & Co., publishers of this book. Dayton, Poole & Brown MELVILLE E. DAYTON C. CLARENCE POOLC TAYLOR E. BROWN SOLICITORS OF American and Foreign PATENTS 215 DEARBORN STREET (owings building) CHICAGO, ILL. A Farmer IF YOU p r#: in Machinery the beautiful— THE FIRST THING TO SEE IS THE EXHIBIT OF William [)eering Si C^- THE WORLD'S GREATEST MANUFACTURERS OF HARVESTING MACHINERY e^ THE DEERING EXHSBIT, MACHINERY ANNEX OF AGRICULTURAL HALL. This exhibit contains the following machines, each one of which is acknowledged by farmers everywhere, to be without equal: MACHINES IN THE DEERING EXHIBIT Deering Improved Steel, Jointed Platform, Deering Corn Cutter and Husker Harvester and Binder Deering- Corn Cutter and Binder Deering Pony, Jointed Platform, Harvester Deering Husker and Binder with Ball and Roller Bearings Deering Twine Machine New Deering Mower Deering Improved Bundle Carrier Deering Giant Mower Deering Pony Bundle Carrier Deering One Horse Mower Deering Improved Binder Truck Deering Ideal Mower with Ball and Roller Deering Original Marsh Harvester Bearings Deering Original Twine Binder (the first Deering Light Reaper Twine Binder made). Deering Corn Cutter and Loader Original Appleby Knotter. MODELS Machine used by ancient Gauls 1800 years Deering Jointed Platform Harvester , ago Deering Perfected Marsh Harvester i Reaper, Ogle, 1822 Deering First Twine Binder Reaper, Bell, 1826 Spaulding Automatic Packing, Self-sizin)| Reaper, Hussey, 1831 Binder 21 22 23 24 25 WICNALLV ^ 0».^ NEW INDEXED O > Standard Guide Map OF THE >^ '/ / "J // ai / r 2B 28 . ^AcNALLy ^ ^^^^ NEW ,NOEXED ^O > Standard Guide Map IF V farrr Dee] Dee- £ Ne-v^ Dee: Dee Dee Dee Rea Reaper, Hussey, io3l RAND, McNALLY & CO.'S A WEEK AT THE FAIR ILLUSTRATING THE EXHIBITS AND WONDERS World's Columbian Exposition ,- , SPECIAL DESCRIPTIVE ARTICLES Mrs. Potter Palmer, The Countess of Aberdeen, Mrs. Schuyler Van Rensselaer, Mr. D. H. Burnham (Director of Works), Hon. W. E. Curtis, Messrs. Adler & Sullivan, S. S. Beman, W. W. Boyington, Henry Ives Cobb, W. J. Edbrooke, Frank W, Grogan, Miss Sophia G. Hayden, Jarvis Hunt, W. L. B. Jenney, Henry Van Brunt, Francis Whitehouse, and other Architects OF State and Foreign Buildings MAPS, PLANS, AND ILLUSTRATIONS CHICAGO Rand, McNally & Company, Publishers' 1893 EXPLANATION OF REFERENCE MARKS. In the following pages all the buildings and noticeable features of the grounds are indexed in the following manner: The letters and figures following the names of buildings in heavy black type (like this) are placed there to ascertain their exact location on the map inserted at the end of the guide. Take for example Administration Building (N i8): 18 N- .^^•^^N^ .<:-' -N 18 On each side of the map are the letters of the alphabet reading downward ; and along the margin, top and bottom, are figures reading and increasing from i, on the left, to 27, on the right; N 18, therefore, implies that the Administration Building will be found at that point on the map where lines, if drawn from N to N east and west and from 18 to 18 north and south, would cross each other at right angles. With this extremely simple arrangement at his command, the visitor will experience but little difficulty in speedily and surely locating any sought-for building or spot within the Exposition grounds. For those seeking a similar useful arrangement in regard to the city, streets, and parks of Chicago itself, reference may be made to " The City Railway Directory and Street Number Guide " issued by the publishers of this book. v/ ^ "l \j <^ \^ Copyright, 1893, by Rand, McNally & Co. Preface. ^ MB^^^fK/^ HE aim of this guide is to afford to its readers the fullest, clearest, most concise, and, above all, the most reliable information upon every subject embraced within its scope. Its space is too limited to admit of verbose descriptions or discursive ramblings (even were such desirable), and mere dull, dry cataloguing of details has been equally avoided. With those who will require its aid, the most important ques- tions are: I St. How can I best reach the Exposition ? What are the objects of interest there ? How can I most easily and under standingly see and enjoy the sights ? These questions are, we hope, fully and satisfactorily answered by this guide, in the following manner: Assuming that the visitor has but a week at his disposal, and in that time desires to do the greatest amount of sight-seeing possible, with the least trouble and expense, the " Week at the Fair "has been compiled with the view of enabling him, without further information — To reach the Fair grounds from any part of the city. To find his way about the grounds and locate any building, or other object of interest, without trouble. To under stand fully each and every exhibit and its location. To post himself thoroughly as to the architecture, size, cost, and decorations of all btcildings; the name and description of each statue, fountain, obelisk, etc., with the names of the architects, artists, and sculptors who designed them. To enable him at the close of each day to select the nearest and best route to his home in the city. More than a year's experience in and careful study of the grounds, buildings, and exhibits by a competent corps of compilers (residents of the city of Chicago) insure the accuracy and guarantee the completeness of the information herein contained. The cuts with which this work is profusely illustrated were in nearly every case obtained from photographs or drawings made upon the spot, and are accurate and artistic. Authen- tic ground-plans of the floors of buildings, showing the locations and classifications of exhibits, are inserted, and will be found of great value and service in tracing particular displays. Added to all this is a thoroughly accurate indexed map. It may be well to mention that in everything relating to the city of Chicago itself ' ' The Handy Guide to Chicago " and " Bird's-eye Views and Guide to Chicago," issued by the publishers of this work, give the most complete and accurate information. In almost every instance the architects of the chief buildings and the artists and sculp- tors themselves have described their work, and in such clear, forcible style that even the technical terms of their different arts are made plain to all. In this way alone was it pos- sible to secure thoroughly accurate descriptions of their masterpieces. Realizing that whatever success this guide may attain will be largely due to this expert aid, the thanks of the publishers are hereby tendered to the eminent contributors whose names appear either upon the title page or included in the following list: Mesdames Julia M. Bracken and J. Loughborough Douglass. Messrs. Lorado Taft, Karl Bitter, M. A. Waagen, Edward Kemeys, C. B. Atwood, A. P. Proctor, J. A. Blanken- ship, Seymour Davis, J. W. McLaughlin, J. S. Silsbee, Henry Voss, G. B. Howe, C. A. Gifford, A. P. Brown, Gunn & Curtis, F. J. Rucavade, C. Ravn, W. C. Whitney, Baldwin & Pennington, C. S. Frost, F. W. Putnam, Maury & Dodd, Cutter & Poetz, W. M. Walter, Josselyn & Taylor, Stone, Carpenter & Willson, T. F. Lonsdale, H. T. E. Wendell, J. R. Gordon, Dallas & Hedges, Skillings & Corner, William Waters, R. A. Denell, and R. E. A. Dorr. (9) THE AMERICAN CASUAL TY INSURANCE AND SECURITY COMPANY The American Casualty Insurance and Security Company writes every kind of Accident Insurance, furnishing inspection for boilers and elevators. It also furnishes Guarantee Bonds. Its assets are larger than any other Casualty Company. Its man- agement expenses are smaller than any other Com- pany. It did more business in the United States in 1892 than any other Company. JAMES W. NYE, Manager, Western Department 184 La Salle Street, Chicago THE WORLD'S INN Chicago FIRE PROOF. Eight Hundred Rooms: European Plan; Cafe; Built of Steel Beams and Fire Proof Tile CONVENIENCES. Faces the Fair Grounds. The above sketch shows all the means of • transportation; an entrance to the grounds across the street RATES. Two Dollars ($2.00) per day for each person, two to the room CHARLES E. LELAND, Manager S. W. Corner Midway Plaisance (60th Street) and Madison Ave. 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS. PAGE Explanation of Reference Marks ._. -. 8 Preface _ ... 9 Map _ 13 Calendar of the Fair 14 Chapter I. — Arrival at the World's Fair City _. 17 Information regarding railway depots; baggage checking; hack and carriage fares; where and how to find accommodation in hotels, boarding-houses, or private rooms, and the rates charged thereat; location of restaurants, theaters, and other places of amusement; list of foreign consuls, etc. Chapter II. — The Way to the World's Fair and Its History 26 Information regarding all land and water routes, fares, etc., from the city and suburbs to the Fair grounds; a concise history of the conception, execution, and com- pletion of the Exposition, with a sketch of some of the prominent persons connected therewith; statistics, etc. Chapter III. — First Day at the Fair 42 Itinerary of visit to the Transportation, Mines and Mining, Administration, Electricity, Anthropological, Machinery, Live Stock, Forestry, and Dairy buildings; the Convent of Santa Maria de la Rabida; the Golden Doorway; Royal Coaches; the Statue of Columbus; the Fair Grounds; the Main Basin; Oil Industries; Great White Horse Inn; French Colonies; Model Workingman's Home; Cliff Dwellers; " Old Times" Distillery; Sewage Cleansing Works; Power House; Ruins of Yucatan; Ethnographical Exhibit; Whaling Bark " Progress "; Historical Exhibit; Intramu- ral Elevated Railroad, etc. Chapter IV. — Second Day at the Fair. ...118 Itinerary of visit to the Agricultural, Manufactures and Liberal Arts, and United States Government buildings ; Battle-ship " Illinois "; Main Columbian Pier; Mova- ble Sidewalk; Rolling Chairs; Columbian Guards. Chapter V. — Third Day at the Fair 154 Itinerary of visit to the Horticultural, Fisheries, Art, and Woman's buildings; Puck Building; Official Photographer; Festival Hall; Wooded Island; Hunter's Island; Australian Squatter's Hut; Baur's Sphinx; Home of Izaak Walton; " Woman and Her Work "; " Fire Queen "; Gondolas; atrip on the lagoon; Hoo-den. Chapter VI.— Fourth Day at the Fair 1S5 Itinerary of visit to the foreign buildings; architecture of many nations; flags of many lands; a trip on Lake Michigan; the Clam Bake, etc. Chapter VII. — Fitfh Day at the Fair _ 201 Itinerary of visit to State buildings; Esquimau Village; products of every quarter of the United States; as seen from the lagoon; Liberty Bell, etc. Chapter VIII. — Sixth Day at the Fair 230 Itinerary of visit to the Midway Plaisance. Natives from all lands and their modes of life. Chinese Theater, Captive Balloon, Irish Village, etc. The Austrian jostles the Zulu; Lapland adjoins torrid Africa; Volcano of Kilauea. General Index 249 (11) LOOK FOR FARGO'S Trade Mark CALF HEAD In the Shoe and Leather Building at the Columbian Exposition. Call and get one of our Calf Head Watch Charms at our pavilion. We Manufacture the Well Known FARGO'S $2.60 CALF SHOE FARGO'S BOX-TIP SCHOOL SHOES FARGO'S $2.50 LADIES' BOOT FARGO'S MULE-SKIN SHOES C. H. Fargo & Co. 196-198-200 Market St., COR. QUINCY Chicago 12 CALENDAR OF THE EXPOSITION. Being a list of the principal events taking place on the several days mentioned. These dates are subject to change by the Exposition authorities if necessity arises. May I. — Opening Ceremonies; Rose Show, Horticultural Building; the Thomas Orchestra, Music Hall; Dedication Mon- tana and Woman's buildings. May 2. — Banquet to the Duke of Veraguaat H.otel Metropole, by President Palmer; Inaugural Concert, Music Hall. May 3. — Orchestral Concert, Music Hall. May 4. — Utah Dedication. May 5. — Orchestral Concert, Music Hall. May 6. — Public Reception for the Duke of Veragua and brother, Marquis de Bar- boles, in Administration Building; Or- chestral Concert, Music Hall; first ex hibition of Electric Fountain. May 8. — Unveiling Montana's Silver Statue. May 9. — Catholic Knights of America; Or- chid Show, Horticultural Building; Or- chestral Concert, Music Hall. May 10. — Vermont Day; Travelers' Protect- ive Association. May 12. — Orchestral Concert, Music Hall. May 15. — Boston Symphony Orchestra, Music Hall; Woman's Progress Con- gress, Art Institute; commencement of Congresses of Education, Industry .Liter- ature, and Art; Moral and Social Reform; Philanthropy and Charity; Civil Law and Government and Religion. May 16. — Boston Symphony Orchestra, Music Hall; Woman's Progress Con- gress, continuing two weeks; National Editorial Association Convention. May 17. — Washington Day; Norway Day. May 18. — Dedication Illinois and Washing- ton State Buildings. May 19. — New York Symphony Orchestra Concert, Music Hall. May 20. — Closing day for Entries for Dog Show; New York Symphony Orchestra Concert, Music Hall. May 22. — Kneisel Quartette Concert, Festival Hall; beginning of Congresses of the Public Press, Public Health, Religious Press, Trade Journals; Address by Clara Morris, on "Women on the Stage"; Orchestral Concerts to June 30th; con- certs in Music Hall by Sousa's band. May 23. — Wisconsin, forty-fifth anniversary of admission into statehood; Kneisel Quartette Concert, Festival Hall; Or- chestral Concert, Music Hall. May 24. — Maine Day; Kneisel Quartette,' Festival Hall; Apollo Club Concert. May 25. — Kneisel Quartette, Festival Hall; Chicago Apollo Club, Festival Hall. May 26. — Exposition Children's Chorus, 1,400 voices, Festival Hall; Orchestral Concert, Music Hall. May 27. — Wagner Concert, Festival Hall; Orchestral Concert, Music Hall. May 29. — Congress Medicine and Surgery, Music Hall. May 30 — Orchestral Concert, Music Hall. June I. — Dedication of Kentucky State Building; opening of Steele Mackaye's Spectatorium; preliminary hearing of Sons of Temperance to be held, June 5. — Commencing to-day and for seven days, a Russian Choir will give concerts in Festival Hall, under the direction of Madame Eugenie Lineff ; Denmark, new constitution granted by King Frederick VII., 1849; commencement Temper- ance Congress, continuing one month; Sportsmen's Contest; Nebraska F^te Day. June 7. — Eastern Choral Societies' Festival, Festival Hall. June 8. — Nebraska Day; Eastern Choral Societies' Festival; Primary Congi^ess of Charity and Philanthropy. June 9. — Orchestral Concert, Music Hall. June 10. — Travelers' Protective Associa- tion. June 12. — Commencement Moral and Social Reform Congress; Congress Charity and Philanthropy; Max Bendix String Quar- tette, Recital Hall. June 13. — Max Bendix String Quartette, Recital Hall. June 14. — Handel's " Messiah," Music Hall; France Day. June 15. — Germany, accession of emperor to throne. June 16. — Bach's " Passion," Music Hall. June 17. — Massachusetts Day. June 19. — Indianapolis Choral Festival Asso- ciation, Festival Hall; Congress Bank- ers and Financiers; Boards of Trade; Railway Commerce; Building Associa- tion and Insurance Congresses. June 20. — North Dakota Day; St. Paul and Minneapolis Choral Association, Music Hall. June 21. — New Hampshire, on this day of the year 1788, voted to ratify the Constitu-. tion; Western Choral Societies, Festival Hall; Women's Amateur Musical Clubs, Music Hall, lasting until the 24th. June 22. — Western Choral Societies, Festival Hall. June 23. — Sweden (Swedish Midsommaraf- ton); Western Choral Societies, Festival Hall. June 24. — Cincinnati Festival Association, Music Hall; midsummer afternoon. June 27. — Arion Society Concert, Music Hall. June 28. — Handel's "Messiah," Music Hall. June 29. — Millers' Day. June 30. — Bach's " Passion," Music Hall. July I. — National Congress of Socialists. July 3. — First day of Musical Congress. July 4. — Calladium Show, Horticultural Building. (14) CALENDAR OF THE EXPOSITION. 15 July 7. — New York Liederkranz Concert, Music Hall. July 8. — New York Liederkranz Concert, Music Hall; International Congress of Brewers. July 10. — New York Liederkranz Concert, Music Hall; commencement Literary Congress. July II. — Concert by Cleveland Vocal So- ciety, Music Hall. July 12. — Western Choral Association, Fes- tival Hall. July 12. — Confectioners' Day; Western Choral Association, Festival Hall. July 14. — France F^te Day ; Western Choral Association, Festival Hall. July 15. — Concert by Junger Maennerchor (Philadelphia), Music Hall. July 17. — Congress of Stenographers; first day of Educational Congress; Youths' Congress, lasting three half-days. July 20. — Colombian Anniversary of Inde- pendence of Colombia; College Frater- nities meet; Swedish Societies' Concerts, Festival Hall. ^uly 21.— Swedish Concert, Festival Hall. July 22. — Swedish Concert, Festival Hall. July 24. — Utah Day, the first Mormons marched into the valley; gathering of Commercial Travelers' Association. July 26. — Liberia, forty-seventh anniversary of the establishment of the free repub- lic; Commercial Travelers' Grand Con- cert, Festival Hall. July 27. — Turner Bund; Scandinavian Con- cert, Festival Hall. July 28. — Scandinavian Concert, Festival Hall. July 31 to August 6. — The Scottish Days; first day of Congresses of Engineers, Art and Architecture; Congress of Pho- tographers, lasting until October 5 th. August I.— Fgte Day, New South Wales; Constitution Day; the band of the Guarde Republique of Paris will give concerts every other day throughout this month in Festival Hall. August 2. — National Union. August 7. — Commencement of Congresses of Government, Law Reform, Political Science; Inventors, for one week. August 9. — Knights of Pythias; Virginia State Day; Angling Tournament, last- ing twelve days. August 12. — Independent Order of Forest- ers. August 14. — Commencement General Con- gress; also Africa and her people; Den- tal, Pharmaceutical, Medical Jurispru- dence, Horticulture Congresses. August 16. — Haiti. August 18.— North CaroHna, in honor of Virginia Dare's memory, the first white child born on American soil; Austria F^te Day, anniversary birth of Em- peror Francis Joseph. August 21.— Cattle and Horse Show to Sep- tember 2 1 St; commencement Congress of Science and Philosophy. August 25.— Colored People F^te Day, con- tinuing until September 25th; a Parlia- ment of Religion. August 28. — Commencement of Hebrew Religious Congress; also Labor and Economic Science Congresses. August 31. — Netherlands Fgte Day; thir- teenth anniversary of coronation of queen. September i. — Nicaragua. September 2. — Catholic Educational Day. September 4. — New York Fgte Day; com- mencement of Religious and Mission Congress to be held in the different churches in Chicago. September 5. — Continuing until the follow- ing Friday, the Jewish Women's Con- gress; Catholic Congress, continuing until the 9th. September 7. — Brazil Fete Day; Anniversary of Independence. September 9. — California Day; admission of State to Union Anniversary. September 11. — Beginning of concerts under the direction of Doctor Mackinzie, extending over a period of two weeks; beginning of Religious Congress. September 12. — Maryland F^te Day. September 13. — Michigan Fgte Days, ex- tending to the 15th. September 14. — Meeting of Amateur Ath- letic Club, continuing for three days; Handicap Athletic Field Games. September 15, — Kansas F^te Day; Conven- tion of Theosophists; Mexico F^te Day; Amateur Athletic Club; team contests; Costa Rica F^te Day. September 16. — New Mexico F^te Day; Con- vention of Theosophists; Amateur Ath- letic Club; Track and Field Meeting. September 18. — Nevada. September 19. — Colorado Fgte Day; Dog Show. September 20. — Montana F^te Day; Patri- otic Order Sons of America. September 21. — Iowa F§te Day. September 25, — Sheep and Swine Show to October 14th; continuing for three weeks from this date, concerts under the direction of Mr. Saint-Saens. September 28. — Commencement of Sunday Rest Congress; commencement of Mis- sion Congress, continuing until Octo- ber 5 th. October i. — Sunday; Missionary Day. October 5. — Rhode Island F^te Day. October 9. — Virginia F^te Day. October 11. — Connecticut F^te Day. October 12. — Discovery of America 1492; Italian Societies; four hundred and first anniversary Columbus' landing; Public Health Congress. October 13. — Minnesota, date the Constitu- tion was adopted; Congress Public Health. October 16. — Poultry, Pigeons, and Pet Stock Show to October 28th; Fat Stock to October 28th; commencement Agri- cultural Congress. October 25. — Homing Pigeon Contest, ex- tending through October. UJ (0 o o o o > o o < Ul z 16 A WEEK AT THE FAIR CHAPTER I. THE ARRIVAL IN THE WORLD'S FAIR CITY. CAGO, as Julian Ralph " g h 1 1 y re- marked in a recent maga- zine article, ' ' will be the main exhibit of the World's Columbian Exposition." And, reiterating this, a noted English jour- nalist exclaims: " She is one of the wonders of the world. " In trans- portation facilities alone the World's Fair City would make a singularly substantial s h o w- ing. Puny indeed appear the cities of the entire civilized world when compared with one wherein thirty- seven railroads, with an aggregate of 76,865 miles of track, center and discharge pass- engers; wherein any of the 88,000,000 of inhabitants of an entire continent of 8,000,000 square miles can, without a single change of cars, be safely landed in the heart of the city, or at the very gates of the Columbian Exposition itself, over a system of railroads without equal and beyond comparison. For the excursionist of a single day (whose inspection of the wonders of the World's Fair will be necessarily as superficial as his time is short) the Central Railroad De- pot of the World's Columbian Exposition will necessarily be the main objective point. No matter by what line he travels, a mar- velous system of tracks will convey him to the point he aims to reach. For the ma- jority of visitors, whose stay in the Garden City will be of a week's duration at least, the terminal railway depots of the city will be the spots where Chicago first greets them. Seven in number, these depots, with their respective ticket-offices, are located as fol- lows, and as indicated on the key-map on the following page : 6. Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe. — De- pot, Polk Street and Third Avenue. Cen- tral ticket-office, 212 Clark Street. 7. Baltimore & Ohio. — Grand Central De- pot, Fifth Avenue and Harrison Street; city ticket-office, 193 Clark Street. 6. Chicago & Erie. — Depot, Polk Street and Third Avenue. General offices, Phenix Building, corner Clark and Jackson streets and Pacific Avenue; city ticket-offices, 242 Clark Street. 3. Chicago & Alton.— Union Depot, Ca- nal and Adams streets (West Side)t Gen- eral office, Monadnock Building, corner Jackson and Dearborn streets; city ticket- office, 195 C^ark Street. 6. Chicago & Eastern Illinois. — Depot, Polk Street and Third Avenue. General offices. First National Bank Building, cor- ner Dearborn and Monroe streets; city ticket-office, 204 Clark Street. 6. Chicago & Grand Trunk. — Depot, Polk Street and Third Avenue. General office, Monadnock Building, corner Jackson and Dearborn streets; central ticket-office, 103 Clark Street. 7. Chicago & Northern Pacific. — Grand Central Depot, Fifth Avenue and Harrison Street. General offices, Grand Central De- pot, Harrison Street and Fifth Avenue. 2. Chicago & North-Western. — Depot, Wells and Kinzie streets (North Side). Gen- eral offices, northwest corner Fifth Avenue and Lake Street; central ticket-office, 206- 208 South Clark Street. 3. Chicago, Burlington & Quincy. — Union Depot, Canal and Adams streets (West Side). General offices, Adams and Franklin streets. City ticket-offices, 211 Clark Street, Quincy Building. I. Cleveland, Cincinnati, Chicago & St. Louis (" The Big 4"). — Illinois Central De- pot. Central ticket-office, 234 Clark Street. 3. Chicago, Milwaukee & St. Paul.— Union Depot, Canal and Adams streets (West Side). General offices, Rand-McNally Build- ing, 166 Adams Street; central ticket-office, 207-209 Clark Street. 4. Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific. — Depot, Van Buren and Sherman streets. General office. Van Buren Street Station; central ticket-office, southwest corner Clark and Washington streets. I. Chicago & West Michigan. — Depot, Illinois Central Depot. General office, Mo- nadnock Building, corner Jackson and Dear- 2 (17) 18 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. born streets; city ticket-office, 67 Clark Street, southeast corner Randolph Street. Chicago Great Western (Chicago, St. Paul & Kansas City), " The Maple Leaf."— Grand Central Depot, Harrison Street and Fifth Avenue. General offices, Phenix Building, Jackson Street and Pacific Avenue ; city ticket-office, 188 Clark Street. I. Illinois Central. — Depots, foot of Lake and Randolph streets, and Twelfth Street and Park Row. General offices, 78 Michi- gan Avenue, near passenger depot; central ticket-office, 194 Clark Street. 4. Lake Shore & Michigan Southern. — Depot, Van Buren and Sherman streets. Chicago general office, Van Buren Street Station; central ticket-office, 66 Clark Street. 6. Louisville, New Albany & Chicago (" Monon Route "). — Depot, Polk Street and Third Avenue. General office, Monon Block, 320 Dearborn Street; city office, 73 Clark Street. I. Michigan Central. — Illinois Central depots, foot of Lake and Randolph streets, and Twelfth Street and Park Row. Gen- eral offices, Monadnock Building, corner Jackson and Dearborn streets; city ticket- office, 67 Clark Street (southeast corner Ran- dolph Street). Milwaukee, Lake Shore & Western (Chicago & North- Western). — City ticket- office, 197 Clark Street. New York, Lake Erie & Western. — Dear- born Station, corner Polk Street and Third Avenue. Chicago general offices, Phenix Building, corner Clark and Jackson streets; city ticket-office, 242 Clark Street. 7. Northern Pacific. — Grand Central De- pot, Plarrison Street and Fifth Avenue. City ticket-office, 210 Clark Street. 3. Panhandle, Pennsylvania lines, and Pittsburg, Fort Wayne & Chicago. — Union Depot, Canal and Adams streets. City ticket-office. Grand Pacific Hotel, corner Clark and Jackson streets. 6. Wabash. — Depot, Polk Street and Third Avenue. City ticket-office, 201 Clark Street. 7. Wisconsin Central Line. — Grand Cen- tral Depot, Harrison Street and Fifth Ave- nue. City ticket-office, 205 Clark Street. Two hundred and sixty-two through ex- press and mail trains arrive in or leave Chicago each day. In the same period 660 local, suburban, or accommodation trains arrive or depart; 274 merchandise trains, and 164 grain, stock, and lumber trains reach- ing Chicago or leaving it in every twenty- four hours; thus making a grand total of 1,360 as the average daily movement of all classes of trains, an aggregate reached by no other city in the universe. Seven terminal depots accommodate the trains of thirty-five different companies, and about one hundred way-stations within the city limits provide for the convenience of local passengers. The Union Depot, Canal and Adams streets, used by the Pittsburg, Fort Wayne & Chicago, the Chicago, Burlington & Quin- cy, Chicago, Milwaukee & St. Paul, and other railroads; the depot of the Michigan Southern and Rock Island roads, Van Buren Street; that of the Chicago & North- West- ern, Wells and Kinzie streets; Dearborn Sta- tion, Dearborn and Polk streets, and the Grand Central Depot, are among the most prominent buildings in the city. The first named is one of the finest rail- road depots in the world. Fronting on Canal Street, and extending from West Madison Street to West Adams Street, a distance of 1,200 feet, it occupies four entire blocks. Alighting under cover, passengers enter the lofty, commodious, and richly decorated ticket-office, from which they pass either to the platforms or to any of the waiting-rooms, retiring-rooms, or restau- rants with which this model depot is pro- vided. An arrival at a railroad depot, veritable vortex of haste and whirl of traffic as it ARRIVAL IN THE WORLD'S FAIR CITY. 19 always is, may, to the average visitor, seem an ordeal to be dreaded, and an experience indeed to be feared. Well ordered, ample, and spacious as Chicago's palace depots are, the troubles of a traveler are reduced to the least possible degree. Officials, suave and courteous, stand ready to minister to his every want, while the inevitable policeman looms up on the slightest suspicion of serious trouble, ready and willing at all times to take the part of the tourist if imposition is likely to be prac- ticed upon him. Baggage and Baggage-Checking on In- coming Trains. — One of the principal cares of the visitor is the safe delivery of his impedimenta, be they gripsacks or great boxes, and in this respect an excellent sys- tem of baggage-checking is in vogue in Chicago. If you do not expect to make a very long visit, try to get along without bringing a trunk, or other baggage that has to be checked. Put what you need to wear, besides the clothes you have on, into a bag or small valise, and carry it with you into the car in which you travel. It will save you a great deal of trouble and annoyance, as no one depot baggage-room in Chicago is large enough to hold all the trunks which will have to be handled each day; and unless the passenger is able to claim his baggage as soon as it arrives at Chicago, by the train upon which he travels, it will probably have to be looked for at a conveniently located warehouse, not far from the depot. If, therefore, you do not find your trunk at the station baggage-room when you apply for it, you will surely be informed by the baggage-man at what place it can be easily found, and by surrendering your " duplicate baggage-check," so called, and paying a small fee for its care, there will be no delay in its delivery to you, or to the authorized agents of Parmelee's Omnibus & Baggage Transfer Co. This transfer company is a responsible one, and its agents go out from Chicago, meet all in-coming trains, and will deliver your baggage to any place within reasonable distance in the city for 50 cents per trunk; and you can safely sur- render your baggage-checks to such agents, receiving their " claim checks " in exchange. If you do not know, before you arrive in Chicago, where you are going to stay, hold on to your checks, and after you have located yourself call at the office of the Parmelee Company, at 132 Adams Street — near the post office — and there make arrangements for the prompt delivery of your baggage. Don't trust your checks with unauthorized individuals. When you desire to return home, go again to 132 Adams Street and arrange to have your baggage sent for. Pay no attention to " runners " or solicitors for second-rate hotels and boarding-houses who may be on the outside of the Chicago depots awaiting the arrival of trains. Say " No," and walk quickly along until you are out of their reach. Don't let them take hold of your hand-baggage, and do not be per- suaded to do anything by their eloquence. They are harmless but persistent individ- uals, and if they perceive you know your business and pay no attention to them will soon let you alone, and in less than a minute you will be clear of even the sound of their voices. If you want to know anything while walk- ing the streets of Chicago ask questions of the nearest uniformed policeman. There is one or more on every corner, or in that vicinity. He is paid to be a fountain of knowledge, and you can rely upon his knowl- edge of locations, street-car lines, etc. Street-car fares in Chicago are five (5) cents per passenger. Omnibus fares to hotels are fifty (50) cents per passenger. Hack or cab fares are as follows: Two-Horse Hacks. — One passenger, not exceeding one mile, $1.00; one passenger, not exceeding two miles, $1.50; each addi- tional passenger, 50 cents. Hansom or Cab. — One or two passengers, one mile, 50 cents; each additional passen- ger, one mile, 25 cents; one or two passen- gers, per hour, 75 cents. Where to Stay in Chicago. — The visitor to the World's Columbian Exposition will have the choice of three ways of living dur- ing his stay: 1. Taking rooms, with or without board, at some one of the many hotels in or near the business part of the city, and going by rail or boat to the Fair each day. 2. Living at one of the hotels, clubs, or boarding-houses near the grounds. 3. Obtaining rooms through the Bureau of Public Comfort, and eating at restaurants in the Fair. The first of these will probably be the most expensive. He who chooses it will have the advantage of accommodations at a regular hotel, but he will have the dis- advantage of traveling seven miles every morning to the Fair and seven miles back at night, and probably in a crowd. Of the many good hotels in Chicago, the best in point of location are the Auditorium, the Richelieu, the Victoria, and the Leland. They are close together on Michigan Avenue, looking out upon the lake, with a narrow park under the windows. Across this park is the Van Buren Street station of the Illi- nois Central Railroad, and here one may find frequent trains for the Fair grounds, twenty or thirty minutes away. Steam- boats for the Fair start from a pier adjoin- ing this station. Most of the best hotels in Chicago are within ten blocks of this point, and in these ten blocks are the railway sta- tions, the principal business buildings, and the theaters; it is what they call " the intense business portion," or "the heart of Chicago." Churches are farther away, to the north, south, and west of this district, where the people live. Jackson Park, the site of the Fair, is at the extremity of the southern suburban district. A WEEK AT THE FAIR. Many people will prefer to be close to the Exposition gates, for the " White City" is a city of magnificent distances, and, in spite of all the elevated railroads, steamboats, gondolas, rolling-chairs, and other aids to locomotion within the grounds, a visitor will be tired out when night comes. When one has walked around the outside of the Manu- factures and Liberal Arts Building alone, he has covered a mile. THE HOTELS OF CHICAGO. Palatial in appearance, luxurious in sur- roundings, the 1,400 hotels of the Garden City are well able to care for all of the myriad visitors flocking to the Columbian Exposition. Located in every conceivable quarter of the city itself or in close proximity to the World's Fair grounds, a complete or even partial enumeration of them would require more space than the limits of a guide to the Exposition could in justice afford. It may be sufficient for the purpose of the present work to briefly state the hotel capa- city of Chicago, to enumerate a few of the principal hostelries and their location and rates, and refer the traveler in quest of further information to the pages of the city directory or the efficient assistance of the Bureau of Public Comfort, conducted, for the benefit of all visitors to the city or Expo- sition, by the World's Columbian Exposition itself. In regard to this institution it is advisable to say at once, in order to avoid possible, nay, even probable, disappointments and inferior accommodations, that as the hotel accommodations of Chicago, while ample in the extreme (having frequently accommo-. dated 200,000 visitors at conventions or simi- lar occasions), are to be taxed to their utmost capacity during the continuance of the Expo- sition, travelers, visitors, and tourists will do well to secure suitable rooms and board before starting for the World's Fair City. At the Centennial and Paris Expositions hundreds walked the streets or slept in the parks, but they were the careless and im- provident ones, who came without having previously attempted to secure accommoda- tions. While there is little chance for any such fate in Chicago, the Exposition authorities have been most careful of the welfare and comfort of visitors. They have created an official Bureau of Public Comfort for the purpose of contributing, as far as possible, to the wants and comfort of expected visit- ors. The most ample provisions have been made for food and refreshments within the Exposition grounds, fully detailed in the pages descriptive of the Fair itself; but primarily the duty of this bureau was to organize a hotel and rooming department, so as to secure suitable and desirable lodg- ing accommodations at fair and suitable rates for all who should apply. As the bureau has already accommodations for 30,000 visitors on its registers, tourists who do not desire hotel accommodations can do no better than to address their inquiries to Mr. W. Marsh Kasson, Chief of the Bureau of Public Comfort, Room 509 Rand-McNally Building, Chicago. _ It is only to those who arrive in a strange city without having secured proper accom- modations in advance that any difficulty is likely to occur. A pamphlet giving 10,000 addresses of fur- nished rooms in various parts of the city is forwarded by the Bureau of Public Comfort on request. More than twenty thousand persons can be accommodated in the best parts of the city, \ym.% between North Avenue and Seventy- ninth Street, at the following reasonable rates: Prices of rooms with board: per day. Single room, single bed, one person $1.35 Double room, double bed, one person. 2.12 Double room, doublebed, two persons. 2.70 Double bedded room, two double beds, two or three persons 3.50 Double bedded room, two double beds, three persons 4.15 Double bedded room, two double beds, four persons _ 5.50 These prices surely do not indicate that citizens of Chicago intend to practice extor- tion on visitors ; nor do the rates above quoted apply to the large hotels, or to the new build- ings in course of erection around Jackson Park. Hotels.— The following list is fairly repre- sentative of the hotels in the heart of the city: Atlantic Hotel (American), Van Buren and Sherman streets. Rates $2 to $4. Auditorium Hotel (American), Congress Street and Michigan Avenue. Rates $5 to $20. Auditorium Hotel (European), Congress Street and Michigan Avenue. Rates $5 to $20. Bradford Hotel (American), 30-32 Wells Street. Rates $1.25 to $2. Briggs House (American), Randolph Street and Fifth Avenue. Rates $2.50 to $3-50. Brown's Hotel (American), Van Buren and State streets. Rates $1.50 to $2.50. Brunswick Hotel (American), Adams Street and Michigan Avenue. Rates $2.50 to $4. Burke's Hotel (European), 140-142 Madi- son Street. Rates $1 to $2.50. Clifton House (American), Wabash Ave- ' nue and Monroe Street. Rates $2. 50 to $3. 50. Commercial Hotel (American), Lake and Dearborn streets. Rates $2 to $3. Continental Hotel (American), Wabash Avenue and Madison Street. Rates $2 to $3. Crescent Hotel (American), Fifth Avenue and Harrison Street. Rates $1.50 to $2.50. Dowling House (European), 137 Canal Street. Rate $2. Gault House (American), Madison and Clinton streets. Rates $2 to $3. Germania House (European), 180-182 ARRIVAL IN THE WORLD'S FAIR CITY. 21 Randolph Street. Rates $i to $2. (Ger- man). Goldston's Hotel (American), 284-288 Wa- bash Avenue. Rates $2 to $3. (Jewish.) Gore's Hotel (European), 266-274 Clark Street. Rates $1 to $3. Granada Hotel (European and American), Rush and Ohio streets. (Private and high- priced.) Grand Central Hotel (European), Madi- son and Canal streets. Rates 75 cents to $1.50. Grand Pacific Hotel (American and Euro- pean), Clark and Jackson streets. Rates I3 to $15. Grand Palace Hotel (European), 81-103 North Clark Street. Rates $1 to $3. Grand Union Hotel (European), 148-156 Dearborn Street. Rates $1 to $2.50. Great Northern Hotel (European), Jack- son and Dearborn streets. Rates $2 to $8. Hamburg House (American), 184-186 Randolph Street. Rates $1.50 to $2.50. (Ger- man). Hotel Bordeaux (European), 339 Michigan Avenue. Rates $2.50 to $5. Hotel Brevoort (European), 143-145 Madi- son Street. Rates $1 to $3. Hotel Brewster (European), corner Dear- born and Van Buren streets. Rates 75 cents to $2. Hotel Cortland (American), 16-22 Adams Street. Rates $2 to $3. Hotel Grace (European), Clark and Jack- son streets. Rates $1 to $3. Hotel Henrici (European), 70-72 Randolph Street. Rates 75 cents to $2. Hotel Imperial (European), Twelfth Street and Michigan Avenue. Rates $3 to $15. Hotel La Fayette (American), Desplaines and Madison streets. Rates $2 to $3. Hotel Lansing (European), 133-135 Adams Street. Rates $1 to $2.50. Hotel Le Grand (American), 35-45 Wells Street. Rates $1.75 to $3. Hotel Midland (European), 167-169 Madi- son Street. Rates $1 to $3. Hotel, .Queen (European), Harrison Street and Wabash Avenue. Rates 75 cents to $2. Hotel Stamford (European), Thirteenth Street and Michigan Avenue. Rates $2.50 to $5. Kuhn's Hotel (European), 165-169 Clark Street. Rates $1 to $3. Leland Hotel (American), Michigan Ave- nue and Jackson Street. Rates $3 to $10. McCoy's Hotel (European), Van Buren and Clark streets. Rates $1 to $3. McEwan's Hotel (European), 81-95 West Madison Street. Rates 75 cents to $1.50. Madison House (European), 164-166 Madi- son Street. Rates 75 cents to $1.50. Marquette Hotel (European), Adams and Dearborn streets. Rates $1 to $3. Merchants' Hotel (European), Lake and Clark streets. Rates 75 cents to $1.50. Neef's Hotel (European), Michigan and Wells streets. Rates 75 cents to $2. (Ger- man and French.) Nicollet Hotel (European), Fifth Avenue and Randolph Street. Rates 75 cents to $1.50. Ogden House (American), Franklin and Washington streets. Rates $1.25 to $2. Old Metropolitan Hotel (American), Ran- dolph Street and Fifth Avenue. Rates $1.25 to $2. Oxford Hotel (American), Canal and Adams streets. Rates $2 to $3. Palmer House (American), Monroe and State streets. Rates $3 to $15. Revere House (American), Clark and Michigan streets. Rates $2.50 to $4. Richelieu Hotel (European), Michigan Avenue near Jackson Street. Rates $3 to $17. Saratoga Hotel (European), 1 55-161 Dear- born Street. Rate$i. Sherman House (American), Clark and Randolph streets. Rates $3.50 to $6. Tremont House (American), Lake and Dearborn streets. Rates $3 to $5. Victoria Hotel (American), Van Buren Street and Michigan Avenue. Rates $4 to $8. Virginia Hotel (Ai^ierican), Rush and Ohio streets. (Private and high-priced.) Washington Hotel (European), Madison and Canal streets. Rates 75 cents to $1.50. Wellington Hotel (European), Wabash Avenue and Jackson Street. Rates $3 to $15- Windsor Hotel (European), 145-153 Dear- born Street. Rates $1 to $2.50. Wood's Hotel (American), Van Buren Street and Wabash Avenue. Rates $2 to $3. In the World's Fair district and along the boulevards leading to the Exposition very many handsome hotels are in opera- tion, with scores in close proximity to the World's Fair grounds. As regards all hotels the only safe plan is to secure accommodations in advance, and before leaving for Chicago. The char- acteristics of and many interesting data concerning Chicago's noted hostelries will be found more fully dwelt upon in the "Handy Guide to Chicago," issued by the publishers of this guide. The following list of the hotels outside the business district, along the road to or in close proximity to the World's Fair grounds, will be useful to the traveler. They wnll accommodate 50,000 visitors or more with- out overcrowding: Alabama Hotel (American and Euro- pean), Bowen and Berkley avenues. Rates $2.50 to $3. Alhambra Hotel (American), State Street and Archer Avenue. Rates $2.50 to $3.50. Boston Hotel (American and European), Madison Avenue and Fifty-seventh Street. Chicago Beach Hotel, Fifty-first Street and East End Avenue. Rates'$4 to $15. Clarendon Hotel (American), Clark and Ontario streets. Rates $2.50 to $4. Columbia Hotel (American and Euro- pean), Thirty-first and State streets. Rates %2 to $4. 22 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. Columbia European Hotel (European), 196 Fifty-fifth Street. Rates $1.50 and up. Columbian Central Hotel (European), 259 Sixty- second Street. $1 and up. Columbian Hotel, Seventy- third Street and Kinney Avenue. Commercial Hotel (American), 243 Sixty- third Street (Englewood). Rates $2 and up. Cornell Avenue Hotel (European), Cor- nell Avenue between Fifty-first and Fifty- second streets. Rates $1.50 to $4. Englewood World's Fair Hotel (Ameri- can and European), vSixty-first and State streets. Exhibitors' Union, Stony Island Avenue and Seventy-first Street; 1,000 rooms. The Exposition Depot Hotel (European), corner Seventy-first Street and Avenue B, Rates $1 and up; 300 rooms. The Family Dormitory Association, Yates Avenue and Seventy-fifth Street; 750 rooms. Grand Crossing Hotel (American), Sev- enty-sixth Street and Woodlawn Avenue. Rate $2. The Great Eastern Hotel (European), Sixtieth Street and St. Lawrence Avenue; 1,100 rooms. Greenwood Avenue Hotel (American), Greenwood Avenue and Grand Crossing. Rate $1. Great Western Hotel, Seventy-third Street and Stony Island Avenue. Hampden Hotel (American and Euro- pean), Thirty-ninth Street and Langley Avenue. Rates $2 to $5. Hyde Park Hotel (American), Fifty-first Street and Lake Avenue. Rates $3 to $8. Hotel Alfonzo, 222 Sixty-third Street. Hotel Alvord (American), northwest cor- ner Oakwood Boulevard and Cottage Grove Avenue. Rate $2. Hotel Beatrice (European), corner Fifty- seventh Street and Madison Avenue. Rates $2. 50 to $5. Hotel Buckner (American and European), 5479 Lake Avenue. Rates $2.50 and up. Hotel Caldwell (American and Euro- pean), 315 Sixty-third Street (Englewood). Rates — American, $2 and up; European, $1 to $3. Hotel Concord (American), 1836 to 1840 Wabash Avenue. Rates $2 to $4. Hotel Damon (European), for Knights of Pythias and friends. Sixty-fourth Street and Wentworth Avenue. Rates $1 and up. Hotel Delavan (European), Ontario and Clark streets. Rates $1 to $2.50. Hotel Drexel (American), 3956 Drexel Boulevard. Rates $2 to $4. Hotel Endeavor, Lake Shore, south of Seventy-first Street. Hotel Edwards (American), 328-336 Washington Boulevard. Rates $1.50 to $2.50. Hotel Gresham (European and American), 2246 Wabash Avenue. Rates $1. 50 to $3. The Harvard (American and European), 5714 Washington Avenue. Rates $2 a.nd up. Hotel Helene (European and American), 108 to 114 Fifty-third Street. Rates $1.50 to $3. Hotel Holland (American and European), Fifty-third Street and Lake Avenue. Rates $2.50 to $4. The Howard (European), 6802 and 6804 Yale Avenue (Englewood). Rates $1 and up. Hotel Metropole (American and Euro- pean), Twenty-third Street and Michigan Avenue. Rates $4 to $15. Hotel Norwalk (American and European), opposite South Park Station. Rates $2 and up. Hotel Royal (American and European), 518 Sixty-third Street (Englewood). Rates, American, $2; European, $1. Hotel Security (European), Stony Island Avenue and Seventy-third Street. Hotel Stockholm (European), 54 and 56 Chicago Avenue. Rates 75 cents to $1.50. (Swedish). Hotel Svea (American), 129 to 133 East Chicago Avenue. Rates $1.50 to $2. (Swed- ish). Hotel Vendome (American and Euro- pean), Fifty-fifth Street and Monroe Avenue. Rates, American, $1.50 to $2.50; European, 50 cents to $1. Hotel Vendome (American), Center and North Park avenues. Rates $2 to $4. Hotel Veteran, 7302 Stony Island Avenue. Hotel Willard (American), Eighteenth Street and Wabash Avenue. Rates $2.50 to $3.50. Hotel Woodruff (American), 2103 Wabash Avenue. Rates $2.50 to $5. Jackson Park Hotel and Restaurant (American and European), 135 Fifty-sixth Street. Rates $2. 50 to %\. Julian Hotel (American), Sixty-third Street and Stewart Avenue. Rates $3 to $6. Libby Hotel (European), 1414 and 1416 Wabash Avenue. Rates $1 to $2,50. Lexington Hotel (American), Twenty- second Street and Michigan Avenue. Rates $3.50 to $25. Mecca Hotel (American and European), Thirty-fourth and State streets. R,ates $1 to $4- Montreal, 6234 Madison Avenue. Morgan House, Sixty-second Street. Rates $1 and up. New England Hotel, Seventy-third Street and Stony Island Avenue; 240 rooms. The Oak View (European), Sixtieth Street and Edgerton Avenue. Rates $1 and up. Oakland Hotel (American and European), Oakwood Avenue and Drexel Boulevard. Rates $2.50 to $5. Park House (European), corner Fifty-sixth Street and Lake Avenue (Hyde Park). Rates $2 and up. The Park Gate Hotel, Sixty-third Street and Stony Island Avenue. The Parkside Hotel (European), Stony Island Avenue and Sixty-third Street. Rates $2.50 to $6. Paxton Hotel (American and European), ARRIVAL IN THE WORLD'S FAIR CITY. 23 State and Twenty-fifth streets. Rates $i. 50 to $3. The Pullman Hotel (American and Euro- pean), Fifty-fifth Street, Washington and Madison avenues. Rates $2 to $5. The Raymond & Wliitcomb Grand Hotel, Washington Avenue and Fifty-ninth Street, for Raymond & Whitcomb tourists; 387 rooms. The Soldiers' World's Fair Hotel, Sevent}^- third Place and Stony Island Avenue. Southern Hotel (American), Twenty-sec- ond Street and Wabash Avenue. Rates $2 to $4. South Shore Hotel, Seventy-third Street and Bond Avenue. South Shore Tenting Company. Strickland Hotel (European), Lake Ave- nue between Thirty-eighth and Thirty-ninth streets. Rates $1.50 to $6. Transit House (American), Union Stock Yards. Rates $2 to $3.50. Union Park Hotel (European), 517 to 521 West Madison Street. Rates $1 to $2. Western Reserve Hotel (European), 6345 Wharton Avenue. Rates $1 and up. Westminster Hotel (American), 264 and 266 North Clark Street. Rates $2 to $3.50. White House (American), 2108 and 2 no Wabash Avenue. Rates $2 to $3.50. The World's Inn, Sixtieth Street and Madison Avenue. Chas. E. Leland, Prop. Wyndham Hotel (American), 2932 and 2934 Prairie Avenue. Rates $2 to $3.50. Yorkshire Hotel (American), 1837 Michi- gan Avenue. Rates $2.50 to $3.50. Furnished Rooms. — Private lodgings, or "furnished rooms," as the Chicago phrase goes, are preferred to a hotel by many per- sons, and in some respects are to be recom- mended. A list of advertisements is to be found in any of the daily papers, while an advertisement inserted by any visitor will produce a host of replies, from which selec- tion can be made after inspection and dis- cussion of terms; or, better still, an applica- tion to the Bureau of Public Comfort, Room 509 Rand-McNally Building, will secure accommodations reliable in every respect, and officially inspected and approved of by the bureau's officers. This is by far the best method to pursue. Boarding-Houses. — These are to be ob- tained in the same manner as furnished rooms. The prices vary from $6 for the cheapest to six times that amount per week, according to location, cuisine, and accom- modations. They number over 15,000. Baths. — At every hotel and in all of the large barber-shops in Chicago a bath may be obtained, either hot, or cold, or shower, with soap and towels, uniform price 25 cents. Russian and Turkish baths are numerous. Four natatoriums, one at 504 West Madison Street, another at 408 North Clark Street, a third at 2327 Wabash Avenue, and the fourth on the Midway Plaisance, afford the swim- mer an opportunity of essaying in pure Lake Michigan water. Restaurants. — Sleeping accommodations being satisfactorily disposed of, the next and most natural inquiry willbe for eating-houses or restaurants. General Restaurants.— Few cities in the world are better supplied with restaurants and eating-houses of every kind than Chi- cago, and a very large number of the city's inhabitants live wholly at them. One thou- sand and over in number, they are to be found in every street of the city, and vary from the grandeur and excellence of cuisine to be found at the Richelieu, Northern, Auditorium, or Kinsley's (105 Adams Street) to the 5-cent "beaneries" of savory South Clark Street. The restaurants of the prin- cipal hotels are good and reliable; besides these, Chapin & Gore's, 73 Monroe Street; Burke's, 336 Clark Street; The Saratoga, 155 Dearborn Street; The Lakeside, southwest corner of Clark and Adams streets; Kohl- saat's, 196 Clark Street, 59 Washington Street, 324 Dearborn and 83 Lake streets; The Grand Pacific, 240 Clark Street; The American, southeast corner of State and Adams streets, and the Columbia Lunch Room, 148 Monroe Street, are w^orthy of a visit and excellent in fare. Oyster Saloons are common everywhere, the most prominent of which are Rector's Oyster House, Dearborn and Monroe streets, and Adams Street between Wabash Avenue and State Street, the Boston Oyster House, 120 Madison Street, and The Lakeside, Clark and Adams streets. Ladies are not supposed to go to the chop- houses. Their favorite luncheon places, when shopping, are at the magnificent restaurants provided in the great department stores. Especially favored by the fair sex are the restaurants provided in Marshall Field & Co.'s, State Street; Mandel's, State Street; Carson-Pirie's, State Street, corner of Wash- ington; The Fair, State and Adams streets, and Siegel, Cooper & Co.'s, State Street, corner of Congress. Many restaurants es- pecially reserve seats for ladies, and so announce on signs at their doors. The following list of restaurants will be of use to the visitor: American Oyster House and Restaurant, State and Adams streets. Arcade Lunch, 202 La Salle Street, 271 State Street, 249-253 Dearborn Street, 6-8 Plymouth Place. Ashland Restaurant, Randolph and Clark streets. Baldwin's Restaurant, 125 Fifth Avenue. Boston Oyster House and Restaurant, Madison and Clark streets. Brockway & McKey's Restaurant, 154-160 Clark Street. Chicago Oyster House and Restaurant, 140-142 Madison Street. Chicago Restaurant, 176 Adams Street. Clark, Mrs., & Co., Lunch, 145 Wabash Avenue. Columbia Lunch, 148-150 Monroe Street. Henrici's restaurants, 175 Madison Street and 208 Dearborn Street. Illinois Restaurant, 75-77 Randolph Street. 24 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. Kern's Restaurant and Oyster House, io8- iio La Salle Street. Kinsley's Restaurant and Cafe, 105-107 Adams Street. Kohlsaat's Lunch, 196 Clark Street, 59 Washington Street, 324 Dearborn Street, 83 Lake Street, 221-223 State Street. Lafayette Restaurant (table d'hote), 112 Monroe Street. Lakeside Restaurant, Clark and Adams streets. Milan & Co.'s Restaurant, iii Madison Street. New Brighton Restaurant, 262 Clark Street. Parker's Lunch, 171 Randolph Street. Peacock Annex Cafe and Restaurant, 114 Madison Street. Rector's Oyster House, Monroe and Clark streets. Rector's Restaurant, 35 Adams Street. Restaurant Francais (table d'hote), 77 Clark Street. Rome Cafe (table d'hote), 148 Jackson Street. Saratoga Restaurant, 155 Dearborn Street. Schiller Cafe and Restaurant, 105-107 Ran- dolph Street. Schlogl's Cafe, 109 Fifth Avenue. Tacoma Restaurant, Madison and La Salle streets. The Dairy Kitchen Restaurant and Cafe, Madison and State streets. The Frogs, Restaurant and Cafe, 126 Clark Street. Thomson's Restaurant, 145-153 Dearborn Street. Troy Lunch, 116 Randolph Street, 128 Dearborn Street, iii Adams Street. Winter's Cafe and Restaurant, State and Van Buren streets. Woman's Exchange Lunch, 130 Wabash Avenue. Wooslick's Restaurant, Monroe and Dear- born streets. Places of Amusement. — While the varied sights of the vast "White City" (as an author has prettily termed the World's Fair buildings) will occupy much of the sight-seer's leisure, it is to be reasonably expected that the local Temples of Thespis will have some attraction for the major- ity, occupied as their boards are by the best companies and the brightest of comedians. The subjoined list of the theaters and places of amusement will therefore be of service: Academy of Music (Jacobs'), 83 South Halsted Street. Alhambra (Jacobs'), 1920 State Street. Auditorium, Wabash Avenue and Con- gress Street. Barlow's Pavilion, Twenty-first Street and Archer Avenue. Buffalo Bill's Wild West, Sixty-third Street, near the World's Fair. Casino, 227 Wabash Avenue. Central Music Hall, State and Randolph streets. Chicago Opera House, Washington and Clark streets. Chickering Music Hall, 241 Wabash Ave- nue. Clark Street Theater (Jacobs'), North Clark and Kinzie streets. Columbia, 108 Monroe Street. Criterion, Sedgwick and Division streets. Engel's Pavilion, 463 North Clark Street. Epstean's Dime Museum, iii Randolph Street. Fisher's Garden, north end of Lincoln Park and Diversey Avenue. Grand Opera House, 87 Clark Street. Hardy's Subterranean Palace, Wabash Avenue, between Sixteenth and Eighteenth streets. Havlin's, 1836 Wabash Avenue. Haymarket, 169 West Madison Street. Hooley's, 149 Randolph Street. John Brown's Fort, 1341 Wabash Avenue. Kimball's Music Hall, 247 Wabash Ave- nue. Kohl & Middleton's Clark Street Dime Museum, 150 Clark Street. Kohl & Middleton's State Street Dime Museum, 294 State Street. Last Days of Pompeii, Cottage Grove Avenue and Sixty-first Street. Libby Prison, Wabash Avenue, between Fourteenth and Sixteenth streets. Lyceum, Desplaines Street, between Mad- ison and Washington streets. Madison Street Theater, 85 Madison Street. Marlowe Opera House, Sixty-third Street and Stewart Avenue. Mystic Labyrinth, Congress Street, near Elevated Railroad. McVicker's, 82 Madison Street. Olympic, 51 Clark Street. Panorama, Battle of Gettysburg, 401 Wa- bash Avenue. Panorama, Chicago Fire, 130 Michigan Avenue. Panorama, Jerusalem and the Crucifixion, 402 Wabash Avenue. People's, 339 State Street. Schiller, Randolph Street, between Clark and Dearborn streets. Standard, Halsted and Jackson streets. Steele Mackaye's Spectatorium , Fifty- sixth Street and Evarts Avenue, near World's Fair. Trocadero, Michigan Avenue and Six- teenth Street. Uncle Tom's Cabin, in Libby Prison. Waverly, West Madison Street, between Loomis and Throop streets. Windsor Theater, North Clark Street, near Division Street. Foreign Consuls. — The tourist from for- eign climes naturall}^ may desire to pay his respects to the representative of his own government, or he may desire to make in- quiries or transact business peculiarly the duty of his consul. Appended, therefore, is a list of the consuls of foreign govern- ments stationed in Chicago: Argentine Republic. — P. S. Hudson, 83 Jackson Street. Austria-Hungary. — Henry Claussenius, ARRIVAL IN THE WORLD'S FAIR CITY. 25 consul; Edward Claussenius, vice-consul, 78 and 80 Fifth Avenue. Belgium. — Charles Henrotin, 167 Dear- born Street. Denmark. — Otto A. Dreier, acting vice- consul, 209 Fremont Street. France. — Edmund Bruwaert, consul-gen- eral; Jules Heilmann, chancellor, 70, La Salle Street. German Empire.— Dr. Ludwig Arendt, acting-consul. Room 25 Borden Block. Great Britain. — Colonel Hayes Sadler, consul; R. H. Hayes Sadler, vice-consul, Room 4, 72 Dearborn Street. Italy. — Conte V. Manassero di Costligliole, consul, Room i, no La Salle Street. Mexico.— Felipe Berriozabal, Jr., consul, Room 30, 126 Wabash Avenue. Netherlands.— George Birkhoff, Jr., con- sul, 85 Washington Street. Peru.— Charles H. Sergei, 350 Dearborn Street. Russia.— P. de Thai, consul, 2426 Prairie Avenue. Spain.— Hobart Chatfield Chatfield-Tay- lor, Montauk Block. Sweden and Norway. — Peter Svanoe, vice-consul, Room i, 153 Randolph Street. Switzerland. — Louis Boerlin, consul; Ju- lius Wegmann, vice-consul, 165 Wabash Avenue. Turkey. — Charles Henrotin, consul, 167 Dearborn Street. For any more extended particulars as to the World's Fair City the visitor is referred to Rand, McNally & Co.'s "Handy Guide to Chicago," " Bird's eye Views and Guide to Chicago," "A Week in Chicago," or other similar guides to the city itself. The requirements of the Fair prevent any more lengthy reference to matters outside of the Exposition itself. The parks and boule- vards are well worth a visit; their verdant lawns and cool green groves will be found fully described in the above-mentioned books; while for the huge ofhce-buildings, familiarly called " sky-scrapers," or for gen- eral wanderings around the city, reference may well be had to the "Street Number Guide to Chicago," also issued by the pub- lishers of this book. CHAPTER II. THE WAY TO THE WORLD'S FAIR. HE History of the World's Columbian Exposition. — Hardlj necessary does it seem, in present- •^'j- ing a brief re- 'IZC') sum 6 of the events which led to the location of the World's Co- lumbian Exposi- tion at Chicago, to proceed his- torically from the beginning. _ The densest in- tellect will read- ily have grasped the fact that the ' ' White City " is erected in honor of the 400th anni- versary of the discovery of this continent by Christopher Columbus. Just as many cities contended for the honor of Homer's birthplace, and as more than one does for Columbus' birth or bones, so many claimants have arisen for the dis- tinction of first conceiving the idea of a quadri-centennial celebration of the grand- est and most accidental discovery the world's annals will ever record. Leaving contestants and claimants to settle their own differences, it may be safely stated that the first recorded and"^ concerted formal action is to be found in a resolution of the Directory of the Interstate Exposi- tion at Chicago on the i8th of November, 1885. Passing by in rapid review the New England organization of 1886, Senator Hoar's resolution of 31st of July in that year, in the interest of an exposition at Washington, D. C, and a similar resolution of the City Council of Chicago on the 226. of July, 1889, the formation of a committee of 100 to secure the Fair for Chicago, and the chartering of a corporation with a like intent in August of 1889, we find that the real contest began in December of that year, when Senator CuUom introduced the World's Fair Bill in the United States Senate. Keen was the contest for the honor of the site ; the debate at times ranging from the acrimonious to the ridiculous. Cumberland Gap was suggested and voted for by one enthusiastic or waggish representative, but the real contest lay be- tween Chicago and New York. Ultimately, on the 24th of February, 1890, Congress definitely accorded the honor of inviting the world as guests to the ' ' Phoenix City of the Great Lakes." The subsequent events in the history of the Exposition enterprise partake, with one exception, of the nature of natural conse- quences and minor details. In financial matters Chicago came fearlessly to the front. Did the Directors deem it advisable to issue stock or call for subscriptions, the millionaire and the mechanic vied with each other for the honor of investing in the World's Fair. On July 2, 1890, the pres- ent site of the World's Columbian Ex- position was selected by the Directory and approved by the National Commission, but the World's Fair can not be said to have been actually under way until the beginning of the following year. In January, 1891, the Exposition headquarters were formally opened in the Rand-McNally Building; the Department of Publicity and Promotion was organized, and at once began telling the whole newspaper-reading earth about the World's Fair that was to be. The Hon. George R. Davis was elected Di- rector-General on September . 19, 1890, and on ^ the 20th of the following month Mrs. Potter Pal- mer was chosen as the president of the Board of Lady Managers. Const ruction work began on the 2d of July, 189I, the Mines Directoi-General G. R. Davis. Building having the place of honor in this respect. The dedication of the buildings, a ceremonial so impressively grand as to be without equal and beyond comparison, took place October 21, 1892, in the Manufactures and Liberal Arts Building, in the presence of an audience amounting to a quarter of a million, gathered from every civilized nation on the earth. Amid anthem, ode, and matchless oratory, in this building of colossal proportions, the Vice-President of the United States dedicated the "White City "to hu- manity's use. Hardly had the last visitor quitted the gates when the completion work (26) THE WAY TO THE WORLD'S FAIR. 27 was in full progress again, and though retarded somewhat by one of the severest winters, it steadily progressed until the opening on May ist. A brief statement of the financial expendi- tures and resources of the Exposition is not only of interest, but marvelous in the magnitude of its amounts. To secure the coveted distinction, Chicago was required to furnish a site which should be acceptable to the National Commission (representing every State and Territory in the Union) and $10,000,000. Unhesitatingly she pledged herself to the gigantic undertaking, and has faithfully and fully kept her prom- ise. To convey something of an impres- sion of the magnitude of the enterprise, the accompanying estimate of cost of construc- tion, etc., made by the Ways and Means Committee, is given: Grading, filling, etc. $ 450,400 Landscape gardening .._. 323,490 Viaducts and bridges 125,000 Piers 70,000 Water-way improvements 225,000 Railways 500,000 Steam plant 800,000 Electricity 1,500,000 Statuary on buildings 100,000 Vases, lamps, and posts 50,000 Seating 8 ,000 Water supply, sewerage, etc 600,000 Improvement of lake front 200,000 World's Congress Auxiliary 200,000 Construction Department ex- penses, fuel, etc 520,000 Organization and administration 3,308,563 Operating expenses 1,550,000 $10,530,453 When the $8,000,000 estimated as the cost of the main buildings are added to this, the sum total is $18,530,453; subsequent addi- tions to the plan of construction will bring the total cost of the Exposition to an amount exceeding $22,000,000. The outside world may wonder in awe where all the money is to come from, and the statement of the resources of the Exposi- tion, subsequently set out, will be of con- siderable interest in this respect. The Site of the World's Fair. — Concern- ing the site, no difference of opinion or crit- icism is possible. Nothing approaching it in beauty or extent was ever offered to any previous exposition. Stretching 2^^ miles from the point nearest the city to the southern extremity of Jackson Park, it com- prises some seven hundred acres. Along the entire front lies Lake Michigan, the loveliest of the Great Lakes, the most beautiful body of fresh water in the world. In the back- ground semicircle the trees, the verdure, and bloom of the vast South Park system. And this was one of four sites suitable, for Chicago, unique in almost everything, pos- sessed four practically available sites, each presenting many good reasons for favorable selection. The Directors of the Exposition, in whose hands was placed the duty of se- lecting a suitable site, gave so much time and attention to this important matter as few business men could or would. Working steadil3^ with competent architects, engi- neers, and sanitary experts, and giving many months of their valuable time to this arduous undertaking, they finally arrived at a result which met the approval of the National Commission, and which must be absolutely satisfactory to the millions of vis- itors in whose interests this great enterprise is to be carried through. The site adopted by the Board of Directors is that portion of the justly celebrated South Park system of Chicago known as Jackson Park and the Midway Plaisance. Having in view the comfort and convenience of the hundreds of thousands of American citizens and those from abroad, this site affords advantages which upon reflection must be appreciated and clearly understood by the practical mind. This beautiful location is Mdthin easy distance of the business portion of Chicago, and is accessible by means of the most complete transportation facilities. Jackson Park has a frontage on Lake Michigan of \^ miles, and contains 600 acres of ground. This Midway Plai- sance, which forms the connecting link be- tween Jackson and Washington parks, is one mile long and 600 feet wide, making an additional area of eighty-five acres. The frequent illustrations of buildings and grounds, with careful descriptions, shown in this guide will give the reader a very complete idea of this stupendous work. The comfort and convenience of visitors has been considered in every arrangement, so that a visit to the Exposition will not only be enjoyable and instructive in the highest degree, but it will be one to cherish as the great event of a lifetime. The at- tractions provided are so numerous that it would be impossible to convey an adequate idea of their extent and variety. The archi- tectural groupings and grandeur of highly ornamental design, collectively, excel all previous attempts at any exposition. The plan of arrangements for the grounds pre- sents features in landscape effects, statuary, fountains, inland lakes, ornamental bridges, avenues, and floral designs so artistic in their beauty as to command the admiration of the world. The frontage of the grounds on Lake Michigan, the queen of all the Great Lakes, affords grand opportunities for marine displays of the most magnificent character, and which has been taken full ad- vantage of by the management to furnish beautiful attractions which otherwise could not be attempted. To-day finds all the great buildings, which only existed in able architectural brains less than two short years ago, now completed, with their respective exhibits duly installed. With the growth and development of the original plans the financial necessities of the Fair have also tremendously increased, but public enthusiasm has fortunately kept pace with this rapid development, until the con- 28 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. President T. W. Palmer templated five million dollar World's Fair of three years ago has now grown to a World's Columbian Exposition with $18,750,000 avail- able, and to be actually expended before the gates are opened to visitors. In addition to this millions of dollars have been expended by the several States in the construction of State buildings and installation of State exhibits. The management of the World's Colum- bian Exposition may be said to be vested in four organizations: The National Commis- sion , authorized by Congress; the World's Colum- bian Exposition, organized under the laws of the State of Illinois; the Board of Lady Managers, author- ized by Congress, and the World's Congress Auxil- iary. The National Commission is composed of eight commissioners-at-large with alternates; two commissioners from each State, Territory, and the District of Columbia — one Democrat and one Repub- lican — appointed by the President on a nomination by their respective govern- ors. This Commission has delegated its authority to eight of its members, who constitute a Board of Reference and Control, and who act with a similar number selected from the World's Columbian Exposition. The officers of this Commission are: Presi- dent, Thomas W. Palmer; vice-presidents, Thomas W. Walker, M. H. de Young, D. D. Penn, C. W. Allen, and Alexander B. Andrews; secretary, John C. Dickinson. The World's Columbian Exposition is com- posed of forty-five citizens of Chicago, elected annually by the stockholders. On this ^ody falls the burden of raising the necessary m.oney and of the active manage- ment. Its officers are: President, Harlow N. Higinbotham; vice-president, F. W. Peck ; second vice- president, R. A. Waller; secretary, H. O. Edmonds, and solicitor, W. K. Carlisle. The present Board of Direct- ors of the Expo- sition is composed of the following well - known citi- zens of Chicago: W. T. Baker, C. K. G. Billings, Thomas B. Bryan, Edward B. Butler, Isaac N. Camp, Will- iam J. Chalmers, Robert C. Clowry, Charles H. Chappell, Mark Crawford, George R. Davis, Arthur Dixon, James W, Ellsworth, Lyman J. Gage, Charles Henro- President H. N, Higinbotham. tin, H. N. Higinbotham, Charles L. Hutch- inson, Elbridge G. Keith, William D. Ker- foot, William P. Ketcham, Milton W. Kirk, Edward F. Lawrence, B. B. Lamb, Victor F. Lawson, Thies J. Lefens, Andrew Mc- Nally, Adolph Nathan, John J. P. Odell, Ferdinand W. Peck, E. M. Phelps, Wash- ington Porter, Alexander H. Revell, Edward P. Ripley, A. M. Rothschild, George Schnei- der, Charles H. Schwab, J. W. Scott, Henry B. Stone, Charles H. Wacker, Edwin Walk- er, Robert A. Waller, John C. Welling, Frederick S. Winston, G. H. Wheeler, Charles T. Yerkes, Otto Young. The Board of Lady Managers is composed of two members, with alternates from each State and Territory, and nine from the city of Chicago. It has the supervision of wom- en's participation in the Exposition, and of whatever exhibits of women's work may be made. This rec- ognition of woman marks an epoch in World's E X p o s i - tions, as in no pre- vious international fair have woman and her work, influ- ences, and indus- trial importance been recognized. Mrs. Bertha Honore Palmer is presi- dent and Mrs. Su- san Gale Cooke sec- retary of the Board of Lady Managers. Hon. c. c. Bonney. The World's Con- gress Auxiliary was organized for the purpose of holding a series of Con- gresses, to supplement the exposition that will be made of the material progress of the world by a portrayal of the achieve- ments in scienc*, literature, education, government, jurisprudence, morals, char- it)^ art, religion, and other branches of mental activity. The Hon. C. C. Bon- ney of Chicago is president of the Con- gress Auxiliary, ;# but equal praise for its success is due to the Hon. Thomas B. Bryan, the cosmopolitan scholar of the Ex- position, whose matchless diplo- macy has been so many times in- voked to crown the triumphs of the great World's Fair enterprise. George R. Davis Hon. T. B. Bryan. of Chicago is Director-General of the entire Exposition, and therefore its chief executive officer. In the joint Board of Control is of course vested the actual management, and from the verdict of this board there is no appeal. The financial situation of the THE WAY TO THE WORLD'S FAIR. 29 World's Columbian Exposition at the present time is most satisfactory. The recent ap- propriation of Congress, quickly followed by the sale of $4,000,000 debenture bonds, places the enterprise in a position to meet any expense to be incurred before the opening of the gates. To Lyman J. Gage, ex-president of the World's Columbian Exposition, is due great praise for his ex- cellent services in every hour of financial crisis which the Exposition has experienced. The following figures, official and estimated, show the amount of cash from all sources that will be available for Exposition ex- penses up to the close of the Fair: From capital stock and proceeds of the city of Chicago bonds. .$10, 553, 761 Appropriation from United States Treasury in souvenir coins 2,500,000 Premium on same -.. 2,500,000 Proceeds on debenture bonds 4,094,500 Total $19,648,261 Estimated gate receipts for admis- sion to the Exposition $10,000,000 Estimated from concessions and privileges 3,500,000 Estimated salvage 1,500,000 Total _ .$15 ,000,000 Total estimated receipts $34,648,261 From this $34,500,000 there must be de- ducted the total cost of construction and operating expenses, which are estimated as follows : Cost of constructing the build- ings, preparatory expenses, etc., to May i, 1893 $18,750,000 Operating expenses from May I, 1893 2,500,000 Total $21,250,000 If these figures are borne out by results — and every World's Fair official appears to think they will be — there will be available for payment of bonds and distribution among stockholders in 1894 about $13,250,- ooo. If their expectations are realized, stockholders will have reason for congratu- lation. No exposition of the past has ever received the support of more than one-third of the nations of the world, while the Columbian Exposition has received recognition and application for space from every civilized nation of the globe. Russia, a nation which has always held aloof from the international expositions of Europe, has evinced a special friendship for the United States by sending a magnificent collection of priceless art treasures which have never before been allowed _ to cross the Russian frontier. Eighty-six nations, colonies, and principal- ities exhibit, thirty-eight being specially represented by official commissions; and the moneys appropriated by all for the purpose of exhibits and buildings amount to over $8,000,000. No less than sixteen foreign governments erect special buildings wherein to receive their guests and exhibit their valuables. In this connection the following, compar- ing the World's Columbian Exposition with other World's Fairs of the past, will be peculiarly interesting. It will be seen from this table that the World's Columbian Expo- sition cost three times as much as any previous exposition in the history of the world; that it occupies four times as many acres, and has about twice as much space under roof as the greatest of former exposi- tions. 0) > C5 A c^ tfi ^ "~M •P , M-l Oj O Vh CAi MM W fe Q n 10 CN -T C) ' I-- CO C) \n 04 ard M. Hunt of New York; Transportation, Adler & Sullivan of Chicago; Manufactures, George B. Post of New York; Mines, S. S. Beman of Chicago; Agriculture, McKim, Meade & White of New York; Venetian * The preparation of this paper as to its literary form was left in the hands of Mi-. Montgomery B. Pickett, to whom acknowledgment is due. 32 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. Village, Burling & Whitehouse of Chicago; Machinery, Peabody & Stearns of Boston; Horticulture, W. L. B. Jenney of Chicago; Electricity, Van Brunt & Howe of Kansas City; Fisheries, Henry Ives Cobb of Chi- cago. Late in the spring of 1891, after the other buildings were designed and about ready for construction, Mr. Charles B. At- wood entered upon his labors with the Ex- position, and to him we are indebted for the chastely beautiful Art Building; that im- pressive trio, the Peristyle, Music Hall, and Casino; the imposing Terminal Station; the Forestry, Dairy, and other buildings, in addition to his great work as Designer-in Chief. The Stock Pavilion is an example of the scholarship of Messrs. Holabird & Roche of Chicago. In unrestricted compe- tition the plan of Miss Sophia G. Hayden was selected for the Woman's Building. The Venetian Village at the end of the great pier being abandoned, Mr. White- house's services (he in the meantime losing by death his partner) were retained for the Choral Building. The limits of this article will not warrant a detailed description of each structure, and this, moreover, is unnecessary, as its archi- tect tells of his own work elsewhere in this volume. It may be well, however, to mention a few points of general interest. Among the first of these is the material which has done so much to produce those charming effects otherwise impossible to attain. The use of staff has not been con- fined to the covering for buildings alone, but it has been applied with an eminent degree of success to sculpture, ornamentation of almost every kind, the construction of bal- ustrades, vases, facing for docks, etc. To no part of the work has more attention been paid than to the artistic decoration of build- ings. Almost every structure within the grounds bears testimony to the skill of well- known artists, not alone in painting, but in sculpture as well. The engineering has been of a magnitude never reached before. The Manufactures Building has become known, wherever the Fair is spoken of, as the greatest building ever erected. Its arches, which constitute, possibly, the most interesting feature of the entire engineering work, were designed and constructed under the supervision of Mr. E. C. Shankland, Chief Engineer, who has had charge of all the work of this character throughout the Exposition. The power plant, located in Machinery Hall, is expected to supply en- ergy equal to 30,000 horse-power. The shafting in the various buildings is driven by electricity conducted through under- ground passages or subways. An area of about two hundred acres is under roof; of this amount 150 were built by the World's Columbian Exposition, the remain- der being constructed by the govern- ments of States and foreign powers, concessionaires, and special exhibitors. Three distinct motives are apparent in the grouping of the buildings. Those about the Grand Basin — the Administration, Manu- factures, Agriculture, Machinery, Electric- ity, Mines, and also the Art Building — are essentially dignified in style; those lying farther to the north — the Horticultural, Transportation, and Fisheries — being less formal, blend readily with the more or less homelike headquarters buildings of the States and foreign governments, which are grouped among the trees of the extreme northern portion of the grounds. Upon the Midway Plaisance no distinct order is fol- lowed, it being instead a most unusual col- lection of almost every type of architecture known to man — oriental villages, Chinese bazaars, tropical settlements, ice railways, the ponderous Ferris wheel, reproductions of ancient cities. All of these are combined to form the lighter and more fantastic side of the Fair. There are tw^o columns east of the Admin- istration Building; between them rolls the cascade of the Columbia Fountain. Each col- umn bears a name; upon one, that of John W. Root; upon the other, Henry Sargent Cod- man. One of these men laid down his work where it had scarcely begun, leaving the first sketches of his brilliant plans; the other passed away with the beauty of his almost finished labors bright before him. These simple inscriptions mean more to us who knew and loved the men to whose memory they are placed, than all the glorious achievements about them, of which so great a part was theirs. D. H. BURNHAM, Director of Works. Few persons outside the immediate and principal officials of the Exposition have the slightest conception of the vast amount of preliminary work done in popularizing the Exposition or the labor involved in telling the world of its myriad wonders. The Department of Publicity and Promotion, under the mas- terljr direction of Maj. Moses P. Handy, not only worked like bea- vers, but achieved wonders. The fol- lowing able article from the pen of Mr. R. E. A. Dorr, late Assistant Chief of the de- partment, and now managing editor of the New York Mail and Express, prepared expressly for the publishers of this guide, conveys a clear idea of the great work of this depart- ment. Mr. Dorr entitles his article " How we Told the World of the * White City's' Wonders," and says: It was well to determine that a World's Fair should be held to celebrate the discovery of America; it was still better, perhaps, to select Chicago as the place for the great en- Maj. M. P. Handy. THE IV A V TO THE WORLD'S FAIR. 33 terprise. But both points had hardly been decided before it became apparent that to make it really a World's Fair the whole world, literally speaking, must be made at least acquainted if not really familiar with what it was expected to accomplish, or, I might say, achieve. It was difficult for the Western man, proud of his great inland metropolis and of the marvelous growth of his young city, to understand or acknowledge that entire nations hardly knew of the existence of Chicago, and that the vast majority of for- eign people associated the Exposition city with buffalo and bear hunts and pig-killing. It was fortunate that Chicago subdued its natural and justifiable local pride and real- ized actual conditions almost at the begin- ning of its vast work. Realization that not only the fact that the Fair must be made known, but also the very existence, magni- tude, and character of the city, was quickly followed by the organization of the Depart- ment of Publicity and Promotion. In December, 1890, the work of advertis- ing the Fair was begun by the appointment ■of Maj. Moses P. Handy Chief of the department. Major Handy is one of the most widely known journalists in the coun- try, and probably fifteen thousand news- papers printed items about his appointment. Think what a vast number of readers that meant. The most conservative estimate will bear out the statement that this appoint- ment in itself began the advertising. It was my privilege to be called as Assist- ant Chief of the department almost imme-' diately, and before final plans of procedure had been adopted or the working staff ■organized. "We must reach all the world," Major Handy said. How we carried out that broad idea will be briefly told in this article. Two or three bright newspaper men were set to work at a small pamphlet telling what the World's Fair would commemorate ; when it would open and close ; that Chicago was a city in Illinois, on the shore of Lake Michi- :gan ; that it was big, very big, in everything ; that it had hotels, railroads, theaters, pict- ure-galleries, museums, etc., and that all were the largest, best, and most ably con- ducted in the western hemisphere. Fifty thousand of these pamphlets were ordered printed, and when they began to be run off the presses all the officials were pleased. Sud- denly, however, it dawned on the depart- ment that unless regular channels were pro- vided it would be embarrassing to know just what to do with all these pamphlets and other printed documents and slips already under contemplation. A mail-list was needed; the department must secure the names and addresses of thousands and thousands of people who might be induced to exhibit their products ■or come themselves to the Fair. The hap-hazard distribution of printed matter and pictures could not be considered for a moment. Postage and printers' bills 3 would bankrupt the show in no time. It was absolutely necessary to secure the names and addresses of people whose interests were such that they were worth informing about the Fair. The time was short, and mistakes would be fatal to the success of the department. There was not time to cover one country or section of the world after another until all had been enlightened about the Fair. All the world had to be considered at once and all at the same time. This is how this great and very important work was successfully done : Circulars were sent to every diplomatic and consular representative of the United States telling briefly of the Exposition ; its national character; soliciting friendly aid in disseminating information ; announcing that the minister or consul would receive a weekly budget from the Fair, and requesting that a list of desirable people to interest m his district be sent at once to the department. A list of nearly five thousand newspapers published in foreign lands was made out, wrappers and envelopes addressed, and a weekly news-letter suited to the character of the publication and in the language of the country was dispatched. The American diplomats and consuls re- sponded nobly, and in less than two months a foreign mail-list of individuals, govern- ment officials, merchants, bankers, manu- facturers, and business firms, aggregating 10,000 names, was duly registered, classified, and indexed in the books of the department, and the weekly news-budget was becoming an embarrassing factor in the already over- crowded and overworked Chicago post office. While this was being done the home field was not neglected. Circulars were sent to every representative newspaper in the United States and Canada (about thirty thousand were considered representative) telling that a weekly news-letter would issue from the department, and that such publications as would write asking for it would be supplied without charge. The names and home addresses of the members of thirty-five State legislatures were secured ; ditto all other State and Territorial officials, of the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States, and of prominent men and women in nearly every pursuit of life. The newspapers nearly all wanted the weekly letters; the others had to take them whether they desired or not. That they did want them was evidenced by the fact that every mail brought hundreds of letters con- taining the names of friends whom they desired to have served. The quick result was a domestic mail-list containing about fifty thousand names. The weekly letters went regularly to all these people; the individuals talked to their neigh- bors about the marvelous thing the Expo- sition would be ; the newspapers printed the splendidly prepared and interesting articles, and three months after the department be- gan operations Major Handy proudly, but without exaggeration, told the National 34 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. Commissioners and Directors his depart- ment was in communication weekly wnth all the civilized and many of the only partly civilized people of the globe. It was an impressive evidence of the metropolitan proportions Chicago had at- tained that we were able to find not only men who could write for publication in the fourteen languages we were compelled to use, but printing-offices so well equipped with types, printers, and proofreaders that our articles could be sent out appearing as though printed in the country whose lan- guages we were using. French, Spanish, and German writers and printers were of course easily found; Swedish and Danish were a little more difficult; Russian and Turkish were almost too much for Chicago's resources, but were finally accomplished. When we came to Chinese an insurmount- able wall was encountered, and we had to send our manuscript to Canton to be there put in type, printed, and distributed. , What we called the ' ' Exposition News Letter," a budget of paragraphs making in space about i^^ columns of the Chicago Herald, was mailed weekly to the 60,000 names on the mail-list. This meant 60,000 i-cent stamps, or $600 per week for Uncle Sam's treasury. The next important step was the sending out of colored pictures showing the grounds and buildings. This involved a large expenditure, in fact the largest single item of the department. The leading lith- ographers of the country were in- vited to submit de- signs for the pict- ure, the ^ under- standing being that the firm pre- senting the most satisfactory design should be invited to name figures for print- ing the pictures. The successful design was painted in water-colors by Charles Graham, the well-known artist. The pict- ure is now familiar to nearly every^ Ameri- can, and has been placed on exhibition in every large city in the world. It may not be generally understood that it ranks as the finest sample of the lithographer's art ever produced in this country, if not in the world. It is printed in nineteen colors and tints, and the 100,000 copies ordered cost about 20 cents each, or $20,000. The distribution of these pictures involved an amount of work that nearly staggered the department when it was fully realized. All the pictures for the United States, Can- ada, and Mexico went by mail; but before being put in the post office each had to be carefully inclosed in a pasteboard tube, ad- dressed, and 6 cents in postage-stamps put on. To prev.ent costly duplication of the Robert E. A. Dorr. pictures to people who seemed to think they were entitled to get them by the dozen, each had to be entered in an index. This meant four handlings of each picture before it went to the post office. About 60,000 pictures were sent out in this way, involving 240,000 handlings, and an expense for post- age of $3,600. The pictures for foreign countries were delivered at much greater expense. The lithograph was larger than the rules of the International Postal Union allowed. For- eign express companies asked from 50 cents to $2.50 each for delivery, according to des- tination. This expense v/as, of course, out of the question. In this emergency an offi- cial of the department was sent to Washing- ton to confer with Postmaster-General Wan- amaker. Chicago and the Exposition owe Mr. Wanamaker a lasting debt of gratitude for his prompt and effective assistance in this important matter. He dispatched a letter to the chief postal official of every country in the union asking that the pict- ures be allowed to pass through their mails, and telling that the Exposition was not only a national but an international enter- prise. The replies were all favorable. The pictures were sent to the general post office at Washington in bulk, filling nearly an entire freight car, and under the direct supervision and orders of Mr. Wanamaker were forwarded to all parts of the globe at regular postal rates. As the work progressed and the country became alive to the vast proportions of the Exposition the editors of all sorts of class publications made requests on the depart- ment for articles especially adapted to their journals or magazines. The editor of an agricultural journal would declare that our weekly budget was very interesting, but he wanted something particularly adapted to his people; the scientific electrical publica- tions wrote in the same way, etc., until it seemed as though the department would have to employ an army of writers, each an expert on some one line of human energy or endeavor. I remember in one mail getting an indignant letter from the editor of a journal devoted to the interests of under- takers, complaining that our budget had not stated whether hearses and coffins would be allowed among the exhibits, or whether the progress that had been made in the art of embalming would be illustrated. Another letter was from the official organ of the Associated Societies of Deaf Mutes, inquir- ing how their interests would be repre- selited. Other editors represented breeders of fine poultry, boiler-makers, boat-builders, coal and iron miners, "gents" furnishing goods, etc. We subdivided our newspaper mail-list in class publications, and sent out fifty special budgets, devoted to separate interests, each month. I think we covered about every important interest except the undertakers and embalmers. That was too much for even so far-reaching an organization as that THE WAY TO THE WORLD'S FAIR. 35 of the Department of Publicity and Pro- motion. An important duty of the department charged with advertising the World's Fair was looking after correspondents of impor- tant publications sent to Chicago, to see for themselves just what was being done. Most of these correspondents came in an unfriendly spirit, to find flaws in the plans and management and to criticise. They came from all over Europe as well as from the United States, Canada, and South Amer- ica, It was fully understood by the de- partment that the participation of foreign- ers would depend largely on the reports that correspondents sent to their papers. In Europe these men would have been overwhelmed with courtesies and social attentions, both official and by prominent individuals interested in the success of a great home enterprise. The department had no appropriation for this purpose, and the scale of salaries paid would not warrant any official giving elaborate entertainments. It was therefore decided that these corre- spondents should be treated in a practical, business-like manner. If they did not speak English, an employe of the department who spoke their language was assigned to assist them. They were shown the build- ings and grounds ; the various departments were explained; the scheme of organization made clear; the participation of the Na- tional Government was shown, and they were invited to ask questions and indicate any particular line of investigation they would like to pursue. It must be remembered that in the East- ern States and in Europe few people be- lieved the Exposition had sufficient money backing to succeed; the statements sent out regarding the vast buildings, the number of exhibitors expected, and the ability of Chicago to handle the crowds were all looked on with more or less suspicion. This feeling had to be overcome. Confi- dence was established throughout the world because the Department of Publicity and Promotion, by straight American business methods, secured the confidence of the vis- iting correspondents and newspaper men throughout the world. It may be said in this connection, with propriety, that every statement sent out by the department was verified with as great care as the conservative newspaper editor, with libel suits in mind, verifies the items brought to him for publication. Circus methods were not used in advertising the Exposition; facts only were stated; and when predictions were made that such and such thing would be accomplished, the grounds for expecting the accomplishment were made clear. The scheme of advertising having been perfected and put in operation, it became necessary that the department should be able to point to results in justification of its large expenditure of money. To meet this point a system of scrap-books was arranged covering every State and Territory of the Union and every country in the world. Pub- lishers of all papers receiving information from the department were asked to send copies of their issues containing mention of the Fair. Thousands of publishers complied with the request, and in a short time the de- partment had the largest newspaper mail received at any American post office ad- dressed to any one business enterprise. These publications were all examined and everything about the Exposition clipped, classified, and, if of any importance, put in the proper scrap-book. Careful record was kept of the number of words printed in each language by the papers receiving the weekly news-budget. Each month showed more and more space devoted by editors to Exposition matters, until at last the recorded number of words in the daily clippings was equal to the num- ber contained in a 450-page book of the size of the ordinary paper-covered novel. Think of the advertising or publicity department of an exposition securing the publication daily in the leading papers of the world of such an immense amount of matter. Understand that of this matter the records show that over one-third was writ- ten and sent out by the department. Then reflect that no paper or publication was paid any money for printing news of the Exposition. The matter was offered and ac- cepted on its merits and interest as "news." It was a great feat of advertising, a stu- pendous work well done, and reflecting credit on all engaged in its planning and execu- tion. Had the officers and employes of this department been working merely for their salaries this work would have been a failure. Nearly all were newspaper men, and the same self-sacrificing energy and devotion, regard- less of hours on duty or personal interests neglected, that makes the great newspaper the wonderful production it is, brought tri- umph to the Department of Publicity and Promotion and made it a main factor in the certain success of the Exposition. R. E. A. DORR, Late Ass't Chief of Department of Pub- licity and Promotion. The World's Fair site is 1,037 acres in area, nearly four times the space of any previous exposition, while the number of square feet under roof — over 5,000,000 — is nearly twice as much as the greatest exposi- tion of the past. The beauty of the location of the buildings of the World's Columbian Exposition is that nearly every structure fronts on Lake Michigan. In the northern portion of the park are grouped nearly all the State buildings, the Fine Arts Building, and the various structures of foreign nations. Next comes the Fisheries Building, which is situated just north of the lagoon ; and directly west of the Fisheries Building, on the oppo- site side of the park, stands the Woman's Building; on the same side of the lagoon, which parallels the lake, are the Horticult- 36 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. ural Building and the Transportation Build- ing. To the southward of the Government Building, on the east side of the lagoon and bordering on the lake, is the giant structure of the Fair, the Manufactures and Liberal Arts Building. South of this edifice is the great pier for lake steamers, extending 2,500 feet into the lake, and on one wing of which is the Music Hall. Extending westward from the pier is a long avenue several hun- dred feet wide. All down this grand avenue, encompassing a beautiful sheet of water, stand imposing buildings, along the majestic facades of which the delighted gaze of the visitor sweeps until it rests on the Adminis- tration Building, nearly a mile distant. West of the Agricultural Building stands Machin- ery Hall which is its equal in size and is especially rich in architectural lines and de- tails. To the northward of the Administra- tion Building, on either side, and facing the grand avenue, stand two more immense buildings, one for the electrical and the other for the mining exhibit. Near by is the wooded island, a delightful gem of primitive nature, in striking contrast with the elaborate productions of human skill which surround it. In the southwest portion of the grounds are great depots, the numerous railway tracks, and the stock exhibits. The Forestry Building fronts the lake in the southeast, and near by is the Sawmill, the Dairy Building, the Krupp exhibit, the Convent of La Rabida, and various other smaller but equally interesting structures. The exhibits at the Exposition cover a wider range and are far more numerous than were ever before gathered together. The whole world is interested, and all the nations of the earth participate. From far-away India, Burmah, Siam, China, Japan, Persia, islands of the Pacific, Australia, Tasmania Egypt, Turkey, and the strange lands of mys- terious and almost unknown Africa come at- tractions of interesting character. All the European nations display great interest in the Exposition, and all have given the most practical evidence of their unqualified sup- port and cooperation. Their finest collec- tions of art are gathered here, and each country displays in the most complete man- ner its varied resources. All of the coun- tries of South and Central America, with Mexico, make the most elaborate and exten- sive exhibition of their splendid resources and products. Millions of money have been expended by these foreign countries, and the beauty of the Exposition has been en- hanced thereby to a greater degree. Many of these countries have constructed build- ings of the finest character in which to make their exhibits, the style of architect- ure being characteristic of the country rep- resented. Thus, in addition to the beauti- ful buildings erected by the Exposition, there is also provided a grand display of architecture from every part of the world, making the variety of design so extensive as to be bewildering in its outlines. Buildings and Grounds. — The dimensions of the great Exposition buildings are indi- cated in the following table : Dimen- Area sions in Manufactures and Liberal in feet, acres. Arts... 787x1687 30.5 Administration 262 x 262 i . 6 Mines 350 x 700 5.6 Electricity 345 x 690 5.5 Transportation 256 x 960 5.6 Transportation Annex 425 x 900 8*8 Woman's _ 199 x 388 1.8 Art Galleries 320 x 500 3.7 Art Gallery Annexes (2).._ 120 x 200 i.i Fisheries 165 x 365 1.4 Fisheries Annexes (2) 135 diam. .8 Horticulture 250 x 998 5.7 Horticulture Greenhouses (8) 24 x 100 .5 Machinery _ 492 x 846 9 . 6 Machinery Annex 490 x 550 6.2 Machinery Power House. ._ 490 x 461) Machinery Pumping Works. 77 x 84 >■ 2 , i Machinery Machine Shop.. 106 x 250) Agriculture. 500 x 800 9.2 Agriculture Annex 300 x 550 3.8 Agriculture Assembly Hall, etc. 125 X 450 1.3 Forestry. 208 x 528 2.5 Sawmill ___. 125 x 300 .8 Dairy 100 x 200 .5 Live Stock (2) 65 x 200 .9 Live Stock Pavilion 280 x 440 2 . 8 Live Stock Sheds.. ._ 40.0 Casino 120 x 250 .7 Music Hall 120 x 250 .7 United States Government. 345 x 415 3.3 United States Government imitation battle-ship 69.25 x 348 .3 Illinois State.. 160 x 450 1.7 Illinois State Wings (2) .3 Total _ 159.3 The Exposition buildings, not including those of the Government and Illinois, have also a total gallery area of 45.9 acres, thus making their total floor space 199.7 acres. The Fine Arts Building has 7,885 lineal feet, or 145,852 square feet of wall space. The following table indicates the total area in square feet in the principal build- ings and the amount of space assigned to foreign and domestic exhibitors: Dom- Foreign estic Total Ex- Exhib- Area. hibitors. itors. Agriculture 415.348 I34i732 251,471 Horticulture 158,593 40,516 69,612 Fisheries 80,598 24,875 42,132 Mines and Mining 272,615 86,380 142,918 Machinery 456,661 129,202 204,771 Transportation.. 590,589 160,654 402,938 Manufactures... 790,942 428,670 215,927 Electricity 185,100 60,932 137,072 Fine Arts 192,436 161,992 30,444 Liberal Arts 346,206 119,754 202,420 Ethnology. 101,312 43,656 57,656 Forestry... 52,566 22,664 29,902 3,642,966 1,420,027 1,787,263 DEPARTMENT. THE WA Y TO THE WORLD'S FAIR. 37 HOW TO REACH THE EXPOSITION. Site. — The World's Columbian Exposition is located at Jackson Park and the Midway Plaisance, seven miles south of the city hall of Chicago. By railroad the time occupied to reach it is about half an hour, by steamboat forty-five minutes, and by cable cars about one hour's journey. Approaches. — There are five principal methods of reaching the Exposition grounds with a possible sixth route for the leisurely and luxurious, to be found by driving to the park by way of the magnificent Michigan Avenue Boulevard, and the inevitable last resort, the seventh, in walking to the grounds, for those fortunate enough to secure accommodations in close proximity to the gates. The more usually used routes are: I. The South Side Rapid Transit Rail- road (the Alley Elevated road), whose down-town terminal is located on Congress Street, between Wabash Avenue and State Street, within a stone's-throw of the Audi- torium Hotel. This line serves as one of the principal routes to the World's Fair grounds, having a capacity for conveying over 40,000 passengers per hour. It has 46 locomotives, 180 cars, 37 miles of track, and cost $6,750,000. Opened for traffic on June 6, 1892, it reaches Jackson Park in 35-1 min- utes for local slow trains and 24^ minutes from Twelfth Street by through fast trains. The stations are Congress Street (down- town terminus), Twelfth, Eighteenth, Twenty-second, Twenty-sixth, Twenty- ninth, Thirt}r-first, Thirty-third, Thirty- fifth, Thirty-ninth streets, Indiana Avenue, (here the line crosses to the alley between Prairie and Calumet avenues). Forty-third, Forty-seventh, Fifty-first, Fifty-fifth, Fifty- eighth, Sixty-first streets. South Park Ave- nue, Cottage Grove, Lexington, Madison, Stony Island avenues, and Jackson Park. Fare, 5 cents, single journey. The views on the route are not particu- larly interesting, at first consisting mainly of back yards and clothes-lines; but as the train reaches Fortieth Street it crosses fine boule- vards, and later runs in view of Washington Park. At the Fair grounds the train lands the visitor right in the grounds, in a specially constructed depot on the roof of the annex of the Transportation Building. Admission tickets to the grounds can be purchased at all stations except Congress Street, where the pressure of traffic is too severe; but this want is supplied by the principal hotels selling the necessary paste- board to tourists desirous of purchasing them before arrival at the grounds. The Exposition station is situated on the roof of the annex to Transportation Hall, close beside the station of the Intramural Railroad, so that passengers from down-town may transfer from one to the other without descending to the ground. Entering the park at Sixty-third Street and Stony Island Avenue, the south side tracks curve south into the station, dis- charging passengers opposite the end of Sixty-fourth Street. The station platform itself is 250 feet long and 80 feet broad, running north and south. It is covered with an iron roof and sur- rounded by a picket fence 7 feet high. Coming into the grounds the trains all run on the south -track and in going out take the north track, keeping always to the right, according to the rule of the road. The engine will always be in front of the train. The Intramural station is alongside and just east of the "L" station. Passengers landing on the west track who want to take the Intramural pass through turnstiles and go across a bridge which hangs directly over the staircase beyond the edge of the platform to the east; and those landing on the east tracks will find turnstiles to admit them to the Intramural platform, which is only divided from the east platform by a fence. 2. The Illinois Central Railroad Com- pany, whose depots are located at the Lake Front foot of Lake Street, at the foot of Van Buren Street near the World's Fair steam- ship landing, and at Twelfth Street and Park Row. This line has a capacity of 240,000 World's Fair passengers per day in addition to its ordinary and extensive sub- urban traffic. Its trains for the Exposition start as soon as filled, every 2i minutes if necessary, and reach Fifty-ninth Street and Midway Plaisance (G 13) in 20 minutes. The suburban trains starting from Park Row and Twelfth Street are convenient for reaching the State buildings, foreign buildings, Art Palace, and Woman's Build- ing by alighting at Fifty-seventh Street, (South Park Station) (B 13); while the Sixty-third Street Station (Q 12) is conven- ient for the Transportation, Administra- tion, and other principal buildings, the Grand Court of Honor, the Peristyle, etc. The fare for the round trip from Van Buren Street to Sixtieth Street by World's Fair trains is 20 cents. Admission tickets to the Fair can be purchased at the Van Buren Street Depot and principal stations, 50 cents. By the suburban and slower line the single fare is 15 cents to Sixty- third Street, and round trip 25 cents. By special concession all passengers /r^;;? Van Bu7-e7i Street are landed on the Midway Plaisance instead of entering the Central Depot of the Exposition. The special cars for World's Fair traffic are roomy and cool. Boarding one at Van Buren Street the visitor is rap- idly carried past the Lake Front Park on the right, with its Columbus Statue and the huge stone structure of the Auditorium Hotel as landmarks; on the left is the har- bor, with innumerable craft of all kinds, all bound for the "White City." At Twelfth Street and Park Row is the new depot of the company, while along Park Row is the house in which Gen. John A. Logan lived. At Eighteenth Street the line skirts the A WEEK AT THE FAIR. Lake Front and runs at the rear of Mr. George M. Pullman's magnificent residence. This is historic ground in the annals of Chicago, for by the old cottonwood tree in the roadway the treacherous Pottawatto- mies massacred the garrison of old Fort Dearborn on August 15, 1 812. A handsome monument, with artistic bas-relief, has been designed by the sculptor. Carl Rohl-Smith, and erected at the cost of the generous Pull- man car magnate. Still skirting the lake, whose limpid waters dance and ripple in the sun's bright rays, the visitors get a glimpse of the lofty Stephen A. Douglas Monument (on the right, near Thirty-fifth Street, in a pretty park), with its patriotic inscrip- tion, ' ' Tell my children to obey the laws and uphold the Constitution." The line now skirts the choicest residence section of Chi- cago, passes the Farragut Boat Club House on the lake shore, and runs on the land- ward side of the huge Chicago Beach Hotel at Fifty-first Street. At Fifty-fifth Street the Steele Mackaye Spectatorium Hall (see chapter on "Near-by Attractions") is seen on the left, with the Windermere Hotel at the corner of the same street and Cornell Avenue. We now enter the World's Fair district, and at Fifty-seventh Street Station get a view of the grounds on our left. Here are the State buildings, with Washing- ton's lofty flag- staff and Califor- nia's mission-like edifice, the Wom- an's Building, and Whaleback Steamer < Illinois, with its tall and inartistic dome. Now the train slackens speed and then stops, and the visitor alights at the Midway Plaisance, where he can enter the grounds proper by going to the left, or explore the Plaisance by taking the right-hand course. 3. By Other Railroads to the Exposi- tion. — All railroads bringing passengers to Chicago enter the Central Railroad Depot (N 16), in the rear of the Administration Building, where the most satisfactory ar- rangements for visitors' comfort have been made. Several roads have made switching arrangements whereby passengers from their down-town depots will be able to travel direct to the Fair. Residents on the West Side of the city can travel by the Northern Pacific and Baltimore & Ohio, landing at the Central Railroad Depot. 4. By Steamer on Lake Michigan. — The water route to the World's Fair is the scenic route, and to the majority of visitors is the most attractive, embracing as it does a sail for several miles on the bosom of Lake Michigan, an excellent view of the harbor, and a continuous panoramic picture of Chi- cago's water front to the gates of the Expo- sition. The lake route to the Exposition grounds is unquestionably far the most delightful and popular. There can be no doubt that the great majority of visitors will prefer to reach the park by that means, and certainly the facilities are such as to enable them to do so. From the deck of a steamboat the visitor obtains a view such as he can not get in any other way, and it is one of such surpassing attractions that no visitor will be content to misb it. He traverses Chicago's great outer harbor, where innumerable craft, large and small, with colors flying, are plying to and fro. Passing out into the lake he sees spread before his gaze for miles a panorama of the best-built and busiest city in the world. Before he tires of this the scene changes and before him lies the marvel- ously beautiful perspective of the Exposi- tion, with its gilded domes, its lofty towers, the imposing fa9ades of its great palaces, its fountains, statuary, greensward, and flowers — all gay with color or surroundings. The architectural and landscape features of the Exposition present a much more beauti- ful picture from the lake than they wouldfrom the top of an Eiffel tower, and this fact will weigh potently in induc- ing visitors to pat- ronize the steam- boats. The cool- ing lake breezes and the charm of music on the water also have their effect in the same direction. The distance is Christopher Columbus." SUCh that the round trip can easily be made in an hour and a half, allowing ample time for taking on and discharging passengers. The landing facilities for steamboats at either end of the route are practically unlimited. At Jackson Park very extensive piers and docks have been constructed, and a fine pier at Van Buren Street has been built for the express use of the World's Fair Steamship Company, which has the exclusive right of landing city passengers m the Exposition grounds. This company has a fleet of some twenty-five steamers and conve3^s passengers at a uni- form rate of 15 cents single fare and 25 cents for the round trip. In the fleet is the new steamer " Arthur Orr " (3,000 tons, capacity 3,500 passengers) and the largest passenger steamer afloat, the new whaleback ' ' Christo- pher Columbus" (4,000 tons, capacity 5,000 passengers). The Columbian Navigation Co.'s boats, starting from the foot of Randolph Street, and reached by way of the viaduct, land at the Fifty-fifth Street Pier, of which it has exclusive use, and places its passengers within two blocks of the Fifty-sixth Street and Cornell Avenue entrance to the grounds. Their fleet consists of ten large steamers. THE WAY TO THE WORLD'S FAIR. elegantly appointed in all respects, and making the round trip every hour. Their capacity is 15,000 per hour; their fare for single trip, 15 cents; round trip, 25 cents. This company also has a fleet of fine steam- yachts and small excursion steamers, which can be rented by private parties, if desired. The company also has a special fleet of six- teen steamers leaving Lincoln Park and Ful- lerton Avenue, transferring their passengers at Randolph Street to their World's Fair line. Single fare, 15 cents; round trip, 25 cents. 5. The Street (Cable) Car Route to the Fair consists of two principal lines, namely: The Cottage Grove Cars, which, starting from the loop at Randolph Street, run along Wabash Avenue to Twenty-second Street, thence to Cottage Grove Avenue as far as the power-house at Fifty-fifth Street, thence to Jefferson Street, to Fifty-sixth, and then to Lake Avenue. To the leisurely traveler there can in pleasant weather be few more agreeable methods of reaching the Expo- sition grounds. Let him secure a front seat on the grip-car at Randolph Street and Wa- bash Avenue, and the varied sights that meet his eye on a fair summer's day will more than repay him for the fifty-three min- utes or more occupied in reaching his desti- nation. At the corner of Jackson Street the Wellington Hotel is seen on the left. Just be- fore reaching Congress Street the Audito- rium, with its lofty tower, looms up to the left. At Harmon Court the panoramas of the Battle of Gettysburg and Jerusalem and the Crucifixion are seen on the right and left, respectively, of the car-tracks. A little farther on the left is John Brown's Fort, located between Thirteenth and Four- teenth streets. Then on the same side of the way the tourist observes the front of Grace Church (Rev. Dr. Clinton Locke, rector), one of the leading Episcopal churches of Chicago. Immediately adjoin- ing Grace Church is the Libby Prison War Museum and Uncle Tom's Cabin. At Sixteenth Street the cars cross the Illi- nois Central Railroad tracks. Here the huge red, castellated armory of the First Regim.ent of the Illinois National Guard is seen a block away on the left. Between Sixteenth and Eighteenth the visitor no- tices on the left hand Hardy's Subterra- nean Theater, and on the right, between Eighteenth and Twentieth streets, Havlin's Theater is passed. At Twenty-second Street the car turns eastward, crossing the Michi- gan Avenue Boulevard where the Lexing- ton Hotel stands, and resuming its southern route at Cottage Grove Avenue, which is without noticeable feature until just beyond Thirty-third Street, when Groveland Park and Woodlawn Park are seen on the left, and a hurried glimpse is had of the Douglas Monument (see ante p. 38). In this locality Camp Douglas was located during the Civil War and many thousand Confederate pris- oners of war were confined. At Thirty-ninth Street the Oakland Hotel and a vista of the beautiful Drexel Boulevard are seen on the left, the cars also crossing Oakwood Boule- vard, which stretches away to the right. More railroad tracks are crossed, and the cars run parallel to the Drexel Boulevard until at Fifty-first the Drexel Fountain is seen on the left, surrounded by verdant, well-kept lawns and artistic flower-beds. Now the line skirts the largest of the city's breathing-spaces — Washington Park — until at Fifty-fifth Street the power-house, with its mammoth wheels and whirring engines, is on the left. Here the visitor desirous of reaching the northern (or State buildings) end of the Exposition grounds (B 14) should transfer to a South Park car (if not already on one), which turns to the left. Inquiry of the gripman or conductor will prevent mis- take. The line running straight ahead lands visitors at the Fifty-ninth Street entrance to the Midway Plaisance (F i), or by transfer to an electric-car system at the Sixty-third Street entrance to the grounds (L 14). Fare, 5 cents. The State Street Cable-Cars, one block westward of the Cottage Grove cars, start from the loop near the Masonic Temple and traverse the heart of the retail-stores dis- trict of Chicago. The palace-like stores of Marshall Field & Co. , Mandel Bros. , Schles- inger & Mayer, and Siegel, Cooper & Co. are on the left, The Fair on the right; then the line runs through a squalid district sacred to the colored brother and his para- sites. The Alhambra Theater is near Twentieth Street, on the right, and the boulevard is crossed at Fifty-fifth Street. Ask for a transfer before reaching Sixty- first Street, and there take the electric cars to the left, which will land the visitor within one block of the Exposition. Fare, 5 cents. 6. Driving to the Fair. — The Michigan Avenue Boulevard forms a most attractive route to the Fair, and the finest street in the world (as Max O'Rell styled it) is well worth traversing for those who have the time and can afford the carriage-hire. At numerous livery-stables well-appointed car- riages can be secured at reasonable rates, and a line of handsome four-horse coaches runs regularly between the city and the Expo- sition grounds. The boulevard is bordered by the houses of Chicago's wealthiest citi- zens, and the route is fully described in the various guides to the city issued by the pub- lishers of this guide. The luxurious route to the Fair is that selected by the Columbia Coach Company, embracing the choicest section of the Chi- cago boulevard system. Leaving the hotels, the route leads down Michigan Boulevard to Oakwood Boulevarcl, thence by way of Grand and Drexel boulevards to Washing- ton and Jackson parks. The well-sprinkled and dustless roads traversed are devoted entirely to pleasure-driving, and present an ever-changing scene of life, which might be characterized as the holiday side of Chicago. For miles on either side stand the palatial residences of Chicago's wealthiest citizens, while the magnificent grounds encircling 40 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. these ideal homes afford a refreshing glimpse of the pleasures of urban life. The coaches designed for this line combine all the advan- tages of the modern landau with those of the old-time " Tallyho," in supplying each passenger with an outside seat and an unob- structed view. The drivers are old-time whips, who have been historic actors in the principal events of which the history of the West is made up. The overland route to the Pacific has been their stamping-ground, and those who have guided their six-in-hands through the tortuous ravines and defiles of the Rock- ies will have but a vacation in making the trip up and down the boulevards of Chicago, Here are drivers who, to carry out the boasts of these men, who scheduled ten booking office is located at 14 Jackson Street, in the Leland Hotel, where all definite in- formation may be obtained. 7. Walking to the Fair. — As many hun- dreds of hotels and apartments are located in the immediate vicinity of the Exposition grounds, many will dispense with any method of conveyance other than their pedal extrem- ities. To aid them in selecting the appro- priate entrance — The Entrances to the Exposition are set out below, and their locations discussed. It is well to know which is the most con- venient of the fiineteeii entrances by which one may enter the park on three sides. Those who live on the South Side between the Illinois Central tracks and the lake, and within walking distance of the park, will 1 he Columbia Coach Company. miles an hour between the Missouri River and San Francisco, can drive a four or six horse coach through places where the Eastern driver could not lead the animals by their halters. As nearly as may be in this sybaritic age, the passenger will realize what a trip across " the plains" used to be in the palmy days when old Ben Hol- liday, of Platte County, Mo., was the auto- crat of all first-class travel between ocean and ocean ; a journey which may now be made in a gorgeous Pullman car equipped with every luxury. The well-matched coach- horses will make the spin in any case in easy time, as relays will lighten the journey. The delights' of the journey will far excel any possible written description. The fare has been fixed at an amount which will insure an exclusive and select patronage. Crowding will not be permitted, and the jour- ney either way will be one of comfort — rest- ful at night, exhilarating in the morning. Schedule time will be made, leaving at short intervals the hotels in the heart of the city from 7.30 a. m. through the day. The find the Cornell Avenue entrance (A 1 5) the most available. It enters the park at the extreme north end, one block east of Stony Island Avenue. It will prove especially con- venient to those living on East End and Everett avenues, Fifty-sixth Street, and the streets just north of Fifty-sixth Street. It is close to the Esquimau village and the north- ern group of State buildings. The Fifty- seventh Street entrance (B 14), fronting on Stony Island Avenue, will probably be the most used of all the park entrances. It is opposite the South Park Station of the Illinois Central Railroad (B 13), where all suburban trains from the city stop. The Cottage Grove Avenue cable also lands passengers within 300 feet of this entrance. It is the most direct entrance to reach the State buildings, the northern tier of foreign buildings, and the Art Pal- ace. The entrance on the North Pier (E 22), at which boats from the city make their first stop, will also prove a conven- ient way to reach the southern tier of State buildings, the foreign buildings, the 77^5" WAY TO THE WORLD'S FAIR. 41 model battle-ship " Illinois, "the Government and Fisheries buildings. Those who come by boat will also find it the shortest route to the northern end of the great Manufactures Building. The southern end of the Manu- factures Building, the Agricultural Building, the Monastery of La Rabida, the Forestry Building, the leather exhibit, the Krupp Gun Works exhibit, the Dairy exhibit, and the Casino and Music Hall may be easily reached through the entrances at the end of the great Main Pier (K 22-27), where there are 20 ticket-windows and 100 exit- gates. Returning to the west side of the park, which is ^7 bounded by Stony Island Avenue, one finds five gates below the Fifty- seventh Street en- trance, making six entrances on the west side of the park in all. The entrances at Sixtieth Street (G 14) and Sixty-fourth Street (N 14) will be used by passengers who come from the city on Illinois Central suburban trains, as the railroad com- pany has stations at all the streets named. The entrance at Sixtieth vStreet is between the Woman's Building and the Horticultural Building. It gives easy access to the Illinois State Building, the Wooded Island, and the Government and Fisheries buildings. It is also a direct entrance to the Midway Plaisance. The Fifty-ninth Street entrance (F 14) is at the northeastern corner of the Plaisance, and is the nearest one to the Illinois State Building. At the western end of the Plaisance (FG i) is a large entrance fronting on Cottage Grove Ave- nue. The Cottage Grove Avenue cable-cars pass directly in front of this entrance. An extension of the Cottage Grove Avenue road carries passengers from Cottage Grove Avenue by way of Sixty-third Street to the park, landing them directly at an entrance (L 14). This entrance gives easy access to the Choral Building, Transportation Building, and the Wooded Island. The Illinois Cen- tral trains stop at Sixty-third Street (Wood- lawn Station) (L 12). From that station the nearest entrances are at Sixty-second and Sixty-fourth streets. Bicyclists can check their wheels at the Sixty-second Street en- trance. Fee, 25 cents. The South Side Rapid Transit Company runs its trains down Sixty- third Street and directly into the grounds. The Sixty-fourth Street entrance (M 14) will be the most direct way to reach the Transportation, Mines, Electricity, Admin- istration, Machinery, and smaller buildings at the southwestern end of the park. The entrance at Sixty-seventh Street _(S 14) will prove convenient to those living in the ex- treme southern part of the city. It is at the southwestern corner of the park. Entrances at Sixty-fifth Street and Palmer Avenue (P 14) will probably be used mostly by workmen. Only those cars marked " Oakwoods " trans- fer passengers to the park at Sixty-third Street. Residents of Oak Park, Austin, and other western suburbs will be taken by rail di- rectly into the grounds at the extreme south- ern end, and landed at the Central Railroad Depot (N 16), behind the Administration Building. The State Street cable-cars trans- fer passengers down Sixty-third Street to the park. The Sixty-second Street en- trance (J 14) will be a desirable one for carriages and people from the great resi- dence district west of the center of the park. In all there are provided for visit- ors to the park 326 turnstiles, 97 ticket- booths, 182 ticket-windows, and 172 exit- gates. There are also to be twenty-two ticket-booths in the business portion of Chicago. To recapitulate, gate facilities have been provided as follows: Cornell Avenue. Fifty-seventh Street. Fifty-ninth Street. East Illinois Central tracks. West Illinois Central tracks. South end: Sixtieth Street. Sixty-second Street. Terminal Station. Elevated Railroad. Sixty-fourth Street. Sixty-fifth Street Terrace. Southwest corner park. Palmer Avenue. Midway Plaisa7ice: Monroe Avenue. Greenwood Avenue. Cottage Grove Avenue. Greenwood Avenue (south). Oglesby Avenue. Steamer Landings : Main Pier. Naval Pief . The big days at the Fair will see a crush about the ticket- windows at Jackson Park. In order to do away with this as much as possible arrangements have been made for the sale of tickets down-town as follows: Van Buren Street Pier. Depots of the Illinois Central Railroad: Van Buren Street. Randolph vStreet. Twenty-second Street. Thirty-sixth Street. Forty-third Street. Hotels: Palmer House. Auditorium Hotel. Auditorium Annex. Sherman House. Victoria Hotel. Grand Pacific Hotel. The visitor should refrain from purchasing admission tickets from street fakirs or stran- gers. Buy at the proper places or at the booths at the gates, and no forgeries will cause delay or refusal of admittance. The entrance-gates are novel, and operated by the insertion of the ticket, which is muti- lated by machinery. They also register the entrance of each visitor. CHAPTER III. THE FIRST DAY AT THE FAIR. HE Trip to the Fair. — Let us assume that the visitor has arrived in Chi- '/cago over night, and has reached his hotel or pre- 'ously en- gaged rooms. Then, refresh- ed by a sound sleep, fortified by a substantial breakfast, he naturally desires to start off bright and early to visit the myriad wonders of the vast and beau- teous ' ' White City. " Certainly he will desire on the first day of his visit to reach the Fair grounds as rapidly as possible. Let him proceed to the Elevated Railroad Depot at Congress Street, between Wabash Avenue and State Street, there taking the cars direct for the World's Fair grounds. The Paying his 50 cents, purchasing a ticket, and passing through the automatic turnstile, the visitor descends a grand stairway fifty feet wide, and at length stands on that enchanted inclosure of white palaces which rose from a marsh and a morass in two years or less. In reaching the ground the visitor passes over the special exhibit of the Vanderbilt Railroad lines and Wagner Palace Car Company (M 15), while facing him are the exhibits of the Hygeia Mineral Springs Company (N 16), and a little far- ther to the right the Pennsylvania Rail- road Company's exhibit and a model water station exhibited by the United States Wind- Engine and Pump Company of Batavia, 111., with an ore-yard of the Ore Mining Company behind it. The Hercules Iron Works of Chicago is famous for its ice-making machinery, and at the World's Fair its pavilion shows a grand exhibit of its machinery and methods. Its plant lies due west of the Administration Building, and its edifice, of the Romanesque order of architecture, covers a space 130x255 feet, five stories high. At each route has already been fully described (ante p. 37). The Exposition station is located on the roof of the annex of the Transportation Building (Q 15), with a station of the In- tramural Elevated Railroad in close prox- imity, so that a transfer to that sys^tem can be had without descending to the ground. The Cold Storage Building. corner is an imposing tower 100 feet high, and the beautiful central tower, in reality a smoke-stack, has an altitude of 220 feet. The main entrance is a massive Roman arch supported by eight beautiful columns, the segments and spandrels of the arch ornamented with figures of Hercules, Vul- can, etc., in bas-relief. On either side of (42) THE FIRST DAY AT THE FAIR. 43 the doorway are heroic figures in the style of the andro-sphinx. From the main entrance the visitor passes into the engine- room, where are located three 120-ton "Her- cules" machines of the latest type. On either side are the dynamos for arc and in- candescent electric-lighting. The engine- room contains five engines, each of a differ- ent type, and the boiler plant, of two types of tubular and water-tube boilers, has a capacity of 800 horse-power. Above the boiler-room is a fire-proof story in which are located the ammonia condensers and water- purifying apparatus. To the left of the boiler and engine rooms is a two-story apartment, 100x130 feet, where the manu- facture of ice under all conditions and by all processes may be seen. The plate system, from filtered water; the can system, from condensed steam, filtered and purified, and the can system from de-aerated water are all shown. The tanks can produce 110 tons daily when required. By the plate system ten tons daily is produced. Newly patented hoists for lifting the cans, electric cranes and cutting devices, owned by the company, are exhibited. The ice-storage room has a capacity of 3,000 tons. The cold-storage de- partment has 700,000 cubic feet of space, divided into rooms for meat, fruit, vege- tables, etc. The three methods of furnish- ing the cold air for plants of this kind are all thoroughly displayed. The plant as a whole, in this department, as in the ice-making department, thus shows all of the approved methods of cooling in actual operation, with every facility afforded for comparison of the results obtained by each. The best methods of insulation are also exhibited in this plant, which, though intended only as a temporary one, has been fully equipped in all respects, so that the student of refrigerating methods may be fully repaid for his outlay of time and trouble in visiting it. Wood, and paper, and mineral wool are the materials used for insulating purposes, and they are the ones employed here, though the exterior of the building has been covered with staff, for decorative purposes solely. As every one may not be familiar with the composition of staff, it may be as w^ell to state that it is composed of a light plaster of paris and hemp or other fiber cut into short lengths. Whether considered for ornament or use, this display may well take a high rank among the best, and will repay a visit and careful examination. It has only been a few years since ice-making, except by Nature's own process, was unheard-of, save by way of experiment; now we see large companies devoted to the manufacturing of ice-making machines alone, and under the blazing heat of the tropical sun. Ice has, in consequence, become as well known and almost as cheap as in the frigid regions of the polar circles. A cut of the Hercules Co.'s plant is herewith given. The fifth floor will be devoted to a skating- rink with a floor of manufactured ice, giving patrons the full advantage of cold- weather skating, except that the atmosphere around is like summer. There will also be estab- lished on this floor a restaurant which for appointments and service will excel any- thing on the grounds. The exhibit of the Eclipse Wind Engine Co., Beloit, Wis., is located outside of the north end of the Annex to the Transporta- tion Building, and faces the stairway lead- ing from the terminal of the South Side Elevated Railroad. It represents a railroad water-station, is made up of a tank 16 x 24 feet, on a standard substructure, and a 20-foot Eclipse railroad windmill on a 50-foot tower, connected to a 4 x 12 Eclipse railroad pump. The house contains a Fair- banks, Morse & Co.'s duplex steam pump and boiler — connected — and track tools. Across the front end of the lot is set a 60- ton 42-foot Fairbanks' railroad track scale, with track on the platform, on which are shown hand and push cars, a railroad veloc- ipede-car, and a set of wrecking frogs. Near the end of the scale is located a stand-pipe, connected to the tank, showing the manner of filling engine tender with water other than by fixtures on the tank itself. A porch in front of the house covers the platform to the track scale. The exhibit is an attractive one, and was installed by and is in charge of Fairbanks, Morse & Co. of Chicago. THE TRANSPORTATION BUILDING (Q I5)» with its polychrome decoration and statuary (by John J. Boyle of Philadelphia), representing various inventors of improve- ments in transportation, subsequently de- scribed, comes next. It is in the form of three large train-sheds, is 256 x 960 feet, and has a floor area of nearly gi acres. An annex is 425 x 900 feet, and contains 9^ acres of floor area. Cost of both, $370,000. Archi- tects, Messrs. Adler & Sullivan of Chicago, who thus gracefully describe their artistic edifice: The Transportation Building, designed by Messrs. Adler & Sullivan of Chicago, is one of the group forming the northern, or picturesque, quadrangle. It is situated at the southern end of the west flank and lies between the Horticultural and the Mines buildings. It is axial with the Manufact- ures Building on the east side of the quad- rangle, the central feature of each of the two buildings being on the same east and west line. The Transportation Building is simple in architectural treatment, although it is intended to make it very rich and elab- orate in detail. In style it is somewhat Romanesque, although to the initiated the manner in which it is designed on axial lines, and the solicitude shown for good pro- portions and subtle relation of parts to each other, will at once suggest the methods of composition followed at the JEcole des Beaux Arts. Viewed from the lagoon, the cupola THE FIRST DAY AT THE FAIR. 45 of the Transportation Building will form an effective feature southwest of the quad- rangle; while from the cupola itself , reached by eight elevators, the northern court, a beautiful effect of the entire Exposition, will be seen. The main entrance to the Trans- portation Building consists of an immense single arch enriched with carvings, bas- reliefs, and mural paintings; the entire feature forms a rich and beautiful yet quiet color climax, for it is treated entirely in gold-leaf and called the golden door. The remainder of the architectural com- position falls into a just relation of con- trast with the highly wrought entrance, and is duly quiet and modest, though very broad in treatment. It consists of a con- tinuous arcade with subordinated colon- main galleries of this building, because of the abundant placing of passenger elevators, will prove quite accessible to visitors. The cupola, with its broad balconies, and the wide terrace at the foot of the clear-story roof will be used as a promenade for visitors. From thesg points a most beautiful view of the surrounding country can be obtained. The roof over the great main entrance is used as an outdoor restaurant. The main building of the transportation ex- hibit measures 960 feet front by 256 feet deep ; from this extends westward to Stony Island Avenue a triangular annex covering about nine acres, and consisting of one-story buildings sixty-four feet wide, set side by side. As there is a railway-track every sixteen feet, and as all these tracks run ^VV^^ Wv\».vivT-tC\ side of the " Golden Door." The groups are: Electrical Group, Aerial Group, Loco- motive Group, and Navigation Group. They were all exe- cuted by John J. Boyle of Philadelphia. The poly- chrome decorations of the building are, to say the least, beautiful and attractive, and great credit is due to the Di- rector of Color, Mr. F. D. Millet, and the architects of the building, who have cer- tainly produced a novel and artistic effect. Immediately in front of the ' ' Golden Door- way," and flanking the landing-place of the trim little electric launches, stand the heroic statues of those hard- riding "centaurs of the plains," "the Indian" and "the Cow- boy," designed and executed by the Ameri- can sculptor A. Phimister Proctor. These statues, which are intended to perpetuate two rapidly disappearing types of our West- ern frontier life, are fully and particularly described subsequently in discussing the statuary of the Main Basin, where other and remarkably fine specimens of the handi- work of Proctor and Kemeys adorn the Coach and Sleigh of King Ludwig II. of Bavaria. smooth waters of sunny lagoons, crowded with beautiful launches and gondolas from far-away Venice, the vista is abruptly ter- minated by the titanic proportions of the Manufactures and Liberal Arts Building, the most immense ever erected by the hands of men. To the left, those twin architect- ural monstrosities, the building of the United States Government, and that of the State of Illinois, with its lofty but thor- oughly inartistic dome, stand out in bold, we had almost said brazen, relief from the classic, and in some instances unique, 56 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. structures of our foreign guests, while be- yond and around are seen the State build- ings, in every conceivable style of archi- tecture. Robert Fulton. Off to the left of this building, the visitor notices the Hall of Mines and Minerals (L 17), whose architect, Mr. S. S. Beman of Chicago, thus ably describes this artistic edifice : THE MINES AND MINING BUILDING Is located at the southern extremity of the western lagoon, or lake, between the Elec- tricity and Transportation buildings, and is 700 feet long by 350 feet wide. Its architecture has its inspiration in the best types of early Italian Renaissance, though sufficient liberty is taken to invest the build- ing with the animation that should charac- terize a great general exposition; this im- parts a French spirit to the exterior design. In plan it is simple and straightforward, embracing on the ground-floor spacious vestibules, restaurants, toilet-rooms, etc. On each of the four sides of the building are placed the entrances, those of the north and south fronts being the most spacious and prominent. To the right and left of the entrances, inside, start broad flights of easy stairs, leading to the galleries, which are sixty feet wide and twenty-five feet high from the ground-floor, and are lighted on the sides by large windows, and from above by a high clear-stor)r extending around the building. The main fronts look southward on the Great Central Court, and northward on the western and middle lakes and an island gorgeous with flowers. The principal fronts display enormous arched entrances, richly embellished with sculptural decorations, emblematic of mining and its allied indus- tries. At each end of these fronts are large square pavilions, surmounted by low domes, which mark the four corners of the building, and are lighted by large arched windows extending through the galleries. Between the main entrance and the pavil- ions are richly decorated arcades, forming an open loggia on the ground-floor and a deeply recessed promenade on the gallery floor level, which commands a fine view of the lakes and isl- ands to the north- ward, and the Great Central Court on the south. The covered prom- enades are each 25 feet wide and 230 feet long, and from them is had access to the building at numerous points. The loggia ceilings are heavily cof- fered and richly decorated in plas- ter and color. The ornamentation is appro- priately massed at the prominent points of the fa9ade. The exterior presents a mass- ive though graceful appearance. Chicago. S. S. BEMAN. The official classification of the Depart- ment of Mines and Mining consists of 123 classes of exhibits, grouped as follows: GROUP NO. 42. — Minerals, ores, native metals, gems, crystals, geological specimens. 43, — Mineral combustibles — coal, coke, pe- troleum, natural gas. 44. — Building stones, marbles, ornamental stones, quarry products. 45. — Grinding, abrading, and polishing sub- stances. 46. — Graphite, clays, fictiles, asbestos, etc. 47. — Limestone, cement, and artificial stone. 48. — Salts, sulphur, fertilizers, pigments, mineral waters, and miscellaneous use- ful minerals and compounds. 49. — Metallurgy of iron and steel, with products. 50. — Aluminum and its alloys. 51. — Copper and its alloys; metallurgy. 52. — Metallurgy of tin, tin plate, etc. 53. — Metallurgy of zinc, nickel, and cobalt. 54. — Metallurgy of antimony and other met- als. 55. — Extraction of gold and silver by milling. •^^ »«._ ^ F. J. V. Skiff. 58 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. 56. — Extraction of gold and silver by lixivia- tion. 57. — Extraction of gold, silver, and lead by fire. 58. — Quarrying and working stone. 59. — Placer, hydraulic, and " drift" mining. 60. — Tools and appliances for underground mining, timbering, and supporting. 61. — Boring and drilling tools and machin- ery; apparatus for breaking out ore and coal. 62. — Apparatus used in mining for pumping, draining, and hoisting. 63. — Moving, storing, and delivering ores, coals, etc. 64. — Apparatus for crushing and pulverizing. 65. — Sizing appliances. 66. — Assaying apparatus and fixtures. 67. — History and literature of mining and metallurgy. 68.— Originals or reproductions of early and notable implements. The Exhibits.— On entering the building it will be best to adopt a systematic plan for inspecting the various exhibits, and thus to economize both time and vital energy. Entering at the northern door and turning to the right let the visitor proceed to the aisle or street west of and parallel with the main aisle. At the corner of the first block on the left the French exhibit is located, oc- cupying the entire block in this, the north- west, corner with a fine display of minerals, mining appliances, and the chemicals used in the preparation and extraction of metals from their ores. Opposite France, across the aisle, Austria has an exhibit of her minerals and her mining and extraction methods, while on the same side as France, to the southward, is the exhibit of New South Wales, one of the most ^ interest- ing on the grounds. Part of this exhibit takes up a small section across the aisle. The number and variety of her specimens of ores and minerals surprise every one, and the greatest surprise of all is to learn that gold does not rank first in value in the productions of this section. In the order of their output the minerals of New South Wales rank thus: Coal, gold, tin, and copper. Mass- ive trophies of these various ores have been constructed, and in addi- tion there are cases of brill- iant gems, gold and sil- ver ores, and other miner- als. There are maps showing the physical features of the colony, a collection of fos- sils, etc. The most striking feature of the display is a collection of gold nuggets of vari- ous sizes, aggregating in value over $50,000. These are shown in a case under a heavy plate-glass, and day and night are guarded by two stalwart policemen. Adjoining New South Wales on the south is the section devoted to the exhibit of Great Britain. This country is strongest in her display of the economic ores and minerals. Iron, coal, and tin compose the chief mineral wealth of our ^ cousin Great' Britain. In min- ing appliances this country, one of the oldest mining regions of the earth, is particularly rich, and there is much to be seen in her display. Opposite is the unique display of Japan. Continuing south, the main east and west aisle, or pas- sageway, is crossed and the German exhibit reached. This occupies both sides of the aisle and is the finest of the foreign displays in the Mining Building. The exhibit is unique, and beauty and utility are strangely blended in it. At each corner stands a gigantic column of iron and steel pipes, rails, angle-iron, and flat bars, bent, twisted, and intermingled in graceful curves and forms, producing an obelisk fifty feet high. A 200-foot steel rail, bent, while cold, into graceful curves, forms the frieze of the rear elevation of this pavilion. The heads of the posts are representations of busts and faces of mythological deities. Forty car-loads of steel and iron are used in this pavilion. Baron Strumm, the exhibitor, having ex- pended $100,000 in preparing this fine dis- play. Coal-mining, the most important in- dustry of the empire, is fully represented. There are also exhibits from Upper Silesia and the Hartz Mountains, showing the proc- esses of smelting and refining lead, copper, silver, and gold. The collection of amber — consisting of 300 samples showing its origin, colors, and the uses to which it is applied — is another and an interesting feature of Germany's display. The Halle collection shows samples of brown coal, copper ore, table and Kali salts. The dis- plays of the manufactured products of her mines should cause the manufacturers of the United States to realize that in this empire they have no mean rival, especially in all branches in which iron and steel are used. With their lower rates of wages they already prove a formidable competitor in the cheaper grades of cutlery and other articles in which finish is superior to quality, and later on may acquire the skill of the Amer- ican in producing implements combining grace and lightness with a high degree of strength. THE MINES AND MINING BUILDING. 59 While upon this subject it may prove of in- terest to the visitor to make a few observa- tions which will serve to call his attention to the comparative amount of space required by the different nationalities for their exhibits, and also to the variety displayed in these exhibits. Germany, as has been shown, depends largely, almost exclusively, upon her coal and iron as a means of giving employment to her population not otherwise engaged; and Eng- land is nearly in the same con- dition, though she has an addi- tional mining product, tin, which is largely used by every other nation, but of which she now has and always has had a mo- nopoly. Whether aluminum — w hose reduction from clays, etc., grows easier and cheaper every year — will eventually drive it from the market. no one can venture to predict. Such an event would prove disastrous to Great Brit- ain, which America has already passed in :nj I Ir wr\ ifeslj^ FRANCE N. S. WALES C A ITALY JAPAN llllllllll I H UMinn CO NEW SOUTH WALES J PENNSYL- VANIA NORTH CAROLINA VIRGINIA WEST VIRGINIA OREGON NEW YORK JERSEY LA. & KENTUCKY MINN- ESOTA OHIO D -S- > o I 2 n 3) ARGENTINE GREAT BRITAIN GERMANY INDIANA 3 > o I CAPE COLONY ri MISSOURI n X X s. DAKOTA w / CALIFOR / IDAHO 1 flllllllj D rmp MEXICO UTAH f MONTANA COLORADO ii!^!mfriTm^ =s R,MCN.& CO-iCfl, MAIN FLOOR. Ground Plan Mines and Mining Building. The Wisconsin Mineral Exhibit. iron production, and which Germany seems destined soon to equal if not excel. Austria, famous for her cheap and scien- tific methods of extracting metals from their ores, can never hope to rank among the great mining nations, and must confine her efforts to artistic manufactures, which can not be depended upon by a large surplus population. France has mining interests of considerable extent, but can never contend in the world's open markets with the products of some of the other great powers. Like Aus- tria, she too must depend upon her artistic wares, and in these the United States may in the future equal her. Mexico, when her area becomes densely settled, will astonish the world by the vari- ety and amount of her mining products; but with a scanty population, distributed over wide reaches of territory, and making an easy living by lax methods of agriculture, fruit-raising, and grazing, that day seems to be far distant. Canada has a wide range of minerals, but the Archaean rock-measures appear to cut through all of her leads and deposits, so that deep continuous mining is hardly a probability. Japan, like many of the others, can never hope to compete witli her neighbors, though her art-work in steel and iron will always find her customers. Australia has a more promising outlook than any of the others, except the leaders al- ready specified. But we have not space to follow the subject further. Next to Germany on the same side is the Cape Colony exhibit of South Africa. Here are seen io,ooo carats' weight of uncut dia- monds from the Kimberley diamond-fields, with tons of the peculiar earth (" blue ground," as it is technically called) in which the gems are found. The process of digging for and washing out the precious stones is shown, a number of Kaffirs and other natives having been brought over for this purpose. Everything is under the guard of several gigantic Zulus, who act as policemen for the mining company. Specimens of 60 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. gold, iron, many other ivory, gold, and gold ores from this sec- tion are also exhibited. On the opposite side of the aisle is the display of Spain, with quicksilver, and minerals exhib- ited, together with her pecul- iar mining methods and plans for ore extraction. On the side of the aisle opposite to Spain, and next to Cape Colony on the south, is the exhibit of Mexico, in the southwestern corner of the building. A beau- tiful m.odel of the Castle of Chapultepec, made of pure gold, is shown, and her display abounds with rich specimens of the precious metals, as well as many of the economic min- erals—the most beautiful onyx, building materials, clays, paints, etc. ; crude early mining appliances for extracting metals, and mining machinery of a later date, are dis- played. Passmg on around the Mexican exhibit, which occupies an entire block, the central aisle is reached, on the right-hand side of which going north is seen the ex- hibit of Colorado — one of the finest of the State displays — faced along the main aisle with a balustrade of Colorado marble, with shafts of Gunnison red granite with Corin- thian capitals of red sandstone. The display is further ornamented with columns of hone-stone (nova- culite), onyx, alabaster, sandstone, etc., with a tall granite column in the center; gold and silver ores, specimens of coal, iron, asphaltum, building- stone, clays, and petroleum are to be seen, and also photographs of mines and mining operations. From Breckenridge and from San Miguel County come enough gold nuggets to pave a space loo feet square, no col- lection in the world equalmg this one in beauty and \alue. " The Silver Queen a lo-foot fig- ure cro \ ned ^\ ith a brilliant diadem of rich oies and seated in a chariot, represents the mining-camp of Aspen, Colo. On each front corner of the pedestal is a Cupid four feet high — one pouring a stream of silver dollars from a horn of plenty, the other as pro- fuse with golden coins. An underground tunnel, a model in silver of the Colo- rado Mineral Palace, and the bas-relief figure of a miner are noticeable features of this display. Next to and north of Colorado comes her rival in the produc- tion of precious metals — Montana. Fifty tons of ore samples and $50,000 worth of gold nuggets form part of her display. Her copper-mines at Butte, the most extensive in the world, are also fully represented. She shows what is probably the largest sample of gold quartz ever mined. It came from the Mclntyre lode, near the surface, and weighs 1,785 pounds. Montana, like Colorado, has, in addition to silver, gold, and copper, exhibits of asphaltum, mica» iron, coal, etc. Her next neighbor is Utah, exhibiting lead and placer gold, coal, build- ing-stone of many kinds, copper, and many other minerals. Idaho, across an inter- secting aisle, but also on the right-hand side of the main avenue, comes next. In addi- tion to her display of precious and economic minerals she shows a handsome and artistic piece of work in the shape of a shield made of magnesia stone for the groundwork, and black and white marbles and other minerals for the scenes represented. A deep mount- ain canon, flanked on either side by high mountain ranges, and with a tiny river flowing down Its center, makes up the fore- ground of the picture, while in the distance THE MINES AND MINING BUILDING. 61 may be seen a stamp-mill, a lone pine tree, a farmer's boy plowing in a lovely valley, and the rays of the rising sun just showing over the east- ern mountains, the whole making a very realistic Idaho landscape. On the right o£ the shield stands the figure of a pros- pector, on the left a female figure representing Justice, and over its top the head of an elk appears. The pedestal is formed of a sheaf of wheat and the ' ' Star of Idaho. " Across the avenue from Idaho is the section occu- pied by Brazil, which produces phosphates, gold, silver, and diamonds; and next north of it on the same side is California's magnifi- cent exhibit. This is a very fine display, showing not only gold and silver, but also coal, iron, lead, copper, marble, onyx, and a model of the only quicksilver-mine in the United States, that of New Almaden. Here is also the original nugget of gold found by James W. Marshall on January 19, 1848, while digging a race for Sutter's mill. It is now the property of Judge W. W. Allen of San Francisco. The mining appliances, antique and modern, shown by this State are of rare interest. Another intersecting aisle is crossed, and Wisconsin's pavilion is found opposite the east side of Germany's exhibit, which has already been examined. Wiscon- sin displays some fine pearls and numerous minerals. Wisconsin's neighbor is Missouri, with possibly the finest display in the build- ing. Cannel and bituminous coal, lead, zinc, iron, copper, gold, silver, onyx, marble, ochres, lime and sand stones, fine china and terra cotta clays, tripoli, kaolin, pottery, and fire-clays. Here are to be seen the larg- est lumps of lead and zinc ever mined, a sample of ga- lena weighing 6,500 pounds, one of jack (zinc ore) scal- ing 1,650 pounds, and a specimen of dissemin a t e d lead ore 4,500 pounds in weight. Across the main east and west inter- secting roadway, on the same side of the main avenue, lies the exhibit of one of Missouri's chief rivals — Michigan. Her pavilion is a very fine one, executed in native sandstone and marble. Surmounting the main entrance is a group of miners. A Colorado Mineral Exhibit. copper globe twelve feet in diameter is one of the chief trophies. There is a collection of prehistoric copper tools and mining im- plements found in the mines of the upper peninsula. Copper and salt are the features of this exhibit, though they are by no means all of the dis- played mineral resources, which are ex- tremely varied. Then the " Hoosier State," Indiana, makes a characteristic exhibit of her chief mineral, coal; and just oppo- site to Michigan-, across the main avenue, is the exhibit of England, which has been visited, and next to which is seen that of Ontario, one of the provinces of her colony, our neighbor Canada. This dis- play, while not a large one, is very fine, con- sisting of almost every known mineral. The Lake-of-the-Woods gold district sends some fine gold specimens, and the Lake Superior district furnishes some magnificent silver samples, including some of the pink spar (quartz) specimens of that favored section. Mica, asbestos, copper, coal, the finest iron, nickel, and cobalt specimens in the world, and many other ores, building-stones, etc., are exhibited. Next to Ontario on the same side of the avenue is New South Wales, which has been inspected; while op- posite to it, across an intersecting aisle from the Indiana exhibit, and with the Ohio fine display between, is that of Kentucky. Those who have associated the prosperity of the " Blue Grass State " exclusively with Bourbon whisky and fine horses will be sur- prised at its mining exhibit. The entrance to her exhibit is through a handsome arch 62 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. of polished cannel coal, 33 feet high and 23 feet wide, bearing at its center in letters of gold the name "Kentucky." Inside is a relief map of the State, showing rivers, towns, mountains, and every physical feature of the State. The mineral exhibit is won- derful, consisting of samples of coals, iron ores, gold, silver, marble, building-stones, and the finest tile-clay in the United States. Specimens of finished tilework are shown. Under the pavilion is a sample section of the Mammoth Cave, fitted up with stalactites and stalagmites from that world-famed cavern. There is also a tank of the blind fish found in its rivers, and a genuine negro guide, fresh from exhibiting its mysteries. Across an intersecting aisle to the north is the white marble pavilion of New York. Here is a wonderful display of minerals, her sylvania, and like the last display this con- sists chiefly of coal and iron. In these min- erals the ' ' Keystone State" excels. Among the curios on view are specimens of meteoric diamonds collected by Professor Foote of Philadelphia. Everything used in coal-min- ing—drills, picks, hooks, rakes, safety and naked lamps, etc. — can be found here. Turn- ing to the right around the corner of the Penn- sylvania display, at the northeast corner of the block, the Pottstown (Pa.) Iron Co. has an exhibit of its machinery, etc. Passing south along the aisle on which the Pottstown Iron Co. has its display, to the left are seen the exhibits of the Jeffrey Manufacturing Co. , the Sulhvan Machine Co. , the Chrome Steel Works, Raymond Bros. , the Dewees Wood Co., and others, all of which are worthy of inspection. To the right of this aisle is The Stumm Exhibit. marbles and granites being exceedingly beautiful. The mining tools and appliances shown are of great interest. Her chief trophy is a polished granite column, 18 feet high, taken from one of the finest quarries in the "Empire State." Another alley is crossed, and West Virginia's exhibit is reached. While possessed of wonderful mineral resources in many lines, yet the chief minerals of this State are those most necessary to civilization, the useful arts, and the accumulation of wealth and refine- ment, viz., coal and iron. The chief feature of this exhibit is a solid block of coal weighing seven tons and said to be the largest single mass of coal ever mined. Following West Virginia on the same side, and in the same block, is the exhibit of Penn- Minnesota, which shows, among a fine dis- play of building-stones and other minerals, the celebrated red pipestone which supplied the Indians with the great calumets used in their ceremonies when declaring war or making peace. There is but a single known quarry of this singular stone. A line of pri- vate exhibits now fills both sides of the aisle, prominent among which are those of H, W. Johns, the Gates Iron Works, the Cam- bria Iron Co., the Ingersoll-Sargeant Co., the F. H. & F. M. Roots Co., the Rand Drill Co., and others. Wyoming's, on the right hand side of the aisle, is the next State exhibit. Gold and silver are not the only minerals displayed by this State, though she has silver lodes and lead and placer gold in many districts. Petroleum and its products, THE MINES AND MINING BUILDING. 63 asphalt, iron, coal, and many other minerals are exhibited. A solid block of asphalt, half as large as the largest box-car, is shown. There are also rocks and fossils showing tracks of prehistoric birds and reptiles, and wonderful petrified palm trees from the submerged forest near Rawlings. Wash- ington joins Wyoming on the south, and presents a fine collection of mineral speci- mens. Her coals and iron ores are espe- cially worthy of inspection, and indicate that this State is destined to be the Pennsyl- vania of the Pacific Coast. There are in this exhibit many fine specimens of gold and silver ores, exceed- ingly rich chlorides and Mineral Cabin, New Mexico. black Sulphur- ets, gold quartz showing free gold; and also gold nuggets, mica, nickel, cinnabar, and numerous minerals may be seen. An in- tervening aisle separates this display from that of New Mexico, whose chief mineral wealth consists of gold and silver; but she has coal, iron, granite, building- stones, paints, clays, and other valuable min- erals. Next to New Mexico is her sister Ter- ritory, Arizona. Like the last-described ex- hibit, that of Arizona is chiefly rich in gold and silver. From Tombstone and other dis- tricts come specimens rivaling those of any other section. She too has a large number and variety of other minerals, fossils, and petri- factions on exhibition. Opposite New Mex- ico and Arizona, Eraser & Chalmers of Chi- cago make a large and very complete ex- hibit of mining appliances, tools, and machin- ery. Iowa, whose chief mineral is coal, shows a loaded coal-car with life-sized figures at work getting out coal. There is also a reproduction of the Ottumwa Mineral Palace, exhibited on a pedestal of coal. Each square of this pedestal contains in gold letters the name of a mineral county. There is a beautiful grotto decorated with stalactites and illumin- ated by electric lights. Vitrified brick, limestone, jasper, mineral paints, clays, lead and zinc ores, etc., are also dis- played. Vermont has space in a part of the east gallery, and exhibits fine granites, etc. Near her section is shown a large outline map of the United States. The north and north- east portions of the gallery are devoted to chemical exhibits. The central eastern portion shows asphalt and cements, and here the Acme Cement Co. makes a fine display. The western gallery is largely given up to private foreign displays. Louisiana has among her other mineral displays a statue of Lot's wife carved from a single block of rock-salt. The figure is of heroic proportions, being nearly seven feet high, and is finely proportioned. Alabama and Georgia show splendid samples of iron ores, coal, manganese, and gold, besides other minerals. Russia's display is char- acteristic, with samples of malachite, gold, platinum, copper, gems, etc. North Caro- lina, while exhibiting coal, iron, gold, etc., makes a specialty of fine mica. Ohio makes a fine display of stone, clay, iron, coal, and petroleum pro- . ./^ ducts. New M ^/i^m^LJ^ '^^ ^-=^=i^fi^* vV/ Hampshire has?jpjM»l^^^^^™ii S; exquisite sam- ples of granite and building- stone. Eng- Ohio Mineral Exhibit. land has on exhibition a copy of Bar- tholdi's " Liberty," carved from rock-salt, and twelve feet high. Washington, West Virginia, and Pennsylvania claim the largest single block of coal. South Dakota has gold, silver, coal, iron, etc., and makes a display of tin ore which she considers as her specialty. An opalescent grotto rep- resenting the crystal caves of Central America is the mineral pavilion of Hon- duras. Peru, Chile, Costa Rica, Paraguay, Ecuador, Colombia, Guatemala, the Ar- gentine Republic, and other foreign na- tions have sent excellent displays. Italy's marbles for statuary, monuments, and deco- rative purposes are beautiful. The colored marbles of Tennessee, which sends coal, iron, and other minerals, are lovely, as are also those of Georgia. Every species of mining tools and machinery, safety ap- pliances, chemicals, etc., are to be seen by those interested, as are also steam gigs, tables, and other washing and separating machines, stamp mills, smelters, ore- crushers and roasters, retorts, tramways, slag-pots, barrows; in short, everything used in mining, cleaning, sorting, and con- verting ores into metals. Among the handsome pavilions of the Exposition is the one used for the display of the Barber Asphalt Paving Co., to be seen in the northeast gallery of the Mines Building. It is constructed of natural, un- stained Mexican mahogany, and is deco- rated with beautiful Corinthian columns, fluted and crowned with acanthus-leaved capitals and surmounted by a high paneled entablature. The pavilion contains a relief model of the wonderful Trinidad asphalt lake and its surrounding scenery of land and water. There is also a collection of the products of this asphalt lake, which has fur- nished, from its inexhaustible supply, the material for the construction of 721 miles of street pavements in many American cities. There are also samples of pavements from ten principal American cities cut direct from the streets. The outlay in the cities of the United States for this style of pavements — unequaled for their smoothness and quiet, elasticity and durability, and the ease with which they can be cleaned and repaired — 64 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. represents an investment of $33,000,000 of municipal funds. This company alone has laid 422 miles of the above 721 miles of asphalt streets. The making of asphalt streets has become a large and important industry, giving employment to nearly 5,000 men. The processes of mining and refining the product of the lake and making it into pavements is worthy of the investigation of all, especially of those interested in town and city improvements and the beautifying of streets, avenues, etc. Persons who have visited the chief cities of Europe and the United States realize how great is the dif- ference between the smooth, clean, and quiet machinery therein shown exemplify Ameri- can inventive genius and mechanical skill. Not confined, as are England and some other countries, to ores of the economic metals, these exhibits include samples of the pre- cious and semi-precious metals, as well as coal, iron, etc. ; and some of the deposits (as may be learned from the pictures of such ore bodies as Pilot Knob and Iron Mountain, in Missouri's pavilion) are inexhaustible. Gold, silver, and copper are found in hun- dreds of different localities, and even tin in paying deposits is claimed for one of the Dakotas. Coal-measures exist in a large number of the States, as do vast deposits of -:x:^zmM:^m wx^t^-^ Barber Asphalt Paving Co.'s Exhibit. asphalt pavements and those constructed of granite and wood blocks, brick, and other materials. Nothing tends to please citizens or impress a visitor more favorably than good streets, and with asphalt for their ma- terial, to have such has become apossibility. A block of 18,000 square feet of this pave- ment is laid along the north front of the Mines Building, where those who are not familiar with asphalt pavement may exam- ine it for comparison with other kinds of roadways. The great diversity of ore exhibits in the sections occupied by the States of the Union displays the immense wealth of our mineral deposits, as fully as the tools and lead, zinc, and iron. Salt and saline waters may be found in almost every State and upon the Pacific Coast; and there, as well as in some of the States and Territories east of the Coast Range, are beds of soda and borax, and large deposits of gypsum, asphaltum, tripoli, kaolin, etc. When it is taken into consideration that the immense wealth and power of England have been derived as largely from her mines of coal, tin, and iron, and their manufact- ured products, as from all other sources combined, and when it is further remem- bered that the mines of that great nation neither compare in the extent nor variety of their products with those of the United THE MINES AND MINING BUILDING. 65 States, it is far from easy for even the most sanguine of statisticians to figure on the vast power and wealth that are bound to accrue to this country from the mineral treasures which now lie locked up in nature's strong boxes deep down in the bowels of the earth. It is a matter of fact, known to all mining operators, that the lodes and deposits of precious and economic minerals that have been already explored are but an infinitesi- mal part of the vast deposits yet undiscov- ered, and that each year adds greatly to our wealth in that direction. Even in the dis- tricts of Colorado, Montana, etc. , containing gold and silver — the metals most eagerly sought, but which, contrary to the belief of most men, are not the sources of a nation's the wealth and power of this grand young nation, the greatest and most prosperous the sun shines upon. The visitor has now completed his hurried survey of the wonders of the mineral king- dom, and noticing on the west of the Mines Building, near its southern extremity, Dr. Henderson Hayward's restaurant (M i6) — which is similar in character to the one he successfully operated at the Centennial Ex- position in Philadelphia — proceeds from the Mines Building but a few paces south to reach the handsome Central Terminal Rail- road Depot of the Exposition (O 17), which Jies due west of the Administration Building and forms the western end of the Court of Honor, of which the Mines, Electricity, and Commerce " Group on Administration Building, Karl Bitter, Sculptor greatest wealth — new discoveries are being constantly made in ground that has been crossed and recrossed by thousands of pros- pectors. As an instance, take Leadville. For twenty years the miners of California Gulch worked under the shadows of the mountains of "the great carbonate camp" without a dream of the Golconda that lay beside them, until by a lucky accident one man was tempted to have an assay made of the "gray sand" which lay around so plentifully. When such facts as these are taken into consideration, where is the prophet who shall dare to place upon record his estimate, not of the hundreds or thousands, but billions of dollars' worth of future capital which must flow out from the earth's bosom into every channel of trade and commerce, stimulating the industries and adding to Manufactures and Liberal Arts buildings form the north side, the Machinery and Agri- cultural buildings the south side, and the Peristyle the eastern end or side. Within this square is the beautiful sheet of water known as the Basin (M 21). How to provide depot room for the vast numbers who would come to the Fair was, as may well be believed, one of the most per- plexing of the many difficult problems which had to be solved by those having the ad- ministration of the Exposition in charge, as it was early decided to give to all of the rail- ways sufficient facilities to enable them to land passengers within the grounds. Their deliberations resulted in the building of this magnificent passenger station, which is able to care for and properly distribute the im- mense crowds that are daily passed through it by the twenty-one railway systems directly 66 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. tributary to Chicago, and whose normal capacity is gorged by the 2,000 addi- tional systems in the country which act as its outer walls. West of this building the Perron, or train-shed, extends 100 feet east and west by 600 feet north and south. Here Central Railroad Depot. feeders to the Chicago systems. The archi- tecture of this building is of the mixed Roman-Corinthian style, modeled after the famed baths of Caracalla in Rome, corre- sponding to that of the Peristyle at the op- posite end of the court. It was designed by Mr. C. B. Atwood, the able Designer- in-Chief of the Exposition. The sta- tion is divided into three sections, the central portion being 200 feet long. This forms the great vestibule through which the trains are emptied. The eastern and western sections are three stories high, and contain the waiting- rooms, check-rooms, lunch-counters, and the general railway and custom- house offices. On the second floor, the full circuit of the central section, is an immense gallery 25 feet wide and 600 feet long. It is reached by two broad stairways from the main floor. The frieze of clock-faces, twenty -four in number, in the upper part of the great hall shows the time at that num- ber of the principal cities of the world. This hall is modeled after that in the baths of Caracalla at Rome. Three grand loggie, 25x60 feet each, open to the east. Immediately in their front stand, on massive pedestals 25 feet high, 16 feet wide, and 60 feet long, two 80-ton locomotives of the latest style and most perfect finish. Above the station rise two immense balls of glass and iron 10 feet in diameter, with clock-dials facing in every direction, showing local time. Around the balus- trade above the cornice are a series of statues 14 feet high. From many staffs towering above the building float the flags of all nations, and the names of the principal American railroad towns are embossed on the thirty-five tracks entering the station end, and here are to be found the ticket- offices and entrance -gates. As we have seen, all railroads other than the trains from Chicago on the Illinois Central Railroad and those of the South Side Elevated Railroad Interior of Central Railroad Depot. arrive at and depart from this artistic and conveniently situated depot. Leaving the main entrance of the Central THE ADMINISTRATION BUILDING. 67 Depot, the visitor pauses to notice on his left the artistic booth erected for the dis- pensing of Chocolate Menier, and then passes into the wide plaza by which all per- sons coming by rail enter the Fair. To the left as we leave the Central Depot loom the shorter fa9ades of the Electricity and Mining buildings; on the right rise the graceful traceries and pinnacles of Machinery Hall. Before us the large square Adminis- tration Building stands, appropriately de- signed as a great porch of entrance, and crowned by its beautiful golden dome, almost as lofty as the dome of St. Paul's Cathedral in London; and, one might say, stone of the Exposition. Its position ren- dered the building equally conspicuous on every side, thus demanding uniformity of design with an expression of generous hos- pitality and welcome, and a composition so dignified and concise that the numerous sur- rounding domes and minarets would not detract from its grandeur and unity. It is in its main body an octagon, sur- mounted by a dome inclosing an inner one, the diameter of which is 120 feet, with a height of 250 feet, while the outer measures 275 feet from floor to apex. This main body is pierced at right angles by two grand passages across the great "War" Group on Administration Building. Karl Bitter, Sculptor. almost as graceful as the dome of the Florentine Cathedral itself. Before us looms, impressive in its grandeur, the golden dome and graceful proportions of the sculpture-bedecked ADMINISTRATION BUILDING (N 18), that masterly architectural creation of Mr. Richard M. Hunt of New York. Well has it been termed "the gem and crown " of the whole Exposition. Mr. Jarvis Hunt of Chicago (himself no mean designer of choice edifices, as witness Vermont's artistic home) thus practically writes: The Administration Building,, placed as a center to the principal group, is the key- reception hall, through which the visiting peoples are ushered forth and introduced to the art and civilization of the United States, as evidence both here and beyond. At the four corners are pavilions eighty- four feet square and four stories high, in Avhich are the various bureaus of administra- tion. On entering the rotunda the eye is carried above the arched and grilled entrance por- tals to the frescoed panels beneath the bal- cony which caps the interior cornice; then upward to an order of pilasters, supporting the paneled and ornamented ceiling of the first dome. Through the opening at the crown one sees the magnificently frescoed higher dome, from a skylight in the apex 68 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. of which the entire rotunda is flooded with light. Swift elevators transport one up loo feet to a gallery, which connects on the outside with a wide and open colonnade, surround- ing the whole dome, from which one may- look down upon the many vistas formed by the different buildings, the beautiful lagoons with their many fountains and statues, and, ' Fire Controlled Group on Administration Building beyond, the mighty waters of Lake Michi- gan. The exterior may be divided into three parts, the pavilion story, colonnade, and dome. The pavilions are treated in Doric simplicity, with the cornice sixty feet from the ground to conform with the height and style of surrounding buildings. Surrnount- ing this cornice on the three corners of each Karl Bitte pavilion are groups of statuary, expressive and in keeping with the dignity of their po- sition. Below, magnificent groups flank each entrance, while single figures cap the col- umns at this level on either side of the por- tals. The loggia story is an open colonnade of the Ionic order, with four domed and circu- lar stairway pavilions between the heavy piers, corresponding with the square pavil- ions below, while the richly colored walls of the inner octagon bring out the full beauty of the columns. Surmounting the piers are winged groups of a more ornate style and a row of bronzed flambeaux upon the cornice of the colonnade, forming a tiara around the brow of the mighty gilded dome, with its ribbed and paneled ornamentation. The different tiers produce a pyramidal effect, and with the masterly blending of architecture, sculpture, and frescoing, pre- sents a building of dignity, repose, and retiring grandeur. The architect is Richard Morris Hunt of New York. The sculptor is Karl Bitter. The painter, William Leftwich Dodge. Chicago. JARVIS HUNT. Decorations, Dome, and Statuary. — In no other building on the grounds is there so much magnificent decoration; in none of the others was so much attempted. The Admin- istration Building is principally for show — except the four corner pavilions, in which the offices of the Fair managers are located — so neither gold-leaf nor gold dollars were spared in making it beautiful. • There is no question of the grandeur and beauty of the interior. There is one flaw that detracts not a little. Dodge's huge and artistic painting, which crowns the whole work, can not be seen to advantage, owing to some fault in the construction. It is impossi- ble to get a full view of the picture from any accessible point. It can be seen only in pieces, a few figures at a time, and the effect is almost spoiled. Too \ much of the picture is cut off by a lower dome, and standing directly in the cen- ter of the floor one can hardly see the work at all. The rotunda at the base is octagonal in form and about loo feet across. The gilded, frescoed walls rise to a height of about 250 feet, sloping in from half- way up and meeting around a center skylight that looks like a great Cyclopean eye. From the ground-floor rise eight grand arches to a height of about forty feet. Four of these lead away in rotun- das to the corner pavilions, and through the others open the doors from the outside. Each of the former is supported by two mass- ive pillars toward the side, between which, half-way up, is a balcony, or gallery, looking out on the floor below. In the panels between these grand arches, set in the wall well toward the top, are six- teen huge bronze plates. In these are writ- 70 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. ten, in gilded letters, the names of the great countries of the earth, all of which have rep- resentations, great or small, in the big Colum- bian show. Extending around the dome, at the top of these arches is a strip of huge white molding, handsomely carved, and with its cuts and crevices worked in gilt. Resting on this molding are eight huge panels, one at each side of the octagon, and each one has a gilt slate, supported by two winged female figures. On each slate is the record of some great discovery or event in the history of the world's progress. They are thus recorded: The mariner's compass came into general use in navigation about 1272. Gunpowder was first employed in Euro- pean warfare about 1325. Guttenberg introduced the art of printing from movable types in 1450. Copernicus explained his theory of the solar system in 1543. Newton published his discovery of the law of gravitation in 1687. Watt patented his invention of the con- densing steam-engine in 1769. Jenner discovered the principle of vacci- nation in 1796. Morse perfected his invention of the elec- tric telegraph in 1837. Above these panels is a row of light terra cotta colored panels, through the tops of which, at regular intervals, are let in small, square latticed windows. Farther up, on another stretch of molding, are printed the names of men whose discoveries and inven- tions have been of great importance in the progress and development of the world. The names inscribed are: Ptolemy, Plato, Descartes, Humboldt, Miller, Gay-Lussac, Herschel, Franklin, Henry, Agassiz, Galen, Harvey, Archi- medes, Newton, Copernicus, Aristotle, Kant, Lyell, Priestley, Lavoisier, Kepler, Ampere, Cuvier, Lamarck, Vesalius, Hunter, Leib- nitz, Galileo, Bacon, Werner, Murchison, Berzelius, Liebig, Volta, Faraday, Linnaeus, Darwin, Hippocrates, Laplace, La Grange. Beyond these is a row of plaster medal- lions showing the heads of the different types of women of the world, and still far- ther up, at the summit of the first dome, are eight panels, each having a handsome plaster group. The central figure in all of these is a woman with outstretched arms, and hold- ing in each hand a wreath with which to crown some one of the figures bent before her. The central figure is the genius of the World's Columbian Exposition, the initial letters of these words being in- scribed over her head; and the kneeling fig- ures in front represent literature, the sciences, arts, and industries, upon which recognition and honor are being bestowed. It is upon the outer and upper dome that Dodge has painted his picture, " The Glori- fication of the Arts and Sciences." The idea there carried out is in the representa- tion of Apollo sitting on a lofty throne and conferring honors upon the victors in war and the leaders in science and in art. The form of a warrior is bent before him, and other favorites approach on the broad steps that lead to the throne. In the procession which extends around the dome are figures representing music and poetry, and the arts, sciences, and industries. There are also four winged horses drawing a model of the Parthenon, and from over it are winged females drawing back the canopy from the amphitheater in which all such gatherings were held by the ancients. Around the dome on the outside appears the roll of honor of the great discoverers. On the north face are the names of De Soto, Cook, and Ross. On the northwest face appear those of Tasman, Cabot, and Drake. The west face holds the names of Wilkes, Hudson, and Cartier. On the southwest side are inscribed the following: Magellan, Bal- boa, and Vespucci. South, we find Da Gama, Dias, and Marco Polo. On the southeast face, Raleigh, Erik, and Rubriquis are in- scribed. The east face commemorates the ancients Ibn Batuta, Nearchus, and Hanno, while the northeast face honors the heroic and courtly La Salle, the missionary ex- plorer Livingstone, and Franklin. Sculpture. — With the exception of the Agricultural Building no single edifice ap- proaches the Administration Building for profusion of sculpture or richness of design. Describing it in detail, its able author, the sculptor Karl Bitter of New York, says: The Administration Building is decorated by twenty-eight groups and a number of single figures and relievos. Bas-reliefs of a larger size are especially used for adorning the interior of the dome. The most remark- able are those groups which are placed at the sides of the entrances. They are each thirty-four feet high, and represent the four elements — "Fire," "Water," "Air," and ' ' Earth. " At the one side of an entrance we see the element in its natural, unsubdued condition, and at the other side it is repre- sented as in the service of man and subdued by him. At the side opposite to the Central Rail- road Depot there is exhibited the element " Earth." The first group appears crowned with the figure of an old but powerful man, who, resting his sturdy fist on his knee, is staring forward. It is to allegorize the bulk of a mountain, the imposing form of a rock. Beneath this figure is standing a fierce fellow, who, leaning on a chopped mammoth- tooth, looks at his wife, who is wrestling with an ape for fruit. Thus it is to' represent the earth in its original relations to man, who lived like the animals. At the other side the opulent, stately figure of a woman is proudly lifting in the air a crown, pearls, and precious stones, whilst with the other hand she lets droop her vesture in rich folds. She will show that man forced from the earth all that was ex- quisite, valuable, and desirous to him. Beneath her is a strong man breaking a rock in order to get at the raw materials, which, THE ADMINISTRA TION BUILDING. 71 completely manufactured, she is holding in her hand. At her right side is standing a youth, who, with a smile, carries upon his shoulder a basketful of fruit and grain. Opposite to the Machinery Haii is to be seen the element "Fire." The fury and demon-like nature of the uncontrolled ele- ment is shown by a female figure pushing for- ward, holding in her outstretched right hand a snake , toward the spectator. She is resting on the form of a man, who, with full, sensu- ous face, represents the storm, and who seems to force the woman in the direc- tion where his arm is pointing. Be- neath there is crouched the figure of a woman with a malicious expression se- cretly trying to set fire to a pile of wood. At the other side of this entrance " Genius" is lifting a torch as a symbol of light, the best gift rendered to us ', by fire. A smith who has stricken a demon with his hammer to the feet of " Genius" is intended to represent the usefulness of fire for the daily usage of man. Looking toward the lake and the beautiful lagoons are placed the groups representing " Water." Neptune, as the mythological representation of this ele- ment, stands as the center figure, and rules with mighty outstretched hand the agitated waters; beneath him a daughter of Nereus, in her bold play with a Triton, shows us allegorically that which we admire in water masses. Emerging from the depth to the crest of the wave, her hair tangling in the white foam, the daughter of Nereus grasps the locks of the Triton and pulls him over. His anguish shows that he is compelled to submit and that soon the smooth uprising will disappear under his mighty crash. As a counterpart, showing the ele- ment in its subdued state, we see a vigorous youth in a boat carried on the breast of the water, which is now forced to lend its strength to carry man, with an oar in hand pushing his way on- ward. Another draws to the surface Nereus' daughter, and tears from her the pearls which she has so long guarded at the bottom of the sea. At the fourth side, opposite to the Mining Building, we find placed the element "Air. " Two maiden figures are in dancing motion between the clouds. One of them is turning her body as though to show the twirling of the wind. Overhead there are two Cupid-like figures of children also contesting in play. As counterpart a man is eagerly holding in his hands the model of an air-ship. By his enthusiastic features is plainly seen ' ' he nas succeeded." The genius which rises behind him seems to be lifting the ship. Beneath the inventor is the figure of a youth as the assistant of the aeronaut, who IS looking in ecstasy upon the success of the work. The Administration Building has four wings, popularly called pavilions. They are decorated' by twelve groups, each pavilion having three, allegorizing the ele- ments, their capacities, inclinations, and dispositions which nature renders to man. Strength, patriotism, religious sentiment, diligence, charitableness, 4ove of liberty, satisfaction by pleasure, respect for tradi- tions, etc., are thus symbolized. Special re- gard is thus paid to the character and the Statue, "Victory," Administration Building. Karl Bitter, Sculptor. principles of the American nation. In the highest points, at the sides of the four smaller domes which surround the main dome, there are finally placed eight more groups, allegorizing the extreme culminating points of human culture, as art and science, mdustry and commerce, war and peace, theology and justice. In constructing these groups, of course more consideration was paid to the decorative eflfect than to an accurate representation of the theme. They 72 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. are located at such a height that the boys sounding on the trumpets, who are bending forward at each side of the middle figures, exhibit more architectonical lines than pretty forms of their bodies. The leading motive of these groups, with their winged female figures and rich decorative additions, is to display a most charming interruption to the architectonical masses. Above each entrance there are standing two single figures, which belong to the representation of the elements beneath them. Inside, in the uppermost part of the dome, just below the ceiling-piece, can be seen bas-reliefs representing " Columbia" sitting upon a throne. She distributes laurels as a celebrated Invalides, which holds the tomb of the great Napoleon, at Paris. The richly and tastefully decorated interior of this building affords offices for the administra- tion officials, bank, fire, and police depart- ments, and of course is not complete with- out a magnificent restaurant. Banking Facilities at the Fair. — On the main floor in the southwest pavilion of the Administration Building the Chemical Na- tional Bank of Chicago has the exclusive privilege of conducting a model bank, with safe deposits in the basement, immediately beneath the banking-room. A special feat- ure is made of the payment of transfers for foreign visitors, and a novel and complete system of identification is used. The books. Fine Arts" Group on Administration Building. Karl Bitter, Sculptor. symbol of recognition to the different in- dustries shown below her. Among these bas-reliefs there is a circle of winged genii holding tablets with inscriptions referring to the most prominent inventions. A number of female figures symbolical of Victory, stepping forward and carrying palms of peace, are placed upon the columns at the entrance to the dome, animating in spirit and sentiment, and rendering to the sum total the impression of entire perfection. KARL BITTER. New York. The dome of this building is visible for miles, being coated with aluminium bronze, and greatly resembles in appearance the etc., are shown to the foreign and out-of- town bankers and the bank exhibited as a model. The Statue of Columbus. — As the vis- itor leaves the magnificent Administra- tion Building, possibly after having taken a superb bird's-eye view of the grounds, buildings, and water-ways from the outer galleries encircling the huge golden dome, the heroic statue of Columbus, modeled by Miss Mary T. Lawrence of New York, is immediately before him. It is thus described by Mrs. Schuyler Van Rensselaer : ' ' The design of the statue— its character and pose, and general conception of Columbus, whom it is meant to express — are due to Mr. St. Gaudens. With the ex- AN ART CRITICS PEN PICTURE. 7? ception of the head the carrying out of this design has been altogether Miss Lawrence's work; and when I say that Mr. St. Gaudens is entirely satisfied with the result, she is highly praised. It was his first idea to show Columbus with one of the Pinzon brothers on either side of him, but there was no time for the execution of so large a scheme, and instead we have Columbus alone, dressed in full armor, but with bared head, as he plants his feet for the first time on the soil of the New World and takes pos- session of it in the name of Spain and of the cross. The right arm is extended, bearing an uplifted sword, and the left arm is raised and clasps the staff of a great flag, which will spread behind the figure and far out on its further side. ' ' The pose of the figure is simple and nat- ural, yet vigorous and impressive, and the characterization of the head seems to me happily realized. Columbus was above all a man of imagination. This main fact is expressed in the action and the face of this statue. It does not show us simply a trium- phant discoverer, as the figure in Mr. French's chariot rightly; does, nor is it an attempt at portraiture without special char- acterization of any kind, like the one on top of the new Columbus Monument in New York. It is Columbus as he may well have looked when, worn and saddened by the trials of his voyage and those which pre- ceded it, he felt that he was planting the cross in a new world." The view from the front of the Administra- tion Building is perhaps the grandest vista in this ' ' White City of magnificent dis- tances." To the artistic and the art critic it affords the finest field for graceful diction. It is appropriate, therefore, here to present the very interesting and valuable article especially written for Rand, McNally & Co. 's * ' A Week at the Fair, " by Mrs. Schuyler Van Rensselaer of New York, one of the best known art critics of America. The noted authoress of that noble volume, "English Cathedrals," has nothing but praise for the " White City" as a whole — praise from her able and artistic pen being in this re- spect ' ' praise indeed. " Entitling her grace- ful criticism " The Fair Grounds," Mrs. Van Rensselaer says: The great French Exhibition of 1889, more beautiful than any of its predecessors in any land, was part and parcel of the city of Paris. Its transitory, festal character was, indeed, very evident, and contrasted with the monumental stability and serious- ness of the streets through which one passed to reach it. Nevertheless, the Fair build- ings were, broadly speaking, in architectural accord with the city's general aspect. From any point which overlooked them their beauty was greatly increased by the beauty of the encircling town. But for the gates and ticket-takers it might have been hard to divine where permanent Paris ended and its Exhibition grounds began. And this was doubly true because no place of entrance immediately gave the visitor a very fine point of outlook; he had to find his way to some more central spot before he realized the full splendor of the Fair. But here miles of suburbs filled with rail- road-tracks and half -built boulevards stretch between Chicago and the new " White Cit)^," and the separation in site is not more dis- tinct than" the separation ifi architectural character. Of course, the unity which was possible at Paris facilitated in one way the labors of the builders of its Fair. Yet gain in another way attended the division which exists at Chicago; for, accenting the exhibi- tion as a new creation for a sj)ecial purpose — as a fairy-land of beauty quickly wrought for a single summer's use — it permitted the builders to found and fashion in quite un- hampered ways. Even French architects, I think, might be glad of so fresh and free an opportunity. And at all events, as Chicago — despite the novel triumphs of con- structional science with which it will amaze foreign eyes — has not the architectural beauty of Paris, the independence of its- Fair, although determined by necessity, may certainly be accounted a piece of artistic good fortune. Working in perfect freedom, neither helped nor fettered by the close vicinity of a permanent town, our artists have created a more beautiful Fair than even the Parisian one of 1889. I do not think that any one who has seen the two will question this fact. And it is a fact which seems all the more creditable to our young nation, inexperienced in the management of vast artistic under- takings and unassisted by official organiza- tion and guidance, when we remember that all natural advantages in the way of site were in the Frenchmen's favor. At Paris there la^^ all ready for the Fair builders' hands the vast level Champ de Mars, already once put to similar service. Bordering it ran the wide River Seine, crossed by handsome bridges, edged by dignified buildings, and dotted with verd- urous islands. And on the opposite side of the Seine rose the imposing slope of the Trocadero Hill, crowned by its turreted palace, a permanent legacy from the exhibi- tion of 1878. No more convenient or more beautiful site for the erection of another Fair could have been desired, and those who dealt with it made the most of it in a very artistic way, greatly improving upon the aspect of the Fair of 1878. Their build- ings were beautifully designed, grouped, and decorated, and the whole impression made by the grounds on both sides of the river as one saw them from the bridge, from the top of the Trocadero Hill, or from a balcony on the Eiffel tower, was dignified and splendid as well as extremely gay, picturesque, and charming. Our Fair, I say, is still more beautiful; and what was its site two years ago? The first idea was to create the Fair half along the Lake Front within the city and half in the completed portion of Jackson 74 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. Park, several miles away; but the landscape gardener, Mr. Frederick Law Olmsted, de- cided that something better than this might be done, and the chiefs of construction, Messrs. Burnham and Root, agreed with him. The whole of Jackson Park, they said, might be used, although only a small part of it had yet been improved. This part contained some pretty plantations of small trees and an ornamental sheet of water. All the rest was a dreary expanse of ridgy sand-dunes, divided by swampy hollows where the overflowing water of the lake often lay to a considerable depth. To transform this into solid ground, over an area half as large again as the site of the Paris Exhibition, would have been finan- cially if not physically impossible. And even had 'it been possible the result -would have been a flat, monotonous, barren site, in- capable of transfiguration into any type of beauty hitherto discovered by builders of great groups of independent yet related structures. But the presence of the lake inspired another solution. It was the waters of the lake which made the proposed site unfit to bear great buildings; yet a wide outlook over these waters was the only natural at- traction which Chicago could offer its Fair builders. Why might not their properly regulated presence within the borders of the Fair be made to compensate for the absence of that variety in elevation, that silver river, and those wide green lawns and umbrageous trees which constituted the charm of the Paris site? Nothing of the kind had ever been done before, but to the bold imagina- tion of these artists that fact seemed merely another favoring argument. And practical reasoning pointed in the same direction as artistic reasoning. Dig the proposed canals and basins extensive enough to make them dominate in the general effect, and the soil thus excavated would suffice to solidify the spots where the buildings must stand. Go now to the top of one of the big domes or towers and take a bird's-eye view of the Fair. You will see to the eastward of it a limitless expanse of water, and to the west- M^ard a limitless expanse of prairie, and will realize that where they met there might well have been, two years ago, not even a solid, ugly stretch of prairie-land, but only an ugly, treacherous marsh. Looking over this ground now — here with its straight, stately, wide canals and architectural ter- races, and there with its irregularly shaped lagoons and islands — you will understand that a great artist like Mr. Olmsted can absolutely create in a way which almost equals nature's own. To-day it seems a simple enough idea — this bringing in the lake to solidify the land; but it was one of those simple ideas which only a great man conceives for the first time, and one of those very practical ideas which only an artist conceives. I mean that, while a practical man might have seen the feasibility of the scheme, only an artist could have seen its desirability; and only a great artist could have foretold how diversified beauty — variety in harmony — might thus be secured even better than upon a more naturally advantageous site. It does not matter much by which of its entrances you approach the Fair — whether you come by water and, passing under the triumphal arch surmounted by the Dis- coverer group, find the huge golden statue of the Republic immediately before you; and past the long, wide reach of the Great Basin, flanked by the fagades of four im- mense palaces, see in the distance the America Fountain, and beyond it the square, solid mass of the Administration Building, surmounted by the vast dome which is the Fair's crowning feature; or whether you come by rail and, passing through the splendid vestibule which this building forms, stand in the Plaza, with the fountain in the foreground and the Basin beyond, finished by the towering America, and the colonnaded portico giving glimpses of the lake on the fair horizon. It does not matter, for in either case your point of view will have been carefully planned for as a first point of view. First impressions always count for much; and the way in which our Fair builders have thus provided only two great entrances, but have given each of them monumental magnificence, and opened in front of each the most splendid and har- monious of their vistas, is certainly one point where they have proved their su- periority to the builders of any previous exhibition. The harmony, the essential unity of this imposing vista from east to west or from west to east will be the first thing to impress you once you have absorbed the surprising imipression which architectural works can make by dint of mere colossal size, rich elaboration, and brilliancy of color. You will not believe that you are standing in a temporary pleasure-ground, constructed by many artists, uncontrolled by anything but their own sense of artistic fitness; or that you are still living in our prosaic, calculat- ing, commercial nineteenth century. This formally arranged portion of the Fair looks as though it had been built to please the eye of some beauty-loving potentate, able to bend all individual talents to a single task. And because of the harmony thus revealed on so grand a scale and with such richness of decoration, because the items of beauty and impressiveness are so many and varied yet so concordant, you will behold a sight which, I am unafraid to say, has not been paralleled since the Rome of the emperors stood intact with marble palace, statue, ter- race, bridge, and temple under an Italian sky no bluer than our own. You will feel that the Romans whom Augustus ruled must somewhere have built themselves a Venice, and that somehow you have been spirited back 2,000 years to see it. Of course, big as it is, our Fair is a small place compared to imperial Rome, and, fine AN ART CRITIC S PEN PICTURE. 75 though most of its structures are, many of them show faults which the Romans would not have committed. Nevertheless, I be- lieve that on no ^pot in the modern world has so impressive a panorama been unrolled as the one you will see when you stand near either of the entrances to our Fair, or, still better perhaps, on one of the bridges which span the long canal where it crosses the Great Basin. Here four vistas, to east and west, to north and south, open out be- fore you; three finished with rich arrange- ments of columns and statues, and one stretching away toward a distant green ex- panse and still more distant fa9ades and domes. It is worth while to question upon what depends the harmonious unity of these vis- proportions of the neighboring portico, and the dimensions of the adjacent buildings. Therefore she does not seem too large, for she does not throw smaller things ' ' out of scale." One thinks first of her beauty and of the way in which it helps the general beauty of the scene, and only in the second place of her extraordinary size. It is easy to imagine how the effect of the scene as a whole would be injured were she made smaller, or did she change places with the America Fountain. We should never have had so beautiful a Fair if features like this had been left to chance, to the caprice of individual artists, or had been determined upon only after other parts of the work had been done. They were determined upon in advance, Industry" Group on Administration Building. Karl Bitter, Sculptor. tas. It depends, in the first place, upon the existence of a definite, well-considered ground-plan for the Fair. No building, no fountain, bridge, or statue, looks as though it had been set down at random. If the posi- tion of one were altered, the effect of them all, we feel, would be injured. The small- est as well as the largest was set where its presence was required by the demands of the general scheme. Then scale has been as carefully considered as position. If each feature, large and small, is in the right place, so also each is of the right size. Alter the size of one and it would seem out of place. Alter its place, and it might easily seem of the wrong size. The golden Re- public was not built ninety feet tall simply that she might be very conspicuous, or with a mere desire to rival the colossi of Egypt. Her height was carefully calculated with regard to the size of the Great Court, the when the right relationship of all features could be considered, and each could be adapted to the requirements of its fellows. And in a similar way were settled not only the style and the dimensions of the great buildings, but also the size and general character of their chief features. The same height was adopted for all the main cornice lines, and the same height and span for all the great divisions of the walls. The Ad- ministration Building towers high above its neighbors, but you will notice that its first stage corresponds with them in height and general design, varying only — as they do among themselves — in the treatment of the broadly concordant features. As it is the main entrance to the Fair grounds, the Ad- ministration Building was rightly made their dominating feature. It serves nmiiy prac- tical i>urposes, but its chief purpose is sym- bolical — is to proclaim the Fair's immensity 76 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. and dignity, and its builders' regard for beauty; to proclaim that our Fair has been organized for the glorification of art even more than for that of science and industry. Well expressing this idea, it strikes us as more original in conception than any other building on the grounds. As far as anything of the sort can be neAV^, it is a new atchitect- ural type. Nothing of the same kind had been designed before. Triumphal porches, magnificent great portals, the world has often seen, but never before a whole build- ing, of very large size, conceived as a vesti- bule. The fact that it is before all a monu- mental vestibule is clearly expressed by the great importance of its dome. The dome does not merely cover and complete the substructure ; the substructure really exists for its sake. It exists for itself — to shelter incoming multitudes, and by its soaring lines to explain the existence and the splen- dor of the Fair. The dome is the building, and this can not be said in a similar sense of any great dome previously built. It is, I think, one of the most beautiful domes which ever has been built; and when we remember that it is the chief feature of our Fair, while the Eiffel Tower, a merely scientific marvel, was the chief feature of the Parisian one, we realize in how truly ar- tistic a spirit our builders have worked. Within their domain no object appealing chiefly to the sense of wonder has been permitted. All the great features appeal — or, at the very least, were meant to appeal — chiefly to the sense of beauty; and I may say in passing that all the minor features, useful or commercial, which are scattered around among the large buildings have been much more carefully controlled in the interests of beauty than was the case at Paris. But despite the magnificence of its dome and the accordant expressiveness of its lower portions, the Administration Building, taken as a whole, is not as beautiful as the Agricultural Building. This is the most beautiful on the Fair grounds, excepting the Fine Arts Building, far away; the most in- teresting and satisfying when one studies its features and the manner in which they are combined, and much the most successful as regards its sculptural adornment. One of the most ingeniously admirable features of the whole Fair is the great colon- nade, which unites this building with the Machinery Building, across the southern end of the canal. It not only serves this pur- pose of unification, but also screens the stock yards from sight while supplying them with a dignified portal, and thus excellently finishes the great perspective of the canal. The contrast between the two structures which it joins is very striking yet harmoni- ous. The Agricultural Building is the more scholarly and refined, and its various por- tions are welded into a truer unity. But the other is the more imposing, the more magnificent, and, perhaps, the more dis- tinctly festal looking, while the Spanish- American character of its tall pavilions gives it a peculiar appropriateness on these Colum- bian Fair grounds. I need not refer to the unparalleled scien- tific triumph won by those who roofed the Manufactures Building, except to s^y that, the huge iron trusses seen in i£s interior are as worthy of admiration from the esthetic as from the mechanical point of view. The sim- plicity of its exterior is in true artistic accord with its vast size, for when a building is very large indeed, no architectural device is so effective as the extended repetition of simi- lar features. Greater variety, greater pict- uresqueness have been sought in the Elec- tricity Building than in any of its neighbors, not everywhere with entire success, yet still in a way which does not seriously mar the harmonious effect of the great Plaza and Basin. Passing down the canal beside it, and beneath a bridge, we enter the lagoon and the less symmetrically arranged portion of the Fair grounds; and at no point are we so much impressed by the skill of their plan- ners. It can not have been an easy task to discover how architectural formality might be contrasted with semi-naturalistic inform- ality and yet the whole scheme be kept an artistic unit, and no inharmonious perspec- tives mar the point of juncture. But a way was found, and nowhere from water or shore do we note incongruity or disharmony of effect. Architectural incongruities do indeed ap- pear as soon as we enter the lagoon. The Transportation Building is very simple in line and very gorgeous in color, yet not out of keeping with its associates; the Horti- cultural Building is especially successful as regards its dome, contrasting so effectively in shape and substance with the solider things around it; and the Woman's Building is refined and pleasing. But the United States Building is as bad as, in these days, nothing but one of our government build- ings is likely to be. It is bad in design, and bad in treatment and finish ; its only virtue is as an object-lesson, pointing the fact that a general reform is needed in the matter of our official architecture. And the Illinois Building, too big for its place because it shuts off the view of the Art Building, is also unsatisfactory in mass and crowned by a very ugly dome. But the scheme pre- pared for the architects by the landscape gardeners was extremely fine, and their special work in creating the island I do not need to praise. Round this island, pass beneath another bridge, and another sheet of water opens before you — the one which existed before the Fair was proposed. Its shores, too, are injured by the excessive si«^ of the Illinois Building, and by over-crowding in other places with foreign and State buildings, which do not harmonize with one another. Nevertheless it has not really been spoiled as a whole, and it beautifully plays its chief AN ART CRITICS PEN PICTURE. 77 role as a foreground for the surpassingly beautiful Art Building. You can not look at this too long or admire it too greatly. It is the finest thing on the Fair grounds, and the finest building of so classical a sort which the modern world has constructed. It is not just like any build- ing which classic nations themselves con- structed; it is much larger and more varied in mass, and its dome is a distinct innova- tion. But we feel it is justsuch a building as the Greeks might have built had they known about domes and had they wanted something of this size for a similar site and purpose. It is as carefully considered in feature as it is vigorous, yet graceful, in outline and mass; and its setting on the Fisheries Building, with its ingenious novel- ties in the way of decoration ; and then can retrace our course along the splendid espla- nade which makes the seaward finish of the grounds, eventually reaching the Forestry- Building, near their southern limits — a glori- fication, so to say, of " rustic " architectural methods. Many styles of architecture meet the eye as we thus make the circuit of the Fair, and many more if we leave its actual limits and survey the Midway Plaisance, where more purely commercial enterprises have been allowed to develop themselves. The effort to adapt some ancient style, or some modern kind of eclecticism, to the special purpose in view has not always been successful. But there Science " Group on Administration Building. Karl Bitter, Sculptor. brink of the little lake adds immeasurably to its charm. Behind it, alas, the grounds are very crowded. So many things had -to be built here, and they were built by so many differ- ent hands, that the effect is very much huddled and in many spots very inharmoni- ous. Still, some of the foreign buildings are fine, and all of them are interesting; and some of the State buildings, like New York's, Ohio's, and Minnesota's, deserve high praise, while others, like California's, have the value which attaches to intelligent adap- tations of old-time local ways of building. Then, leaving the center of the grounds and passing toward the lake shore, we find the picturesque individual and delightful are few distressing failures. Even where only a partial success has been obtained, an intelligent eye may gather much instruc- tion; and there are some very remarkable triumphs in all portions of the Fair grounds. The Art Building, as I have said, is ad- mirably, perfectly successful in its very pure and noble way; and I think the Roman- esque of Southern Europe has rarely been so artistically used in modern times as in the Fisheries Building. But taken as a whole the formally disposed southern portions of the grounds are of course the finest — the por- tions which have won our Fair the name of the " White City " and of the " Venice of the West." Here the landscape architect's scheme is most novel, most stately and 78 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. splendid; and here we learn the meaning of architectural unity on an extensive scale. We see that such unity creates a general beauty of effect which architectural diver- sity can not rival, while also the special value of each work is enhanced by its con- cordant contrast with its neighbors. We see, too, that unity need not mean monot- ony or the extinguishing of personalities if the broad architectural path is wisely chosen. The allied yet not identical Renaissance styles chosen by the builders of this part of the Fair w^ere unquestionably the best for their purpose. In using them so harmoniously, yet so individually, they have shown us a panorama of beauty such as we had never even dreamed about be- fore; and their result should do much to prove to our people that beauty is a thing of priceless worth — typifying as it does the search for intellectual and spiritual rather than for material profit. No man or woman will come to Chicago this summer without recognizing that the Fair has been based on a serious recognition of the fact that com- mercial prosperity alone can not make a nation great; and the lesson thus taught must be of immense national service. Through the voice of the big, busy, prac- tical, money-making city of Chicago America herself declares: Lo, it is not Mammon you should worship, but the light-bringing, health-giving gods of intel- ligence, refinement, and beauty! And all America's children will listen, believe, learn, and practice, as they would in obedience to no voice except her own. M. G. VAN RENSSELAER. New York, With such a glorious panorama before her, well may this broad-minded, brilliant, and intellectual woman exclaim, with righteous indignation, in a recent contribution to The Forum: ' ' As a pleasuring-place Jackson Park will have attractions never before approached in our land; but as a place for self -instruction, self-cultivation, it will sur- pass any other spot in the world. And yet this is the place that those self-styled Christians who do not believe Christ's dis- tinct assertion that the Sabbath was made for man, not man for the Sabbath, desire to have closed on the one day of the week when our mind-hungry, beauty-starved, ignorant, but eagerly ambitious masses could best make use of its civilizing and uplifting ministrations." Sad, nay, almost sacrilegious, does it seem that in less than one brief year — "These cloud-capped towers, the gorgeous palaces, The solemn temples shall (Issolve, And like this unsubstantial pageant faded, Leave not a rack bv^hind."" Like the songs and sublime diction of that " sweet swan of Avon," they should endure " not for an age but for all time." Well does Mrs. Van Rensselaer aver, in speaking of this vast city of white palaces, that " to give a peep inside, to stop a few moments to criticise the decorations of walls and porticoes, to note the names of the world's great ones cut in panels, or to famil- iarize oneself with their features molded in staff, would need three afternoons at least, instead of one. To pause now and then to take in the beauties of the lakes and lagoons, to admire the Venetian columns with their curious carvings, to note the symmetrical sweep of the bridges and the magnificent stretches of buildings on every side, to drink in the infinite splendor of pillars and colon- nades, and pinnacles and minarets piercing the blue sky, would occupy a much longer time. "It will take," she truly observes, " a week or more to get even a crude idea of its treas- ures—a fact that in itself should outbalance all the narrow arguments of those Avho wish to deprive the working classes of their best days for visiting the Fair." In front of the Columbus Statue, on the verge of and facing the Main Basin, stands the finest and most artistic com- position on the Exposition grounds — the Columbian Fountain (N 19), designed by Mr. Frederick MacMonnies, and exe- cuted by him principally in his Paris studio. Resembling closely in symbolical design a remarkable sketch alleged to have been made by Columbus himself, in part it follows the general design of the fountain at the Paris Exposition. Its sea-horses recall the new Fontaine de la Federation, Toulon, but in its entirety the conception is infinitely superior, and in execution more artistic. Briefly, the design is as follows: The center part is designed as a medieval barge, drawn by huge sea-horses frothing and spouting foam and sea-water, and by centaurs be- stridden and urged on. Enthroned and above all sits Columbia, majestic in dignity and pose, the personification of liberty, free- dom, and power, with Father Time as steersman, "like Palinurus nodding at the helm." Assisting in the propulsion of the Ship of State, on either side are four female figures, representing the arts and sciences, gracefully pulling huge sweeps, or oars. At the bow of the barge, Fame, a beautiful fe- male figure, Avith a herald's trumpet in hand, proclaims with clarion note the advent and progress of the nation. The motto'' E pin- rib us 7(nujn''\one out of many) is graven on the pedestal supporting the principal figure. Marvelous in conception, masterly in execu- tion and design, the Columbian Fountain may well be regarded as Mr. MacMonnies' clief-d'oeuvre, and as a glorious triumph for a comparatively young sculptor. Snowy white, to match the "White City" it adorns and beautifies, it may be questioned whether its most entrancing appearance will not be when the sun has sunk beneath the horizon and electricity comes to man's aid and enjoyment. Then, when the powerful electric fountains on either side shoot forth their multicolored jets of water, when the spray is tinted in myriad rays and the huge search-lights lend a weird, wonderful bright- THE COLUMBIAN FOUNTAIN. 79 ness to the scene, the visitor watching the shadow chasing the ray across this beauteous group of figures will find some substantial excuse for that ancient conceit of Aristotle that ' ' originally in every block of marble there was a noble statue which would appear in all its pristine glory when the superfluous covering was removed by the touch of a true artist's hand." Two of the largest electric fountains ever made stand on either side of the Columbian Fountain. Their basins are each sixty feet in diameter. Water is furnished through a 24-inch pipe branching from a 36-inch main connected with the great Worthington pumps in Machinery Hall. The basins are change the combinations of water, color, and light is located in the Basin, and the oper- ators in charge are directed by signals from the tower on Machinery Hall that overlooks the Grand Canal. While the large number of jets and color-lights provided for the fount- ains make possible innumerable combina- tions, the set pieces will be the most beauti- ful. Great flowers, sheaves of wheat, fences of gold, showers of rubies, pearls, and ame- thysts will all be produced in effect by the combination of colored light thrown on the rising and falling streams of water. The Edison Company, which has the contracts for the fountains, as a part of its exhibit, made an outlay of over $100,000 for the dis- A View from the Colonnade. duplicates in every respect. Eighteen water- jets are grouped in a circle on the outer edge of the basin about the main central ori- fice, which throws a 2-inch stream to a height of 150 feet. Immediately around this are seven jets of less than an inch in diameter. Next comes another circle of six i^-inch jets mingled with still another series of ^- inch pipes. Individual jets, arranged for artistic effects, make a total of 152 streams in each fountain, all of which may be thrown into action at the same time. For the illumi- nation of the fountains thirty-eight power- ful arc lamps are required. Their rays of varying colors are deflected by parabolic reflectors. The mechanism which is used to play. The cost of operation is estimated all the way from $500 to $1,000 a night, but the returns from attendance increased by the at- traction of the fountains is expected to reach into the tens of thousands every night the fountains play. The night illumination of the Exposition is to be made a feature. Long rows of incandescent bulbs are ar- ranged along the sides of canals and la- goons. All the buildings surrounding the Grand Plaza will be ablaze with light, and powerful search-lights on lofty towers will turn the darkest night into day. The View of the Main Basin. — Standing by the MacMonnies Fountain, with his face toward the lake, or eastward, the visitor so A WEEK AT THE FAIR. gazes upon the grandest view of the Exposi- tion, that of the Main Basin (M 21). Before iim, impressive in its altitude and grandeur, French's colossal Statue of the Republic, like a new Venus Anadyomene, rises from the rippling waters of the Main Basin. To his right are the graceful outlines of Machinery Hall, with the colonnade and obelisk in harmony and contrast. Then the ■Statue of the Republic, Mam Basin. D. C. French, Sculptor. ornate and classic Agricultural Building projects into the picture, with decorations and sculpture bewildering in detail and de- lightful in attractiveness. The Casino, the •classic Peristyle, and the Music Hall, crowned with statuary and crested with the :grand Columbus Quadriga, partially obscure Lake Michigan's blue waters, but enhance their effect when viewed through column and snowy pillar. Two dwarf reproductions Henry Van Brunt. of the Temple of Vesta fill vacant corners, and the visitor's eye then reaches the colossal proportions of the Manufactures and Liberal Arts Building, severe in its massive sim- plicity. Then a long vista of lagoon, with the huge and rather inartistic dome of the United States Government Building, a deli- cate detail of Henry Ives Cobb's handsome Fisheries Building, and Illinois' huge, heavy dome close the left of the picture, with glimpses of lagoon and Wooded Island, bridges crowned with statuary, and last of all Electricitv's handsome, airy home. THE ELECTRICITY BUILDING (L 18) is thus described by its able archi- tects, Messrs. Van Brunt & ..*; Howe, of Kan- sas City: This building lies parallel with the Mines Building, is of nearly the same dimen- sions — 350X 700 feet — and the contrast in the archite c t u r a 1 character o f the two struct- ures illustrates the fact that the purposes of these two buildings exercised a controlling influence over the design of each. The Mine Building contains an exhibit of coarse prod nets and heavy machinery and appliances and consequently has been treated with broad, plain surfaces and large details, the aim of the architect having been to create an impression of breadth and repose. The Electricity Building, on the other hand, its contents are mainly of delicate form am finer structure, is naturally treated with corresponding refinement and delicacy of detail, and the idea of electricity itself has imposed upon the design a, quality of rest- lessness or movement obtained by frequent repetitions of vertical members and by a sky-line broken by ten towers, or campaniles, and four domes. As this building forms one of the group of seven buildings inclosing the Great Court of Entrance (the railway station on the west, the Peristyle and its pavilions ^n the east toward the lake, and Machinery and Ag/ cultural buildings on the south, and the Manufactures and Electricity buildings on the north, the Administration Building being in the center of the group), it is, like these, in a strict classic st}^le, having with them a common height of sixty feet to the top of the cornice, with other features agreed upon to obtain a proper degree of conformity, but without repetitions. The facades of this building are composed with a full Corinthian order of pilasters set twenty-three feet on centers, the main entablatures being broken around the pilasters so as to accentuate the vertical I % A WEEK AT THE FAIR. elements, and in conjunction with the fre- quent light towers to give to the general design a movement which, in contrast with its neighbors, may be suggestive of the mysterious functions of electricity. The center of each front has a pavilion of entrance; that on the north, toward the lagoon, and those on the east and west being crowned each with two lofty towers. The four corners of the building are marked by lighter pavilions, finishing with open cam- paniles; and on the two long sides there are intermediate bays slightly projecting, with postern doors, and treated with low, square domes to relieve the uniformity of the archi- tecture without absolutely breaking the continuity of the order. Benjamin Franklin. On the south is the main entrance on the court. This, for the sake of distinction, is treated as a solid pylon, pierced by a triumphal arch, 58 feet wide and 92 feet high, which forms the frame of a great semicircular niche, or hemicycle, covered by a half dome. In the center of this niche stands on a lofty pedestal _ a colossal statue of Franklin, who, in his dis- covery of the electrical properties of light- ning, happily associates a patriotic name with the progress of electrical investigation. The great Corinthian order is carried around this niche, which contains three main door- ways, and the half dome is divided by corre- sponding ribs into panels, and treated with Renaissance devices in relief against a background of greenish-blue. The upper part of this pylon is distinguished from the rest of the sky-lines of the edifice by a treat- ment of simple horizontal lines, and the main fabric is supported on the right and left by consoles or ornamental buttresses, two on each side, each being crowned with a statue fifteen feet high representing the functions of electricity as applied to the industrial arts. The north end, toward the lagoon — where the formal character of the court is aban- doned and a more picturesque treatment prevails, in sympathy with the features of irregular outline in water and land which prevail there — has its central entrance pavilion, containing a great arched window recessed between two semicircular or apsidal projections — these three features occupying together the whole of this front. Each bay of the fa9ades all around the building contains two ranges of windows corresponding with the interior stories. The lower range is decorated with a small Ionic order, which, when carried around these two apses, forms between them an open porch with a great balcony over it. The frieze of this inferior order contains the names of those who from the beginning have been associated with electrical discov- eries and inventions. Where the frieze of the main order is carried around the recess of the hemicycle it contains Turgot's famous epigram on Franklin: '■'Eriptnt cceloful- men sceptrumque tyrannis.^'' The main Corinthian order projects in front of the east and west central pavilions, with detached columns and pilasters, so as to form a portico crowned with a balustrade. The four main entrances on the center of each front are the architectural expres- sion of the main feature of the plan, which consists of a longitudinal nave 115 feet wide and 114 feet high, crossed by a central transept of the same width and height, the roofs being supported by a series of steel arched trusses, set twenty-three feet apart. The rest of the building is treated with flat roofs and is in two stories, the upper story having the character of a gallery. The flat roofs are furnished with frequent skylights, so that the whole interior is abundantly lighted. The conventional decoration of the ex- terior of this building is relieved by repeti- tions of the electro-magnet and lamp, and other more or less familiar devices sug- gestive of electrical functions. The south front of the lower story forms an open arcade, corresponding in use to those provided in all the other buildings around the Great Court. VAN BRUNT & HOWE. Kansas City, Mo. Statuary and Decorations.— At the south- ern end of the building, in front of the hemi- THE ELECTRICITY BUILDING. / 1 /GENERAL ^^GENERAL^ N^ ELECTRIC )|(r)|( ELECTRIC ]c 1 MAIN FLOOR Ground Plan Electricity Building. A. 2 "C. & C." Electric Mo- tor Co. A 3 1 B 1-2 ( Westinghouse Elec- F 1 , trie & Mfg. Co. H 1 J A 4-5 Western Electric Co. A 7 Taylor, Goodhue & Ames. B 3 Eddy Electric Mfg. Co. B 41 C 1 I H 2 I J 1 \ General Electric Co. M 4 I N 1 I O 3 I B 5 Excelsior Electric Co. W\ Germany. D 2 Electrical Forging Co. J) 3 Schieren & Co.,Chas. A. D 4 Munson Belting Co. D 5 Page Belting Co. E 2 Belknap Motor Co. E 3 Elwell-Parker Electric Const. Co. E 4 Arnold Mfg Co. E 5 Mather, A. C. E 7 Queen & Co., Jas. W. F 2 Zucker & Levett Chem- ical Co. F 3 Union Electric Co. F 4 Commercial Elect. Co. F 5 Chicago Belting Co. F 6 Jewell Belting Co. F 7 Curtis Elect. Mfg. Co. F 8 Greeley, E. S. & Co. G 1 American Bell Tele- phone Co. I 1 Phoenix Glass Co. J 2 T p g \ France. Q 1-2 J L 1 Crocker- Wheeler Elec- tric Co. L 2 Jenney Electric Motor Co. L 4 Hansen & Van Winkle Co. L 5 Degenhardt, F. E. L 6-7 Brush Elect. Co., The M 1-2 Anthony Elect. Inst. Co. M 3 Fort Wayne Elect. Co., E. A. Barnes. O 2 Thompson Elect. Weld- ing Co. O 4 Helsler Electric Co. O 5 England. O 6 Russia P 1 Electrical Conduit Co. P 2 Standard Electric Co. P 4 Electron Mfg. Co. P 6 Canada P 9 Elliott Elect. Co. P 10 Wing. L. J. & Co. cycle which forms the main entrance, stands the heroic statue of Benjamin Frankhn, executed by the Danish sculptor Carl Rohl- Smith, a Danish-American, who certainly- had for his inspiration one of the most dramatic subjects in American historj^ — that of Franklin's discovery that electricity might be brought down, even with a child's plaything, from the angry heavens; thus laying the foundation for its subjugation as one of man's servants. Grasping with one hand his kite, which rests upon the ground, the other holds aloft the key with which this greatest of all nature's mysteries was un- locked. His head is thrown back. Glorious in its triumph appears the face, as if still searching the heavens, and the whole pose is one of mastery and power. While some critics have pronounced the statue over- drawn, all agree that it is full of freedom and power, and, considered in regard to its heroic surroundings as well as to the re- quirements of the plastic art, it is certainly one of the finest pieces of statuary on the grounds. Over the north entrance of the building are the names of the following great elec- tricians and discoverers in electrical science: Henry, Faraday, Morse, Siemens, Volta. To the left of the entrance: Bain, Joule, Cooke, Steinheil, Laplace, Priestley, Coxe, Cavendish. To the right of the entrance: Vail, De la Rive, Saussure, Varley, Gue- ricke. Field, Maxwell, Thales. Over the west entrance: Davy, Don Silva, Arago. Over the east entrance: Gauss, Jacobi, Wheatstone. At the south entrance: Names in the dome — Franklin (five times), Daniell, Ampere, Galvani, Ohm, Sturgeon. To the left of the entrance: Davenport, Weber, Ronalds, Oersted. To the right of the en- trance: Coulomb, Page, Gilbert, Somering. The following is the classification of ex- hibits in the Electricity Building: GROUP NO. 122. — Apparatus illustrating the phenomena and laws of electricity and mag- netism . 123. — Apparatus for electrical measure- ments. 124. — Electric batteries, primary and second- ary. 125. — Machines and appliances for produc- ing electrical currents by mechanical power; dynamical electricity. 126. — Transmission and regulation of the electrical current. 127. — Electric motors. 128. — Application of electric motors. 129. — Lighting by electricity. 130. — Heating by electricity. 131. — Electro-metallurgy and electro-chem- istry, 132. — Electric forging, welding, stamping, tempering, brazing, etc. 133. — Electric telegraph and electric signals. 134. — The telephone and its appliances; phonographs. 135. — Electricity in surgery, dentistry, and therapeutics. 84 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. 136. — Application of electricity in various ways not hereinbefore specified. 137. — History and statistics of electrical in- vention. 138. — Progress and development in electrical science and construction, as illustrated by models and drawings of various countries. The Main Exhibits.— The limits of this guide forbid more than a mere mention of some of the most important attractions of the Electrical Building. As is well known, steam as a motive power occupies a very secondary place, except as a means of generating electricity, which is used in every conceivable way to make the " wheels go round," and that very smoothly. The entire south one-third of Machinery Hall and its Annex is an immense generat- ing station, and although much of the machinery exhibit there is used as a service plant for the entire Exposition, it is as well an exhibit of the Electrical Department, as it is all entered for competition under the classification of the Department of Elec- tricity. Electrical power for any and all purposes is supplied from this point to all the buildings in Jackson Park. In this plant are found types of all dynamos, varying in size from the smallest to motors requiring 1,000 horse-power each to drive them, and incidentally, engines that are the finest examples of the mechanical engineer's art. Belonging to the Department of Electricity solely as an exhibit are 1,500 horse-power engines of the triple-expansion-condensing naval t3rpe, with a direct connected dynamo, which largely furnishes the incandescent lighting for this building, which at night is one mass of light, as nearly one-third of the lights on the grounds are massed at this point. There are many novelties in this branch of the science, and a description of some of them will be of interest. Entering at the south door, where stands the Statue of Franklin, the first exhibit seen is that of the Bell Telephone Co., Block 18. This company f""^ t^"^ .f" \/' makes a dis- ai t: play that inter- ests every one. A complete central station is one of its features, so ■ that the public may become intimately ac- quainted with the "Hello, Central." Mod- els of the tele- phone from its inception to the present time are another feature; and lastly, a model theatorium, in which visitors may listen to orchestras performing in New York or Boston. This does not mean that a visitor must keep a receiver glued to his or her ear, for the receiver is a mammoth telephone in the roof of the building, with a large Bell Telephone Co/s Exhibit resonator, which enables one to hear the sound as distinctly as if the orchestra were present, instead of 1,000 miles away. The next block going down the center is 19, the Detroit Electrical Works exhibit, with a fine display. Passing this, the south half of Block 8 is found, the General Electric Co. , which, as its name implies, does not confine itself to a single specialty. France occupies the two blocks in the cen- ter, both numbered 16; also one west and one northwest of the second or most north- ern block, besides displays in the north- western bay. The French exhibit the latest forms of arc lights as used in the light-house service, one of them of 200,000 candle-power. Turning back along an alley facing Block 16 in this bay, on the right hand are found the exhibits of Belgium, Russia, Spain, and Mexico, Blocks 15, 14, 13, 12, in the order named. Next on the left is England, Block 17, followed on the same side by the Heis- ler Electric Co., fractional Block 9, with a fine display; and again is seen a portion of the General Electric Co., fractional Block 8. On the right hand, opposite these dis- plays, is the Thompson Welding Co., Block 10, also occupying a space against the west wall. Its exhibit is sufficiently indicated by its name. On the left again are two blocks, numbered 8, occupied by the General Elec- tric Co. On the same side, to the south, is the Fort Wayne Electric Co., Block 7, which shows electrical machinery and apparatus for electric lighting, power transmission, and, in fact, for all purposes for which electricity is used. Opposite, on the right- hand side, is the National Electric Co., Block 6, also occupying a space next to the wall. The next two blocks, one on either side of the alley, are taken by the Brush Electric Co., Swan Lamp Co., and Short System of Railways. The small spaces against the western and southern walls, 4, 3, and I, are held respectively by the Ger- mania Electric Co. , Hansen & Van Winkle, and the Crocker- Wheeler Electric Co. Block 2, against the south wall, belongs to the Jenney Electric Motor Co., which also fur- nishes electric lighting and stationary motor machinery. Passing the door and going down to the alley next east of the right-hand main aisle, Block 21 is that of the " C. & C." Motor Co., also engaging generally in electrical machinery, while Block 22, also next to the south wall, belongs to the Sperry Electric Machine Co. The alley entered passes between two blocks, each numbered 23, held by the Western Elec- tric Co., engaged in furnishing lighting plants and other electric machinery. The next two blocks, one on each side, both numbered 24, show the Westinghouse Co.'s exhibit, in connection with which i^ shown the Pelton water-wheel; power generators, model cars, electric lights, etc., are dis- played. On the left is a fractional block, No. 25, the Excelsior Electric Co.; and next this on the left are a fractional and a THE ELECTRICITY BUILDING. 85 whole block, No. 8, o£ the General Elec- tric Co. Be- yond these, still to the left, are two large blocks (29), both used by Germany for her dis- play. From this country come three of the most perfect search-lights ever made — one of them the largest ever constructed, with a 73^-foot projector. This light, placed at a sufficient alti- tude, would furnish ample illumina- tion for a lawn-party or ball seven- ty-five miles away. As a matter of fact, a smaller light, by the same makers, exhibited at the Frankfort Exposition, did this identical feat for a Ger- man nobleman at a distance of forty-five miles. On the right, opposite Germany's first block, is Block 30, of the Electric Forging Co., another display whose name suffi- ciently indicates the exhibit; followed on the same side by Blocks 31, 32, 33, 34, be- longing in the order named to the Belknap Motor Co., Arnold Motor Co., and A. C. Mather. Block 39, in the northeastern bay, is that of the New York Insulated Wire Co. Around the bay are Blocks 40, 41, 42, 43, 38, held by the Zucker-Leavitt Chemical Co., Riker Motor Co., Perkins Lamp Co., Akron Electric Co., and E. S. Greeley & Co. Going back along the east wall are found the following: No. 37, Page Belting Co.; 36, Munson Belting Co.; 35, Schieven Belting Co.; 28, Eddy Electric Co.; 27, Hornell Iron Works; 26, La Roche Electric Co. Italy has Block 11, on the west wall, near the northwestern bay. In the matter of display lighting exhib- itors have, in response to a circular sent out by the department, outdone themselves. Artistic designs of varicolored lights are a feature of nearly every exhibit, and one ex- hibitor has undertaken the task of decorating one end of the grand nave with a change- able design of incandescent lamps that has over six thousand lights in its composition. There are also incandescent lamps, of a size hitherto unthought of, which furnish as much light as the ordinary arc lamp. In the exact center of the building is Block 20, the Phoenix Glass Co.'s exhibit, which may be thus described: The conven- tional fountain as a center-piece of an ex- position here finds no place, and in its place is shown as an exhibit one that is perfectly dazzling. One of the largest cut-glass man- ufacturers in this country has been given the circular space in the exact center of the building for a Moresque pavilion made entirely of cut-glass of the various forms used in the manufacture of high-class elec- tric fixtures. This pavilion is 30 feet in diameter and 70 feet high, illumin- ated with h u n- dreds of lamps, and is simply a mass of sparkling, flashing colored light. It is called the Edison Tower of Light, and is an exact reproduction of the German Tower of Victory. The designs have received the approval of Mr. Atwood, the architect of the Gallery of Fine Arts. The lower part of the structure is a colon- nade thirty feet in diameter, occupied with a display of crystal for electrical uses. The shaft for the colonnade, to a total height of seventy-eight feet, is studded with myriads of miniature incandescent lights, so arranged as to flash in various figures and colors. These little lights are only an inch and a half long each. The whole structure is surmounted with a mammoth incandescent lamp, composed of almost innumerable pieces of crystal. The lamp is eight feet in length and con- tains no less than 3,000 pieces of crystjil. Foreign countries have been placed in the north end of the building, on both floors. France, in addition to a space in the north- east bay, has the two north center spaces, and Germany the two spaces immediately east. In some respects the electrical exhibit made by Germany is the most remarkable of all. Dr. Walter Lobach, a well-known 86 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. electrician, is at the head of it. The firm of Siemens & Halske, Berlin, exhibit a dy- namo of 1 ,000 horse-power, one of the largest ever constructed, and with it furnish part of the lighting and motive power to the Exposi- tion and to the German parts of it. The General Electric Society of Berlin, another vast concern of this kind, exhibit dynamos and electromotors made according to a new system, first practically tested at the General Electric Exposition at Frankfort two years ago, when powder was transferred for the distance from Frankfort to Lauffen, 100 miles. Schuckert & Co. of Nuremberg place on exhibition the most enormous search-lights (used mainly for navy purposes) ever con- structed, six feet in diameter. These are placed on. top of the Manufactures Build- ing, at the four corners of the roof, and by means of powerful reflectors the pillar of light that will be sent forth from there will equal 200,000,000 candle-power. The light will be a pure white, producing a marvelous effect, and penetrating at night the atmos- phere as far as the Board of Trade Building down-town. The German Government Telegraph De- partment also has a comprehensive exhibit, including a historical one. In this is shown the first dynamo ever constructed in the world, dating from 1866, and made by the famous electrician the late Dr. Werner von Siemens. By the same inventor, too, is ex- hibited the first efficient Gauss-Weber tele- graph apparatus; also cables, electric instru- ments of precivSion, telephones, and other instruments of applied science. Altogether this part of the German Department at the Fair is represented by thirty firms in the electro-technical field and forty-three in me- chanics, optics, etc., and Berlin, Nuremberg, Cologne, Frankfort, and Hamburg are the cities most strongly represented. The rest of the ground-floor has been as- signed for the display of heavy machinery, and the galleries for the displaj^ of special- ties, light machinery, and testing instru- ments. As far as practicable, specialties have been grouped; all the wire men together, carbon manufacturers in one place, testing instruments in another, etc. The telegraph really marks the first im- portant application of electricity, and there are many historical exhibits in this connec- tion. The Baltimore & Ohio Railroad, along whose right of way the first telegraph-line was laid, exhibits a life-size model of how its laying was accomplished. It is a fact not generally known that Morse made his first attempt with an underground cable, and there is shown a model of the original plow with a reel from which was unwound the lead-covered cable, with sixteen oxen drawing the same, and with wax-figures of Morse, Vail, Henry, and their assistants. In this connection is shown the original in- strument on which the historical message, "What hath God wrought," was received. These are not all of the wonders; for one finds mining-drills, a working locomotive, tanning, distillation, fire- works, and many other things, all operated by electricity, in the nine acres of displays in this building, Edison's kinetograph is found here in the American Phonograph Co. 's exhibit, and is a most marvelous exhibition. It is a spe- cially constructed camera and phonograph working in perfect unison. The camera produces forty-six pictures a second. By thus rapidly photographing figures in action upon a sensitive film, and adapting the phonograph to catch any sounds emanating from them, both sound and motion are re- produced, so that a spectator listening to a song or speech sees the gestures and facial action also. Sermons, plays, etc., are thus reproduced. Gray's telautograph, another electric marvel, is shown in the building. There are over seven hundred American ex- hibits, and displays from Germany, France, England, Canada, Italy, Belgium, Austria, Spain, Sweden, Mexico, and Russia', in the order of their importance as named. In private displays there are some that are exceedingly fine; notably those of the West- inghouse Co., the Bell Telephone Co., the Brush Co., the Heisler Co., the Sperry, the Thomson-Houston, and others. The Mac- kay-Bennett Cable Co. shows a complete working model of their Atlantic cable, with its terminal stations. Twenty-seven feet of water represent the 2,700 miles of ocean between these stations. The scientist says that electricity is life. Then Jackson Park will of a truth be a liv- ing thing. The darkness and gloom of its corners will be penetrated and dispelled by the electric light, and their stillness be broken by the noise of the electric railway. Its mammoth white buildings will gleam and glisten with electric lights, while upon the placid bosom of its waters will glide electric launches. Everywhere will the presence of the great discovery be felt. The elec- trical exhibit in the Exposition is infinitely larger and greater than anything of the kind ever before attempted. It would awe Franklin, Ohm, Morse, and all the rest who imagined they knew a deal about electricity. The display in the Electricity Building will be at all times interesting, and during the evening beautiful. On the west side of the building, and among the display of the Gen- eral Electric Company, is a room provided especially with lighting arrangements of a decorative kind, and so arranged as to change the amount of lights carried by vari- ous meters, so as to show their accuracy. This display is recommended to the gas com- panies, the accuracy of whose meters is not always infallible. Then there is a railway and motor exhibit that will attract attention. It contains all the modern railway work for street-car and street-railroad practice. There is one ele- vated-railroad locomotive that is built for high-speed railway work. It has the latest form of electric controllers, air-brakes, whistle, and automatic safety de\'ices. Its MACHINERY HALL. 81 gross weight is thirty tons, and it is designed for a maximum speed of fifty miles per hour. The engine is now running on the Boston & Maine Railroad, hauling trains from Lynn to seaside resorts — a distance of four miles. Mammoth generators, such as are con- stantly used in street-railway service, are abundant. Three of the largest are of 450 horse-power, 300 horse-power, and 150 horse- power, respectively. There is a great quan- tity of electrical mining machinery of every description. One of the exhibits has as a cen- ter-piece a deep-mine pump with a 150 horse- power slow-speed electric motor, pumping water from a tank and delivering it under pressure to a Pelton water-wheel direct, con- nected to a multiface electrical generator. There is also a mining-hoist of 150 horse- power. Another display of considerable propor- tions is the display of insulated lighting systems for hotels and large business houses. The most modern type of direct connected compound engines and dynamos are shown. Inventor Edison has his goods well repre- sented. There is a display of no mean pro- portions of the Edison low potential three- wire system, including Edison tubing, Edi- son machines, and the Edison lamp. As a center-piece to his exhibit there has been erected an Edison Jumbo machine. At the time of its construction this concern was the marvel of the age. It was the first machine to be constructed on the modern principle of engine and dynamos being directly con- nected on the same shaft, and for eleven years it has run continuously in the Pearl Street Station of the New York Illuminating Company. The three-wire system might with pro- priety be placed in the collection of curios- ities, as it is one of the very few of Edison's inventions upon which there has been no in- fringement of patent. It is regarded as one of his great inventions; second, in fact, only to the lamp. Professor Thomsen, the electrician of the General Electric Company, has speci- mens of his work on hand in the shape of all the specialties of alternating supplies and devices. Tandem compound engines are directly connected to large alternating machines, near which is compact directly connected machinery for lighting merchant- ships, and supplies and devices for lighting and signaling. The system is used through- out the navy of this country. MACHINERY HALL. The wonders of the electrical world inspected, the visitor may well retrace his steps to the southern end of the building, and, recrossing the Grand Court of Honor in front of the Administration Building, approach one of the most graceful struct- ures of the whole Exposition, the classic Machinery Hall (P 19). It is from this direc- tion it should be neared, for if approached from either the Stock exhibit or from the side toward Stony Island Avenue, its exterior presents no indication of the beauty of its other two faces, as owing to its surround- ings in those directions its walls have been purposely left undecorated and of the plain- est description; but where its fa9ades face South Canal and the beautiful Administra- tion Court it is extremely rich and pleasing, courting the strictest comparison with those palatial neighbors, and is not out of keeping with the stately colonnades, classic porti- coes, and marble statues and fountains upon which it looks. The architectural design is copied from the best types of the Spanish Renaissance, and is thoroughly classic in all of its details. The cities of Seville and others of the land which sent Columbus upon his westward voyage have been se- lected and laid under tribute by the archi- tects, Messrs. Peabody & Stearns of Boston, to furnish the motive of the architecture of this building in honor of the Columbian anni- versary. The covered loggia at the first story furnishes a promenade-way around the building, and the material used for coating these fronts is the same as that used in all of the principal structures — staff. This has been stained a beautiful ivory tint, and the contrast with the subdued color-tints and gold-finish of parts of the exterior, such as the portico ceiling, is very beautiful. The Statuary and Decorations. — On the northern exterior, over the main entrance, appear the words ' ' World's Columbian Ex- position " in large gilt letters. Six large figures surmount this entrance (says Mr. M. A. Waagen, their able sculptor), each bearing a shield on which appear the faces of a num- ber of prominent inventors. Above these six figures, between the two high towers, are placed five figures thirteen feet high. In the center is ' ' Science, " and on her sides are the four elements, " Fire," "Water," "Air," and " Earth." Surmounting each of the towers are two large figures representing " Vic- tory" holding forth her emblematic laurel wreath. To the right of the north main entrance appear the names Joule, Giffard, McCor- mick, Hodgkinson, Fulton, Watt, Ericsson, Corliss, Tyndall, Fitch, and Whitney. To the left of the main entrance. Fair- bairn, Maudesley, Hoe, Hallen, Siemens, Stephenson, Nasmythe, Stevens, Evans, Trowbridge, and Symington. At each end of the north side is the in- scription "Palace of Mechanic Arts "; and over the east main entrance, in large gilded letters, is also seen " Palace of Mechanic Arts." On either side, in similar lettering, "MDCCCXCIII"(i893). Over the eastern entrance appears the frontispiece pediment; " Columbia," the cen- tral figure, seated on a throne, with a sword in her right hand and a palm of peace in her left. To her left is standing "Honor," with a laurel wreath ready for distribution. On one of the steps of the throne is seated "Wealth" (riches), throwing fruits and MACHINERY HALL. 89 flowers o^:.; of a horn of plenty. To the right and left are grouped inventors of ma- chinery and members of an examining jury. The corners of the pediment are filled by two groups of hons, representing brute force subdued by human genius, which is represented by two children. Above the pediment are repeated the five large fig- ures seen over the north en- trance. In the center is "Science," with beaming face, and a trian- gle in her hand. On her sides are the four elements, " Fire," " Water," "Air," and-" Earth." " Fire" holds in one hand the heavenly fire, lightning, and in the other hand the terrestrial fire, in the shape of a torch. "Water" is a female figure holding a dolphin that spurts out water. ' ' Air " is a floating female figure accompanied by the " Earth," with a bird in one hand and an air-screw in the other, the head surrounded by stars. ' ' Earth " is a female fig- ure accompanied by the moon, holding man in one hand and in the other a horn of plenty filled with fruits and flowers. The towers over this entrance are surmounted by figures sim- ilar to those described on the northern towers. To the right of the main east entrance are the names Gard- ner, Smeaton, Roebling, and Bolton. To the left of the main east en- trance are the names Newton, Eades, Trautwine, and Holly. Twelve smaller and similar figures are placed at each end of the six large skylights. Each _ of the three domes in the center r of the building is surmounted by figures. Most of the sculpture- work on this building was done by M. A. Waagen. The inscription " Palace of Mechanic Arts " appears at each end of the eastern side; also at the southern side. Classification. — The arrange- ment of the Machinery De- partment takes the form of eighty-six classes, collected in the following groups: Group No. 69. — Motors and apparatus for the generation and trans- mission of power, hydraulic pneumatic apparatus. 70. — Fire engines, apparatus and appliances for extinguishing fire. 71. — Machine tools and machines for work- ing metals. 72. — Machinery for the manufacture of text- ile fabrics and clothing. 73. — Machines for working wood. 74. — Machines and apparatus for type-set- ting, printing, stamping, embossing, and and for making books and paper work- ing. 75. — Lithography, zincography, and color printing. 76.— Photo-mechanical and other mechanical processes of illustrating, etc. 90 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. '% L. W. Robinson. 77. — Miscellaneous hand tools, machines and apparatus used in various arts. 78. — Machines for working stones, clay, and other minerals. 79. — Machinery used in the preparation of foods, etc. The Main Exhibits.— The inventive gen- ius of the closing decade of the century is displayed in Machinery Hall, and its interior is one huge mass of moving machinery. It is located in the southern portion of the grounds, and is in the center of the park from side to side. Over 850 feet long and 500 feet wide, with an annex 550 feet in length and 490 feet in width, this vast structure has a floor space of more than seventeen acres, and was erected at a cost of $1,200,000. One of its features is that the vast arched trusses which support the roof of the main building are built sepa- ^_,_^ rately of iron and steel in such a manner that they may be taken down and sold for use as railroad train -houses or State exposition buildings. The s team power which moves the multifarious pieces of machin- ery necessary to the proper display of these mechanical ex- hibits is supplied from a large power-house, adjoining this building on the south. Every engine and every dynamo is an exhibit, and in nearly every case the vast expense of in- stallation is borne by the exhibitor. The interior of the main building, spanned by the three great arched trusses, gives the -appearance of three immense exposition halls side by side, but all in one. A 50-foot gallery surrounds the interior of the structure. In each of the three naves a monster elevated traveling crane runs from end to end, and has been a most potent mechanical factor both in the construction of the building and in the installation of the heavy exhibits. They remain through- out the Exposition, and platforms erected on them enable visitors to view the bewil- dering scene of moving mechanism below and on all sides. Shafting for power is carried on the same posts which support these trav- eling bridges. The annex, though of immense propor- tions, is simple in design, and is modeled after a mill, or foundry. Constructed eco- nomically of wood, it is annular in form, the diameter of the outer radius being 800 feet and of the inner radius 600 feet. Electrical power alone is used in the annex, while in the main building steam is given an equally exclu- sive privilege. In this building is exhibited the largest and m.ost interesting display of electric power ever shown, electricity having made greater strides in the past decade than any other of the allied arts and sciences. What ten years more of research and study and invention will do to ameliorate the conditions and add to the pleasures of those who are at that time alive to enjoy them, may be faintly surmised from what has been accomplished in the decade just past. Electric fans for cooling houses, mo- tors for rapid transit, telephones, phono- graphs, etc., give one some idea of what this new servant of man may in the future be trained to do. To the thinking mind the exhibits in this hall must prove of immense interest, for they certainly represent the approaching culmination of human progress in the direc- tion of mechanic art, and of invention in an economic direction. To the philosopher the thought must inevitably arise, " Has the human mind a limit, beyond which training, experience, and experiment may never pene- trate ? " The interior of Machinery Hall, as has been said, presents the appearance of three immense pillared train-houses side by side, surrounded by a gallery on all four sides This gallery is fully fifty feet wide. The traveling crane was a necessity in Machinery Hall, for no other means could have sufficed to move the immense masses of machinery, the largest of which is the gigantic Allis engine, of 2,000 horse-power, which runs two dynamos, each lighting 10,000 incan- descent lights. This capacity can, if neces- sary, be increased 10,000 lights. One of the cylinders of this monster machine weighs thirty tons, and its entire weight is 325 tons. Into the 30-ton cylinder a man six feet tall can walk without stooping. The belts which run upon the Allis pulleys are each six feet wide, the largest ever made. The interior of the building is divided into squares and parallelograms, called blocks, or sections. If the visitor enter at the east end of the building, facing south canal, he will find the corner on his right, consisting of four blocks, or sections, occupied by Great Britain with her exhibits. (Area, 29,496 feet.) These are very numerous, though far surpassed by the American display. Next upon the right, occupying six sections, comes the display of Germany. (Area, 32,730 feet.) This is an exceedingly fine and complete exhibit, and is probably surpassed only by that of the United States. All of those exhibiting are large firms, and the space allotted to Ger- many is taken up so completely that with any attempt at spreading the exhibits would cover double the area on which they are now being crowded. Circular rope trans- mission, a new system of motive power, is practically illustrated for the first time, since one-half of the whole German machin- ery exhibit is propelled by it, a large engine made by Schichau, in Elbing, Prussia, fur- nishing the steam. The same firm, too, has a 1 ,000 horse-power steam-engine on view which sets the big Siemens dynamo in mo- tion. Textile machinery from Gladbach-on- the- Rhine is seen in a complete assortment. From Augsburg, Bavaria, comes a choice MACHINERY HALL. 91 display of rotary presses, and a Dusseldorf firm exhibits friction calenders with ten rollers. The huge Gruson Works, near Mag- deburg, make an instructive exhibit of mining machinery and gas-power engines, while R. Wolf of Magdeburg shows locomo- tives, some of them constructed according to new principles. It is impossible to enumerate every article in a display so large and varied, but the chief ones are gas-engines, water turbine- wheels, knitting-machines, circular saws for cutting iron, embroidering-machines, press for printing illustrations, rapid paper-print- ing presses, bookbinding-machines, flour- mill machinery, sawmill, turning-lathes, milling and mining machinery for ores, cements, etc., sausage-machines, textile ma- chinery, wire-machines, and a complete watch factory. Next to Germany on the right, and occu- pying a portion of the space allotted to Group 69, is found the display of Spain (area, 1,315 feet). The exhibit is a small one, Spain of course not ranking with such na- tions as Germany and England in the man- ufacturing of machinery, etc. North of Spain's exhibit, also occupying a small portion of Group 69's allotment. New South Wales has placed her display, which is very creditable considering the comparative newness and undeveloped resources of that part of the world (area, 1,436 feet). just west of New South Wales Italy's ex- hibit is found (area, 2,500 feet). This dis- play presents a very novel and creditable appearance. Passing southward along the alley at the end of the Italian display, and continuing on across the main aisle, the splendid display of France is encountered (area, 21,227 feet). Turning back toward the entrance, if the visitor wish to exhaust the foreign exhibits before beginning those of the special groups, on the left of the aisle is the small Swedish exhibit (area, 500 feet). Russia's manufacturing industries, next on the right, will claim his attention, with a display covering an area of 3,000 feet. After Russia, Mexico, occupying a small, narrow space in the side aisle back of the French and Russian exhibits, is next in order (area, 1,007 feet). _ Austria (area, 8,097 feet) takes up a sec- tion, excepting a small corner filled by Brazil, the latter having an area of 2,500 feet. Having examined Brazil's display, in conjunction with that of Austria, Belgium will be found occupying a full section (area, 1,500 feet). Canada has a section next to the entrance, just south of England (area, 7,257 feet). South of the exhibits which have just been examined are the power plants, occupying the blocks or sections from A to O inclusive. At no other place or time in the world's history has such gigantic force ever been accumulated under one roof. The engines number forty-four, the Allis, the largest of all, occupying the space at the end of the main aisle. There are six other engines of very large capacity, viz., of 1 ,000 horse-power each. They are a Fraser & Chalmers triple-expansion, two Westinghouse-Church-Kerr compound engines, a Buckeye triple-expansion, an Atlas compound, and a Mclntosh-Seymour double-tandem compound. The others are from 150 to 650 horse-poAver. The total horse-power represented is nominally 17,510, though this could easily be increased to over 20,000. Still south of these gigantic engines lies the boiler plant, consisting of a continuous battery of huge steel boilers of the latest type, 800 feet long. As crude oil from the fields of Ohio is used for fuel, there is no smoke, dust, or dirt, as there would be were coal burned. The feeding of the oil to the furnaces is controlled by automatic pressure gauges, regulating the flow so that there can be no danger, such as might happen with careless firemen. The oil is pumped from .Whiting, Ind. The boilers represent such manufacturers as Root, Gill, Heine, National, Zell, Babcock & Wilcox, and Stirling. They are all of the water-tube pattern. Their feed water- pumps represent Dean, Barr, Knowles, Gould, Blake, Davidson, Cameron, Laidlaw, Wilson & Snyder, and Canton & Snow. West of the batteries of boilers lie the machine-shops, blacksmith-shops, etc., fully equipped for repairing and keeping in order the machinery used in the building. Hav- ing examined the motive power controlling the exhibits, the visitor will find at the center of the building an immense tank of water, in the center of which is a very pretty waterfall, and at either end a fountain. Here the various pumps, water-elevators, etc., make their tests as to superiority. This tank is about the center of Group 69, which is devoted to motors, hydraulic and pneumatic apparatus. This group occupies nearly all the space of the four blocks which center on the tank, also a portion of that taken up by the exhibits of Italy, Spain, Sweden, and New South Wales, and a part of Block 29, at the western end of the building. Immediately north of this group is Group 74, where are displayed machines for type- setting, printing, stamping, and emboss- ing. Group 75, devoted to lithography, zincog- raphy, and color-printing, and Group 76, showing photo-mechanical and other proc- esses of illustrating, occupy the small block north of the western part of Group 74, and next to the lavatories, which are in Block 33, north of the center of the main display of Group 72. West of a portion of Groups 74 and 69 (already examined) lies Group 72, devoted to machinery for the manufacture of textile fabrics and clothing. A portion of this dis- play will be found in the northern part of Block 8, which lies next to the machine- shops. At the northwest corner of this group is found Group 79. Here are displayed 92 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. machines used in the preparation of foods, etc. At the extreme southwest corner of Group 72 (already examined) is found a por- tion of the display belonging to Group 69, the larger part of which has been visited; while just south of 72 lies Group 71. This It is only within the past ten years that the subject of ventilation has been consid- ered an important factor in the erection of public buildings, but during the past few years its importance, judged from a sani- tary point of view, has so attracted the V ork of Dod_ display consists of machine tools and machines for working metals. The Dodge Manufacturing Company shows a complete line of its modern power transmission appliances, including its cele- brated Dodge wood- split pulleys, with patent bushing system. A large pyramid of pul- leys is shown at the right of the exhibit, and on tables in the center of the space are found complete lines of models of pulleys for various uses, in- cluding the special four-arm wood pulley, for main driving; the iron center dynamo pulley, for electrical generating serv- ice; the iron center hardwood rim pulleys for main engine connections; the disk pulley, for use in flour-mills and duty places, and a number of small pulleys. On the line shafting are seen many of these pulleys doing all grades of service. On the Mather dynamos a number of large dynamo pulleys are doing heavy service. At the right of the space is shown a complete quill outfit for heavy line shaft work. At the rear of the exhibit a large illuminated picture, 7 x 10 feet, is a faithful reproduction of the company's works at Mishawaka, I Ind., as viewed by moonlight. I The ground plant covers sixty acres, and buildings contain over twenty-five acres of floor- age space. The view also shows the large lumber-yards of the company, which con- tain about four million feet of lumber for pulley construction. The annual output is 300,000 pulleys. attention of architects and engineers that at the present time the necessity for thor- ough and scientific ventilation is appreciated as much as the proper heating of a building. Many devices are in use for the movement of air and for drawing off the poisonous gases generated by the occupants of a building, and many failures have resulted from the different experiments. At the "^ Andrews &: Johnson Cc present time it is generally conceded that satisfactory results in this direction can only be obtained by mechanical ventilation, or the movement of air by fans in connec- tion with blast and exhaust ducts. MACHINERY HALL. 9^ Andrews & Johnson Co. , whose display is shown here, make a specialty of this kind of machinery, which is admitted by all to be tinexcelled. Their fans are in use in many of our public buildings, notable among which are: The Athletic Association Building, the Schiller Theater, Kinsley's Restaurant, Siegel, Cooper & Co.'s, and Chamber of Commerce buildings, and thirty-six of the public schools of the city of Chicago. Group 73, machines for working wood, occupies the south half of Blocks 12 and 13, south of Group 71, and extends into Block 14 of Group 69, taking up the larger part of that section. Group 77, miscellaneous hand tools, machines, and apparatus, and Group 78, machines for working stones, clay, and other minerals, occupy Block 10, in the southwest- ern corner of the hall. Group 70, fire-engines, apparatus, and appliances for extinguish- ing fires, fills the southern part of Block 8. The Crown Pen Co., 78 State Street, Chi- cago, has a display near the center of Ma- chinery Hall, where the interesting proc- esses of gold-pen and fountain-holder making may for the first time be seen by all. In the side aisles are plate-glass cases filled with gold and foun- tain pens, pearl, ebony, and silver holders, and plush, chamois, and mo- rocco cases. Attractive salesladies are present to wait on visitors, as all of these goods are for sale; and the rapid cash system of making change is em- ployed, so that visitors are not kept waiting. The seats in the workshop are arranged amphitheatric- ally, so that every opera- tion of the workmen is in plain view of the spectators, who gather in large numbers to watch this, to them, mys- terious industry, where the crude materials are so rapidly transformed into finished pro- ducts. The pleasure to the visitor of owning a useful souvenir of the great Exposition, every operation in the manufacture of y^hich has taken place under his own eyes, is certainly a very novel one. This com- pany has another place in the gallery at the northeast corner of the Manufactures Build- ing. Everything is under the direction and personal supervision of Mr. Hugh T. Reed, president, and Mr. E. W. Burchard, the secretary of the company. In Group 77, Class 483, Section 10, umn No. D E 51, a Kennedy wire machine is found in active operation. In Section 29, Group 72, Class 334, umn O 50, John Best of Paterson, N.J, hibits a power loom weaving badges, book marks, souvenir pictures, etc. The badges will be sold for from 50 cents to $1, and con- sist of the following eight varieties: Home, Sweet Home, Mrs. Potter Palmer's picture. President Cleveland and the Capitol of the United States, Speed, Mrs. Cleveland's pict- ure alid the White House, Our Dead Heroes, The Columbus, a prize design. In Section 35, Column P 25, T. W. & C. B. Sheridan illustrate the power of one of their embossing presses for bookbinders' use by embossing on circular blocks of wood in bas-relief some of the more notable buildings that make up the marvelous col- lection known as the Columbian Exposition. Such buildings as the Manufactures and Liberal Arts, Mines and Mining, Adminis- tration, Government, Electricity, Horticult- ural Hall, and Fisheries are all brought out in miniature detail and done in artistic man- ner equal to the finest hand drawing, giving t|ie public an opportunity to witness how quickly and cheaply some of the ornamental woodwork, similar to that on the furniture at their homes, was made, and which they pos- sibly had previously imagined was carved by hand at great expense. These souvenirs are sold by Messrs. Sheridan, and will in Col- nail Col- ex- The Crown Pen Co.'s Exhibit. years to come recall the memories of 1893. The process and machine here shown at work are the same as those used for em- bossing the handsome leather much used in the furniture trade as well as decorative art, and also for all embossed wall-paper made in this country. On each side of the landing near the eastern entrance of Machinery Hall is seen a colossal figure of a powerful Norman horse equipped in full harness. Standing by his side is a figure of a Western farmer in high boots and open shirt, his right hand grasping the bridle. Directly opposite these figures, and near the western entrance of the Agricult- ural Building, are two large figures of Texas steers, one on each side of the landing. They are driven by Indian women holding aloft whips in their right hands. These figures were designed by E. C. Potter. At the northwestern end of Machinery Hall the Fair grounds pumping-works are located, with a capacity of 40,000,000 gallons of water every twenty-four hours. The machinery used is from the establishment 94 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. of Henry R. Worthington, New York City. There are four types of engines used — a triple-expansion vertical, a high speed, a vertical duplex, and a horizontal high -duty duplex. The water is obtained from a well in the center of the building, which is con- nected by a tunnel with the main lagoon. Among the novelties of the Fair is the Daily Columbian, issued from this build- ing. It is an 8-page composite newspaper, the official bulletin of the Exposition, and is made up as follows : Its first five pages con- sist of the first pages of the Herald, Inter Ocean, Record, Tijnes, and Tribune; its three remaining pages are filled with daily programmes, official orders, list of officers, exhibitors, etc. W. C. Gates is manager, and Major Handy, chief of the Department of Publicity and Promotion, virtually editor. Its first number is dated May i, 1893. . Price per copy 5 cents, or by mail $1 per month. Most of the blaze of light which illumines On the south wall of Machinery Hall is a marble switchboard 2 stories high, 78 feet long. This controls the main dynamos. Thence the cables lead to the Machinery Hall subway, which is fire-proof, 8 feet 4 inches high, 15 feet wide. The wires are underground all about the grounds. Outside Exhibit of Machinery.— On the south side of Machinery Hall, between the machine-shop and boiler-house, is an exten- sive outside exhibit of machinery, occupying a. space co-extensive in length with the in- side exhibit of this department and running up to and alongside the structure of the Intramural Railroad, which here reaches its colonnade station. Characteristic and very interesting, it is well worth the inspection of the curious and general visitor, and it cer- tainly will merit the close observation of those interested in machinery of any kind. Proceeding to the eastern or south canal front of the Machinery Hall the visitor may Switchboard and Big Dynamo. the buildings and grounds at night is ground out in Machinery Hall. To one who enters that place it seems as if there were nothing but buzzing, whizzing dyna- mos there: every sort and size of dyna- mo — big ones and little ones, dynamos in full whirl and dynamos being built up. The biggest of them all is the match team of dynamos that is hitched to the gigantic Allis engine. There are two 72-inch belts from this engine. Each of these belts drives a Westinghouse dynamo that was built to develop 10,000 lights, but which can easily give 15,000. Then near by are ten more 10,000-light machines, each driven by a 1,000 horse-power engine. There are two 4,000-light alternators run by lesser engines. The total power of these machines is 158,000 lights. But that accounts for only one style of dynamo — the Westinghouse. There are multitudes of others. well pause for a moment to notice the Statuary encircling the Main Basin, and to spare a few seconds for the fine view of the water-ways and buildings obtainable from this point. In regard to the statuary, it consists principally of a characteristic series of native American wild animals modeled by Edward Kemeys and A. Phimister Proctor, and a series of six rostral columns designed and executed by Johannes Gelert. Referring to these rostral columns, the sculptor, Mr. Johannes Gelert, states that the principal idea intended to be conveyed was one of a great naval triumph, as the discovery of America truly was. To serve this prime motive there is a six-fold repeti- tion of the columns. On the pedestals are graven the names of great discoverers, and the shafts are adorned with rostra, or prows of ships and emblems of triumph. On the double capital stands the sailor's tutelary THE MAIN BASIN. 95 deity, the Neptune of the Latins , the Poseidon of the Greeks, resting in his divine power, full of proud triumph, well pleased with the grand results of his sailors' great discoveries. In addition to these triumphal columns is a display of statuary characteristically American, and it was in a moment of happy inspiration that the sculptors decided not to confine themselves to representations of inanimate forms and beautiful reproductions of ancient ideas, that were elaborated to their utmost extent by the ancient Grecian and Roman masters of this noblest and most imperishable of the arts. While mod- ern artists may hope to equal, it is utterly impossible for them ever to excel the ancient artists in the portrayal of the human figure, or in the evolution of graceful ideas as applied to columns, arches, and architect- ural ornamentation. The determination, therefore, to depart from conventional forms and introduce into the landscape the figures of American animals was indeed a happy one, especially when it is considered that out of every hundred visitors to the Fair, fully ninety are en- tirely unacquainted with such representatives of the wild beasts of our country as the grizzly bear, the buffalo, and the panther . These conception s may likewise serve another pur- pose, viz., to aid in the per- petuation of the forms of these animals long after they them- selves are extinct species. It is a fact well known to natu- ralists that many kinds of the marine and land animals of America are doomed, in a short time, to utter extinction; and prominent among them are those which are so ably represented here. Most lifelike and realistic are the animals surmounting the various bridges. Mr. Kemeys thus describes those for which he is responsible. " Old Ephraim," at the north- east corner of bridge opposite southwest corner of Manufactures and Liberal Arts Building, is a male grizzly bear guarding the approach to his lair. He has been marching down the canon, when his quick ear catches some note at discord with nature's harmonies. This rivets his foot- steps in their tracks, suppresses his breath- ing almost, and so he stands with set ears, straining eyes, protruding lip, expanded nostrils, impressible to the next touch which shall rouse his nature into madness. As down the glen he strode along, Vanished the black-tail's branching prong, And even the finch's low, sweet song Stopped in the pine above him. A Grizzly Grave-digger, at the southeast corner of bridge opposite southwest corner of Manufactures and Liberal Arts Building, represents a female grizzly who has dug up the head of a wild sheep she had buried, and is pawing and playing with it, rolling it between her huge fore-paws, each garnished with claws curved like reaping-hooks set for some red harvest. All the varied nature of the bear is called into life. Aroused by the proximity of the dead game, she gloats over it in anticipation of the feast. Suddenly a magpie utters its cry of alarm — her play ceases. A Prairie King, on the northwest corner of bridge over lagoon between Machinery Hall and Agricultural Building, is represented by a bull buffalo walking round the outskirts of his herd on the out- look for some danger which threatens. An imposing figure with shaggy, grim frontlet and short, thick horns, the ponderous head low-swung to the rhythm of his walk, its sweeping beard almost touching the grass at his feet; a warrior of his tribe, whose towering front has stood guard when the savages of the desert have swarmed around. At Sound of the Whoop, on the southwest corner of bridge over lagoon between Machinery Hall and Agricultural Building, is represented by The Still Hunt. a cow buffalo, who, hearing the whoop of the coming red men, stands with uncouth head high-lifted and shaggy fore-legs gathered beneath her. From her thin, nervous hind- quarters to the tips of her sharp-curved horns all is tense as a bow-string, for there flashes in advance of those ringing screams a vision of the nude brown horseman of the plains, whose blotched mustangs are bear- ing them onward, the old-time destroyers of her race. The Still Hunt, on the northwest corner of bridge over lagoon opposite west entrance to Manufactures and Liberal Arts Building, is formed of a figure of an Ameri- can panther, which is placed as above, and signifies, as do all the animals for bridges executed by Kemeys, that they are in some way watching the approaches to the same. In fact, the gathering of the immense muscles, the limbs tremulous from restrained impulse, and concentrated gaze all tell their story, and leave no doubt in the be- holder's mind of the spring which will hurl the great cat upon his prey. At Bay, on the southwest corner of bridge over lagoon opposite west entrance to Manufactures and Liberal Arts Building, consists of a female American panther. Some one is approach- 96 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. ing her fastness, and her first impulse is resistance. She has partly risen, and with planted fore-feet, straining quarters, and swaying tail displays her fangs, while her down-drawn ears, wrinkled face, and pas- sion-blinded eyes tell at a glance that she thirsts even now in her savage feline breast for the wild grapple of the coming contest in all its fury, its blood, and its death. Describing the statuary so ably executed by him, Mr. A. Phimister Proctor says: " Two sullen moose, with shaggy manes, disproportionately long legs, short, , thick necks, and ugly noses, stand one on each side of the bridge leading to the Agricultural Building. The animals' antlers are their only beauty, but the sculptor has given a faithful representation of them. Duplicates are on the colonnade. " With heads raised, and nervous alert- ness and attention expressed in every grace- ful line, four elks stand in front of the Ad- ministration Building, and others are placed Polar Bear. at intervals along the lagoon in attitudes as w^atchful as though they gazed upon the pur- ple heights of their familiar mountains. ' ' Two polar bears stand on the west end of the middle bridge fronting the Administra- tion Building. They gaze across an imagi- nary field of ice, and sniff the air for indi- cations of seals or unfortunate Arctic ex- plorers." The treasures in the Fine Arts Building are guarded by kingly lions, the work of Mr. Proctor. The royal beast has been a favorite of architectural sculpture since the pomp and glory of the Persian Empire, and is used to excellent advantage in the present case. Mr. Proctor's most important works are the equestrian statues decorating the land- ing in the lagoon opposite the front of the Transportation Building. The cowboy is not the idealized hero of Eastern novels, but a true representative of the manly West- ern ranger. The horse, a typical bucking bronco, vicious eyes, and ready for a spring, is curbed in by the rider's muscular hand. One can feel the quivering rebellion shocking his blood and gleaming in his eyes. Grim-visaged and with tense listening ex- pressed in every muscle, the Indian gazes from under his shading hand out over the prairie. The sculptor of mountain-lions has caught the lithe sinuosity of the red man as well, and portrayed the subtle mental kinship between him and his horse. This statue is also in front of the Transportation Building. At the south end of South Canal, imme- diately in front of the great Stock Pavilion arch, stands an accurate reproduction of the famous Egyptian obelisk known as Cleo- patra's Needle. The original obelisk, pre- sented to the United States by the Khedive of Egypt, now stands in Central Park, New York. Its fellow was removed to London, England, twenty years ago and set up on the Thames embankment. These monu- ments are covered with hieroglyphics repre- senting scenes in the ancient history of Egypt occurring long before the historic era. All of those upon the ' ' Needle " in the New York park are faithfully reproduced in the obelisk here. As will be seen, the base of this obelisk is guarded by four immense lions, to which the sculptor, Mr. M. A. Waagen, has given a very lifelike appear- ance. Connecting the graceful Machin- ery Hall with the Agricultural Building is the classic Colonnade (P 21), designed by Mr. C. B. Atwood, and which, while serving as a screen for the useful but hardly ornamental Intramural Railroad and affording it a sta- tion, also hides the severely sim- ple outlines of the Live Stock Pa- vilion (P 20), a commodious struct- ure designed by Messrs. Hola- bird & Roche. It is an elliptical building, resembling in inside ap- pearance the arena of that noted amphi- theater the Coliseum in Rome. It is sur- rounded with tiers of benches accommodat- ing 15,000 spectators with seats. Here the prize-winning cattle are paraded for the inspection of admiring agriculturists, the judging takes place, and the numerous contests are held. A bureau of information for visiting farmers and agriculturists is lo- cated in this building. It is official, and in charge of the officers of the Department of Agriculture of the World's Columbian Expo- sition. Nearly every one of the States partici- pate in the Live Stock exhibit. The Depart- ment of Agriculture makes an interesting ex- hibit by taking the roadway from this pavilion to the Forestry Building and making a model road exhibit. It invited the makers of good roads to construct a model pathway 50 feet in width and i ,000 feet in length. Manufacturers of brick used in paving, pro- ducers of granite blocks, owners of gravel- beds, contractors of cedar-block work, asphaltum, and other forms of road-con- struction material take sections of the road and prepare them in the manner most ap- proved by each. Then, to add a touch of LIVE STOCK EXHIBIT. 97 realism to the work, one section of the road is left in a condition of original depravity, and in the center of it a country wagon is carefully installed with mud and mire up to the hubs. If a picture so familiar is not sufficient to stir up slothful State legislators to a consideration of the needs of their con- stituents their case is indeed hopeless. The men who take part in this exhibit are given the status of exhibitors. Their work passes under the eyes of competent jurors, and is entitled to award. Not only contractors of street and road work take an interest in this model road, but good-roads associations, wheelmen's leagues, and manufacturers of road-making ma- chinery do, also. In rear or to the westward of the Live Stock Pavilion the visitor finds the offices of the Electrical Depart- ment (P 20) and a typical Loggers* Camp (P 20), 70 feet long and 20 feet wide. It is an exact reproduction of the camps Michigan lumbermen live in, and the daily bill of fare — corn bread, pork and beans, strong black coffee, etc. — will be the same as they have in the woods. Besides the camp there is also in this exhibit the largest load of logs ever put on a sled and drawn by a single span of horses. It contains 36,000 feet of lumber, weighs 145 tons, and was drawn a quarter of a mile down grade by a pair of horses whose combined weight is 4,000 pounds. It required nine fiat- cars to bring these logs to Chicago. They were cut and sent by Nester Bros., of Baraga, on the Sturgeon River. It was necessary to have eight car-loads for the camp. They are on the grounds. There was a sled- load of logs half the size of this one at the Centennial. It attracted a great deal of attention. This one is expected to create a sensation. Near the camp is a log train of five cars, and all about the place specimens of the tools used by lumbermen from the opening of the first camp in Michi- gan down to the present time are exhibited. Near this a huge Saw- mill (Q 19) is exhibited in working order and actual operation, occupy- ing a space of 125 x 200 feet. It shows the workings of these necessary ad- juncts to civilization, and is next to and con- nected with the logging camp. It lies between that and the oil exhibit on the south side of the Elevated Railroad. This sawmill is precisely similar to those in every-day use in the pineries of Michigan and Wisconsin. The visitor now meets with an exhibit of Oil Industries (Q 19) as the next building to the westward, with an area of 150 x 250 feet. Crane & Co. have a store and supply- house for machinery fittings and tools ^ French Bakery Exhibit. the sails are mortised at right angles to each other. A series of cog-wheels made of wood run into each other at various angles, and on one of these is fixed the crank-pin operating the pumping-rod. The largest of these wheels is five feet in diameter. A balcony surrounds the tower about fif- teen feet below the top. The living-rooms of the family in such a mill consist of a par- ings of Tunis and Tonquin, and an Algerian caf6. The Tonquin building is the same one that was used at the Paris Exhibition of 1889. Every piece of it was made and fitted ready to put together before it was taken to Paris. When the exposition closed it was sold to a French syndicate, which has had it on exhibition at various places. The fact that it is to be seen in Chicago this lor, a sitting-room, and a kitchen, walls of these rooms are covered with woven cloth, after the manner of the eight- eenth century, and the furniture of the rooms follows the Dutch styles of the same time. The mill is the exhibit of Blocker's Dutch Cocoa Company (Q 23), which has the privilege of selling cocoa to Fair visitors. summer is due to the efforts of Maurice Yvon, architect of the French government, who has the management of the exhibit in charge. The building is constructed in the form of a rectangle, and is covered with all sorts of traditional Chinese hieroglyphics, some of which date back beyond the time of Confucius. The windows are of a beauti- ful blue stained glass. A portion of the THE FRENCH COLONIES. 101 interior is made of walnut, which is carved in picturesque style. The Pavilion de la Tunisie is the largest of the three buildings. It has several apartments. The rear room is for the exhibition of colonial fur- niture. In the center is a large square hall, which is furnished by the Bey of Tunis in exact representation of a like apartment in his palace. On either side of the pavilion the thirsty visitor finds a shed, called " soucks " by the Tunisians, where he can ucts of each country. In making a pleasant promenade among the rich exhibits one sees the silks, the embroidery, the sculptural marble, the incrustations, and the bronze of Indo-China, the pit-coal of Tonquin, the rice of Cochin-China, the famous collections of the Emperor of Annam, the costumes of India with their brilliant colors, the minerals of New Cale- donia — nickel, chrome, cobalt, iron, and coal; and the rums and sugars of the West Indies. The Tunisian pavilion is of Moorish style. It has a very picturesque appearance with its four glittering domes, its mosque door, and its side galleries. Here the products of the hands of the African Mussulman are exhibited; also specimens of uniforms of the army. There are several little booths and stands and pavilions from which Tunisian, Alge- rian, and Chinese women and children sell oriental trinkets. Close by the French Colonies - r^^^'^^^'-^^^^^^^^^ Old Dutch Windmill. obtain cold drinks and tropical fruits. The Tonquin pavilion is a reproduction of part of the palace of Cochin-China, which was so much admired at Paris in 1889. Sculptural columns, a framework of beautiful wood and superb delf -wares of Cholon form the essential elements of its construction. All the French colonies of Indo-China, Asia, America, and Oceanica have their places marked off in this pavilion in a systematic order, which permits the visitor to catch with a single glance of the eye a complete view of the original prod- exhibit, on the right-hand side of the road- way, is the Model Workingman's Home (Q 23) erected by and under the supervision of the Pratt Institute of Brooklyn, N. Y. It is a pretty little semi-detached villa, and well worthy of inspection. In close proximity is the Log Cabin (Q 23), which is situated op- posite the French Colonies exhibit, and erected by Bernheim Bros., whisky dealers, Louisville, Ky. It is constructed, of logs, tile, and stucco, and is surrounded by a rustic fence and flower-garden. This cabin is occupied by the firm as offices during 102 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. the World's Fair. Samples of their goods and an old still are on exhibition. On the same side of the road as the Log Cabin is the Restaurant " Forest King" (Q 23), also opposite the French Colonies exhibit. This building is 40 x 150 feet and one story high. The big " Washington stick," iii feet long, 4 feet square, weighing 90,000 pounds, and of yellow fir, similar to Norway pine, serves as a lunch counter and bar. This piece of Christine, a Girl of Madagascar. timber was felled sixty-iive miles from Seattle, Wash., and was brought to Chicago on three flat-cars. As a tree it stood 225 feet high, being 10 feet in diameter at the stump and 6 feet in diameter 148 feet from its base, where it was broken. The year- shadow of Uxmal's ruined arches, and in sight of " Rabida's monastic fane," is fitly and faithfully reproduced the most ancient civilization of the American continent. One enters a cavernous portal to find a repre- sentation (on a scale of one-tenth the actual size) of the wondrous and long-deserted cliff -dwellings of the Mancos Canon, Colo- rado. According to Sir Richard Owen, man first existed on the earth in the tertiary period, some fifteen thousand years ago. Here in Colorado he and many of his kind lived, builded with rare art, hunted and tilled the Mesa Verde many thousand years before the pyramids were raised, ages before the Norseman sailed, or the Genoese navigator conceived the idea of a voyage to the West. With an excellent exactitude the H. Jay Smith Exploring Co. have repro- duced the finest of the cliff- dwellings, con- structed rocky trails for the adventurous to traverse, and arranged a valuable collection of cliff relics for the inspection of the scientist, student, or curious. Admission, 25 cents ; catalogue, 10 cents. After leaving the cliff-dwellers' mountain, the next exhibit attracting more than pass- ing notice, and adjoining the Anthropo- logical Building, is a large and picturesque log cabin, such as many will remember hav- ing seen in the backwoods district of Ken- tucky. The visitor more than likely will be sur- prised to learn that this is a complete sour- mash distillery, such as is found in many of the glens and picturesque woods of the ' Blue Grass State." This is the exhibit of the Old Times Dis- Battle Rock, Colorado— Cliff-Dwellers' Exhibit. marks on this tree show it to be 442 years old. The restaurant has a seating capacity of 300. All kinds of eatables and drinks are served at moderate prices. The Cliff-Dwellers' Exhibit (R 24).— A few feet farther on and on the same side of the main road, and sheer from the smooth plain before us, rises a representation of Battle Rock Mountain, Colorado, and so realistic as to cause many an old frontiers- man instinctively to look around for the treacherous Utes. But it has other and more peaceful occupants. Here under the walls of the Anthropological Building, in the tillery Co. (R 25), of Louisville, Ky.,who were justly and fortunately selected to show the process of distilling sour-mash whisky. The yellow pine logs of which the build- ing is constructed still retain their bark, and the air of rusticity about the rude cabin is true to nature. Within, the process of hand-mashing the grain in small vessels, and running the mash through copper stills, will prove a great nov- elty to many — in fact to nearly every one — as there are few even of the old dealers, who are selling thousands of barrels yearly, who ever witnessed the process of mashing MINOR ATTRACTIONS. 103 and distilling hand-made sour-mash whisky, and who have but a faint and crude con- ception of the same. The process above mentioned in mashing and running the grain is identical with that in vogue in the noted distilleries that The Cliff Palace, Mancos Canon, Colorado. A bonded warehouse is also a feature of have made Kentucky so famous for magnifi- this exhibit. This warehouse has a storage cent whiskies. In fact, every employe was capacity of more than one thousand barrels, brought direct from the company's original and the working of the machinery of the plant in the Fifth District of the great Bour- Old Times Distillery Co.'s Log Cabin. Internal Revenue Department, as regards bon whisky distilling State. This is the only the manufacture of whisky, may be instruct- distillery at the Fair, and has a capacity of ively studied here. loo bushels per day. In the distillery is 104 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. also an exhibit of moonshine stills, worms, and whisky captured by revenue officers in the mountains of Kentucky and Ten- nessee. On the right of the roadway and beyond the structure of the Intramural Railway Co. are the Dairy Barns (R 24) for the Jersey, Guernsey, and Shorthorn cattle. In these barns the cattle entered for the butter-mak- ing and dairy contests are housed, fed, cared for, and can be inspected. The broad acres of the Western farm, the dairies of New England and New York, and the centuries of experience of the hereditary dairymen of Switzerland and the Old World are to be brought into close competition in the Dairy Building (Q 24), which is 200 feet long and 100 feet wide, has been constructed at a cost of $30,000, and is in close proximity to the Dairy Barns. The desire to make the World's Columbian Exposition a great edu- cational enterprise from which the whole world is to drink at the fount of knowledge is nowhere better exhibited than in the Dairy Building. In addition to the exhibits from all countries of the world, arrangements are completed for a dairy school lasting through the six months, in connection with which a series of tests for determining the relative merits of different herds of cattle as milk and butter producers is also conducted. Be- ing adjacent to the Live Stock exhibit, in the southeastern part of the park, this build- ing is admirably adapted for that purpose. On the first floor, in the most conspicuous place, are displayed the butter exhibits, and just in the rear, in a space 25 x 100 feet, the model dairy and dairy school are con- ducted. Four hundred spectators can be seated in the amphitheater which sur- rounds this room. The cheese exhibits are displayed on the second floor, and here, too, is found a cafe in which dairy products of various kinds form a conspicuous place on the inefiu, and where the call of Cousin Hans for his odorous Limburger, or the de- mand of the Swiss or the Frenchman for his Frontage de Brie, will meet with instant compliance. A little to the east of the Dairy Barns are the Car Shops (R 25) of the Intramural Ele- vated Railway, and in the immediate south- east corner of the grounds are various offices of the different departments of the Exposi- tion, such as the Landscape Department, Sewage Cleansing Works (S 25), consisting of four tanks, in which by means of sulphate of ammonia the solid matter is precipitated and the purified water discharged at the top of the tank. The solids are then burned in the crematory. A Pumping House (S 26) and Oil Tank Vault (S 26), where oil used in the furnaces of the Exposition is stored, after being piped from Whiting, Ind. The last building nearest the Lake is Engle Gar- bage Furnace (S 27), located in the extreme southeastern corner of the World's Fair grounds. It is the only crematory or gar- bage furnace in actual operation on the grounds. Constructed on the latest im- proved plan, it has capacity to burn 100 tons of garbage daily. The visitor may then retrace his steps, and proceeding in a northeasterly direction in- spect the Power House (R 26), which fur- nishes the motive power for the operation of the Intramural Elevated Railway. The Power House has for its equipment some enormous pieces of electrical machin- ery. First there is a 2,000 horse-power cross-compound E. P. Allis engine, directly connected to a General Electric Company generator, the largest ever constructed. The shaft is of solid steel two feet thick, and weighs sixty tons. It is twenty-three feet long and with armature weighs 190 tons. It is impossible to make a shipment of such magnitude, so the shaft was shipped by the E. P. Allis Co. , and the fly-wheel and arma- ture were built in place in the power-house. In building the armature twenty -four tons of sheet-iron and three tons of copper were used. The commutator is seven feet in diameter and weighs four tons. The entire weight of the engine and dynamos is 296 tons. In addition to all this there are a 750 horse -power Allis engine, with a 500-kilowatt generator; a 750 horse-power, tandem, com- pound Greene engine; a 1,200 horse-power vertical compound Lake Erie engine directly coupled to a 750-kilowatt generator, and a Mackintosh & Seymour tandem compound engine directly connected to a 250-kilowatt generator. This unit will seem small in this station filled with tremendous machines. It is, how- ever, as large as the largest generator at the Paris Exposition. The same ratio of com- parison prevails throughout the entire Elec- tric exhibit as compared with the one at Paris. Where the plant at Paris was only between three and four thousand horse- power, the one at Jackson Park is 24,000. One feattire of the road's equipment which is sure to attract considerable attention is the compound engine and generator of 2,500 horse-power. Next to the big Allis engine used by the Exposition Company in Ma- chinery Hall, this engine is the largest of any on the grounds. Its shaft alone weighs sixty tons, more than half the weight of the famous Krupp gun about which so much has been written. Its fly-wheel weighs eighty tons and has a diameter of thirty feet net. This alone proves a notable exhibit on the grounds. Toward the northwest the next building encountered is the Anthropological Building (Q 25), which occupies an area of 255 x 415 feet. The building for the Ethnology exhibit is the new one erected since the Manufactures and Liberal Arts Building proved too small. The new building is called, over the main entrance, "Anthropology — Man and His Works." It is 415 feet long and 225 feet wide. The ground floor contains 105,430 ^ square feet for exhibits, aisles, offices,; -^ and lavatories, and the galleries 52,804 ' square feet. In the southern part of the THE ANTHROPOLOGICAL BUILDING. 105 ground-floor 30,000 square feet are taken up by two sections of Liberal Arts — the Bureau of Charities and Corrections and the Bureau of Sanitation and Hygiene. The rest of the ground floor contains the general Archaeolog- ical and Ethnological exhibits. The north end of the gallery holds the labora- tory of Physical Anthr o p o 1 o g y. Here are illus- trated the sciences of Anthropome- try, Psychology, and Neurology. The visitor may have his measure- ment taken and learn his place on the charts show- ing the physical Along the sides F. W. Putnam. characteristics of man. and southern end of the gallery are speci mens of the animal kingdom as an exhibit in natural history. On the ground-floor one of the largest spaces is given to the ethnological exhibit from Spain, which includes the interesting collection shown at the recent Spanish ex- position. Greece has a large space on the ground-floor in which are exhibited valuable specimens of Grecian art and archaeology. The latter include gods, goddesses, and many other idolatrous relics of the most ancient periods in Grecian history. Universal ethnology is illustrated in the ex- hibit from foreign countries. The principal foreign countries that have space are: Brazil, Canada, England, France, Greece, Mexico, Peru, Russia, Spain, Costa Rica, Paraguay, New South Wales, Argentine Re- public, and a special foreign ex- hibit from the Minister of Public Instruction in France. From the Vienna Museum comes one of the most valuable European collec- tions. Canada is represented in the outdoor exhibit and indoors by valuable specimens. British Guiana sends a colony of the Arrawak tribe of Indians, who ^ live in thatched huts in the out- ' door exhibit. The main American collections have been brought together as a special departmental exhibit under the personal supervision of Pro- fessor Putnam. Besides the special department collections there are valuable loans made to the department by State boards, historical societies, and museums. Among the principal States sending exhibits are California, Maine, Pennsylvania, New York, Missouri, Indiana, Kansas, Ohio, Utah, Wisconsin, Colorado, North Dakota, Louis- iana, and Washington. South of the United States the ethno- logical specimens include valuable memen- tos of the time of Cortez, which were col- lected in Europe by Mrs. Zelia Nuttall. These objects were taken to Europe at the time of the Spanish conquest, and include a series of Mexican shields. From the South Sea Islands there is a unique collection, made directly from the natives by Otto Finsch of Germany, during several years' residence on the islands. This collection includes ob- jects showing the methods of life, cus- toms, and dress used by the natives , long before I the adoption 1^ of ci vili z a-,»i tion. From Egypt and Palestine Ancient Pottery. there is an interesting collection, and from Africa there is enough to give the World's Fair visitor an idea of how Explorer Stanley's pro- teges live in various parts of the Dark Conti- nent. In the Anthropological Building the ex- hibits of the bureaus of hygiene and sani- tation, and charities and corrections, are well worth inspection. At the southeastern end of South Park, lying between the Dairy exhibit and the Agricultural exhibit of the French colonies, the visitor sees the weird Ruins of Yucatan (Q 24). Here is shown a perfect fac-simile of the figure of Kukulkan, the great feathered god; and other sculptures showing the artistic attainments of this vanished people. The central structure is from the ruined group of Labna, showing the Labna portal. The second section is the straight arch of Ancient Pueblo Pottery, Uxmal, reproduced from the east fagade of the so-called " House of the Governor," from the ruins of Uxmal. The third section includes the famous f a9ade of the ' ' Serpent- house," from the ruins of Uxmal. The fourth section is the north wing of the "House of the Nuns," from the ruins of Uxmal, and the fifth and sixth sections are other wings of the same famous ruins. There have also been reproduced two mono- liths and several loose specimens of sculpture. The casts for these Yucatan ruins were made 106 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. of staff by means of papier-mache molds, and were taken from the original ruins by Edward H. Thompson, the United States consul to Yucatan, under Professor Put- nam's instructions. The ruins stand like some ruined temple of a forgotten age. There are six of these sections. Three of them show doorways square, V-shaped, and arched. In every case, however, the key- stone is lacking, and the original stonework was held in place by a fiat covering of stone results, has Professor Putman, the erudite chief of this important department, grouped his wards. " The proper study of mankind is man," once wrote that animated in- terrogation point, Alexander Pope, and here the pursuit of this particularly inter- esting study is facihtated by Professor Putnam's care. Commencing with the pre- historic cHif -dwellers, who faded from his- tory's pages when the earth was yet young, one passes to the Aztecs' early but abundant Ruins of Uxmal. secured by sheer weight of the stone above it. The bases of the walls are covered with vegetation as nearly natural as possible, and among it is planted the stones that had toppled off the original ruins. They are wonderful reproductions, and the effect is inspiring. All around the visitor, along the banks of South Pond, is grouped in picturesque and savage life the Ethnographical exhibit (O^ 24) of the Department of Anthropology. With historic accuracy, in strict chronolog- ical sequence and with most interesting civilization and art, as evidenced in their ruined fanes, and then proceeds to the representatives of the races found and dispossessed by Columbus and the hordes who followed him. Nearly every extant tribe is represented living in semi-barbaric state. Indians of every kind are exhibited in this department, and Professor Putnam has arranged the tribes geographically. Beginning with the Esquimaux from the extreme north, the groups descend by latitudes somewhat as follows: The Cree family, from the Canadian Northwest; Haida and Fort Rupert tribes, from British Columbia; Iroquois, from the Eastern States; Chippe- was, Sioux, Menominees, and Winnebago tribes, from the Middle and Northwestern States; Choctaws, from Louisiana; Apaches and Navajos, from New Mexico and Arizona Coahuilas, from Southern California, and the Papagos and Yakuis, from the extreme southern border of the United States and Mexico. Moving toward the lake, and passing be- tween the Anthropological Building and the peculiar wooden structure which hides Lake THE FORESTRY BUILDING. 107 Michigan's blue waters from view, the tour- ist enters at the southern end one of the most attractive structures on the Exposition grounds. It is THE FORESTRY BUILDING (Q 2 5) . For the purposes of the Exposition the Forestry exhibits are classed as part of the Department of Agriculture, while for con- venience the exhibits are installed in this, one of the most unique and interesting buildings on the Exposition grounds. It occupies an area of 208 x 528 feet, faces, and is close to Lake Michigan, and was designed by Mr. C. B. Atwood, Designer-in-Chief of the World's Columbian Exposition. More plainly than any other building on the grounds does the Forestry Building pro- claim its uses and purposes. In and of itself it is a magnificent display of forest products. Built entirely of wood and joined together with wooden pins, not a single nail or other piece of metal was used in its fram- ing or construction. It is surrounded on both sides and each end by a roofed colon- nade, upheld by pillars, each composed of a group of three tree-trunks lopped of their branches, but with the bark still on them as they stood in their native forests. Various States of the Union, Canada, and other for- eign countries contributed these columns, and this is one of the most unique colon- nades ever built. The walls of the building are of slabs of trees from which the bark has been removed, and the facings and other parts of the building are treated in a similar rustic manner. The roof is thatched with tan and other barks. Around the eaves is a cornice composed of inter- laced timbers of various sizes. The pillars of the colonnade are ninety in number, composed of 270 tree-trunks. Each of them bears a label giving its popular and bo- tanical name and the locality whence it came. Around the top of the building flag- staffs are arranged from which float the standards of the different countries repre- sented within. It is well to carefully no- tice these exterior exhibits before entering to inspect those inside. Passing around the south end of the building the visitor reaches the east or lake front, and in its center finds the main doorway, with a fine vestibule fur- nished and put in place by the Southern Lum- ber Manufacturers' Association. The vesti- bule is of cypress and yellow pine, polished to show the susceptibility of the woods of this section to use for interior decorations. The cost of this main vestibule was $10,000, and its grained woods are as beautiful as any on earth. Immediately to the left on entering is found Missouri's exhibit. For outside col- umns she furnished nine logs, making three groups. The varieties are white oak, red oak, ash, cypress, yellow pine, red gum, hickory, burr oak, and black walnut. For the interlaced outside work she sent thirty pieces of timbers of different varieties, and her inside display is a very fine one. On the right of the vestibule the first exhibit is that of Washington, her specialties being pines, firs, cedars, and other evergreen va- rieties. Next to Washington on the same side is Michigan's display. Here can be seen the largest load of logs ever piled tipon a single vehicle. The load weighed 300,000 pounds (150 tons), and was pulled by two horses weighing 1,700 pounds each. The sleigh and load are shown just as they were Copyright, 1892, by Rand, McXally b Co. THE DAIRY BUILDING. Copyright, 1802, by Rand, McXally 4 Co. THE FORESTRY BUILDING. THE FORESTRY BUILDING. 109 in the forest. Across the aisle to the left opposite Michigan's display is that of West Virginia, which shows 250 specimens of her forest products polished and finished so as to show the grain, colors, and characteristics of the different varieties. The center of the building is now reached, and here each State and country has contributed one or more of her largest specimens to form an immense pyramid. North Carolina and MANUTr-AGT ^^ eo ^ /> ^ "^^^ ^1" i i X 3> I ■'. 1 California/ r\ TRINIDAD . 1 2 n S •< a INDIANA\ \J 7 s / ^ CONN. OREGON N.CAROLINA FRANCE c OLORADO c s /■ 3 a 3 (A 0> c ; ^ 13 3 / 30 c VESTIBULE u 1 1 ^ 1 AUSTRALIA \J % 0) I J MICHIGAN *< DO c MEXICO 5' (0 i 2 N. DAK. OHIO BRAZIL KENTUCKY^ n k ARGENTINE \ REPUBLIC NEBRASKA MINNESOTA \j / GERMANY LOUISIANA SPAIN PHILIPPINE ISLANDS,*' CUBA PARAGUAY /■ 1 a i > PENN. / JAPA c NDIA Xansas send huge black walnut logs; Ken- tucky an immense white oak, Missouri a .gigantic cotton wood, California and Wash- ington their titanic rosewoods and firs. Turning down the main north and south Avalk and going north on the left-hand side, in narrow sections facing Michigan .are the displays of Australia and Mexico. The exhibit of the former is inclosed in a stockade of planks nine feet high and many of them several feet wide. For six feet up from the floor these boards are all polished. In variety there are myrall, rosewood, red- bean, bloodwood, woolly butt, onionwood, and many others not found elsewhere. The largest log is a red cedar 6 feet in diameter and 9 feet long. Mexico shows manzanita, mountain ebony, violetwood, and many other curious and beautiful woods. Next to Mexico on the same side is Brazil, with a pavilion composed of trees whose inter- locking branches form its walls. The en- trance is through a beautiful rustic arch- way. Three hundred and twenty-one spec- imens of dye and ornamental woods are to be seen here. Across the road from this display is Ohio with a pavilion of Roman classic design, the columns being made of trunks of trees. These have been left in their natural state with the bark on them, and beech, sycamore, oaks, ash, hickory, and other species are represented. Eighty va- rieties of wood, 160 kinds of veneers, and 500 varieties of medicinal plants are also shown. Next to Ohio is Kentucky with a very fine display. The paneled inclosure is entirely of native woods finished to bring out the grains and burls. It has four entrances, that from the east being under an arch formed from a section of a sycamore log sixteen feet in diameter. On the right is a section of a lo-foot yellow poplar, while on the left is a section of a huge white oak log. Thirty-four pyramids of six blocks each show the character, size, and varieties of her indigenous timbers. A relief map of the State, showing its lumber resources, values, logging-streams, etc., completes the display. Opposite Kentucky across the aisle is the exhibit of the Argentine Repub- lic with a grand collection of dye, building, and ornamental woods. On the same side of the main avenue, across an intersecting aisle, is Germany's exhibit. Their fine dis- play is rendered more interesting by the exposition of their tree-planting and preserv- ing, and other scientific forestry displays. In these matters this practical and econom- ical people probably surpass any other. East of Germany across the main aisle is the State of Minnesota, with a display consist- ing chiefly of the evergreen varieties of woods; and next to her are the exhibits of Spain, Cuba, and the Philippine Islands, whose display of ornamental woods is unique and beautiful. Again crossing the aisle Paraguay is found, displaying in her pavilion 321 varieties of timber from twelve inches to four feet in diameter. Barks, dye- woods, and other forest products are also to be seen. Turning east along the side aisle upon which the exhibit is located, at its end on the right is seen India's display, with many varieties of wood entirely strange to us. Turning back toward the east, the next display is that of Japan. The showing made by this empire is very creditable, and it is especially curious from the fact that this is the " first exhibit of native woods ever made outside of its own 110 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. borders. Across the main north and south aisle and Pennsylvania is reached. Her ex- hibit is wonderful in the number of varieties shown. For a neighbor, she has Virginia, taking up the northeast corner of the build- ing with her display, which is a fine one. South of Virginia, across the side aisle, is Louisiana, opposite the rear of the Spanish exhibit. She has fine cypress and pine and quite a variety of deciduous woods; also Spanish moss for mattresses, etc. Going south along the north and south aisle upon which Louisiana faces, the next exhibit is that of Nebraska. Some of her display, notably that of forest trees planted by her farmers, is wonderful. Nearly all of the for- ests of this State are artificial, and a large part of them are upon prairie soil, showing what can be done by judicious planting and care. Turning to the left around this ex- hibit, back of Kentucky is found Wisconsin, another of the great pine-producing States. Her pavilion has hollow six-sided columns tapering toward the tops, and made of planks of various woods, planed, and oiled in their natural colors. These columns are twelve feet high, with plain hardwood bases, and hand-carved capitals of native woods, pol- ished but uncolored. North of the southern end of Wisconsin is the space allotted to North Dakota. The natural forests of this State are almost en- tirely composed of firs, cedars, and pines, with some aspen trees; but her tree claims, planted" artificially, show that any sort of timber common to this zone may be grown. South of North Dakota is Michigan, and op- posite is found Washington, a State whose chief production is lumber. She displays gigantic trees and the finest of building- woods, as w^ell here as in the building which she has erected in the State group on the grounds. The eastern vestibule has again been reached, and passing between the dis- plays of Missouri and West Virginia (al- ready inspected), next upon the left going south is New York. This State exhibits sections of every kind of timber indigenous to it, comprising forty-three species and eighty-five varieties. Across the aisle is North Carolina, making a display rich in varieties and the beauty and size of many of its woods. From Asheville comes a rustic settee made of rhododendron limbs and knots, varnished, but otherwise entirely natural. It is one of the finest displays in the building. Nearly every variety of evergreen and deciduous trees com- mon to_ the United States is here shown. Occupying the southwestern corner of the large section assigned to North Caro- lina is Indiana's exhibit, with quite a creditable display. Her pavilion is very pretty. Its exterior is of planed, uncolored native woods, beautifully paneled, and with delicate columns and ornaments. Utah with her fine exhibit lies next south of New York, and joining her on the south is Massachu- setts, with a collection of forty-seven vari- eties of trees native to that State. An aisle running west from the Utah exhibit has upon its left side the magnificent Morris K. Jessup collection of North American woods, embracing 428 species, collected at a cost of $100,000; and on its right the California ex- hibit. The redwoods, cedars, pines, etc., of this State must be seen to be properly appre- ciated, as no description will do them justice. At the south end of the building are private displays which will be noticed later on. Op- posite the Jessup collection, across the north and south main aisle, is Idaho, with a fine display somewhat similar to that of Wash- ington. North of Idaho is Siam, with a unique exhibit. Turning west along the south face Connecticut is next encountered, on the right of this cross aisle. Her display is chiefly remarkable for the singular growths of double trees, etc., that are to be seen. There is a hickory in the form of a perfect T, with upspringmg arms. Maples, horn- beams, etc., that have grown together are quite numerous. Having inspected Con- necticut's display, Oregon, just west of it, may be visited. She has a pavilion 10 feet square and 20 feet high, surmounted with an open cupola. The body of the building is of yellow pine, its roof of cedar shin- gles, and its four Doric columns of maple richly carved. The cupola columns are of carved oak. The panel work shows man- zanita, madrone, yew, laurel, myrtle, ash, maple, oak, spruce, balm, fir, sugar pine, cherry, and elder. Next north of Oregon is Colorado, with aspen, pine, juniper, spruce, piiion, cedar, hemlock, and other woods. Her timber claims present about every vari- ety of deciduous trees and evergreens. East of Colorado is the French display, rich, like that of Germany , in the scientific methods shown in forest culture, as well as in her fine exhibit of woods of various kinds. North of France, across an east and west aisle, is the exhibit of Canada, with the largest space granted to any foreign country. Every one of her provinces is represented, and her dis- play is a most excellent one. West of Can- ada lies Russia, with a large and varied ex- hibit, comprising an immense number of species and varieties. This is the last of the large exhibits, and the visitor walking back to the south end of the building will find the unique exhibit of the Indurated Fiber Ware Company and many others. A rare curi- osity is a slab of a mulberry tree which was planted by Shakespeare. There is, in the miscellaneous section, a collection of tree fibers, seeds, gums, barks, resins, vegetable wax, etc. Every method of logging, with the tools and systems used, is displayed. Mann Bros.' big wash-tub, fifteen feet in diameter, is quite a curiosity. Next in order is the Leather exhibit (P 24), north of the Forestry Building. The building is a very handsome one, 575 feet long by 150 feet wide, and two stories high. Nearly every nation, savage and civilized, is here represented by samples of its leather. To foreign exhibits the central space on the first floor has been allotted. At one end of CONVENT DE LA RABID A. Ill this floor we find every variety of leather; at the other, every style of its manufactured product, no matter where or when produced. Here we may behold the riding -boots of that great warrior Napoleon, and the queer but magnificent ones of Russia's dreaded ruler, Ivan the Terrible. These matters are sure to interest beholders whether ' ' in the trade " or not. The second floor contains i8o ma- chines showing the processes of manufactur- ing. These require 300 men to operate them , the power being furnished by six motors of 25 horse-power each. The interior of the building is divided into squares, with pass- age-ways named after noted leather-produc- ing points. Leaving the Leather exhibit, and passing along the Elevated Railway toward the loop, upon the right is seen the Exhibit of Herr Krupp of Essen, in Germany (O 24), the greatest of all cannon manufacturers. This exhibit is especially interesting, since here is found the largest cannon ever cast, as well as many other wonderful evidences of me- chanical skill and ingenuity. The weight of the articles here exhibited amounts to 957 tons, and they are valued at $1,000,000. First in interest is the monster 124-ton gun, which cost $50,000 to manufacture. Its length is eighty-seven feet, and compared to it our largest gun, forty-five feet long, seems scarcely more than a toy. The bore of this cannon is twenty-five inches, the projectile used weighs 2,300 pounds, and the cost of a single discharge is $1 ,250. Its range is from fifteen to sixteen miles, and if discharged on the Lake Front the concussion would shat- ter most of the window-glass in Chicago. The carriage for this monster weighs 38,500 pounds, the frame 55,660 pounds, and to manage it requires an 8 5 -ton traversing crane. There was but one place on the At- lantic sea-board. Sparrow's Point, Md. ,where there was a set of hydraulic shears of suf- ficient power to handle this gun. In this ex- hibit are found other guns, such as an 8-inch, central pivoting gun; a 16-inch, 40-pound, quick-firing gun; a 5-inch, quick-firing, 40- pound gun, and smaller ones. Monster hy- draulic jacks for handling guns, armor-plates 10 to 16 inches thick, iron cables, gun car- riages, etc., complete the exhibit, which re- quired twenty-one cars specially constructed of steel and iron to bring it to the grounds. Not the least interesting thing in this ex- hibit is the immense steel target 8 feet square and 16 inches thick, and show- ing the effect of a gun firing 12-inch balls which weigh 600 pounds. It is asserted in all seriousness by the German engineers ac- companying this exhibit that if the big gun were fired on the grounds the concussion would wreck every building in the park. Herr Krupp intends to present his monster gun to the United States Government for the defense of the great port of Chicago. The Old Whaling Bark "Progress" (P 24), exhibited by New Bedford, Mass. , lies in the southeastern part of South Pond close to the Ethnographical exhibit. This old craft, which was built in 1841, has been re-rigged, sparred, and painted. In its saloon are shown the articles usually ob- tained by or used in the whaling industry, as polar bear-skins, seal-skins, blubber, whale- bone, knives, harpoons, tackle, boats, etc. Here also are mementos of the terrible dis- aster of 1 8 71, when thirty-three whaling ships had to be abandoned in the ice, their crews being rescued by the " Old Progress" and other vessels. An admission fee of 25 cents is charged to enter this concession. Within the south loop formed by the In- tramural Elevated Railway, just to the north- west of Krupp's exhibit, one finds the Indian School exhibit (O 23). The building is a plain structure erected by the United States Government, 185 x 80 feet and two stories high. This is the chief exhibit of the Bureau of Indian Affairs, and here we catch a glimpse of the North American Indian in the char- acter of a student, demonstrating the bene- fits of civilization. Between thirty and forty pupils will be kept here from the opening to the close of the Exposition. There will be relays of pupils from the different Indian schools, each detail remaining three or four weeks, to be succeeded by others. They live and do their own cooking in the building, and their regular routine of duties and les- sons goes on uninterrupted by their novel sur- roundings. The various religious denomi- nations engaged in educational work among the Indians here exemplify their methods of drill and teaching. To the humanitarian this exhibit possesses peculiar interest, es- pecially as he can here contrast, side by side, the red man as a savage wrapped in a blanket, and his child in the dress of civili- zation, endeavoring to master benignant mysteries. There now rises before the visitor a steep rocky slope, whereon, possibly in realization of Freiligrath's and Lord Houghton's poetic prophecies, the palm tree no longer " dream- eth of the pine" but stands in close proximity to its once ocean-separated affinity. At the summit stands an exact reproduction of the Convent of Santa Maria de la Rabida (Saint Mary of the Frontier) (N 23), where Co- lumbus found shelter in time of trouble and ' ' begged a pit- tance for his child." Here he developed his theory of a west- ern passage to the Indies. The building is more closely connected with Columbus and his great work than any other. It cost $50,000, con- tains priceless relics of the gi-eat discov- erer, and is guarded night and day by United States troops. The reproduction and the collection of rare relics ot the Noah of our nation are in more than, a measure William E.Curtis, 112 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. due to the indefatigable perseverance of the Hon. William Eleroy Curtis of the Bureau of American Republics, who traversed the whole of Europe searching for traces of the great Genoese admiral and procuring relics, maps, etc., for exhibition here. It maybe questioned if there are any persons on this continent who can speak with greater au- thority as to Columbus than this talented writer. The publishers of " A Week at the Fair" feel, therefore, that the subjoined able article from Mr. Curtis' facile pen needs little introduction from them. Mr. Curtis writes: A few miles north of Cadiz, on the At- lantic coast of Spain, about half-way between the Straits of Gibi^altar and the boundary of Portugal, on the summit of a low headland between the Tinto and Odiel rivers, which meet at its base, three miles from the sea stands a picturesque and solitary monastery, which tradition says was built in the reign of the Emperor Trajan, in the second century, and which we know was recon- structed in the eleventh during the Moorish New World, and from its docks on the 3d of August, 1492, Columbus set sail with his three ships. The ruins of the house of the Pinzons, who furnished one of the vessels and commanded two, are still pointed out, and the descendants of their family still are, as they have been for four centuries, the leading citizens of that region. A Moorish mosque, which was converted into the Church of St. George, still stands on the hill, just outside the village, just as it did when the alcalde in May, 1492, read from its pulpit the proclamation of the sovereigns commanding the people of Palos to furnish two ships for the use of Columbus. Above the altar is the image of St. George and the dragon, just as Columbus saw it; and on the records of the parish are the names of the sailors who accompanied him and received communion the morning of their departure. There also is the miracle-working image of the Virgin of La Rabida, one of the most famous effigies in Europe, to which they offered vows. It is not certain when Columbus first ap- % \ ■^'ut%TTW, Convent of Santa Maria de la Rabida. occupation of Spain, and used for a fortress. They call it La Rabida, which, according to the best authorities, signifies an outpost on the frontier. When the Mohammedans were driven from Andalusia it passed into the possession of the Franciscan monks, who remodeled it again and rechristened it " Santa Maria de la Rabida," or the Monastery of St. Mary of the Frontier. Three miles above La Rabida, on the Rio Tinto, bounded on the one side by that sluggish stream and on the other by rich pastures and glowing vineyards, lies the little village of Palos de Moguer, once a flourishing commercial city, but now a lonely hamlet of a few short streets, deserted by all but a few fishermen and farmers. Its decadence began when a bar formed at the mouth of the river and forbade the approach of vessels. The water is so low that where fleets used to float sea-grass and rushes are now growing, and none but the smallest of fishing-craft can reach the town from the ocean. But at this port was organized and equipped the expedition that discovered the peared at Palos and the Monastery of La Rabida. Some authorities assert that he came there direct from Portugal in 1484 on his way to Moguer, where he intended to leave little Diego, then nine years old, with his wife's relatives, and obtain from them means to pay his way to the court of Ferdinand and Isabella to submit his plans for a voyage across the western ocean to the strange lands that Marco Polo had described. Others insist that he did not visit Palos until two years later, after his propositions had been rejected by the sovereigns, and he was leaving Spain for Genoa or Venice. At any rate, there is no doubt that, weary, hungry, and penniless, Columbus ap- proached the monastery one evening and asked for food and water for himself and child. He was given refreshments and shelter by the hospitable prior, who im- mediately became interested in his plans and theories, and from that date La Rabida was his asylum until he started on the most memorable voyage that was ever under- taken by man. Here, too, he received a CONVENT DE LA RABIDA. 113 joyous welcome when he returned in triumph from the newly discovered world, and the good monks, who had been his steadfast friends, sang a Te Demn of thanks- giving with a fervor that was never sur- passed in human worship. Thus was La Rabida, as a famous writer has said, " the corner-stone of American his- tory," and the Board of Directors of the World's Columbian Exposition decided that no more appropriate building could be erected for the shelter of the historical col- lection and the relics of Columbus than a fac-simile reproduction of this ancient and picturesque monastery. The work was in- trusted to Mr. H. D. Ives, of the firm of McKim, Meade & White, New York, who made the plans from drawings and photo- graphs secured by Mr. Curtis in Spain, and superintended the work of construction. secured, and all the ruins that remain of Isabella, the first town established in the New World, were brought from the Island of Santo Domingo by a United States man-of- war. There is also the original of the first church-bell that ever rang in America, which was presented to the people of Isa- bella by King Ferdinand, and many other interesting relics. Mr. Frederick A. Ober, the well-known author and naturalist, was sent to the West Indies in the spring of 1891, under the direction of William E. Curtis, chief of the Latin-American Department, with instruc- tions to follow the track of Columbus and obtain photographs and relics of all the places on the American continent which were visited by him or identified with his career. The work was well done, and the results of Mr. Ober's industry appear in a THE LANDING OF COLUMBUS. From the celebrated picture by John Vanderlyn, in the Rotunda of the Capitol at Washington, D. C. The collection consists of all the existing relics of Columbus, including the original of the contract with the sovereigns of Spain, under which the voyage was made, the commission they gave him as ' ' Admiral of the Ocean Seas," his correspondence with them, and many other priceless historical papers relating to the discovery and early settlement of America, which are loaned for ■exhibition by the government of Spain and the descendants of Columbus. There are also original copies of the first publications concerning the New World, and a large number of equally interesting books, maps, and manuscripts borrowed from the archives •of the Vatican, the national libraries of England, France, and Spain, and private •collectors in Europe and America. One of the anchors and a cannon used by Columbus on his flagship the "Santa Maria" were 8 series of most interesting souvenirs and photographs which were enlarged by mechanical process. To these have been added views of ever)r place and building in Europe identified with Columbus, and the original or a copy of every picture of artistic merit or historical value in the entire world in which he appears as a figure. Thus the life-history of Columbus is given in a series of pictures and objects, from the several places that dispute the honor of his birth to the two which claim possession of his bones. To these has been added a collection that includes the original, or a copy, of every portrait of Columbus that was ever painted or engraven, eighty in number, and a model or a photograph of every monument or statue that was ever erected to his memory. W. E. CURTIS. Washington, D. C. 114 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. Anchor and Bell. The completeness and value of the his- torical collection and the erection of the Monastery of La Rabida is entirely due to the genius, industry, and energy of William E. Curtis, chief of the Latin-American De- partment of the Exposition and director of the Bu- reau of the Ameri- can Republics at Washington. He suggested the idea of such an exhibit, secured an appro- priation from Con- gress to pay the ex- pen se, visited Spain and Italy to obtain the loan of the autographs and other relics of Co- lumbus, and spent three years of hard labor in carrying out his plan. The following classification of the histor- ical collection will give a general idea of the contents of La Rabida: World's Columbian Exposition. — Histor- ical Exhibit, group i. — period of the discovery. Section A. — Geographical knowledge and the science of navigation at the time of Columbus. 1. Maps, charts, and globes anterior to Columbus. 2. Nautical and astronomical instru- ments, 3. Models of vessels. 4. Evidence of pre-Columbian dis- coveries. 5. Arms, armor, equipments, etc., of the time. 6. Books known to Columbus, and por- traits of their authors. Section B. — The court of Ferdinand and Isabella. 1. Portraits, autographs, and relics of the sovereigns; pictures of scenes identified with their lives, their tombs, and monuments. 2. Portraits and relics of persons identi- fied with the career of Colum- bus at court, or associated with the discovery. Section C. — Youth and early life of Colum- bus. 1. Views of places associated with his birth and boyhood. 2. Scenes identified with his career in Portugal and the Madeira Isl- ands. Section D. — The career of Columbus at the court of Spain. I. Scenes and places at Cordova, Gra- nada, Salamanca, Seville, and other cities identified with Columbus. 2. The Monastery of Santa Maria de la Rabida; illustrations of the life of Columbus there. 3. The port of Palos and its environs. Section E.— The first voyage of Columbus. 1. Models and pictures of the caravels. 2. Fac-similes of charts, nautical instru- ments, books, costumes, arms, armor, etc. , used on the voyage, and model showing the course of the voyage. 3. The discovery and landing at Wat- ling's Island. 4. Views and relics of Watling's Island and other places visited on the voyage. 5. The construction of the fort at La Navidad. Views and relics of the place. 6. Views of Lisbon and other places visited on the voyage home- ward. 7. Reception of Columbus on his return to Spain; views of Barcelona. The scene of the Q%%. 8. Strange things seen on the voyage. Fac-similes of relics brought home by the voyagers. Section F. — The second voyage of Colum- bus. 1. Views of Cadiz, from whence he sailed. 2. Views of the islands discovered on the second voyage, and evi- dence of cannibalism illustrated by old prints. 3. Remains, views, and relics of Isa- bella, the first settlement in the New World. 4. Explorations of the mountains of Cibao; El Puerto de los Hidal- gos; views of La Vega and Santo Cerro ; the cross of Colum- bus, Santo Tomas. 5. The discovery of Jamaica; Santa Gloria and St. Ann's Bay; illustrations of association with the natives. 6. The return to Santo Domingo; ad- ventures with the Indians; "Eat gold, Christian, eat gold;" founding of the city of San- tiago. 7. Queen Anacaona, and the founding of the city of Santo Domingo; scenes in that city. 8. Return of Columbus, and scenes at Burgos M^hen he was received by the sovereigns. Section G. — The third voyage of Columbus. 1. Views of Trinidad and other places visited by Columbus. 2. The mutiny at Santo Domingo. 3. The arrest and imprisonment of Columbus; the castle in which he was confined; the admiral in chains. 4. Reception by the sovereigns on his return to Spain; scenes at Seville and Segovia. CONVENT DE LA RABID A. 115 3. Section H. — The fourth voyage of Colum- bus. 1. Scenes in Honduras and other places visited. 2. The wreck at St. Christopher's Cove; the mutiny of Porras ; views of the place. 3. The return of Columbus. Section I.— The last days of Columbus. 1. His home at Seville. 2. The death and burial; his will; the house in which he died. Removal of his remains; the cathe- dral at Santo Domingo; the cathedral at Havana. 4. Monuments erected to his memory. 5. The portraits of Columbus. 6. Portraits of his family and descend- ants (genealogy). 7. Relics of Columbus; autograph let- ters; the contract, commission, and instructions received by him from the sovereigns of Spain; letters from Ferdinand and Isabella. Section K. — The publication of the dis- covery. 1. Copies of the first books about America; maps, manuscripts, fac-similes, and illustrations. 2. Views of Saint Die, and the persons identified with the christening of the continent. 3. Relics and portraits of Amerigo Vespucci and other explorers. 4. Growth of geographical knowledge during the century following the discovery, illustrated by fac-similes, books, maps, charts, etc. The Bibliography of Columbus. group ii. — period of the conquest. Section A. — Archaeological and ethnolog- ical collections showing the condi- tion of the natives. 1. Models of habitations; implements, utensils, and other illustrations of life and customs. 2. Portraits and pictures, costumes, canoes, weapons, etc. Section B. — The conquest of Mexico. 1. Illustrations of the condition of the Aztecs. 2. Arms, armor, etc. , of the conquista- ' dores, showing how the natives were overcome. 3. Portraits, pictures, and relics of Cortez and those who were asso- ciated with him. 4. Maps, charts, and printed volumes illustrating the conquest. Section C. — The discovery and conquest of other portions of America. 1. Collections showing the condition of the natives in other parts of the continent. 2. Portraits and relics of other discov- erers and early voyagers. 3. Maps, charts, and printed volumes showing the progress of civiliza- tion and the growth of geo- graphical knowledge. In the Convent of La Rabida is hung a map which has been especially prepared by the National Museum of the United States Government. Its purpose is to show the visitors the location and number of the dis- tricts, counties, towns, and places on the American continent named in honor of Columbus (105 in number), ranging from four in Canada to very many more in the United States. Each one is marked by a brass peg with a large, flat head. The map is an interesting feature, and one may well say on inspecting it that if the monks stole Columbus' laurels and placed them on Ves- pucci's brow, America has certainly done its very best to remedy the injustice. In the convent the Lowdermilk concession sell reproductions of many relics, photo- graphs, etc., and an excellent Columbus encyclopedia, entitled "Christopher Co- lumbus and his Monument, Columbia,*' from the press of the pubHshers of this guide. Near by are moored the Caravels of Co- lumbus, as to which Mr. Curtis writes: ' ' The three caravels which composed the fleet of Columbus, the ' Santa Maria,* * Pinta,' and ' Nina,' were reproduced in the navy-yards of Cadiz and Barcelona, Spain, upon plans prepared by a commis- sion of naval architects and archaeologists, appointed by the government of Spain. This commission spent six months in study and investigation in order to make their models as exact as possible. The ' Santa Maria ' was built at the expense of the Spanish gov- ernment, and the ' Nina ' and ' Pinta ' at the expense of the United States, an appro- priation having been secured for that pur- pose by William E. Curtis, chief of the Latin- American Department, who suggested the reproduction of the famous little fleet, and had general direction of the enterprise. Lieut. W. McCarty Little, U. S. N., had immediate charge of the work, having been detailed as naval attach^ of the United States legation at Madrid for that purpose. ' ' The ships made their first public appear- ance at Huelva, Spain, during the Columbus festivities there from October 10 to October 14, 1892, and went down the bay to meet the Queen of Spain as she approached the city from Cadiz on the royal yacht. They were the most novel and interesting features of that celebration. On February 18, 1893, the little fleet started from Cadiz for America. The ' Santa Maria ' was under command of Captain Concas of the Spanish navy, and convoyed by a Spanish man-of-war. The 'Nina' was commanded bv Lieut. J. C. Col well of the United States Navy, and convoyed by the United States cruiser ' Newark.' The ' Pinta' was commanded by Lieutenant Howard, U. S. N., and convoyed by the United States cruiser ' Bennington.' They had a safe but not a very comfortable passage, and arrived at Havana about the 116 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. middle of March, where the two smaller caravels were delivered to the Spanish authorities, to be manned and used by them during the naval reviews at Norfolk and New York, and to fly the flag of Castile and Leon, under which Columbus sailed. This was according to the original programme, which provided that the three caravels should afterward be taken to Chicago as a part of the Spanish exhibit, and toward the close of the Exposition be presented to the Gov- ernment of the United States to remain permanently in this country. " In South Pond, near the whaler "Prog- ress," is moored an exact copy of the famous Viking ship discovered in a burial-mound at Gokstad, in Norway, 1880. It was in a vessel like this that Lief, the son of Erik the Red, discovered Vinland, Markland, and Helleland on the coast of Massachusetts, years before Columbus sailed. tight compartments, where the men on watch can take refuge during rough weather. The rigging is very simple; one mast, which can be taken down, and one yard; that is all. But the vessel is not altogether depend- ent on this sail. During the calm the doughty Vikings can seize their mighty oars after the fashion of their ancestors. On each side, below the shields, are sixteen holes for oars, and along the inside are benches for the rowers. The rudder is, after the custom of the old sea-kings, carried on the right side of the vessel. The "Viking " presents a festal and unique appearance. It is seventy-six feet in length and rather broad for its length. The numer- ous shields painted in yellow and black, and the magnificent dragon's head in burnished gold, form a most striking and artistic effect. It will be an object of great interest to all visitors to the World's Fair, i Santa Maria. THE FLEET OF COLUMBUS. Pinta. The vessel was reproduced under the direction of Capt. Magnus Andersen (who sailed it from the coast of Norway), was brought through the lakes, and is exhibited in conjunction with the fleet of Columbus. The prow is adorned by a colossal su- perbly carved dragon's head, and the stern with an equally handsome dragon's tail. Both these ornaments are finished in burn- ished gold. Around the outside of the bul- warks are rows of embellished shields of great beauty, and almost amidships rises a roofing painted in red and white stripes This served the brave Vikings against wind and wave. Astern stands a massive " high- seat "for the chief, or "jarl." This chair, or rather throne, is covered with carved Runic inscriptions in old Norse style. The vessel is open, with the exception of a small deck fore and aft. There are two water- especially in the way of comparisons with the copies of the vessels in which Columbus sought America. The Return from the Exposition.— The evening will have approached ere the visitor has concluded his inspection of the many objects of interest mentioned in this chap- ter. He can conclude his first day's w^an- derings with a novel and most interesting experience — a trip around the system of the Intramural Elevated Railroad. The road is 6^^ miles long, and was built by the Columbian Intramural Railroad Com- pany at a total cost of $700,000, including power-house, rolling-stock, and everything to make it ready for operation. The fare is 10 cents for the trip one way or any part of it, and 25 per cent of the gross receipts go to the Exposition. Electricity is the motive force, the trolley system being employed THE INTRAMURAL RAILROAD. 117 without the use of the overhead trolley. The current runs along a third rail under the car and between the two that carry the wheels. The trains on the Intramural Elevated consist of four cars each, the sepa- rate cars being provided with 133 horse-power motors. The front portion of the first car is fitted up as an engineer's cab. The trains are capable of a maximum speed of thirty miles an hour, but that time will not be made or attempted because of the short dis- tances between stations. The entire trip from one end of the grounds to the other and back can be made in twenty-one min- utes. There are ten stations in the park and nineteen stops for the round trip. The first station, directly southwest of the Krupp Gun exhibit, which the visitor now enters, is called "South Loop" (O 23); the next is "Forestry," at the Forestry Building; the third, "Colonnade," at the colonnade that connects Machinery and Agricultural Statue of Columbus on the Barcelona Monument. halls; the next, " Union Depot," at the ter- minal station west of the Administration Building, where outside trains come into the grounds; and next, "Chicago Junc- tion," where the Intramural meets the South Side Alley " L. " The next three stations are named after the streets at which they are situated. Sixty-first, Fifty-ninth, and Fifty- seventh. Next is ' ' Mount Vernon Station," near the Old Virginia Building, and the last is the "North Loop," near the lagoon be- tween the Government and Fisheries build- ings. Trains on the Intramural run three min- utes apart, and there are always sixteen trains on the road. The cars are similar in build to a large open street-car, with seven entrances from each side, seats facing front and back, and with room for ibo people. The same system of collection is employed as is used on the South Side " L," though the fare is twice as much. The road em- ploys about three hundred and fifty people. The Intramural structure is of wooden beams supported and strengthened by iron brackets. Its construction is similar to that of the Alley road. The trip on the Intramural road on a fine day is particularly interesting and attract- ive, affording as it does an excellent oppor- tunity to the visitor to obtain a rapid bird's- eye view or panorama of the greater part of the Exposition grounds. Retracing part of the route he has already followed on this, his first day at the Exposition, and stopping by the way at the Forestry Building, the vis- itor reaches the Colonnade Station and ob- tains a momentary view of the south and north canals, the mammoth buildings, and the beauteous lagoon. He then passes on the south side of Machinery Hall, and turning by its western extremity traverses on the ele- vated structure the numerous tracks of the Terminal Railroad Station. Reaching Chi- cago Junction (the next station) he can, if he prefer it, here transfer to the South Side Elevated Railroad and return by the same route as he arrived in the morning. Possi- bly, however, he will be loath to quit the cars, and continuing along the roof of the Transportation Annex reaches the western side of the Exposition grounds and proceeds in a northerly direction in close proximity to the fence. On his right hand is the huge glass dome of the Horticultural Building; then the Children's, Puck's, and the White Star buildings meet his view to the right, with the Woman's Building on the same side a little farther on. To his left now appears the Midway Plaisance stretching far away to the westward with its villages of many nations, which have well been summarized as "the world at a glance." Still going northward, and catching here and there a glimpse of the main and foreign buildings, the huge dome of Illinois is seen near Fifty- ninth Street, and the mission-like structure of California, so typical of San Luis Rey. A glimpse of the Art Gallery, classic and beauteous in its architecture, is seen be- tween the numerous and encircling State structures. Washington's huge log-house and lofty; flagstaff is a feature on the route. Here is Fifty-seventh Street Station, and the tired-out traveler descends from the struct- ure to take the Illinois Central Railroad train from South Park Station, or the Cot- tage Grove Avenue cable-cars, if of a more leisurely turn of mind. The routes have already been fully described. Tired, but not satisfied, the visitor now concludes his first day among the myriad wonders of the vast " White City." CHAPTER IV. THE SECOND DAY AT THE FAIR. at the foot of Van Buren Street, fare, and all particulars have F, and more than proba- bly it will, the visitor's second day at the Ex- position dawns fair, and the rip- pling wa- ters of Lake Michigan invitingly beckon him to embark, there can be no more agreeable method for reaching the World's Fair than by the steamboats leaving the Lake Front The route, been fully described on page 38. Proceeding to the pier, which is approached by means of a lofty viaduct over the tracks of the Illinois Central Railroad, the visitor can purchase admission tickets to the Fair when buying his steamboat ticket. The views on the voyage are varied and pleasing. The principal landmarks consist of the lofty buildings seen along the tracks of the Illinois Central Railroad Co. (fully described on page 37 of this guide). Arriving at the World's Columbian Exposition the visitor lands at the Main Columbian Pier (L 26), which is one of the notable sights of the Exposition. Directly in front of the Casino, it reaches out 2,500 feet into Lake Michigan, and is 250 feet wide. Here is where the excursion steamers receive and deposit their loads of passengers going to and from the World's Fair. And here is where thousands will go to loiter awhile, rest themselves, let the cool breezes fan their brows, and get a bird's-eye view of the long stretch of won- derful buildings, towering domes, and gHs- tening spires. A more delightful retreat, away from the pushing throng of eager sight-seers, can not be found. The view to be obtained from the farther end of this pier is something that will never be forgotten by those who take it. There are many points in the Exposition grounds where one can stand and admire landscape and architect- (118 ural pictures unequaled in grandeur, novelty, variety, and beauty, but none of them quite comes up to the impression made when the picture is taken from a distance of 2,500 feet from shore. It can not be described by com- parison, for there is nothing like it in the world, there never was anything like it, and the present generation might be justified in presuming that there never will be anything like it again. In the immediate foreground looms up in all its outlined immensity the mammoth Manufactures and Liberal Arts Building, flanked by the chaste Corinthian columns of the graceful Peristyle, the white Music Hall, the airy Casino, the marvelous Agricultural Hall, and the long, many- windowed Forestry Building. Through and above the columns and figures of the Peri- style is seen the glistening dome of the Administration Building, hanging like a great ball against the sky. To the left, in martial ranks, stand the statues, steeples, and graceful proportions of Machinery Hall, apparently under command of Diana, who glistens in her golden array on the dome of the Agricultural Building. Stretching away to the north of the main structures of the Exposition looms up a city of strange-look- ing palaces, decked out in colors that blend harmoniously and give a delightful contrast to the acres of pure white that prevail in the other direction. By the water's edge rests the man-of-war "Illinois," partly hiding from view England's quaint, substantial red structure, over which floats peacefully yet proudly ' ' the flag that braved a thousand years the battle and the breeze." A little way beyond, rising to a peak, shine the roof and sentinel minarets of the German Building, flanked on the left and guarded in the rear by the domes and towers and gables of Uncle Sam's sub- stantial-looking edifice, the Illinois and Fisheries buildings, the Palace of Fine Arts, and a score of other structures. The whole forms a picture at once thrilling, inspiring, and entrancing. Truly the water face is the front door of the " White City." Extending from one end of the pier to the other up and down its center is a movable sidewalk (L 52), on which 5,610 persons can stand or sit and be carried along at differ- ent rates of speed, one half of the walk moving at the rate of three miles an hour and the other half just twice as fast. This walk is built on flat-cars, 315 in number, forms an endless train 4,300 feet long, and is propelled by ten ordinary street-car mo- tors. The wire and trolleys are underneath the track. On the faster platform are seats ) 120 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. capable of holding four persons each, and just as easily as the passenger stepped on from the stationary platform to the slower- moving walk can he step from this to the swifter. The fare is 5 cents a ride. Two thousand seven hundred feet long by 250 feet in width, the surface of the pier spreads over 675,000 square feet of space, and 50,000 people can move about on it with- out crowding. It is one of the longest in the world. The old Piermont pier on the Hudson River, built when the Erie Railroad terminated at that point and con- nected with steamers for New York, was about two miles long, extending into Haver- straw Bay. The Exposition pier has an area of 12% acres, and its general width is 250 feet, it was commenced September i, 1892, and finished by December 15th in that year. In that short time and at an unfavorable period of the year, when the lake is roughest, 3,000 old piles were drawn, 8,000 new piles driven; 3,000 feet of lumber, 6,500 cords of stone, and 151 tons of iron were used to build it. The pier is twelve feet above the level of the lake, while the depth of water along it varies from eight to eighteen feet. It stands on 3 5 -foot piles, driven about twelve feet into the bed of the lake. The pier traversed on the movable side- walk, the visitor now faces the Casino (M 23), at the southern end of the classic Per- istyle, one of the most beautiful architect- ural features of this " White City " of won- drous beauty. The Casino Building is three stories high, and is fitted up on a grand scale. Its ground-floor is in charge of the Bureau of Public Comfort, and contains baggage-rooms, checking-rooms, lavatories, parlors, and all conveniences. The public dining-room on the second floor has a table and seating capacity of 1,500 people; the wine-box is forty feet long, and holds 5,000 bottles. The kitchen is on the third floor, where is also a gentlemen's caf6. The kitchen is 140 x 65 feet. The tables and chairs are of polished oak; the linen, china, and silverware of fine grade. To equip the dining-rooms required 40,000 yards of table- cloth, 50,000 napkins, 600 dozen each of knives, forks, and tablespoons, and 1,000 dozen teaspoons. From 4,000 to 8,000 per- sons can be fed here every day. A band discourses music during meals. The restaurant is operated by a concessionnaire, and bids fair to be one of the most popular refreshment houses at the Fair. Deferring his inspection of the Peristyle for awhile, let the visitor enter THE AGRICULTURAL BUILDING (O 22) , immediately west of the Casino. The Agricultural Building is an attractive structure 800 feet long and 500 feet wide, and has a floor space of nearly nineteen acres. It stands quite near the lake shore, and in form resembles the letter T, one por- tion being 500 feet long, and the other por- tion being 200 feet. The building cost $618,- 000 and is so planned in its details as to give all the accommodations desired by the farm- ers. It is a single-story structure and of an order designated as the heroic by the archi- tects. The many groups of statuary that adorn the exterior of the building, combined with Corinthian pillars fifty feet high at the entrance, give the structure a striking ap- pearance. The main entrance to the Agri- cultural Building is sixty-four feet wide and the rotunda is 100 feet in diameter and sur- mounted by a glass dome that sheds a day- light clearness on all exhibits. On each corner and at the center of the building are attractive pavilions, the center one being 144 feet square. A continuous arcade sur- rounds the building, and all through the main vestibule at the entrance of the structure is statuary illustrative of agriculture. The corner buildings are surmounted by domes nearly 100 feet high, and above them tower groups of statuary. Waiting-rooms, com- mittee-rooms, and the Bureau of Informa- tion are located on the first floor, and broad stairs lead from this floor into an assembly- room, having a capacity of 1,500, which is intended for the Congress of Farmers, Farm- ers' Mutual Benefit Associations, Farmers' Alliances, and kindred rural organizations. In the Agricultural Building all products of the soil, and also agricultural implements and machinery of all kinds, are exhibited. An agricultural experiment station in opera- tion is one of the most interesting features of the exhibit. The architects of the build- ing were Messrs. McKim, Meade & White of New York. Statuary and Decorations. — A great deal of the decorative work on the Agricultural Building finds its motive, as it should, in subjects native to America — as, for instance, the maize, potato, tobacco, etc. The great frieze showing the turkey, which should have been the emblematic fowl of this country instead of the eagle, is especially a happy thought. The grand entrance (on the north) is sixty feet wide, the vesti- bule into which it leads being thirty feet deep. The columns at its entrance are five feet in diameter and forty-five feet high. The eight minor entrances are each twenty feet wide. The roof is composed largely of glass. There are many groups of statuary adorning the exterior of this building, each group representing some agricultural sub- ject. Each of the four corner pavilions has its dome surmounted with statuary; four grand female figures, typical of the four principal races of men, supporting a mam- moth globe. The sculptor, Philip Martiny of Philadelphia, has contributed the following subjects: Twenty single "Signs of the Zodiac," twenty single figures of "Abun- dance," two groups of " Ceres," two groups of the "Four Seasons," four groups of the " Nations," four figures in each group, and four pediments representing " Agriculture." Over the main entrance is a handsome pedi- ment modeled by Larkin J. Mead of Flor- THE AGRICULTURAL BUILDING. 121 ^^''Tp!^r^^''''''»^p^sxfs^!T^''^T^S!^^^^^^ :1: IIGMT WELL FLOOR EXHIBIT, ETC. L/GHT WELL CANNED GOODS, PRESERVES, ETC. LiaHT WELL STARCH, PICKLES, KETCHUP, SOUPS, ETC. L/GHT WELL LIGHT WELL LIGHT WELL MINERAL WATERS, LIQUORS, "ETC. LIGHT WELL CIGARS, TOBACCO, ETC. L/3HT WELL CHOCOLATES, CANDIES, ETC. L/GHT WELL [_|IIIN| FtT Tm l FOOD PRODUCTS, ETC. L/GHT WELL W nniup »• DOME I GLUES, PHOSPHATES, ETC. I I ^ n CONDENSED MILK, MACARONI,£TC. L/GHT WELL tf.^ WOOL EXHIBIT GALLERY | | , , | | FLOOR • • • • AGRICULfTURAL BUILDING egll OIL, SEEDS, ET n □ \] PACKING ETHIBIT P ^B660N I ,W. VA. nrfl MIS- SOURI fNEW JERSEY WASHINGTON COLORADO S. DAK 1 IDAHO nun WYO. 1 III 1 UTAH 1 ARIZ, KANSAS CAL. IHIQN.OAKCT/j lllll 1 --"■ "MONTANA [ I CONN^^ I MASS. I N.V. . -OHIO ILL. PA. 1 JlOWA NEB. MICH. WIS. EXHIBIT OF AMERICAN IGRiOULTURAl. COLLEGES AND EXPERIMENT STATIONS {' f" a<- I i 1 1 111 a. 1 RUSSIA PARAGUAY JAPAN IhondurasI f 1 1 PERU MAIN C > ^ I FLOOR AGRICULTURAL ' BUILDING A WEEK AT THE FAIR, ence, Italy, representing Ceres, the goddess of agriculture. The painted decorations of the Agricult- ural Building are the work of George W. Maynard of New York, who has chosen the Pompeian style as most appropriate for the architecture, which is classic, but not purely so. The main entrance has something of the appearance of a temple devoted to the worship of the deities under whose protec- tion the ancients believed agriculture to be. On the right, Cybele, the mother of Zeus and of Demeter, or Ceres, is presented in her chariot drawn by young lions, and on the left is her special prot6g6, King Tripto- lemus, to whom she gave a chariot drawn by winged dragons, with which he was sent forth to teach the peoples of the earth the art of agriculture. Between these are figures representing "Abundance " and" Fertility." Each of the corner entrances is decorated with figures on either side symbolical of the seasons, and above are friezes in which beasts of burden and other bucolic animals figure. Classification. — The following is the offi- cial classification of this department: GROUP NO. I. — Cereals, grasses, and forage plants. — Bread, biscuits, pastes, starch, gluten, etc. — Sugars, syrups, confectionery, etc. — Potatoes, tubers, and other root crops. — Productions of the farm not otherwise classed. —Preserved meats and food preparations. — The dairy and dairy products. — Tea, coffee, spices, hops, and aromatic vegetable substances. — Animal and vegetable fibers. — Pure and mineral waters, natural and artificial. — Whiskies, cider, liqueurs, and alcohol. — Malt liquors. — Machinery, processes and appliances of fermenting, distilling, bottling, and storing beverages. — Farms and farm buildings. — Literature and statistics of agriculture. — Farming tools, implements, and ma- chinery. — Miscellaneous animal products, fertil- izers, and fertilizing compounds. — Fats, oils, soaps, candles, etc. — Forestry, forest products, (In the Forestry Building.) The Main Exhibits. — The visitor enters the Agricultural Building by the main portal, and finds himself at once confronted by the display of the foreign countries. Let him proceed systematically and turn to the right hand directly he gets into the rotunda. On the right side of the alley-way is the exhibit •of Spain and the Philippine Islands, occupy- ing 3,684 square feet, filled with a character- istic display. Opposite this and on the same side is the exhibit of Chile (i ,207 square feet); and crossing an intersecting aisle, on the right-hand side is found Cuba (1,444 square feet), her display characterized by magnificent tobaccos, in the leaf and manu- factured. Next to Cuba is British Guiana (1,793 square feet), its exhibit consisting largely of stuffed beasts, birds, serpents, etc. There are ant-bears, monkeys of many kinds, alligators, cranes, Surinam toads (the ugliest on earth), wild hogs, and other animals, and also a display of rubber and curious valuable woods. Opposite, Brazil has an entire block, with 7,355 square feet, and makes a magnificent display, chiefly of coffees and woods. Proceeding to the right one finds Haiti (989 square feet), showing cane, woods, etc. Opposite is Venezuela, with 1,512 square feet. Next to Haiti is Liberia (989 square feet), where are shown nuts of various kinds, small pottery-wares, war imj)lements, palm-oil, and soaps, coffee, native jewelry, etc. Cura9oa comes next, with 658 square feet, showing salt, fruits, jellies, sparge, coral, shells, Panama straw work, pottery, boats, models of native houses, nets, native furniture, leather, aloes, snuff, gums, musical instruments, petrified wood, native jewelry, women's work, woods, coffee, rice, salt, vanilla beans, the fine liqueur, made from the native orange peel, called "cura9oa," and all of the ordinary cereals. Peru is in close proximity, occupy- ing the corner, and has an area of 1,342 square feet. On the opposite side of the aisle is Mexico, with the large space of 5,084 square feet, showing pulque, aguardiente, sugar-cane, coffee, tobacco, cereals, etc. Through the aisle and down to the left, on the right-hand side, is found Japan, with 3,038 square feet, displaying fine teas, silks, etc. Its rustic pavilion is exceedingly unique, and shows some very pretty effects in bamboo, cane, fiber ropes and twines. Honduras comes next, with 979 square feet, displaying rare woods, etc., and has Siam for a vis-a-vis, with an area of 702 square feet. Proceeding in an easterly direction, Brazil (already inspected) is on the left, and on the right is the Argentine Republic, oc- cupying 3,811 square feet; and next is Austria, with 4,461 square feet. Germany occupies both sides of the aisle, with a total area of 11,875 square feet. Her display is magnificent in this as in the other depart- ments. Her chief specialty is beer, and from every brewing town in every part of the empire are samples of this malt liquor. The center aisle, running from north to south of the building, has now been reached, and bearing to the right from the center of the building, another aisle is taken to ex- haust this section. Germany has been in- spected, and next on the right-hand side is the State of Iowa, with a fine pavilion showing her grains, grasses, etc. She makes a specialty of corn in her pavilion decora- tions, and it is seen of all sizes and colors. The columns, arches, and pediments are artistically decorated with corn, the bases showing flat panels of this grain. The bases of some of the columns are of heads of millet and grasses. Stars, flowers, etc., and THE AGRICULTURAL BUILDING. 123 running garlands of floral designs are made of colored corn. There are also panels with margins of grains of corn and centers of heads of wheat, rye, etc. The central pagoda is sim- ilarly ornamented. She has 2 , loo square feet. Nebraska, with 2,040 square feet, has a pavilion with a fine display of cereals, grasses, and other farm products. Next is the "Wolverine State," Michigan (2,000 square feet), and making a creditable dis- play, as does also Wisconsin, next on the left, with her fine pavilion, cover- ing 2,000 square feet. On the right is the already visited Argentine Republic, and on the left Minnesota, with 2,014 square feet, showing a fine flour pavil- ion. On the right-hand side of the aisle is the exhibit of Uruguay, with 883 square feet. Crossing an intersecting aisle, Paraguay is found on the right, with 1,665 square feet. Japan (already inspected) occupies the extreme right, and on the left is the French govern- mental teaching exhibit, covering an area of 3 , 3 1 5 square feet. This is a per- fect model of what an agricultural ex- periment station and agricultural school should be. Russia is France's neighbor, taking up, in three entire blocks, an area of 9,558 square feet, with wheat as her leading exhibit. Crossing over the aisle to the left, one again finds himself between States. Turning eastwardly is seen Massachu- setts, with 1,462 square feet, on the left, and the "Nutmeg State," with 1,260 square feet, on the right. Then the ' ' Granite State " stretches across the alley-way, with an area of 1,365 square feet. All of these have creditable ex- hibits. Proceeding, one finds Montana's exhibit, with an area of 2,045 square feet. On the right is North Dakota, with 1,978 square feet. The pavilion of North Dakota is beautifully decorated ; the panels of its inclosure are filled with artistic designs worked out in corn, seeds, and grasses. Farther on the land of Poco tieinpo (New Mexico) occu- pies 1,261 square feet on the left. Its exhibit is surprising to all. California is on the right, with 2,037 square feet, her space rich with honey, wines, fruits, brandies, grains, etc. Again the center aisle is reached, and bearing around to the right the " Sunflower State" (Kan- sas) is seen, occupying 2,680 square feet. The pavilions south of Kansas are oc- cupied with packing company displays. First is the Swift Refrigerator Co. , rep- resenting an elegant freight-car, its sides of plate-glass set in white wood, and its wheels and trucks gilded. Next is the North Packing & Provision Co. ,with two end towers and a central pagoda. The towers are sur- mounted by stuffed white pigs; the pagoda is crowned by a gilded star surmounting a circle, in which swings a bronze boar. Cud- ahy's exhibit, next in order, has a tower at each end, surmounted by a crowned hog sitting erect, and a central p3'ramid upon which is seen a partly nude man holding a long-horned bull. Armour has a pavilion of woodwork painted white. It has four corner towers and a larger central one, and makes a fine exhibit. Immediately behind North Dakota New Hampshire, the "Switzerland of Am.er- ica," is seen, and has 1,288 square feet. Next is the Territory of Oklahoma, an infant Races," Group on Agricultural Building p Martiny, Sculp or in years, yet with a fair display of corn, oats, wheat, and cultivated and wild grasses. The western corner shows American agri- cultural colleges and experiment stations, which occupy a space of 8,599 square feet, with Italy as a neighbor, having an area of 6,236 square feet. Her exhibits are wines, liqueurs, oils, olives, fruits, etc. 124 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. One-half of the building has now been visited, and the best plan is to walk back to the main door and take the first aisle to the left. The first exhibit on the left of this aisle is that of Ceylon, with 1,684 square feet; her exhibit consisting chiefly of teas, spices, etc. On the right is Great Britain, with a total area in this and the next aisle of 10,776 square feet, her display being an exceed- ingly fine one, consisting of ales, beers, whiskies, gins, cheese, and other items too numerous to mention. Next is Australia, taking up both sides of the aisle, with a space of 8,587 square feet; her chief exhibit being wool, though she has other fine dis- plays. On the left Ecuador is found, with an area of 1,634 square feet, followed on the same side by Colombia, with the same area. Opposite Colombia, on the right of the aisle, is the Cape of Good Hope Colony, occupying 2,158 square feet, with ivory, tique oak woodwork and bases. These cases are filled with grains of all kinds, as are also the central cases of the exhibit. Next on the right is Ontario, occupying two blocks, 7,760 square feet in area, with a very large display, among which is to be seen an 11 -ton cheese, the largest ever made. It comes from Lanark County. Ontario has a fine pavilion, the arches and columns, of its outer walls festooned with garlands of grasses and grains in the stalk. The capi- tals of the columns are of the same materi- als. The inner temple, bearing the legend "Agricultural College of Ontario," is highly ornamented with seeds, grains, grasses, etc. , on a black velvet background, making quite a striking exhibit. Next to New York on the left is Indiana, with 2,052 square feet, on which is a pavilion containing a fine display of her agricultural products. Next to Indiana on " Cattle " Group on Agricultural Bl diamonds, ostriches, etc. Next, on each side of the aisle, are the exhibits of Algeria and the French Colonies, having an area of 6,405 square feet. Next on the left is Hol- land, having an area of 2,048 square feet; and on the right is Sweden, with 1,716 square feet. Passing around Sweden's display, that of Denmark is reached, covering an area of 1,584 square feet. Passing the aisle upon which Denmark corners, the next one is entered. France, with 7,006 square feet, is first upon the right. Her display is a very fine one, the chief exhibits being rare wines, brandies, fruits, oils, canned fruits, liqueurs, etc. To the left, opposite France, is North Carolina, with 1,886 square feet; and New York, with 2,845 square feet. This State has a splendid pavilion, the wood used being oil-polished oak. At each cor- ner is a four-square arch with massive col- umns of antique oak, and between these corners run plate-glass show-cases with an- ilding. Philip Martiny, Sculptor. the same side is Kentucky, with an area of 2,000 square feet. In her pavilion, waiving her claims to the finest horses, the best whiskies, and the prettiest women, she challenges the world to compete with her in tobaccos, of which she has the finest display ever exhibited. Kentucky's next neighbor on the same side of the aisle is Ohio, with a space of 2,000 square feet. In her handsome pavilion she shows many varieties of corn, wheat, and other grains and grasses, and her tobacco exhibit is very fine. Her pa- vilion represents a Grecian temple with a square front, two small wings, and a curved rear portico. All of the fronts are pillared. On the square front, facing the main aisle, are twenty-six pillars of medium size, on the wings twelve smaller ones, and on the curved portico ten very large ones. These are all made of glass cylinders, tapering toward the top, and filled with peas, beans, grains, and grass-seeds of every kind. The effect is very beautiful. A steel rod through THE AGRICULTURAL BUILDING. 125 the center of the cylinders, concealed by the grain, etc., holds up the pediment of the temple. The bases and capitals of these columns are of gilded wood. The beautiful pavilion of Illinois is next on the left. She occupies 2,040 square feet •of space, and her grasses, cereals, and other products are as fine as any in the building. Pennsylvania, with 2,100 sqtiare feet, is next on the same side of the aisle. Her pavilion is a very artistic one, its ornamentation being a handsome combination of fruits, flowers, and geometrical designs, worked out in mosses, seeds, grains, etc. In the central pagoda is a representation of the liberty bell in these materials. The coat- of-arms of the State, over four feet high, is produced in seeds and grains, only the nat- ural colors being used. Over one arch is a gilded plow, and over another a cultivator. Vases and ornamental arches abound, and a keystone of glass jars filled with seeds is very fine. Two large round panels have centers of grains, representing the sun. Opposite this Great Britain has a block with an area of 6,025 square feet, already noticed. Turning to the left and walking to the second aisle, Arizona is first on the left, with 1,261 square feet; and opposite is Wyoming, with 1 , 164 square feet. Passing on down the aisle, Utah, with 2,177 square feet, occupies the next block on the left, and Idaho, with 2,010 square feet, the block on the right. Next to Utah on the left is Washington, with 2,327 square feet, and opposite is New Jersey, famed for her peaches and small fruits and vegetables, with an area of 2,000 square feet. Missouri is next, and occupies both sides of the aisle with a larger allotment of space and a more varied display than any of the States. Her area is 3,240 square feet. She shows peaches, apples, and all sorts of fruits; all of the cereals and tame grasses and vegetables, and, next to Kentucky, the finest tobaccos. Her decorated pavilion is one of the finest in the building, and will repay a visit. She displays fruits from the largest orchard in the world, the Olden fruit farm, in Howell County. Her pavilion is a beautiful one, showing the Eads bridge at St. Louis, worked out in cane and decorated with cereals. She also displays a life-size horse made of grains, and a silken globe, upon whose surface is shown, in seeds of different kinds and colors, a map of the world, with its oceans, continents, bays, rivers, etc. The coats-of-arms of the State and of the United States are also worked in grains of many colors. Adjoining Missouri on the left is West Virginia, with 1,886 square feet of space; while Florida, with 1,176 square feet, filled with golden oranges and sub-tropical fruits, joins her on the right of the aisle. Turning to the right at the end of Florida's display, and entering the second aisle beyond, Vir- ginia is first upon the right, with 1,768 square feet. Her specialty is fine tobacco, though her other exhibits are excellent. To the left is Greece, with a space of 644 square feet. and the Orange Free State, with a space of 471 square feet. Next on the left is Louisi- ana, with an area of 1,617 square feet. Her specialty is rice ; she also displays cotton and sugar, and her perrique tobacco is excellent. To the right of and adjoining Virginia is Oregon, with 1,764 square feet. This is a great wheat-producing State, though she has other specialties. To the left now comes a line of individual exhibits worth visiting. Next to Oregon, on the right, is Delaware, with 1,204 square feet; and Maryland, with 1,288 square feet, follows. Among her ex- hibits are many curios. Next is Colorado, the " Centennial State," with 2,680 square "Abundance." Philip Martiny, Sculptor. feet in her area. Her grains, grasses, and fruits are especially fine. South Dakota, with a space of 1,552 square feet, is the last of the States, spring wheat being her spe- cialty. The Duluth Mill Company shows an old-fashioned hewed-log water-mill in opera- tion. It is in the gallery near the northwest- ern stairway, and is quite unique. A plow, formerly the property of Gen. Israel Putnam, of Revolutionary fame, and possibly the one he left standing in the furrow when called to arms, is shown by Connecticut. An Eng- lish Cheddar cheese forty-six years old is to be seen among the English exhibits. Scotch, Irish, Welsh, and American whiskies are plentiful; and American and German beers, English ales, and Irish porters and 126 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. stouts abound. Anheuser-Busch, the St. Louis brewing company, has in the west gallery a miniature reproduction of its plant. Maillard of New York has also in the gal- lery a chocolate statue of Columbus, weigh- ing 1,700 pounds; also a copy of the Venus of Milo, and Minerva, each weighing 1,500 pounds. Memphis shows 1,350 samples of cotton of all varieties. Vermont makes the finest maple-sugar display ever seen. The Pabst Brewing Company of Milwaukee shows a model of its plant made of pure gold, true to scale. The Hydraulic Press Manufacturing Company has a cider-press in operation with a capacity of 125 barrels per day. They retail their cider by the glass to thirsty visitors. O'Connell's tower at Cork is duplicated in a structure built of whisky-bottles. Minnesota's honey pyramid is eight feet high and weighs three tons. Colorado makes a big display of Manitou mineral water. Germany's display, in a splendidly decorated staff pavilion on the main floor, is, in this line, exceedingly fine. Another model is that of the old wooden " Marsh harvester," a machine with a his- tory. Invented by C. W. and W. W. Marsh in 1858, and manufactured by the Deering concern, it was the first successful harvester ever made. It cut the grain and elevated it to a receptacle where two men rode with the machine and bound it. It supplanted the old reapers, and furnished the basis of all modern self-binding harvesters. The next step in the evolution is represented by a model still more noteworthy. It is a rep- resentation of the first automatic binder ever built. It bound the grain into bundles which it tied automatically wnth wire, and dispensed with the labor of the two manual binders. Fifteen years ago William Deer- ing & Co. followed this invention with the automatic twine-binder, the first twine- binder ever made. This invention — since copied by every existing manufacturer of harvesting machinery — is represented by a full-size machine. It is clumsy and prim- itive, but it opened up a new era in the advancement of a dominant race, and led William Deering & Co.'s Exhibit The first mowing-machine, made by Jere- miah Bailey of Pennsylvania, in 1822, is ex- hibited by Samuel Worth of Marshalltown, Pa. Immediately south of the Canadian ex- hibit in the Machinery Annex of Agricultural Hall stands the exhibit of William Deering & Co., Chicago. This exhibit covers 2,000 square feet, and includes a dazzling display of light-running, frictionless roller and ball- bearing twine-binders, mowers, and reapers, all finished in burnished silver and gold plate; besides machines for harvesting, binding, loading, and husking corn. In- cluded in the Deering display is an interest- ing historical exhibit, showing by means of models the stages of the development of this famous machine, from the somewhat primitive first binder to their highly per- fected and simplified machine of to-day. There are also shown models of the first reaper, made by the Gauls 1800 years ago, and also the reaper invented by Bell in 1826, as well as those invented by Hussy and other early inventors. up to the perfect mechanism which is indis- pensable to the civilization of to-day. The modern automatic twine-binder is rep- resented by two of the principal styles made by Deering to-day. The first and larger of these is the Deering Improved Steel Binder, a machine, we are told, whose light draft, great strength, and marvelous capacity has earned for it a reputation and a sale not approached by any other binder made to- day. The other and smaller is the Deer- ing Pony Binder, built light and low down to the ground for better adaptability to the demands of hilly localities. Not less inter- esting are the Deering mowers, for cutting grass, ranging in styles and sizes from the Deering Giant mower, which cuts a seven- foot swath, to the little one-horse mower that cuts only half that width. One of these, the Ideal, is a recent invention, the result of years of experiment in shop and field. Its mechanical arrangement is a mar- vel of simplicity, and one of its remarkable features is the fact that it is provided with combined ball and roller bearings, such as THE AGRICULTURAL BUILDING. 127 are used in high-grade bicycles, something that has never before been done in the his- tory of harvesting machinery. The same bearings are also applied to the Deering Pony Binder, mention of which was made above. These bearings are found not alone on the show machines, but on all machines of the kind made by the firm for actual use in the field. One end of the great exhibit is occupied by a display of the hundreds of parts of Deering machines which are made in the Deering plant, while corresponding parts of competing machines are farmed out to the lowest bidder. This exhibit shows that William Deering & Co. make their knives and sickles and malleable castings, mowers and harvesters, where others buy them; and, in short, manufacture their machines from top to bottom ; and that too at the rate of 600 machines a day, or a machine for every minute of every hour of every work- ing day the year around. The plant, situated at Clybourn and Ful- lerton avenues, in the northern part of Chi- cago, covers fifty-one acres, employs 3,500 men, and is famed as the largest agricult- ural implement plant in the world. In the gallery are also the following ex- hibits worthy of notice: Knox's Gelatine Company has a lovely lit- tle pagoda. It has delicate pillars, and a domed roof colored deep blue. The East India Spice Company has a fine booth, tiled and ornamented in vivid reds, blues, and yellows, and surmounted by the figure of an elephant. Near it is the Ne- braska Starch Company's pagoda, quite an ornamental structure. The Barnett Produce Company has a rus- tic booth, in strange contrast to its elegant neighbors. Near it is the pagoda of the Humbert Soup & Jelly Company; also Swift's butterine pagoda. Durkee &_Co. of New York display their spices, etc., in a fine pavilion of hand-carved wood. _ Huckin's soups are shown in a lovely little pagoda decorated in white and gold. Its central figure is a pedestal upon which rests a handsomely carved and deco- rated soup-bowl with a ladle resting in it. The Price Baking Powder Company has a fine large pavilion of birch stained to repre- sent mahogany. It makes a very effective display. The pavilion of the Oswego Starch Company is a gem. Its decorations are in white wood, with gilded ornamentation, and with panels of brass lattice-work. At each end of the central case is a tall fluted column, with a gilded globe on its capital, the globe surmounted by a gilded eagle. At each cor- ner is a large glass globe filled with bulk starch, while round- topped cases show pack- age goods. The central case has pillars made of hand-carved wood in high relief representing growing Indian corn and show- ing the stalks, blades, and a small por- tion of the ear with its grains disclosed through the parted shuck. At each end is a tall arch with hanging silken banners. Gil- lette displays flavoring extracts in a chaste, small pavilion painted a pure white. The H. J. Heinz Company of Pittsburg, Pa., has a magnificent pavilion of antique oak, hand- carved and oil-polished. At each of the four corners is a small pagoda. These are tenanted by beautiful girls — one French, one English, one German, and one Spanish. The T. A. Snyder Preserve Company has a very pretty pavilion. The American Cereal Company has a pavilion of graceful build and finish. It is of antique oak, with a stained-glass cornice upon which appears the name of the company and representa- tions of American cereals. The Wise Axle Grease Company have a novel exhibit of lubricating oils and greases, and furnish to the rural visitor a convenient place to rest and dictate their correspondence. The booth of the Lorillard Tobacco Com- pany is very fine. Its tone is a deep rich red, decorated with tracery of gold. The shafts of its columns have exterior glass plates showing the loose tobaccos with which they are filled. The bases of the columns have similar arrangements for displaying plug tobaccos. The small pagoda of Lozano Pandas & Co., erected to display their cigars, is very unique. Upon its crest is placed a model of the " Santa Maria," and all around its central room are beautiful onyx columns. Its base, which is triangular in shape, is supported by three gilded eagles. The Schlitz Brewing Company has a display con- sisting of a huge cask, with an opening on the main front like a railway ticket-window. At its two entrances are arches of beer-kegs, and at each corner columns of beer-kegs sur- mounted with globes, upon which stand staff statues. Above the cask, in its center, is a globe of staff, seventeen feet in diameter, upheld by four female figures of gigantic size. The equator of the globe is marked by a double line of colored lights. There are, about the corners and angles, twelve dioramas showing the brewery, and in one end of the cask a 9-foot canvas panorama. The cask is of antique oak, with handsome hand-carvings. Bergner & Engel of Phila- delphia have a fine pagoda of antique oak. Brinker's cotton-bale exhibit consists of miniature bales made from cotton produced by slave labor in 1863. These miniature bales, weighing about one-fourth ounce each, are done up in silk and satin coverings of different shades, nicely bound with polished brass hoops — lettered to indicate that they were sold at the Columbian Exposition — and are sold to visitors as souvenirs. A special feature of this exhibit is the old slave who assisted in the growing of this crop of cotton. The booth is built of these small bales. There are many other exhibits on the floor and in the galleries well worthy of a visit, but for which there is not room for even a mere mention. With the hints here given, however, it is not probable that any of the more important ones will be overlooked by the visitor. In painting the interior of the Agricultural 128 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. Building four cars of white paint and one each of blue and yellow were used, and with this 574,720 square feet of surface was cov- ■ered by brushes. Retracing his steps from the Agricultural Building and wending his way along the south front of the Main Basin the visitor pauses to inspect the heroic Statue of the Republic (L 22), by Daniel Chester French. If, as we are told, ages ago Themistocles complained that ' ' the monuments of the Ceramicus would not let him sleep," the memory of such a magnificent and colossal statue as this, backed as it is by the classic Peristyle and bordered by buildings beaute- ous in sculpture, bewildering in architectural grace, may well keep awake with pleasant rec- A Sign of the Zodiac. Philip Martiny, Sculptor. oUections and patriotic pride many in whose souls art and its ideal excellence have place. The form of the statue is clothed in a Grecian robe, but the head and features are distinctly modern and American. It is a keen type of face, thoughtful, almost severe, but with great elements of beauty. Upon the head is a wreath of laurel leaves — the common emblem of victory — and around it a halo of electric lamps, forming a semicir- cle of light, which will both illuminate and ennoble the figure when night falls. The arms are lifted, but not imploringly, for one hand holds a staff carrying the symbol of liberty — the Phrygian cap — and the other a globe surmounted by an eagle. The bird of freedom spreads its protecting wings over the nations of the earth. The little finger of "The Republic" measures just 2 feet 3 inches from knuckle to nail. A better idea of the dimensions of the work will be had when it is stated that the distance between the chin and the top of the head is 15 feet; the arms are 30 feet long; the nose is 30 inches long; the wedding-ring finger is \o% inches around; the length of the forefinger is 45 inches. There is room on the hand to hold four men of ordinary size. Inside the statue is a stairway for the accommodation of the attendant who will see to the lighting of the diadem. Were the statue alive, like one of Gulli- ver's Brobdingnagians it might grasp three or four men about the waist with one hand and hold them triumphantly aloft. Without the plinth it measures sixty-five feet. The statue was practically made in the Forestry Building studio. There Mr. French pre- pared his model, which was itself no small affair, being thirteen feet high. From this the statue was prepared in sections, each five times the size of the original. When the time came to erect it upon its pedestal in the Grand Basin, a frame of iron and .wood was built and upon this the sections were fastened in their appointed places. The total weight of the statue is thirty-five tons. The head alone weighs \\ tons. With characteristic and becoming modesty the able sculptor thus describes his grand cre- ation: " My colossal ' Statue of the Repub- lic ' stands at the easterly end of the great lagoon facing the Administration Building. The statue is 65 feet in height to the top of the head and rests upon a pedestal 35 feet in height. On account of the almost per- fectly symmetrical arrangement of the archi- tecture about it, I have treated the statue in a formal and almost archaic manner. The figure stands firmly upon both feet; both arms are raised; in one hand she holds a staff with liberty cap and streamers, in the other a globe surmounted by an eagle. On her head is a laurel crown, and a halo of thirteen stars, operated by electric light, encircles it. Her heavy robe, which sug- gests a lawyer's gown, is open in front, and reveals a breastplate of scale armor and a sword half -hidden by the drapery. The statue is made of plaster and gilded." Well did a critic say of it: " Monumental grandeur is the keynote of this work; dignity, nobility speak from every line of the form and draperies; sculptural repose could not be more admirably attained; and though the head is as individual as it is beautiful, here too monumental reposef ulness is dominant. " And well-merited is the praise of Mrs. Schuyler Van Rensselaer, who thinks that: ' ' Its bulk impresses one much less than its beauty, for it is in scale with its surround- ings and in harmony with their form and spirit. It is not an independent work of art, it is a piece of architectural sculpture as PERISTYLE AND MUSIC HALL. 129 truly as though it had been designated for attachment to some building. It is an inte- gral part of the splendid architectural pano- rama amid which it stands. In this place a statue of the more usual kind — a realistic figure in a natural attitude of repose or in vigorous action, or a graceful ideal figure with flowing outlines, contrasted gestures, and varied masses, lights, and shadows — would have been distinctly inharmonious. This figure, with its almost rigid outlines, the parallel gesture of the two uplifted hands, and its majestic movement, so digni- fied as to be almost hieratic repose, is ex- actly what is wanted." In the rear of the ' ' Statue of the Republic," connecting with its classic columns the Casino and Music Hall, is the artistic Peri- style (K 23), designed by Mr. C. B. Atwood, resembling in the center portion the. Arc de Triomphe of the Place du Carrousel in Paris. not stand simply abreast and by themselves, guided only by the victory erect in her char- iot. Between each pair advances a female figure holding them to right and left by their bits. Thus those who face the Quadriga see at each end a horse, then a woman's figure » and in the center two horses. Even from words the interest of such a composition ap- pears. We see one of the most original and one of the most delightful sculptured con- ceptions of modern times." Heroic figures, fifteen feet in height, by the sculptor Theodore Baur, representing "Eloquence," "Music," "Fisher Boy," "Navigation," and "Indian Chief," many times duplicated, appear on the Casino, Music Hall, and Peristyle. The conception of these figures is strong and the sculptor's inspiration carefully carried out in their modeling. On either side of the arch are groups rep- resenting the genius of navigation and dis- The Quadriga Statuary on 'the Peristyle. French & Potter, Sculptors. The Peristyle is composed of forty-eight columns — twenty-four on either side . These symboHze the States and Territories. On each column is a figure fourteen feet high. Below are the names of the different States. This colonnade reaches 234 feet from each corner building to the Columbus portico. Over the water-gate and surrounding the Columbian Arch in the Peristyle, immediately behind the "Statue of the Republic," is the Quadriga representing " The Triumph of Columbus." Columbus stands in a chariot drawn by four horses, which are led by two women. At either side of the chariot is a mounted herald bearing a banner. Writing of this Columbus Quadriga, Mrs. Van Rensselaer well described it as embody- ing ' ' an idea which seemed radically novel. No one remembers to have seen a quadriga designed as this one is. The four horses do 8 covery, with supporting figures for each on the projecting prow of a vessel. These are the work of Bela L. Pratt of New York. On the landward and lakeward faces of the water-gate appear the names of three of America's chief explorers: Ponce de Leon, Jacques Cartier, and Ferdinand De Soto. Beneath this arch small pleasure-craft can enter from Lake Michigan and sail through- out the Fair on the waters of the lagoon. The Music Hall(K 22), 200 feet long and 140 feet wide, is at the north end of the Peristyle, and contains an auditorium capable of seat- ing 2,000 people, with room for an orchestra of seventy-five pieces and a chorus of 300 people. The finest music of the world will be heard in this building, its mission being to afford a hall for the fine singers and instrumental musicians who desire to gather here before an audience of their own kindred 130 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. professions. The great public concerts will be held elsewhere, in an amphitheater ample to accommodate 15,000. The cost of these structures was over $200,000. The building is three stories high and is an architectural gem both as to interior and exterior. The style is Roman Ren- aissance. The main entrance is between lofty Corinthian col- umns, through a broad loggia, and under arched door- ways. On the main floor is the audito- rium, oval in form, with the stage over- looking the lake at the east end. In front of the stage is a level space with capacity for more than a thousand seats, while back of that rise tiers of seats. An orches- tra of 300 can find seats on the stage, while the hall, will seat 2,500 people. On the second floor, back of the terraced seats in the west end of the building, is a recital hall which may be made part of the main build- ing by raising the curtained intervening under the roof, can also be used to increase the seating capacity of the house. Below the cornices of the Casino and Music Hall are inscribed the names of the world's great musicians, composers, and singers. In the northeastern angle of the landward side of the Peristyle is located the Lowney Pavilion (L 22) — designed by Charles B. At- Music Hall Decoration. Spanish Guitarist. wood — which stands close to Music Hall, and between that structure and the Basin. The design for the pavilion comes from the Roman Temple of Vesta, and is quite artis- tically carried out. It is in form a perfect circle, 54 feet in diameter and 5 7 feet high. Twenty columns uphold a graceful dome glazed with many-hued tiles. The ground- wall. This makes a balcony-room in which a large orchestra can be distinctly heard. Recital Hall will be used for performances such as its name indicates, and as a jury- room where ambitious musicians will play before critics for awards. A flattened glass dome furnishes light for the main audi- torium. The galleries on third floor, running nearly the length of the building directly Co.'s Paviiior^. floor is a bazar devoted to the sale of choco- late bonbons. Near by is Baker's Cocoa and Chocolate Pavilion (K 22), a small but carefully planned and beautiful structure, with two main en- trances leading to a central hall used as a caf(3, where the celebrated breakfast cocoa is served by young maidens dressed in the costume of Liotard's *' La Belle Choco- COLUMBIAN GUARDS. 131 latiere." Small tables and chairs are placed about the room and everything is very- dainty. A Rolling Chair Around the Grounds. — Luxurious and restful traveling is to be had police stations, and here are located patrol wagons which enable officers to quickly reach any point. These wagons are strongly built and are drawn by fleet horses kept always in the very finest condition for service. Rolling Chair with Attendant. by the invalid or sybarite, the indolent, the halt, or the lame. At twenty-one pavilions, or more, in the grounds are stationed some 2,500 Columbia rolling chairs, with neatly uniformed guides and attendants in charge. This feature is provided for by a concession granted to the Columbia Rolling Chair Co. Scale of charges for use of the Columbia rolling chairs, with attendant: Single chair (one person), ,i: 75 cents per hour, 40 cents per half -hour, $6 per day of ten hours ; double chair (two persons), $1 per hour, 50 cents per half- hour, $8 per day of ten hours. With- out attendant: Single chair (one person), 40 cents per hour, 20 cents per half -hour, $3.50 per day of ten hours; double chair (two persons), 50 cents per hour, 25 cents per half-hour, $4 per day of ten hours. Police Patrol Wagons. — Ample protec- tion has been provided for visitors to the Fair and others. About the grounds are Columbian Guard. Columbian Guards. — Other factors in pre- serving order are the Columbian Guards, strong, active men of good character, under strict discipline, somewhat similar to that of a soldier in active service. The duties Columbian Guard Patrol Wagon. of a guard take him all over the grounds, and thus in addition to his _ other ac- complishments it may be said that a 133 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. guide is he in every sense of the word, and by whose advice the traveler may safely and surely abide. THE MANUFACTURES AND LIB- ERAL ARTS BUILDING (K 20). This edifice is rectangular in form, i,687x 787 feet, with a ground area of nearly thirty-one acres, and a floor and gallery space of forty -four acres. It is the largest building in the world, is the largest roofed building that was ever erected, and is the world's architectural wonder. In its con struction 1 7 , 000 , 000 feet of lumber ,12, 000 , - 000 pounds of steel, and 2,000,000 pounds of iron were used, and it cost $1 , 700,000. Its cen- tral chamber is 380 X 1,280 feet, surrounded by a nave 107 feet wide, and both hall and nave are circled by a gallery fifty feet wide. Any- church in Chi' cago could be placed in the vestibule of St. Peter's Church at Rome, but this building is three times as large as St. Peter's. The old Roman Coliseum seated 80,000 people, but this building is four times larger than the Col- iseum . In the central hall , a single room with- out a supporting pillar under its roof, 75,000 people could be seated and each one given six square feet of space . The entire building James Allison, bridges, and there are 1,400 tons more of metal in it than in the great St. Louis bridge. In the skylights are eleven acres of glass — forty car-loads. Its aisles are laid off as streets and lighted with ornamental lamp- posts bearing arc lights. The roof of the central hall is 212 feet 9 inches high; the truss span, 354 feet. The weight of the truss with purlines is 400,000 pounds. In the central hall the Vehdome Column at Paris could be mounted on a seventy-four foot pedestal without touching the roof, which is only eleven feet lower than the Bunker Hill monument at Boston. It is but six feet lower than the top of the spire of Grace Church, New York, and ten feet lower than the great chimney of the New York Steam Heating Co. Its ground-plan is more thaDBi twice the size of the great pyramid of Cheops^' Six games of base-ball might be played at one time on this floor without crowding any of the players. The French Exposition of 1889 had one tremendous building— its Pal- ace of Mechanic Arts; but that structure might be placed in this building and the Eiffel Tower laid flat upon its roof without touching the enveloping structure except on the floor. The standing army of Russia could be mobilized under its roof. The building is nearly two and a half times as long and more than two and a half times as wide as the Capitol at Washington. Its architect is Mr. George B. Post of New York. In design it is severely simple, yet massive and beautiful. Of course such a building could not be treated as ornamentally as the smaller ones, as this would detract from its immense size. The motive in its architect- ural inspiration was undoubtedly to impress the beholder with its solidity and grandeur. Textiles." Panel by Walter McEwen. would thus seat 300,000 persons. There are 7,000,000 feet of lumber in the floors, and it required five car-loads of nails to fasten this 215 car-loads of lumber to the joists. Twenty such buildings as the Auditorium, the largest in Chicago, could be placed on this floor. To grow the amount of lumber re- quired in its construction would take 1,100 acres of Michigan pine land. The iron and steel in the roof would build two Brooklyn and not to subordinate these to considerations of mere beauty. Were the sight broken and the senses distracted by carved balconies, col- umned porches, and arabesques, the building would be seen in parts and not as one gigantic whole, and its immensity would be thus frit- tered away and lost to the spectator. As it is, the eye takes in at a glance its chaste, plain exterior, and the mind is thrilled by the idea of its stupendous size, solidity, and strength. 134 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. When one sees the myriad exhibits in- stalled in this vast building alone, it is easy to comprehend the enormous nature of the task which has been so successfully per- formed by Mr, Joseph Hirst — the Secretary of Installation — in satisfactorily installing thousands of exhibits in the various build- ings in their proper and appropriate places. To Mr. Hirst's personal and indefatigable labors much of the success of the Ex- position is certainly due. It was in this vast building that on Friday, October 21, -1892, the Vice- President of the United States, the Hon. Levi P. Mor- ton (President Har- rison being at his dying wife's bed- side), dedicated the vast ' ' White City " to the use of humanity, in the presence of a multitude estimated at 1 50,- 000, representative of every nation of the uni- verse. One of the most notable features of the Dedication Ceremonies was a recital of portions of the inspiring ode written by Miss Harriet Monroe. Selections were also ren- dered, to a musical setting, by a choir of 4,000 voices. As a composition, this ode has been considered in parts as equaling "America "in its inspired and lofty senti- ment. The period prior to the dedication was not without humorous incidents, for on the first announcement by the direct- ory of an ode being required for the cere- monies, it was the old story of Camillo Joseph Hirst. factures and Liberal Arts Building are as follows: North entrance, Beokwith and Shirlaw. By Beckwith — ' ' Electricity as applied to Commerce," four females. By Shirlaw — "The Abundance of Land and Sea," four figures on nuggets of gold and silver, a branch of coral, and a huge pearl. East entrance, by Simmons and Cox. By Simmons — four nude men, a blacksmith for iron, a sculptor for stone, a man holding a coil of --/y rope for hemp, /;/%^ and so on. By /; ,'^ / f' Cox — a woman ''\ Mbending a sword, r e p r e- senting the met- al-worker's art; weaving, by a woman holding a distaff; pot- t e r y, by a woman decorating a vase; building, by a woman holding a carpenter's square, with a partly finished brick wall at her back. South entrance, by Reid and Weir. By Reid — three seated figures of women against the sky, representing the art of design, and one seated man, a metal-worker. By Weir — female figures representing pottery, sculpt- ure, decoration, and textile arts. West entrance, by Blashfield and Reinhart. By Blashfield — sitting figures winged, allegor- ical of the arts of the armorer, the brass- worker, the iron-worker, the stone-worker. By Reinhart— seated figures representing the goldsmith's and decorative arts, with Miss Harriet IVionroe. "Tine Arts of War." Querno over again; hundreds traveled to Chicago or forwarded by mail their poetic lucubrations, and, as the object of Alexander Pope's sarcasm actually did, dozens offered to sing to the delighted multitudes their two thousand verses or more; one worthy estimating that his rhythmic version of Columbus' adventures would occupy six weeks or more in delivery ! The paintings in the domes of the Manu- Panel by Gari Melchers. vases of plants in the arches overhead. The subjects of Mr. Gari Melchers' panels over the southwest entrance are ' ' The Arts of War" and "The Arts of Peace." Two panels by Mr. F. D. Millet are located over the entrance at the northwest corner; they represent the weaving trades, the subjects being " Penelope at the Loom " and " The Return of Ulysses." Two panels by Mr. Lawrence C. Earle are placed over the THE MANUFACTURES BUILDING 135 northeast entrance, representing " Glass- blowing "and "Pottery." Mr. McEwen's panels, placed over the entrance at the southeast corner, typify "Music" and "Textiles." The subjects in all of the 155 156 157 158 R U S NORWAY L^CD s' ! h^ >r ^^^ c^Q.i^3EIisiCI GROUND FLOOR PLAN OF MANUFACTURES AND LIBERAL ARTS BUILDING. decorations in this building are treated in classical style, and are very fine. Around the sides in a frieze appear the names of the States, with their coats-of-arms, and gigantic eagles, with uplifted wings, are poised on the pediments over the en- trances. In the Manufactures and Liberal Arts Building the classification is as follows: GROUP NO. 147. — Physical development, training and conditions, hygiene. 148. — Instruments and apparatus of medi- cine, surgery, and prosthesis. 149. — Primary, secondary, and su- perior education. 150. — Literature, books, libraries, journalism. 151. — Instruments of experiment, research, photographs. 152. — Civil engineering, public works, constructive architect- ure. 153. — Government and law. 154. — Commerce, trade and bank- ing. — Institutions for the increase and diffusion of knowledge. — Social, industrial, and cooper- ative associations. — Religious organizations, sta- tistics, and publications. — Music and musical instru- ments. The groupings in the Manufact- ures and Liberal Arts Building — Department H — (Manufactures), James Allison, chief, are as follows: GROUP NO. 87. — Chemical and pharmaceutical products, druggists' supplies. " — Paints, colors, dyes, and var- nishes. — Typewriters, paper, blank books, stationery. — Furniture of interiors, uphol- stery , and artistic decorations. — Ceramics and mosaics (see Group 46). — Monuments, mausoleums, mantels, undertakers' goods. — Art metal work, enamels, etc. — Glass and glassware. — Stained glass in decorations. — Carvings in various materials. — Gold and silver, plate, etc. — Jewelry and ornaments. — Horology , watche s , clocks , etc. — Silk and silk fabrics. — Fabrics of jute, ramie, and other vegetable and mineral fibers. — Yarns, woven goods, linen, and other vegetable fibers. — Woven and felted goods of wool, and mixtures of wool. — Clothing and costumes. — Fur and fur clothing. — Laces, embroideries, trim- mings, artificial flowers, fans, etc. 107. — Hair work, coiffures, and accessories of the toilet. 108. — Traveling equipments, valises, trunks. canes, umbrellas. 109. — Rubber goods, caoutchouc, gutta percha, celluloid, and zylonite. no. — Toys and fancy articles. 90 *-* 91 92 136 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. III. 112. ^ O -Leather and manufactures of leather. -Scales, weights, and measures (see also Group 151). 113. — Materials of war, apparatus for hunt- ing, sporting arms. 114. — Lighting apparatus and ap- pliances. 115. — Heating and cooking appa- ratus and appliances. 116. — Refrigerators, hollow metal ware, tinware, enameled ware. 117. — Wire goods and screens, perforated sheets, lattice work, fencing. 118. — Wrought iron and thin metal exhibits. 119. — Vaults, safes, hardware, edged tools, cutlery. 120. — Plumbing and sanitary ma- terials. 121. — Miscellaneous articles of manufacture not heretofore classed. Entrances. — The Manufactures and Liberal Arts Building has four grand portals, planned after the great triumphal arches of Europe; one in the middle of each fagade, surniounted at its center with a casting of a gigantic eagle, the emblematic bird of the republic. These entrances are 80 feet high and 40 feet wide, and between twol^ of them — the north and south doors^ — runs a veritable street, Columbia Avenue, fifty feet wide, and stud- ded at the corners of each intersect- ing street or aisle with ornamental lamp-posts bearing electric lights. Across this street, at its middle, runs another, also fifty feet wide, from the eastern to the western door, thus dividing the interior of the building into four immense rectangular spaces, which are each further divided by other intersect- ing aisles, some running north and south and others east and west. In the center of the building, at the intersection of the two main streets, stands an imposing clock-tower, which will be described further on. At each corner are swung elevators in pairs, which ascend to the roof, carrying passengers for a prome- nade upon the walk extending around it. For the round trip up and down the elevator company charges a fee of 25 cents. The Main Exhibits. — Once in- side the building the view to the visitor will prove a revelation. Along the streets, for such they may well be called, are gilded domes and glittering minarets of 140 feet above the floor are suspended five enormous chandeliers, the largest ever conceived by man, whose thousands of arc lights glow with coruscations of cold, clear, white hght almost equal to that of _ NORTH I ^^ ft^ cy Q <» C 3 . . H .4 IM 4.4 Ml^ eoojsioojNOirH «a IN so OQ -H >H N a> •O O rt J t^'O®'' PUH «^a2Hs5 .SSl .•00^ Sh aj cj eS^jg t< S ra 12; :? ^ ;z; O O Pw &- Ph Oh Ph Oh Ph tf io-H-*©i.^^,-H05eoo(Ne>co t-o«e>.« .5!z;0HeS 6QfaE3tfl£^^^»?MMjggggg OpO»opM««'*«©g>pccO.OiOOtDI>-'-l o 3^: HT OF MANUFACTURBS . mosques, palaces, kiosks, and brilliant pavilions, min- iature indeed, yet producing the effect of a beautiful city inclosed by marble walls and roofed in with a dome of glass. At a height GALLERY PLAN AND LIBERAL ARTS BUILDING. the sun itself. These electric chandeliers, or electroliers as they are technically called, are seventy-five feet in diameter, possess a candle-power of 828,000, and are securely fastened so that there is no danger of a fall. THE MANUFACTURES BUILDING. 137 or breakage of the wires. The best plan is to enter the building by the main southern entrance and proceed systematically with an examination of its contents, as, if only on account of its enormous size, this, more than any other of the buildings, will require a systematic method in the inspection of its exhibits. The interior having been gained, the visitor will naturally be anxious to reach the grand exhibits of France, England, Ger- many, and the United States as soon as pos- sible. To do this it is best to start straight north along the central street, Colum- bia Avenue. First on the left is seen the exhibit of Italy, which is very beautiful, being arranged in an immense show-case which is made in the shape of a pavilion and is ninety feet high. Bronzes, mar- bles, tapestries, silken fabrics, Venetian glasswares, inlaid woodwork and cabinet- ware are features of this display ; and of Venetian laces, both ancient and modern, the collection is magnificent. The Nether- lands exhibit comes next, on the same side of the avenue, and its pavilion presents a characteristic and beautiful display. Imme- diately following the Netherlands is the exhibit of Switzerland — a rarely beautiful one. The wooden paneling which sur- rounds this display on three sides is orna- mented by views of lake and mountain scenery of artistic excellence. The Castle of Chillon, immortalized by Byron; a view of the city of Geneva, and several fine Alpine views are presented. The exhibit consists chiefly of watches, watch -move- ments, wood-carvings, music-boxes, etc. The display of wall and wood carvings is the largest and finest ever made. Across the avenue, opposite Switzerland, the dis- play of Norway is seen. The panels which surround this pavilion have also been adorned with large canvas surfaces upon which are painted beautiful bits of Nor- wegian scenery, portraying rare vistas in " the land of the midnight sun." The tour- ist exhibit, consisting of hunting-articles and the conveyances peculiar to Norway, is calculated to excite interest, as are also the exhibits proper — silverware, gilt, en- ameled and plain, for table and personal ornament; marble, granite, wood-carvings, hand- woven rugs, portieres, embroideries, wood-pulp, school-instruction material, etc. Next to Norway on the north is the Russian exhibit, contained in a magnifi- cent pavilion seventy feet high. The work- manship on this building is wonderful when the crudeness of the tools of the Russian workmen is taken into consideration. The space covered is almost one acre. The dis- play consists largely of fine silks, furniture, jewelry, precious stones, etc. Across the aisle from Russia's exhibit is that of Denmark, which adjoins those of Switzer- land and Brazil. This pavilion has outer portals on three sides, and from its fourth side the spaces of Switzerland and Brazil may be entered. The main fa9ade and en- trance face Columbia Avenue, and represent the coat-of-arms of the city of Copenhagen, consisting of three towers; the central ninety feet high, the others sixty feet high. Each of the side towers has a clock — one showing Chicago time, the other Copen- hagen time. Over each of the two minor entrances is shown the coat-of-arms of Den- mark, six feet high. The north fa9ade has an entrance twenty feet high. The pavilion is decorated with beautiful landscapes from different parts of Denmark, Iceland, and Greenland, and its West India colonies; also with plaster reproductions of the fa- mous sculptures of Thorwaldsen. The pavil- ion is divided into three parts — the first devoted to a display of fine gold and silver ware and jewelry, the second to the display of porcelain, ceramics, and terra cotta deco- rative articles, and the third to woman's work, such as embroideries, laces etc. A treat for the children is the faithful repro- duction of the room in which Hans Christian Andersen, the child's aMthor par excellence. Entrance to the Belgian Exhibit. lived and worked. A life-size statue of the author and many relics of him are shown. The great sculptor Thorwaldsen also has a room devoted to his relics and works. Across an intersecting aisle from Denmark, but on the same side of Columbia Avenue, is the exhibit of Canada, adjoining that of England. The display is a large and cred- itable one, and exhibits the progress and material advantages of this province in a striking manner. Opposite Canada, across the avenue, is the pavilion of Belgium, which 138 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. was designed and framed by Belgian work- men and sent to Chicago, and here set up. The fa9ade fronting on the avenue is of the same height as that of France, which it joins, and is com- posed of a high central arch and two lower side arches. Its front- age is 140 feet. Among many other magnificent exhibits, the col- lection of bronzes and mammoth plate-glass is no- ticeable. A paint manufacturer ex- hibits a huge fe- male figure in por- celain, holding aloft a zinc tube of artists' colors. Samples of the iron houses the Belgian Paint Exhibit. Belgians are send- ing to the Congo country are shown , as are exhibits of faience, finely carved furniture, etc. Next to Bel- gium comes the French pavilion, the grouping and arrangement of the exhibits in which are probably more harmonious and symmetrical than those in any of the other dis- plays. There are rooms devoted to ceramics, others to bronzes, and others again to silk fabrics, pottery from Limoges and Sevres, etc. There is no confusion or jumbling together of dissimilar wares, indi- vidual competition being properly subordinated to the production of a grand national display, every part properly balanced, a combination of exquisite taste and most perfect harmony. A handsome group of statuary, ordered by the French government, adorns the center of the French pavilion. The group represents a heroic statue of ' ' La France " seated. On the body is . the cuirass of the French cavalry. The right arm is majestically held on high, while the left arm rests upon the table of the rights of man, against which the hand presses a naked sword. A large scarf encircles the waist and is knotted at one side. Above the erect and noble head, resting on the bands of hair, is a diadem. This is formed of three figures symbolic of liberty, equality, and fraternity. The figure of " La France " is sup- plemented by that of a French chanticleer, standing in an attitude such as cocks assume when tri- umphantly crowing. Upon the pedestal, are carved historic scenes, and incidents taken from the French Revolution. Gobelin tapes- tries, silk, cotton, and woolen goods and kindred fabrics have three rooms planned for them. These chambers are reproduc t i o n s of salons of the time of Louis XIV. and Louis XV. The ceil- ings are of staff, with marble pil- lars, crowned with bronze capitals. A broad frieze, just below the ceiling, is com- posed of floral garlands, and along its border -5-,v^«s) run the names -^^^1 of the cities which have ex- hibits, as Lyons Statue of Limoges. Beauvais, Arras, Lille, Saint-Etienne, and others. Perfumes; rich sets of furniture; Statue " La France stained glass; the most curious specimens of photography, plain and in colors; a bridal group in wax, costumed in the latest Paris THE MANUFACTURES BUILDING. 13» fashions; jewelry; ceramics; the ruins of Per- sepolis, reproduced in glass, and hundreds of other beautiful and interesting exhibits abound. In the gallery the French station- ery trades, library and school systems are displayed. Across the avenue from France is the exhibit of another of the world's great powers, England. Her pavilion is not so beautiful as are those of some of the other countries, but her exhibit in some lines, notably those of textile fabrics and pottery, may truly be called magnificent. Never, outside of her own realm, has she made such a display as is here to be seen. The most striking architectural feature is the repro- armor are of the Elizabethan era. Daniels of London and Doulton & Co. of Lambeth also have pavilions; the former exhibiting collections of fine china, the latter their mag- nificent pottery-wares. The Doultons have^ also erected a fine fountain, of pottery- ware, in front of Victoria House, and a terra cotta reproduction of the group, " America," from the Albert Memorial in Hyde Park, London. This reproduction is from the sculptor's casts, since destroyed by fire. A collection of the famous " Coalport china" is rich and beautiful. The "Columbus Vase" is a splendid piece of work, but the gem of these exhibits is the "Shakespeare Centerpiece."" Interior of the German Pavilion. duction, by Messrs. Hampton & Sons (the great English furniture manufacturing firm), of the historic banqueting-hall of Hatfield House, the seat of the Cecil family and home of the Marquis of Salisbury. In dimensions this pavilion is 40 feet long, 20 feet wide, and 23 feet high, and except in size, being smaller, is an exact replica of the original. The coat-of-arms and all the carvings are reproduced in solid oak, and by a process known as ' ' fuming " the deep antique tone of age is imparted to the newer material. The floor is of alternate squares of white and black marble, and the furniture and This is of porcelain, fifty inches high, and richly decorated in warm, high coloring. Four figures by Schenk, representing His- tory, Poetry, Tragedy, and Comedy, orna- rnent the corners and support a vase with eight panels, whereon are painted, by Bouillemier, Shakespeare's heroines: Juliet, Lady Macbeth, Cleopatra, Desdemona, Por- tia, " Sweet Anne Page," Beatrice, and Cor- delia. The unison of the labors of the sculptor, painter, and potter has produced an artistic masterpiece destined to become historic. His peregrinations have now brought the visitor face to face with the building's centerpiece, the great clock-tower. 140 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. It is 120 feet high with a base of 20 feet ■diameter, which is formed of four square towers rising to a height of 40 feet, and each terminating in a dome. The archways of these lower towers culminate in a groined dome, over which is the first floor of the main tower. An ornamental balcony sur- rounds this story, its principal decorations being the shields of the States of the Union and the coat- of-arms of the South Ameri- can States. The tower at this point nar- rows to a diam- eter of twenty- four feet, and upon the next floor is placed the mechanism of the great clock, whose dials, seventy feet above the floor, mark the hours day and night. These dials are in the fourth story, and are seven feet in diameter. The fifth story is a round tower, whose arches support a dome twenty feet in diameter. In this story is placed the melodious chime of bells, which tell the hours with sweetest melodies. The lower balconies are used as music- stands. The clock is self-winding, and is furnished by the Self -Winding Clock Co. of Columbia Avenue enters the exhibit of Germany. This pavilion is the creation of Gabriel Seidel, of Munich, the most famous German Dolls. Lundborg's Pavilion. of German fresco painters and decorators. Its ground-plan is in the shape of three Pavilion, United States Section -New York. The bells of the chime were put in by the CHnton H. Mencely Co., Troy, N. Y. Having examined the clock-tower, the visitor crosses the central east and west street, and on the left-hand side of circles, touching each other, as if three gigantic hoops had been placed together. The exterior architecture is in the style of the sixteenth century Renaissance. In front is a German garden inclosed by an orna- THE MANUFACTURES BUILDING. 141 mental fence, passing which, the main entrance is reached through a grand arch, with ornamental columns on either side. In the interior sections both decorations and exhibits are very fine. In the rear of the Nuremburg display is an immense canvas covered with a fine painting, showing its market-place. Jewelry and silverware. Paints and Varnishes Exhibit. among the latter, plate presented to the emperors William I. and II., Von Moltke, and Bismarck, and generally commemora- tive of some battle or other great event; royal wares from various potteries; tapes- tries, porcelains, etc., make a grand display. The Bismarck collection of cups, medals, vases, and decorations, alone represents a a facade fronting the avenue, 65 feet high and 120 feet long. On the topmost central pediment stands the double eagle, emblem- atic of this empire. The plan of the exhibit is a central edifice flanked by smaller ones, on either side, all of them thirty feet deep. Thirty-four expert wood-carvers from Vienna exhibit their artistic work in all its branches. There is a splendid display of the delicate and graceful wares of this 'il artistic people, in gold and sil- ver, porcelain, pottery, textile fabrics, vases, statuettes, etc., making this one of the most at- tractive exhibits in the building. Across an inter- secting aisle from Austria, but still on the same side of Co- lumbia Avenue, Engine naade of Silk Thread. is a unique pavilion, the work of the patient and artistic people of Japan. In this building may be seen ancient and modern pottery, porcelain, and china-wares, from the most delicate cups and saucers, not thicker than the shell of a pigeon's QZ%., to the massive serpent and dragon vases and garden-seats, almost as strong as steel. A fine educa- tional exhibit, tinctured strongly with mod- Japanese value of $60,000. Ancient and modern wares, an unequaled school exhibit, and the great statue " Germania" — a special loan by the emperor—show how heartily Germany has entered into the spirit of this greatest of all international expositions. Next to Germany, on the same side of the avenue, Austria has placed her pavilion, and a right royal one it is, though hardly equal to those of France and Germany. Her building has Pavilion. ern progress; silks and other textile fabrics; wonderful paper building materials, decora- tions, and utensils; lacquered wares, dam- ascened swords, cutlery and other imple- ments, and many other exhibits, displaying rare scientific and artistic attainments, are shown here. Opposite this curious exhibit, and those of Germany and Austria also, and taking up the entire space in the northeast corner of the building, are the displays of 142 A WEEK AT THE FAIR, the United States exhibitors, more numer- ous and more wonderful than those of any other nation. Large as is their space, it is only one-tenth of what was originally asked for by American exhibitors. Of course it can not have the unity of a national display, such as those of France and Germany, but in originality, ingenuity, and mechanical genius it excels all others. The most strik- ing exhibit here is the pavilion erected by Tiffany, the jeweler, and Gorham, the sil- versmith, both of New York. It faces on the central space, where France, Germany, and England hold the other corners, and in its central front springs up a tall, fluted shaft, with a plain yet noble base and a grand Doric capital, surmounted by a globe, upon which is poised, at an elevation of loo this section the Pairpoint Manufacturing Co. has erected a miniature Grecian temple. The Meriden Britannia Co. 's pavilion is of rosewood, and circular in shape. Mermod, Jaccard & Co., St. Louis jewelers, and Edward Janssen, toy-maker, have fine dis- plays in the adjoining galleries. It is im- possible to name all of the meritorious ex- hibits, but a few of the most noticeable are as follows: The pavilions of James Kirk & Co., soaps; Lundborg, perfumery; The Hammond Typewriter Co.; The Reming- ton Typewriter Co. , which exhibits the 50- cent coin for which was paid $10,000; the Chicago Varnish Co.; Lawson- Valentine Varnish Co. ; Brunswick-Balke Billiard Co. ; Celadon Pottery and Tile Co. ; Barre Manu- facturing Co.; Monumental Bronze Co.; Scene in Manufactures and Liberal Arts Building. feet, a golden eagle, America's symbolic bird. On the front of the base is the simple inscription: " Exhibit of the United States of America." At either side of the main entrance, in the corner, are groups of col- umns, bearing aloft single tall shafts, ter- minating in globes. Arches, surmounted with carved and sculptured pediments, and a roof with low, flattened domes, make up the rest of this palatial edifice, which cost its builders $100,000. The display in the pavilion represents a value of $2,000,000, and is truly regal; gold and silver wares, precious stones, rings, bracelets, chains, watches — in short, everything rare and beautiful in the jeweler's and silversmith's lines is exhibited. The collection of Ameri- can pearls will prove very interesting. In Rawson & Evans; G. E. Androvette Glass Co.; John T. Shayne Fur Co.; New Eng- land Whalebone Co. ; American Rubber Co. ; Mosler-Bahman Safe Co.; Roebling Wire Co.; Washburn-Moen Co.; Putnam Nail Co.; National Meter Co.; Fairbanks Scales Co.; the New England Pottery Co.; Lyon & Healy; the Chesapeake Pottery Co., with a display of 1,000 pieces, including its famous Lord Calvert vase, and many others. The best plan is now to cross the avenue to the west and complete the displays made by the United States exhibitors, then take the aisle back of the Japanese section and fol- low it south, looking at the rear of the dis- plays of Japan, Austria, Germany, England, and Canada, just west of which last lie the exhibits of New South Wales, India, Ceylon, THE MANUFACTURES BUILDING. 143 and Jamaica. New South Wales makes a strong display in all lines, and shows stuffed birds and beasts, rare coins, educational systems, and an immense collection of large and fine photographs. Over the entrance to her pavilion, beneath the coat-of-arms of the colony, is a photograph of Sidney har- bor, thirty-two feet long. Several of the others are eight feet long. There is also a beautiful collection of oil-paintings and water:Colors. Four specimens of the duck- billed platypus, that strange animal,^ half bird, half beast, are displayed. Ceylon has an octagonal building with two wings, facing north and south. The style of architecture is Dravidian and the material used is of the rare woods of that country, many of them worth $200 to $300 a ton, such as the yakahalu, the pelumbiya, the wewarana, sapa, ebony, and satinwood. Carved stairways lead to the entrances, which are guarded by cobra- hooded figures called doratupalayas (jani- tors). Other carvings, taken from designs found in the ruined temples with which the island is so plentifully sprinkled, are found on the balustrades, lintels, and architraves; hansas (sacred geese), makaras (fabulous beasts), jK«/^/^ (3: J- (evil spirits), padmas (lotos ornaments), and many others. The frescoes, representing scenes in the life of Buddha, are exact copies of those in the ancient temples, which are of the tenth and thir- teenth centuries. In the screen-panels are figures of Buddha. The floors are of inlaid woods. The exhibit of Jamaica is a charac- teristic one, as is that of India, which, in addition to its other specialties, displays some beautiful Cashmere shawls, probably the finest of all fabrics that emanate from the hand of man. Next to these British dependencies, and back of Denmark and Brazil, are several minor exhibits, each of them possessing sufficient interest to repay a visit and a careful investigation of their contents. Next come Spain and the Span- ish-American countries, with their dis- tinctive exhibits. Looms and fabrics, ham- mocks, saddles, silverware, and exquisite wood-carvings are among the displays. Siam, Portugal, and Mexico occupy space in the southwest corner of the building, and all have excellent exhibits, particularly our neighboring republic. Having now reached the extreme southern cross-aisle, the visitor will walk along it to the most eastern aisle running north and south. On the left-hand side of this, going north, he will find the Turkish and Hungarian displays, the former especially fine; and on the right hand, op- posite these, is China, with silks, china- wares, porcelains, lacquer and metal work; some of them of rare beauty and value. This section exhausts the floor displays, and the visitor will next find, in the galleries, the various educational and liberal arts exhibits. Almost all of the States of the Union and the foreign countries have displays here. Kindergartens, schools for the blind and deaf and dumb are noticeable. All of the leading colleges of the United States and of most foreign nations have very strong ex- hibits of their educational methods and systems. The Greek Letter societies have a separate exhibit. Several of the largest publishing-houses are represented, notably The Century Co., D. Appleton & Co., and Charles Scribner's Sons. These show man- uscripts of various distinguished authors, drawings for illustrations, prepared wood blocks (engraved), zinc etchings, photo- engravings, etc. New York shows the im- migration statistics for forty-five years. The College Fraternities' exhibit is a repro- duction, 10 feet square at the base and 30 feet high, of the most famous speci- men of Greek architecture, the Choragic Monument of Lysicrates. The Catholics of the United States have an exceptionally fine educational exhibit. London publishers con- tribute engravings, fine art publications, and a collection of newspapers illustrating the growth of English jour- nalism. The great philan- thropic socie- ties of the world, chari- table organi- zations, prison reform socie- ties, societies for the pre- vention of cru- elty, cookery schools, etc., all have their exhibits in the galleries. The manual train- ing and art schools have Cooper Union Woman's Art School. fine displays. Societies for physical culture, as well as gymnastic apparatus, also have their homes in the galleries. The American Bible Society has a rare exhibit of ancient and modern Bibles — cheap and costly edi- tions — and Bibles printed in 300 different languages. This collection is extremely in- teresting and should be seen by all. The Bu- reau of Hygiene and Sanitation, somewhat cramped for space, is likewise situated in the galleries. The big Yerkes Telescope , incorii- plete, is in the south galleries, with the rest of the educational exhibit. Morris Steinert's collection of ancient musical instruments, upon all of which he plays, is very curious. He has a harpsichord of as early a date as 1679. The Continental Stained Glass Works of Boston show, in a stained glass window, a beautiful reproduction of Hoffman's " Christ Disputing with the Doctors in the Temple." Spinning-jacks and looms for weaving all sorts of fabrics, from the finest handker- chiefs to the heaviest cloths, are in opera- tion in the building. Harvard University has a large gallery space, and its cabinets for the display of physiology, otology, bac- teriology, etc., are very interesting, espe- 144 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. daily to scientists; and an extensive area in the gallery is occupied by Rand, McNally & Co. with an interesting and valuable exhibit of educational maps, etc. The American Bronze Co., which has its art foundry at kept regularly in stock at the main offices of this company. An examination will satisfy any one, particularly an expert, that these machines are equally desirable in the home and office, whether used for occasional friendly notes and letters, for the more volurninous correspondence required in counting-rooms and offices, or the constant heavy work of the professional copyist or typewriter. There are no cumbersome or complicated parts, so liable to break, and requiring constant attention ; the machines Statue of Lincoln at Rochester. Grand Crossing, Chicago, 111., is engaged in the industry of standard bronze casting, and makes a specialty of casting mammoth figures as well as small artistic bronzes; and in both they claim to equal the foundries of Europe. They do a large amount of work in statues, busts, and bas-reliefs in this endur- ing and artistic metal. They have a pavil- ion, with a very fine display, at Block 2, Section G, of the Manufactures and Liberal Arts Building. Among the other exhibits is shown the life-mask from which was mod- eled the statue of Lincoln unveiled at Roch- ester, N. Y., Decoration Day, 1892. The original is ten feet high, and is the work of the noted Chicago sculptor Leonard W. Volk. A cut of this statue, made from a photograph, is shown here. The Munson Typewriter Co., with head- quarters at 162 La Salle Street, Chicago, has space for its machines among others in the same class of exhibits in Section 2. This company makes the claim for its ma- chines that they are the only ones possess- ing interchangeable, all-steel type-wheels capable of writing every language. They are equipped with the universal key-board, and for ease in operating and speed capacity are not excelled by any other machine. Those exhibited at the World's Columbian Exposition, in the Manufactures Building, are not specially constructed machines, intended only for this display, but are taken from the general sale stock of the company, and differ in no particular from any of those Munson Typewriter, are indeed models of strength and sim- plicity. The Liberal Arts Building Grand View Tower and Roof Promenade is one of the most attractive features of the greatest building of the Exposition. A graceful open iron-work tower rises perpendicularly from the center of the main aisle (Columbia Avenue) to a height of 220 feet, passing directly through the center of the great co- rona of arc lights which illuminates the north end of the building. In the tower are four elevators for carrying passengers to a bridge extending to the roof promenade, which is an outside walk extending entirely around the highest point of the building, and from which can be had a series of views of the entire Exposition grounds, the lake clear to its Michigan shore, with the fleet of white- winged yachts gliding to and fro, and the steamers arriving and departing, all afford- ing a panorama which can not be equaled elsewhere in the world. No one can do justice to the Exposition, or get an adequate idea of the great Liberal Arts Building, un- less he takes a trip in these elevators. From the moment the elevators leave the ground, the passengers are treated to a constantly expanding picture of the interior of the immense building, until at their highest point the whole magnificent exhibit lies at their feet. Passing out of the elevators over a bridge spanning the space to the exit on the roof, the passengers can survey the spectacle inside the building at their leisure, THE MANUFACTURES BUILDING. 145 10 and then going out onto the roof can stroll as the mood suggests, or (resting in the comfortable seats provided) drink in a panorama such as never before has been ac- corded to mortals. A dream of beauty indeed; a picture outrival- ing the most soaring conception of artist or of poet. The exhibits in this building are the most complete of their kinds ever seen ; the building containing more than double the amount of space ever before allotted to simi- lar displays. In the last French Exposition, held in 1889, the ex- hibits, while most excellent, did not compare, either in number or variety, with those to be seen in this gigantic building, and it is conscientiously believed that those interested in such objects will here find an opportunity for observa- tion such as never before offered, and such as may never again oc- cur. Being at peace with the whole world, no jealousy nor dis- like has prevented the participa- tion of all the nations of the earth in the Columbian Exposition. The Otis Company are erecting an electric elevator in the north end of the Manufactures Building, near the Japanese exhibit. The shaft has four cars, each capable of holding fifteen people. These elevators rise to a height of 220 feet in one minute's time. On the terraces located upon the roof comfortable seats tor those who are wearied can be obtained, and from its height there is a fine view of the Exposition grounds, the lake, and the southern portion of the city. A charge of 50 cents per person is made for the round trip. In the artistic Isabella Booth (J 21), midway between the main eastern and southeastern entrances of the Manufactures Building, Mrs. W. R. Robeson sells reproductions of Columbus* coat-of-arms, taste- fully worked on useful and orna- mental articles, and for the deserv- ing and charitable object of build- ing a home for superannuated women teachers. North of this the visitor notices an old sixteenth century Dutch house, 40 feet square and 28 feet high, which stands at the northeastern corner of the Man- ufactures Building. It is a quaint structure with its squatty walls and high-pitched roof, and makes an at- tractive exhibit for the purpose for which it is intended, viz. ,the display of Van Houten & Zoon's Cocoas (H 20). On this eastern or lake 146 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. front side of the Manufactures Building various small structures for band-stands, rolling-chairs, etc. , are located, and one of the finest promenades of the Exposition is laid out. Immediately north of the Manufactures and Liberal Arts Building the visitor finds the United States Model Army Hospital (H 19), an exhibit of the War Department, showing an army hospital in full shape and ready for operation in the field. The hospital forms an interesting and valuable exhibit. North of the Model Hospital, encircled by cool, green lawns, refreshingly free from the pop-corn, peanut, and other commercial feat- ures of the Exposition, the visitor reaches the UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT BUILDING (H 19), which is thus practically described by Mr. W. J. Edbrooke, of the firm of Windrim & Edbrooke of Washington, D. C, the supervising architect of the Treasury Department, under whose supervision the building was erected. The structure is of " modern Renaissance" architecture, the main feature being a hand- some dome 120 feet in diameter and 275 feet high to top of flagpole, while the building itself covers an area of 350 feet by 420 feet, with projecting central bays on each front. This building is occupied solely by United States Government exhibits, sent to the Fair by the Treasury, State, Navy, War, Interior, and Post Office depart- ments, the De- partments of Jus- Jl'MHHj^K. ti^® ^^"^ Agricult- ure, and the Fish Commission. The Fish Commission also has an exhibit on the grounds outside the build- ing. The elegant stairways leading from the east and west entrances to the galleries, where the offices occupied by the Government officials in charge of the various exhibits are located, are noteworthy; although, of course, the im- posing central dome, with its elaborate, artistic decorations, represents the main feature of the building. This dome is con- structed of steel and is supported on sixteen columns. It is deservedly ranked as a cred- itable and unique work of engineering. Special attention is called to the perfect architectural proportions and lines of the interior of the dome, and a personal exami- nation of all its details will reward any critic or student. From the dome galleries, to which the public is admitted, a very de- sirable view may be had of the general ex- position halls below and around the dome. The entire cost of the United States Gov- ernment Building was $325,000, or $2.07 per square foot of its floor area, or 3 cents per W. J. Edbrooke. cubic foot of its contents. The building was paid for out of the United States Treas- ury, according to special act of Congress authorizing and limiting the cost of this structure to $400,000. From the balance of the appropriation four distinct and separate buildings were erected on the ground, and as- signed for the special use of the United States Naval Observatory, United States Army Hospital Service, and for the Weather and Indian bureaus respectively. All the above- described United States Government build- ings are lighted by electricity and fitted with all modern improvements. It is of interest to add that the main floor of the United States Government Building equals 167,500 square feet, while the gal- leries represent a total of 33,500 square feet. Of the total of main floor and galleries 175,500 square feetare designed for exhibition purposes, leaving 16,000 square feet of floor space for offices, corridors, etc. Around the interior of the dome runs a frieze composed of cupids bearing grain, fruits, flowers, etc., emblematic of the pro- ductions of the country. On the ground- floor are panels adorned with national tro- phies, and on the gallery-floor are eight panels representing the leading industries of the North, South, East, and West, and the various industries of each section. The North is represented by "Commerce," the West by " Agriculture," the South by " Cot- ton and Fruits," and the East by " Art and Science." Of the other four panels, one represents tapestry- work, one wood and stone work, one ceramic-work, and one metal-work. Over the south door is a paint- ing representing the cave-dwellers; over the north, one typifying the triumphs of liberty; over the east, a bird's-eye view of Chicago in 1893, and over the west, Chicago in 1492. Outside the building, over the east and west entrances,, are two pieces of statuary, called the "liberty groups," by A. Waagen, and huge bronze eagles surmount the pedi- ments of all the entrances. The Government Building has an exceed- ingly fine location; its eastern fapade having an unobstructed view of Lake Michigan, and its western face looking across the Wooded Island and the waters of the lagoon to the Horticulture, Woman's, and Choral build- ings; on the south it faces the gigantic Manufactures and Liberal Arts Building; and across an arm of the lagoon to the north is the beautiful Fisheries Building with its annexes. This building, as has been stated, covers an area of 350x420 feet. Its style of architecture is classic, and is largely mod- eled after that of Government buildings at Washington. Its leading feature archi- tecturally is the central dome, 120 feet in diameter and 1 50 feet in height. The floor space in the rotunda under the dome has but a single exhibit, occupying a space in the center twenty-three feet in diameter, which will be described when the interior is in- spected. This building is a very substan- tial one, being constructed of brick, iron. 148 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. and glass. Adjacent to it, and a part of the Government exhibit, are field-hospitals, light-houses, life-saving stations, etc. Upon one of the building's fronts is a plaza where troops are occasionally drilled. The entire amount expended in this work was $400,000, but the cost of the buildings and exhibits together amounts to over a million and a quarter. Like that of all of the other buildings the interior space of this one has been carefully planned with a view to the uses for which it is intended. of the many on the grounds will he meet with a more agreeable surprise than in this. The exterior of the edifice gives to the spec- tator no hint of the variety and richness of the exhibits within, whether the beautiful decorations of the central dome or the dis- plays of the different departments be the subject under consideration. Entering at this doorway the visitor should walk a few steps toward the rotunda and turn, facing the door. Looking toward the gallery he sees suspended at its central point an Alas- PATENT OFFICE 3HINQ Of .sfo^-^n PATENT OFFICE APPLIANCES z o COTTON I VESSELS AND APPLIANCES FOR INVESTIGATION.OBJECTS ILLUSTRATING RESUTLS. ~" JNVESTISATION FORESTRY DIVISION DEPT. OF JUSTICE ROTUNDA MINT S X^A INTERNAl\ ill 1- REVENL y f -aX "— s Ui hS? "~ 1 i i = 11 fe 1- c .'> terres, and forms a part of the exhibit of the Floral Department. The varied nature of the exhibitions assigned to the Horticult- ural Department gave variety to the design. In the center is a glazed dome iSo feet in diameter and 114 feet high, for the accommodation of the largest palms, tree ferns, bam- boos, bananas, and other tall-growing tropical trees and plants that can be procured and trans- ported. To accom- modate the great quantity of plants of moderate dimen- sions there are four galleries, or cur- tains, as they are technically termed, each about 270 feet long, connecting the dome and central pavilion with the two end pavil- ions. There are two of these galleries with glazed roofs, on each side of the dome, leav- ing a court go feet wide and 270 feet long W. L. B. Jenney. THE HORTICULTURAL BUILDING. 157 between them. One of these courts is intended for an orange grove, and the other for a large tank of warmed water for the exhibition of the great Victoria- Regia, and the numerous and beautiful family of smaller Nymphaeas and other water-growing plants. The great pavilions, one on either side of the building, are two stories high. The front end of the second story in either pavilion is a restaurant; the other parts of the pavilions are for the exhibition of wines, fruits, cut flowers, horticultural seeds, and their windows and the very pleasing and appropriate surroundings of plants and flowers. A horticultural building, more than any other on the grounds, must indi- cate its purpose: it must be adapted to the preservation of growing plants, shrubs, and trees, and inconsequence requires long, low galleries, not only with glazed roofs, but also with the maximum of light in the walls consistent with architectural effects. At the same time the building must harmonize, as far as practicable, with the surroundings. Scene in Horticultural Building. implements, etc. — exhibits that require only the ordinary amount of light. In the build- ing may be seen some of the finest speci- mens of tropical vegetation; the largest specimens and the greatest number of tree ferns, bird's-nest ferns, elkhorn ferns, palms, etc., ever exhibited. There is a silver model of this Horticultural Hall on exhibi- tion in the building, made by Alberto End- weiss of Monterey, Mexico. It is eleven feet long and cost $5,000. The two restau- rants, one in each pavilion, are particularly attractive because of the fine view from The style is the Venetian Renaissance, the order Ionic, with a broad frieze decorated with cupids and garlands. The treatment is gay and joyous, to conform to the light- ness of the structure and the character of the exhibits. At either end, and nearest to the other and much higher buildings of the Fair with which it must stand comparison, are the two great pavilions. The central feature is a large pavilion crowned hy a glazed wide-spreading dome, the most im- posing portion of the building. In front of this pavilion is a highly ornamental pylon, 158 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. ^% forming the main entrance, with a recessed vestibule decorated with statuary. On the face of the pylon are groups, one on either side, representing the "Awakening" and the " Sleep of the Flowers." Thus, and in graceful diction, does Mr. Lorado Taft describe the artistic sculpture and statuary: The sculptural decorations of the Hor- ticultural Building, aside from the frieze, consist of six single figures and two large groups. On the eastern front of each pavilion, at the ends of the building, are two figures placed on the level of the second story. The one on the south is called * ' The Painting of the Lily " — a process which the poet tells us is not necessary. The figure of a nymph is represented holding the lily and regarding it intently, with her brush poised in the air. The ancients attributed to these spirits of wood and field the care of plant-life. The next figure is symbolic of the culti- vation and use of the grape, and represents a faun, a joyous, soulless creature, holding in one hand a brimming beaker and in the other a bunch of grapes. The drap- ery of this figure is the tiger-skin, a favorite costume of Bacchus, the god of wine. On the north pavilion is the draped figure of a (Woman, intended to personify the study of botany. In her hand she holds a scroll on which is inscribed the lore of that science. The last figure, at the extreme north of the building, represents a gardener of the ancient type examining the bursting buds of a vine. Just inside the vestibule stand two figures, each ten feet in height. The one on the right is a light, airy personification of Flora. She is poised on tip-toe and with outstretched arms holds aloft a flowering branch, to which she turns her smiling face. Around her feet are plants and blossoms profusely decking the earth in response to her glad presence. The motive of this figure was suggested by the well-known statue of " Hope," by Bodenhausen. On the opposite side is the figure of Pomona. Her form is a full, matronly one; her smiling face suggesting amused disap- pointment as she struggles with the over- flowing basket of fruit, which in spite of her development she is unable to lift. The principal sculptural decoration of the building consists of two large groups just outside the main entrance. On the south side is the artist's idea of autumn. The composition has been called the "Sleep of the Flowers." The sculptor endeavored to suggest here the quiet, almost melan- choly, spirit of autumn, and with this object in view has kept all lines as harmonious, J. M. Samuels. GROUND FLOOR HORTICULTURAL BUILDING. and graceful as possible. The faces of the two sitting figure's suggest sleep, and even the standing figure "looks mournfully down THE HORTICULTURAL BUILDING. 159 upon them, as though she too would soon join them in their slumbers. The only touch of animation is the single belated Cupid, who sits contentedly absorbing a bunch of grapes. This fruit is shown hang- ing in abundant clusters from the rocks on either side. At the feet of the figures is placed a branch of withered oak. The figures are entirely draped. On the other hand is the springtime group, sometimes called the " Battle of Flowers." In this the artist has tried to express^ the vigor and push of awakening vegetation by means of broken and angular lines, making the composition as great a contra^st as possible to the autumn group. In this we have the figures of the three Classification. — The following is the offi- cial classification of this department (J. M. Samuels, chief): GROUP NO. 20 . — Viticulture — manufactured products , methods, and appliances. 21. — Pomology — manufactured products, methods, and appliances. 2 2 . — Floriculture . 23. — Culinary vegetables. 24. — Seeds, seed-raising, testing, and distri- bution. 2 5 . — Arboriculture . 26. — Appliances, methods, etc. In the interior of the building the scene is full of pleasure for the lovers of nature's dainty garniture. The ' ' quaint enameled Senator Leland Stanford's Wine Exhibt. nymphs, a faun, and two Cupids, all laugh- ing heartily as they pelt each other with buds and blossoms. The faun is engaged in binding a garland around the waist of the central figure, while she in turn has her arms full of flowers which she uses in the mimic warfare. The figures in these groups are about eight feet in height. The work required several months. The artist's principal as- sistant in the execution of this statuary was his pupil, Miss Julia Bracken. LORADO TAFT. In the frieze around the inside of the dome — painted by C. C. Coleman — are fes- toons and wreaths of the passion-vine; in the wreaths the names of men famous in horticulture and kindred arts. eyes" of vernal flowers exchange glances with the buds that " sad embroidery wear." There are pale primroses and bold oxlips, dim violets and sweet daffodils, and fine examples of the tulip race, in which " beauty plays her idle freaks. " The exulting florist marks with swelling pride the wonders of his hand. Yet a little while and no gradual bloom will be wanting — From the bud, First-born of spring, to summer's musky tribes; . Nor hyacinths of purest virgin white, Low-bent and blushing inward; nor jonquils Of potent fragrance ; nor narcissus faii\ As o'er the fabled fountain hanging still ; Nor broad carnations; nor gay-spotted pinks; Nor, showered from every bush, the damask rose; Infinite numbers, delicacies, smells. With hues on hues expression can not paint. The breath of nature and her endless bloom. 160 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. Under the dome in the central pavilion is a miniature mountain, surmounted with the rarest palms, ferns, trailing vines, and blooming flowers. This mountain artistic- ally conceals the heating apparatus, and beneath it is a brilliant reproduction of one of the chambers of the Mammoth Crystal Cave in the Black Hills of South Dakota, which ^ has been explored for thirty-four miles, its underground tunnels opening and closing into 1,400 rooms, glittering with diamond-like stalagmites and stalactites. Entrance fee, 25 cents. To attempt to merely mention the most beautiful of the exhibits would be like placing before the reader an immense florist's cata- logue. Therefore let us only say that nearly every flower known to savage and civilized man finds in this build- ing a representative. Never before in the history of flower-shows has such a collection been gathered to- gether, and the century _ plant now in bloom !s= under the beautiful central dome may burst Cider-Press. forth into flowcrs again before such another may be viewed. Just west of this building, in its rear, are found the Greenhouses (I 14). These are not open to visitors usually, though there are times when special circumstances cause them to be thrown open to the public. As a general thing they are used only for the propagation and forcing of plants and flow- ers, which are afterward removed to the exhibit-rooms or set out in the parterres in front of the building, where are also the exhibits of a number of private florists. Back of this building, to the west, is the Official Photographer's Building (J 14), with an able corps of operatives, and Mr. C. D. Arnold as chief. They alone are author- ized to make and sell views of the grounds and buildings, and their work is first-class in every respect. The new Public Service Building (J 14) is southwest of the Horticultural Building and west of the Choral Building. It provides offices for Chief of Construction Burnham and his assistants, and also for the engineers a,nd others connected with the management ■of the grounds and buildings. It is situated just west of the Choral Building, lying imme- diately to the right of the Sixty-second Street ■entrance to the grounds. There is but little •of interest in or about this building for the average visitor, and a brief inspection will satisfy his curiosity; when retracing his way toward the east he will find upon his right hand, opposite the lower or southern •end of the Wooded Island, the Choral Build- ing, or, as it is also known, the Festival Hall (J 15). Among the group of buildings at the Exposition probably none have been assigned a more beautiful location than Festival Hall. Standing as it does upon the very shore of the lagoon, and at a point where the two great promenades meet, it has at once prominence and beautiful sur- roundings. Its location enables it to be seen from dif- ferent parts of the grounds, across the la- goon, with its beautiful island and green shores. To the one side stands Horticult- ural Hall, while the Transportation Building stands on the other. The style of the building, which is Doric, makes it simple and severe in treatment; its form, which resembles an amphitheater sur- mounted by a dome, gives the building, both externally and internally, a rounded form, from which project, on the four sides, porticoes, the one facing the lagoon being the principal entrance, and enriched by fluted Doric columns 6>^ feet in diameter. From the portico leads a flight of spacious steps, at the foot of which stand two statues, being reproductions of celebrated marbles of Handel and Bach. On either side of the portico are panels in relief work representing the Progress of Music, and in the panels over the doors are relief portraits of Gluck, Berlioz, Wagner, Schumann, Schubert, Mozart, Mendelssohn, Bach, Handel, and Beethoven. The interior has the form of a Greek thea- ter, except that the chorus of 2,500 voices occupies the part assigned by the Greeks to the stage, and thus it becomes amphitheat- rical in form. There are no galleries of any kind to obstruct the view or sound. The building seats 6,500 persons. The decora- tion of the interior is in the same order as the exterior, in relief work and color. A large foyer extends around the building, giving ample room for promenades. FRANCIS M. WHITEHOUSE. Leaving this building and turning to the left the visitor will find a beautiful little bridge, from which he may obtain a fine view in every direction. Toward the north, upon the left-hand side, the eye takes in the airy building devoted to floral displays, the large State Building of Illinois closing the vista; to his right the west shore of the Wooded Island, with its queer Japanese structures, rose-gardens, and sphinx, meets his gaze. Turning his face toward the south the gorgeous fagade of the Transporta- tion Building, and the beautiful but less highly ornamented ones of the Mines and Electricity buildings, are seen, while to the east and northeast loom up the gigantic Manufactures and Liberal Arts, the United States Government, and Fisheries buildings. Having exhausted the pleasures of the different views presented from the bridge, the visitor crosses to the east and steps upon the Wooded Island (J 17). Turning off to his right he finds a pathway leading to another bridge, crossing to another and smaller island known as Hunter's Island (K 17). To the right of the bridge he will notice a very primitive structure built of logs with the bark still on them, just such a cabin as the backwoods of Kentucky or THE HOO-DEN. 161 Tennessee can show to-day in their secluded districts. This is a reproduction of the cabin of one of America's quaintest charac- ters, David Crocket, who as hunter, states- man, jester, and patriot was unsurpassed. One of the heroic band of Texans who to a man perished in the Alamo, it was re- corded of him and his comrades: "Ther- mopylae had her messenger of defeat, but the Alamo had none!" In the cabin are many relics of the noble old hunter and of other rude but heroic men of the Western borders. The fittings of the cabin are in harmony with its exterior; deer-horns, flint-lock rifles, wooden benches, etc. But a short distance to the east is seen the Australian Squatter's Hut(K 17), a true copy of that antipodean structure. It is located on the east end of Hunter's Island, to the right of its neighbor, Davy Crocket's cabin. In the outlying dis- trict of that immense island pathway and finds upon his left hand, near the southeastern bank of the larger island, the Rose Garden ( J 17). This garden con- sists of about 13^ acres of ground, and there are nearly 2,000 varieties of roses shown here. The ground is surrounded by a wire fence six feet high, having four entrances. South of the garden are seen all kinds of plants. Proceeding farther north are found The Hoo-den. Australia, there are thousands of just such huts occupied by hardy shepherds and cat- tlemen. Within are seen whips, saddles, sheep-skins, culinary utensils, etc. , in every- day use among the frontiersmen of that country. Turning back from this homely edifice and recrossing the rustic bridge, the tourist walks first east and then northward along a 11 groups of ornamental leaf trees, of various kinds, and popular shrubs, nat- ural to this country and latitude. The center of the island is novelly treated, having old-fash- ioned gardens, rustic seats, stone edgings, and many winding paths. The beds are all filled, with sweet-scented shrubs. North of this is the German exhibit, consisting of a large show of standard roses and herba- ceous plants, a specialty being made of dwarf roses. Still northward, about the center of the island one encounters Baur's Sphinx, which he calls "The Secret," and which differs 163 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. greatly from the old Egyptian idea of this fabulous monster. His inspiration is derived from a passionate little poem by Heine, entitled "The Sphinx." The figures are strongly modeled and the artist's ideas well carried out in this statue. At the northern end of the island are the quaint but beautifully decorated edifices erected by our Japanese guests. These structures represent the Hoo-den, or Phoenix Palace (G i6). The picture here presented portrays the original Hoo-den Temple, Nji, near Kioto, Japan. It is one of the groups of the Bidodins. It is built with tiled roof. The cross-trees are logs, the ends beauti- fully carved with heads of lions. The temple is intended to represent the Japanese fabu- lous bird, the Hoo. The central part is two-storied — this is the body of the bird; the colonnades right and left are the wings; the corridor at the back forms the tail. The two bronze phoenixes on the top are 33^ feet high. They are made so flexible that the wings and heads are moved by the wind. The temple dates back to 1502, but it was begun over twelve hundred years ago. It was originally the private house of a cele- brated noble poet (Kawa-ra-nosa-clea-pin). After his death it passed into the hands of the imperial family and was converted into a monastery. After a hundred years it was dedicated to Amedia, the Buddha of Japan. She is the ideal of boundless light, the goddess of wisdom, the ruler of the heavenly paradise. The decorations of the temple are all by famous artists. The paintings represent twenty-five festivals. All the gods and goddesses, the Buddhists believe, have the power of either bestowing blessings or inflicting curses, and deal out to mortals their degree of merit, which entitles them after death, if worthy, to a place in the pure lands of the West, where the saints dwell. The altar is covered with gold lacquer; the bronze and wood carvings are very fine. A large figure of Amedia is said to have been carved by a prince imperial who was a devout Buddhist. The ceiling of the room is inlaid with mother-of- pearl, lacquer, and bronze. It is remarkable that the temple has withstood the ravages of time and war. It has been the scene of many a battle, and sheltered warriors bold. Heroes who have performed great feats of valor found death under its portals sweeter than defeat. In front of the temple is a beautiful lotus- pond. The lotus is the sacred flower of the Buddhists. It is a symbol of purity, chas- tity, single-mindedness, and usefulness, as its roots are edible. The lotus-flower always suggests thoughts of Buddha. Buddhism was brought into the country from India and China. The Sin-tu faith was formerly the worship of the people. It can not be said that Sin-tu faith means religion, for it is hero worship, reverence to the dead, to imperial ancestors, and to great men. Shrines to loved ones are erected of stones and bronzes placed on the lawn, or in the tiny garden of the humble home, and fresh flowers are placed or incense burned every day for hundreds of years. A day each year is commemorated for the honoring of all the dead. The Hoo-den built on the Wooded Isl- and for the Fair is after this plan, with a few changes. The interior decorations are more beautiful and magnificent. The center hall is a fac-simile of a room in the Nijo Castle, Kioto, built by Tokugawa lyeyasu, a shogun, in 1601. The shoguns ruled seven centuries, their reign ending with the year 1868. Then the mikado came forth from his long seclusion to govern the empire. Everything used in the building of the temple has been chosen with the greatest care, and no expense spared. All the paintings, bronze, wood-carving, and lacquer for the interior decorations have been the work of picked artists, at the Fine Art School, Niyemo Park, Tokyo, under the supervision of Mr. K. Okakura, the director of the school. Mr. Okakura superintended the completion of the temple. It is without doubt one of the most expensive buildings erected on the Fair grounds, and the Japanese exhibition is one of the most enter- taining and costly. The building is a gift to Chicago from his highness the emperor — a magnificent present. At the northeast end of the island a graceful bridge leads the visitor again to the mainland, where he finds himself con- fronted by the light and graceful structure, with its annexes, devoted to fish and fishing exhibits, and known as THE FISHERIES BUILDING (F 18). It embraces a large central struct- ure, with two smaller polygonal buildings connected with it on either end by arcades. The extreme length of the building is 1,100 feet and the width 200 feet. It is located to the northward of the United States Gov- ernment Building. In the central portion is the general fish- eries exhibit. In one of the polygonal build- ings is the angling exhibit and in the other the aquaria. The exterior of the building is Spanish-Romanesque, which contrasts agreeably in appearance with that of the other buildings. To the close observer the exterior of the building can not fail to be exceedingly inter- esting, for the architect, Henry Ives Cobb, exerted all his ingenuity in arranging in- numerable forms of capitals, modillions, brackets, cornices, and other ornamental details, using only fish and other sea forms for his motive of design. The roof of the building is of old Spanish tile, and the side walls of pleasing color. The cost is about $200,000. In the center of the polygonal building is a rotunda sixty feet in diameter, in the middle of which is a basin, or pool, twenty- six feet wide, from which rises a towering mass of rocks, covered with moss and 11- 164 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. chens. From clefts and crevices in the rocks crystal streams of water gush and drop to the masses of reeds, rushes, and ornamental semi-aquatic plants in the basin below. In this pool gorgeous gold-fishes, golden ides, golden tench, and other fishes disport. From the rotunda one side of the larger series of aquaria may be viewed. These are ten in number, and have a capacity of 7,000 to 27,000 gallons of water each. Passing out of the rotunda a great corri- dor, or arcade, is reached, where on one hand can be viewed the opposite side of the series of great tanks, and on the other a line of tanks somewhat smaller, ranging from 750 to 1,500 gallons each in capacity. The cor- ridor, or arcade, is about fifteen feet wide; the glass fronts of the aquaria are in length about 575 feet, and have 3,000 square feet of from Lake Michigan. J. B. Mora was se- lected by the United States Fish Commission to decorate the aquaria, which constitute one of the chief attractions of the Fisheries- Building. These aquaria, while seemingly all alike, are of two kinds — those for fresh- water and those for salt-water fish. The sweet- water aquaria represent the rivers and lakes of the United States, such as the Mississippi, Hudson, Colorado; Lakes Michi- gan, Superior, etc. As nearly as possible the scenery and conditions of the beds of these waters have been reproduced. The salt- water aquaria give different views of tide- water rivers, estuaries, etc. , filled with salt water, and representing the rocks, gravel, sand, etc., peculiar to their beds. A beauti- ful feature is a grand fountain in the center of the rotunda, surrounded by large aqua- '^:vs\f \^ ^^ Arcade in Fisheries Building. surplus. The total water capacity of the aquaria, exclusive of reservoirs, is 18,725 feet, or 140,000 gallons. This weighs 1,192, - 425 pounds, or almost 600 tons. Of this amount about 40,000 gallons is devoted to the marine exhibit. In the entire salt-water circulation, including the reservoirs, there are about 80,000 gallons. The pumping and distributing plants for the marine aquaria are constructed of vulcanite. The pumps are in duplicate, and each has a capacity of 3,000 gallons per hour. The supply of sea- water was secured by evaporating the neces- sary quantity at the Wood's Holl station of the United States Fish Commission to about one-fifth its bulk, thus reducing both quan- tity and weight for transportation about 80 per cent. The fresh water required to restore it to its proper density was supplied ria. In the fountain there springs up a rocky mass, twenty-two feet high, covered with moss, lichens, and aquatic vines and plants, and from small crevices in it spout streams of clear water, which fall back upon the rocks, and thence down into the fountain's basin. Mr. Mora also prepared the decora- tions for the Illinois fish exhibit, consisting of a large fountain, thirty-six feet high, from which the water descends in miniature cascades from rock to rock until it reaches several little lakes, in which are the fish. Across one of the lakes is a small rustic bridge, lending an additional element of beauty. In the interior of this fountain, with an entrance at one side, is a grotto decorated with stalagmites and stalactites. The whole represents a natural landscape, with plants, trees, etc. THE FISHERIES BUILDING. 165 Classification.— The following is the offi- cial classification of this department (Capt. J. W. Collins, chief): ^"i « o <• t^ J -s fo In y Q t8< ac S^i p m =-■8.;^ C) Q H o s ^■ ksj^^i a: \Mmi f S2 k GROUND PLAN OF FISHERIES . BUILDING GROUP NO. 37. — Fish and other forms of aquatic life. 38. — Sea fishing and angling. 39. — Fresh-water fishing and angling. 40. — Product of the fisheries, and their manipulation. 41. — Fish culture. The greatest interest of the average vis- itor to this building centers in the room where the live fish are to be seen, and indeed this is one of the most interesting of all the Exposition displays. In warm weather its grotto-like interior is cool and pleasant, and the drip and plashing of its fountains' waters soothe the hearer's senses to a deli- cious state of rest and quietude. The gaudy fishes, whose pool is the central basin, charm the eye by their bright colors, while the rush and lightning-like turnings of the pike, pickerel, gar, and other piratical denizens of the aquaria amaze by their swiftness and dexterity. Beautiful speckled trout from the streams of the Atlantic and Pacific water-sheds; curious sun-fishes, or, as the boys used to call them, "tobacco-boxes"; and graylings, fully as beautiful, in a quiet way, as the brook-trout, are seen on every hand. To offset the beauty of these specimens there are hideous crawling sea-lizards, that suggest the forms seen in nightmares, and clumsy looking turtles by the dozen. The tank containing specimens from the Mississippi and Missouri rivers is the largest of all, being 70 feet long, 12 feet wide, and 9 feet deep. Dog-fish, bass of several kinds, croppie, drum, pike, pickerel, gizzard shad, all kinds of cat-fish, buffalo, sturgeon, shovel- fish — armored on the outside but boneless within — gar, spoon-bill cat-fish, which are not cat-fish at all, but a species of sturgeon, and many others may be seen. Some of the cat-fish weigh nearly two hundred pounds, and these will prove a revelation to those of the piscatorial fraternity from ' ' down East," where the largest members of this species never exceed a weight of two or three pounds. This tank takes up the eastern half of the first series of aquaria immedi- ately surrounding the crystal pool. There are white-fish and grayling from the Great Lakes; muscallonge from North- ern New York; pompanos, red snappers, and croakers from the Gulf of Mexico and Galveston Bay. Lake cat-fish, suckers, rock, white, and black bass; blob, pike, perch, eel- pouts, and curious water-dogs are plentiful. The Wisconsin lakes and streams furnish many varieties, and Pennsylvania, North Dakota, and Missouri have supplied collec- tions of every species of their fishes. Min- nesota and New York also show their many varieties. Rhode Island has a fine display, as has also North Carolina. The Govern- ment displays from the hatcheries, and also from their sea and fresh water catch, are magnificent. They consist of almost every variety of fish from the Pacific and Atlantic coasts, as well as from the interior lakes and streams. Illinois exhibits her fishes in ornamental open pools formed by a beautiful fountain, constructed for this purpose. The idea is quite a unique one. Not only is the fish display not limited to 166 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. live representations of the various species of food fish and those noticeable only for their beauty, but there are specimens preserved in alcohol, casts of others, fish packed in tin and wood, and even destructive fish, snakes, turtles, predatory birds, and other enemies of the fish tribes. In fishing appliances the exhibit is on a comparative basis, showing hooks, lines, trawls, nets, spears, etc. , beginning with the crude implements of savage tribes and bringing the exhibit down through the various stages of im- provement to the latest improved apparatus of the present day. Along with this exhibit is presented a history and statistics of the conditions of fishing industries for the last Detail of Fisheries Building. 400 years. Fish culture, which has made great strides in the last twenty-five years, has not been neglected, nor has the sport of angling, as contra-discinguished from com- mercial fishing. The true disciple of quaint old Izaak Walton, who fishes from a pure love of angling, and who will spend money freely, and tramp a dozen miles and feel recompensed by " a glorious nibble," finds here a splendid array of tackle to delight him. Split bamboo rods, genuine "Old Kentucky " reels, silk lines, gut and sinew snoods, etc., of every grade and design, may be noted. To return to the commercial aspects of .the subject, the machinery and appliances used in curing, salting, packing, and tinning fish are shown, and also the oils, leather, etc. , obtained from marine ani- mals. Sponges, corals, pearl shells (rough and manufactured), form one branch of the display. To specify the plan of the exhibit it is only necessary to say that in the most western of the three buildings is the display of angling apparatus of all kinds, American and foreign, entered for competition. The collection here shown is the most complete ever attempted in the history of exj)ositions. Books, engravings, paintings, specimens, in short everything that has a bearing upon the subject of angling, may be seen. Upon the adjacent waters of the lagoon opportunity is offered for tournaments in the various meth- ods used in fishing, as fly-casting, bait-fish- ing, trolling, skittering, etc. Fishing-camps, from canvas tents to log cabins and porta- ble houses, and specimens of small fishing- craft are displayed along the banks of the lagoon. In the other wing, as has been al- ready noted, are the large beautiful aquaria, filled with their finny inhabitants. The main building contains the other exhibits mentioned, as the cured products, boats used in the fisheries, etc. An object of un- usual interest is the complete skeleton of a humpback whale of moderate dimensions, wired together, with every bone in its proper place. This whale was found stranded on a beach on the Pacific Coast, was bought by the citizens of the city of Tacoma, and was denuded of its flesh and brought to this building, and here wired together. While not a very large specimen, and of a species far inferior in size to either the sperm (or . white) whale or the ' ' right " whale of our jf\ old Arctic and Pacific whalers, yet it serves to give one at least a fair idea of the pro- portions attained by some species of the class of animals of which it was a humble member. It is suspended over the Wash- ington exhibit. Of the foreign nations, Norway is more largely represented in this building than any of the others, and her display is exceedingly fine. To give some idea of the magnitude of the fishing indus- try to this nation, it is probably sufficient to say that its take of codfish in three months amounts to 50,000,000, and that 40, 000 -of its men are engaged in fishing pursuits. Wal- rus and seal fishing are displayed, and a number of boats, including the famous Lister boat (a new model of a fishing-boat). A Norwegian fisherman's hut is shown; also stuffed birds, etc. To aid the visitor in trac- ing these exhibits, a route has been planned as follows: In the west wing of the building are the displays of Ohio, Missouri, Brazil, and the fresh- fish exhibits of the P e n n s y 1- vania and Wis- consin fish com- missions; also that of Forest and Stream and the American Angler, consist- ing of angling and hunting tro- phies, and a large collection of paintings and engravings. Here too are displays by manufacturers of rods, reels, lines, etc. Entering by the western door, the first ex- hibit to the right is that of Great Britain, consisting principally of fishing-tackle, nets, A Whale's Flipper. THE FISHERIES BUILDING. 167 seines, linen lines, etc., and a model Irish fishing-school. The next exhibit is that of France, east of wAich is the large display of New South Wales, showing a very large collection of preserved and dried fish, fish- ing-boats, nets, tackle, and groups of stuffed seals. Opposite is the Norwegian exhibit, already noticed, and adjoining, on the right, is the collection of Canada, a very complete one, among which is a stuffed white whale, sixteen feet long, and a model schooner, such as is used by the fishermen of Newfound- land and Nova Scotia, 30 feet long, 8 feet beam, and 6 feet draught, fully rigged and equipped. East of Norway are the exhibits oft Russia, Maine, i and Massachu- setts. Of the lat- ter, Gloucester _^ occupies a prom- Porcupine Fish. inent place, with models of a succession of schooners and their rigs, dating from 1623 down to 1893. The paintings, figures, and inscriptions of this exhibit are worthy of note. East of the central aisle are some private exhibits, also those of Oregon, Washington, and North Carolina. The Oregon exhibit contains the skeleton of an immense whale. Japan is next north of these displays, wnth a very large exhibit, consisting of models of the different kinds of boats used in that country, as well as every species of fin and shell fish, bait, hooks, etc. Their hooks are smaller than ours and are made of superior steel, so as to have about the same strength. The collec- tion of photographs illustrating the fish- ing industries of the " Flowery Kingdom " is very complete and interesting. East of Japan is the exhibit of Holland, the leading feature of which is a full-rigged herring lugger. Minnesota is next east, showing preserved and dried fish, stuffed aquatic birds, etc. The private display of the San Diego (Cal.) high school is interesting, and the display of reels shown by B. C. Milan & Son of Frankfort, Ky. , and the exhibits of the James R. Neal Co. of Boston, Mass. , Max Ams, Wolff & Ressing, A. G. Spalding & Bros., J. A. Moore & Sons of New York, R. Connable & Sons, Petoskey, Mich., George W. Boyd, Harrisburg, Pa. , and others will interest all anglers. Of course every one will go to see the large live alligators penned in the lagoon near this building. They can be found in the water near the bridge which crosses the lagoon from this to the Government Building, and are located just to the left of that portion of it which touches the shore nearest to this (the Fisheries) building. Leaving this building by its north front,, and turning to the left, the visitor finds a roadway leading to a bridge which crosses, the lagoon toward the Illinois Building. On the near shore upon his right hand one sees a fine building used as a restaurant, and known as the Cafe de Marine (F 17). This building is 100 x 130 feet, three stories high. It is French-timbered Gothic. It is a very picturesque building, with four round tow- ers, four square towers, and a very high, steep roof. The building is covered with plaster, the roof shingled. The interior is all open, and it is so arranged that the rooms and veranda can be thrown into one. It is to be run as a fish-restaurant. There will be nothing sold or served but shell -fish, poultry, and game. Opposite the south en- trance is the grand staircase leading to the second floor, which is all open as one large room, with a balcony looking down into the main floor. Crossing the bridge above mentioned, whence a beautiful view toward the south- west and southeast is obtained, the visitor finds on his right hand the Merchant Tail- ors* World's Fair Building (E 16). This structure is 55 feet 9 inches square, inside measurement, with porticoes front and rear, which are alike. The building is 94 feet Polish Cafe. each way, over all. The interior of the main room is octagonal in shape, forming a small room in each corner. Upon the north and south sides are semicircular rooms, 14x22 feet; and ladies' and gentlemen's toilet-rooms. The walls are finished in cream and gold, and beautifully decorated with mural paintings in oil, on canvas, rep- 168 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. resenting the eight great historical periods of dress. First scene, Adam and Eve mak- ing aprons of leaves; second, a barbarian scene; third, Egyptian; fourth, classical Greek; fifth, medieval; sixth, Renaissance; seventh, Louis the XIV. to XVI. ; eighth, modern. There are also six frescoes em- blematic of the trade. The floor leading from the entrance is covered by one of the finest pieces of ceramic mosaic ever brought to this country, designed and made espe- cially for this building by Maw & Co. of Shropshire, England. The building is in the form of a Greek temple; in its details, a reproduction of those of the Erectheum at Athens, finished about 410 B. C, planned by Pericles, and erected under the super- vision of Phidias, the great Greek sculptor. The details are most elaborate and beau- tiful, and some of them have never before Japanese tiles, quite different from those of other nations. The ceilings have beauti- ful water-color paintings. The floors are covered with heavy mattings, and thick cushions, with carved arm-rests, covered in Nishijin fabrics, are provided for guests, who can thus enjoy their tea in the Japanese mode. The people employed about the building are artists in drawing and serving teas. Along its water-front are rare Japa- nese plants and flowers. The buildings, which were constructed by native carpenters, are lighted by electricity, and also by gzfu lanterns. From these buildings to the next point of interest is but a short distance. It is the Swedish Restaurant (E 17), and lies north of the west wing of the Fisheries Building. Its architecture represents a tavern in South- ern Sweden, and the structure, cooking, and Merchant Tailors' Building. been reproduced in modern architecture. The tailors of the United States may well be proud of it. S. S. Beman was the archi- tect of the building. The roadway winds gently north and then east, and another bridge is reached, span- ning the stretch of water between the la- goon and the North Pond, from which an- other fine view is obtainable. Crossing this, to the right stands a little building easily recognizable as belonging to the Japanese. This is the Japanese Tea House (E 17), com- posed of two different buildings, constructed in true Japanese style of kinoti and other Japanese woods, and bamboo. The larger of the two buildings is made chiefly of the latter material, with green bamboo roof and beautifully cemented floor, and is used for serving Japanese green teas to visitors. The smaller structure is built of kurogaki, keyaki, and kiriarki, woods peculiar to the " Flowery Kingdom." This is roofed with bill of fare are thoroughly Swedish. Guests may here enjoy, if they can, smoked rein- deer, baby sausages, craw-fish tails, raw "delikatess," herring, fried stromming, smoked goose breast, reindeer tongues, and " graflax," a conglomeration that no one but a Swede has ever yet succeeded in eat- ing. Swedish ' ' brannvin," a potato whisky, is there to wash down this bill of fare, which in addition to the articles named includes, of course, many common to the tables of all people. Next in order in this queer agglomeration of eating-houses is the Polish Cafe (E 18), situated at the northeast corner of the Fish- eries Building, a fine edifice, whose cuisine is devoted to the national dishes of the Polish people, though other edibles are also served here. From this cafe the way next leads to the Home of Izaak Walton (D 18)— the quaint, kindly apostle of all true fishermen — which 170 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. has been faithfully reproduced, and stands on a site on the northeast shore of the North Pond, between the Art Galleries and the Costa Rica Building. A visit to the home of this patron saint of all lovers of ' ' the gentle craft of angling," can not fail to prove of interest to those who are piscatori- ally inclined. Walking along the shores of the North Pond one finds, about the center of the north shore of the pond, the south door of the main building of the Art Galleries, with Great Britain on his right hand and the other countries as before stated. THE ART BUILDING (C 17), designed by C. B. Atwood of Chi- cago, is in the chastest and finest style of Grecian architecture, the Ionic. In dimen- sions it is 500 X 300 feet, with an intersect- ing nave and transept crossing the building north and south, east and west. At the point of intersection rises a fiat dome, springing from a gabled pediment above the roof of the building, the diameter of the dome being 60 feet and its height 125 feet. Surmounting the dome is a colossal statue of the famous figure, the ' ' Winged Victory. " The building has four grand entrances, richly ornamented with sculptures and other decorations, and approached by broad flights of steps. Columned porches with gabled pediments lead from the steps to the doorways, and there are flanked with shallow square towers, lower than the porch, and with fronts bearing gabled ornaments. Along the fa9ades run colonnades with graceful pillars and square pediments, ter- minating at the corners in slightly advanced towers, showing the gable style of pediment. At the east and west ends the slightly ad- vanced entrance- ways run up into high, sharp gables, with the receding sides simi- larly ornamented. The grace and beauty of the fa9ades of the building — especially that toward the south when viewed across the waters of the lagoon — are beyond the power of words to describe. A pillared promenade forty feet wide surrounds the entire building, and between this promenade and the nave are small rooms devoted to special collections of pictures and statuary. On either side of the main building are an- nexes to accommodate the overflow from the larger structure. In dimensions they are 120 x 200 feet each, one story high. The walls of the colonnaded fa9ades are deco- rated with extremely fine mural paintings, which typify the rise and progress of the arts. About the principal entrances and upon the exterior frieze are portraits of the old masters and sculptured bas-relief deco- rations. In color the general tone of the exterior is a cool gray. This building will be made a permanent feature of the park, and has, in consequence, been built in a more substantial manner than any of the others. The principal walls are of brick — covered, of course, with staff — and the galler- ies, floors, and roof are of iron. On account of the immense value and perishable nature of its contents, it had to be so constructed as to be fire-proof, and from this fact first arose the idea of making it a permanent structure. It is lighted from the roof with glass sky-lights, enhancing greatly its value for the display of pictures. Statuary is exhibited on the ground-floor, and the walls of this floor as well as those of the galleries are hung with paintings. In addition to Martiny's winged figure of " Fame," poised upon a globe over the dome of the building, upon its frieze he has placed others; here is "Architecture," a chaste figure with a stern yet not unpleasing face, denoting intellectuality and study. The lines of her drapery are simple, and alto- gether different from the flowing robes of the voluptuous figure representing "Paint- ing," every curve and line of whose face and figure speak of gaiety and sensuousness. " Music" is pensive and poetic, her beauty somewhat overshadowed by the melancholy cast of her features and the drooping lines of her figure. "Sculpture" is more vigor- ous and robust than any of the sisters, and her face and figure are characterized by a strength and firmness superior to those of the others. On each side of these figures are two large winged female figures holdmg garlands of flowers in their hands. There are two female figures on each side of the main entrances supporting the pediments to right and left of doorways. These entrances are guarded by large lions, one on either side, designed by Theodore Baur and A. Phimister Proctor. The official grouping of the contents of the Fine Arts Building, Department " K" (Halsey C. Ives, chief), is as follows: GROUP NO. 139. — Sculpture. 140. — Painting in oil. 141. — Painting in water-colors. 142. — Painting on ivory, on enamel, on metal, on porcelain, or other wares; fresco-painting on walls. 143. — Engravings and etchings; prints. 144. — Chalk, charcoal, pastel, and other drawings. 145. — Antique and modern carvings; engrav- ings in medallions, or in gems, cameos, intaglios. 146. — Exhibits of private collections. In this building there are such vast num- bers of exhibits, all worthy of the most care- ful inspection, that the visitor must needs be very industrious, who, in the time al- lowed him by the programme, manages to see even the most noted pictures and statu- ary. Rare indeed have been the occasions when such vast art collections have been on view, every picture and statue in which is of the highest degree of artistic merit. In the main building alone there are seventy- four galleries, varying in size from 30 x 30 feet to 36x120 feet. The nave and tran- sept are 70 feet high and 100 feet wide — the transept having a clear space through the THE ART BUILDING. 17t center of sixty feet, and lighted entirely from above. In both ^ave and transept, twenty-four feet above the floor, is a gallery, twenty feet wide. The four large courts and rotunda of the main building and the rotundas of the annexes are devoted to sculpture and architecture, so that it is comparatively an easy matter to locate everything of importance in these branches; but as the wall space is immense, there is, of course, a greater difficulty expe- rienced in finding any special painting. For the exhibition of architectural designs, engravings, i;^ etc., there are reserved eighty- ^ eight alcoves, twenty-eight front- ing on the main floor of the east and west courts and sixty on the second-floor galleries. The allot- ments to the different nations are as follows: The space in the northwest cor- ner of the building, bounded by the north and west courts, has been given to Germany and Aus- tria for statuary and oil-paintings, with the adjacent gallery space for water-colors and drawings. France has the entire space in the East Pavilion. Italy, Sweden, Norway, and Denmark have the West Pavilion. Russia, Holland, Japan, Spain, and Mexico have the southwest corner of the main building, bounded by the west and south courts. Great Britain, Can- ada, and other English posses- sions have the southeast corner, bounded by the south and east courts; and the United States has the northeast corner, bounded by the east and north courts, with space in the southwest gallery for her architectural drawings. Mis- cellaneous paintings and drawings are to be found in the galleries other than those mentioned as allotted to German water-colors and drawings, and American ar- chitectural drawings. Keeping in mind this distribution of space, one can find any statue or canvas he may desire to exam- ine, as the art works of French artists will be found in the French section; of German artists, in the German section, etc. Loan collec- tions which consist of the works of artists of various nationalities will be found massed together in the space devoted to such collections in the United States section, re- gardless of the nationalities of the painters of the pictures. Near the western door is a fine alto- relievo, "Death and the Sculptor," and a beautiful female head in white marble. In the German section many beautiful stat- ues and groups of statuary are to be found, among which the following are some of the most notable. In Room 30 in this section is the bronze figure, " The Messenger from Marathon," by Max Kruse; and the " Fisher- man and Mermaid," also bronze, by Unger. In Room 34 are several very fine bronzes, and a o tii o ~ " b 6 OS iO OS o o S- U Q W ^ « P » c3 S^ ^ i * c 1 ^> W-1^ in 33 is " Saved," by Adolph Brutt, represent- ing a sailor in his rough garb carryin^," the figure of a young woman. This is a bronze. " Eve," by the same artist, represents a woman with two children in her arms (Cain and Abel). " The Devil Catching Flies " is. 172 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. peculiarly Germanesque in treatment. The artist is Sommer. Herter shows a ' ' Triton Catching a Mermaid." Siemering has a strong figure typifying ' ' Peace. " Heiderich exhibits two hunting groups, " In the Open Field " and ' ' Badger Hunting. " In painting, it is hard, when all are excellent, to select one more deserving of mention than another, still I venture to name a few. Schlabitz has a beautiful ' ' Church Interior " and Nor- man a fine lake and mountain view. Wim- mer's portrait of William II. is excellent, and a large nude figure by Stockinger is well drawn and colored. The same can be said " Music." Philip Martiny, Sculptor. of a partially nude female figure by Schauss. An "Interior Scene " by Fischer-Corlin is good, and two marines by Bartels are excel- lent. Lespering's "Sick Girl "is quite a gem, and Von Stettin's " Italian Boys in Paris " is particularly strong in color and drawing. A small " Interior" by Weimer is a gem, as is another near it, by Albert Flamm. In Room 34 Bohrdt's " Marine," to the right on entering, is magnificent, and nearly as good is the " View on the Beach," hanging just above it. Gude's " Marine " is also fine, but the most attractive picture in the room is Papperitz's ' ' Daughter of Herodias. " Hilde- brand's immense canvas ' ' Tullia attempt- ing to drive her chariot over the body of her murdered f ather, " is very strongly drawn and painted. In Room 33 perhaps the best can- vas is Volz' " Mary," though its setting in excessive green detracts from its beauty. "The Nun," by Hoecker, is good, as are the "Death of Dante," by Friederich, " Flag of Truce," by Speyer; " Chamois Hunter" and " Rafting on the Isar River," by Karl Knabl; "Fishing in Norway," by Ekenas — these are all from Munich; " Near Naples," by Achenbach; " Alone," by Alberts; " Village in the Spessart," by An- dorf ; " Still Life on the Game Preserve," by Arnz; " The Wedding Morn," by Bachman; " The Mart5n:'s Daughter," by Baur; " The Cigarette Factory," and " On the Heights," by Von der Beck; "The Vidette," by Carl Becker; " Sinai," by Bracht; " The Surprise," by J. von Brandt; " Industrious Sisters," by Crola; " On the Brook," by Deiter; " Sum- mer Evening," by Duecker; " Italian Women at Fountain," by Flamm; "Vaccinating Office," by Gabl; " Dante on the Alps," by Hertel; "Queen Louise," by Hilde- brand; "North German Landscape," by Malchin; "Summer Night," by Normann; "The Flood," by Scherres; "Landscape on the Riviera," by Tuercke; "At the Sick Bed," by Vautier; "The Berlin Con- gress," by Von Werner; and many por- traits. The above-named paintings dis- play the merits of every school of paint- ing in the empire, nearly every city of note being represented. In portraits, that of Professor Virchow, by Lehnbach, is prob- ably the best of the collection. "Spin- ners" is excellent. "Sheep," by Zugel, and " Cattle," by Baisch, are fine paintings. In Room 33 Bransewetter's " Christ " is an exceedingly strong painting, as is the " Roll- ing Mill," by Menzel. Lehnbach's portrait of Pope Leo is above criticism. Gysis' " Carnival in Greece" is a charming com- position. In Room 31 the strongest works are " The Review," by Schmidt; " Balanc- ing the Egg," " A Portrait," by Lehnbach; "A Winter Landscape," by Hildebrand; and the "Congress of Nations," A. von Werner. In Room 30 are a fine marine and river view, a desert scene, and a mountain landscape. In excellence but few, if any, of the ex- hibits surpass that of Austria. In Room 36 are five panels by Hans Makart, represent- ing "The Five Senses." These are five nude female figures, and in drawing and color are unsurpassed. "Never Returns," by Payer, is a strong though somber can- vas. Other fine pictures are "Equestrian Portrait of Washington," b}^ Huber; Von Bloss' "Children with Orange"; Bacher's "Mother of Christ"; a " Landscape," by Russ; a " Portrait," by Temple; an " Inte- rior," by Probst; " Sunday," by Brozik, and a " Landscape," by Fischer. In Room 35 is Brozik's magnificent picture "The Defense of Prague "; Hinchl's " Prometheus "; Knup- fer's " Mermaid and Man "; Von Deffrigger's " Men and Girls Drinking "; Schmid's " Suf- fer Little Children"; Wertheimer's "Vis- THE ART BUILDING. 173 ion"; Mtiller's "Market Place at Cairo," and Deutsch's " Egyptian Interior "; " The Cemetery in Dalmatia," by Schindler; " The Hunting Master," by Canon; a portrait of William Unger, by Temple; and two por- traits by Unger — " Rembrandt " and " Ren- ben's Son." Mme. Weisingen, Austria's most famous woman painter, sends " Morn- ing at the Seashore," "Breakfast in the Countr)^," and "The Laundress of the Mountains." The " First Court of the Hus- sites," by Brozik, may be seen in the north alcove of the Austrian space, close by a heroic statue of the emperor. Portraits of members of the royal family, by Victor Tilgner, the court painter, have been sent by the Emperor Franz Joseph himself. Hans Makart, the most celebrated painter of Aus- tria, contributes five scenes. The micro- scopically small paintings of A. Pazmandy, a Hungarian artist, are very curious — one, »* The Landing of Columbus," is half an inch square, and contains seventeen human figures, besides boats, sea, land, etc. They are highly finished paintings. The French claim, and it seems justly, to be the successors to the ancient Greeks in the art of sculpture. In their section the display is superb. One group represents a " Combat between a Lion and Crocodile"; " Mercury," a beautiful small bronze; " The First Funeral" (Abel's); "The Return," a bronze relief; "Egyptian Harp Player," bronze; " The Suez Canal; " " Jezebel Torn by Dogs; " " David's Triumph; " " Age of Iron;" "The Age of Stone;" "Genius of the Grave; " " Earth; " " Ninon; " " The First Sin; " " Source of the Seine; " " The First Born," and "The Blind Carrying the Paralytic." Probably the most intense work in this exhibit is ' ' The Bullet in the Head," an old woman holding in her lap the dead body of her grandchild, killed during the Coup d'Etat. Other fine ones areAube's "Dante," a marble statuette copied from the original bronze figure, which stands in front of the College of France; Fremiet's "Jeanne d'Arc," the " Gorilla"; Chapu's " Joan of Arc," Rodin's " Les Bourgeois de Calais," Falguire's "French Republic," Idrac's " Salammbo;" four figures from the Lamericiere Monu- ment, by Dubois; two groups by Mercie; Cain's "Attack of the Tigers," Berria's famous " Child Mozart." In the French exhibit there is also a mag- nificent display of historic sculptures, con- sisting of a collection of casts, duplications of the most important reproductions of works shown in the Museum of Comparative Sculpture, in theTrocadero Palace, in Paris. These casts show portions of the fa9ades of churches and cathedrals, grand portals, beautiful galleries, altars, statues, columns, capitals, etc. They are as perfect as the highest degree of French art and skill can make them, even the time-worn appearance of the originals being faithfully reproduced. These replicas are not reduced in size, and consequently some of them are very large; one, 41 X 24 feet, shows a portion of the Church of St. Giles; one, 20 x 36 feet, is from the gallery of Limoges Cathedral; one, from the " Portal of the Virgin," from Notre Dame, Paris, is 18 x 25 feet, etc. The archi- tecture and sculptures represented begin with the art era of the twelfth century, and are followed down to the seventeenth century era continuously, the examples chosen as follows: The cathedrals of Chartres and Bourges (12th); Paris, Rheims, Amiens, Lyons, Rouen, and Laon (13th); Bordeaux, Nantes, and Sens (14th); Mans (15th); Beau- vais, Limoges, and Tours (i6th); the Philip Martiny, Sculptor churches of St. Giles, St. Trophime at Aries, St. Martin at Brive, St. Euthrope at Saintes, and Notre Dame du Port at Clermont-Fer- rand (12th); St. Denis and St. Croix at Nievre (13th); St. Maclou at Rouen (i6th); St. Nicholas and St. Jean at Troyes (i6th); the cloisters of Moissac (12th); the Abbey de la Dourade at Toulouse (12th); the Chapel of St. Germer (13th); the Chateau of Lude (15th), and Gaillon (i6th) ; the Hotel de Rohan, Paris; the Palace of Versailles, and the Hotel de Ville of Toulon (17th). The " Christ of Amiens " shows the height to which the sculptor's art had risen in the medieval ages, and though there was later a decadence from such sublime ideals 174 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. ■and execution, yet the gallery of the Cathe- dral of Limoges, wrought in the sixteenth century, during the reign of Francis I., shows a Renaissance. The tomb of Louis de Br^zg, husband of the famous Diane de Poitiers, and the door and doorways of the Church of St. Maclou, of Rouen, are fine examples of the sixteenth century Renais- sance. The French government has kindly presented to the American people a large number of these casts, with the understand- ing that they are to be placed in some American art museum. This grand collec- tion was obtained chiefly through the exer- tions of Prof. Halsey C. Ives, director of the St. Louis Museum of Fine Arts, who is also ■chief of the Department of Fine Arts of the •Columbian Exposition. The Cider-Press. Ri paintings, the artists represented and the subjects treated by them would require a catalogue fully as large as this guide to merely name them, and even in the briefest manner note their peculiarities and beauties. In the French section are found, among hundreds of first-class canvases, the follow- ing, of world-wide celebrity: Dagnan Bouveret's famous " Conscripts "; the " Pris- oner" and "El Bravo Toro," by Aime Morot; the " Capture of the Dutch Fleet by French Hussars in 1790, "by Delort; " Love's Captives," by Aubert; " Returning from the Vineyard," by Adan; "The Death of Will- iam the Conqueror," by Maignon; " A Bap- tism," by Fran9ois Flemang; " Miners on a Strike," by Latouche; "The Twins," by Mme. Demont- Breton; " A Blessed One," by Courtois; "President Carnot," by A. Yoon; " The Rehearsal," by Aublet; "A Hospital Scene," by Dauban; "Returning from Market," by Moreau; " La Paix," by Michel; "La Leda," by Souchetet; "Catharine de Russie,"by Deloye; " Judith," by D'Aizelim; the Talleyrand "Portrait of Columbus." Near the east door is seen " Dawn," by Madaline Lenoir; Zuber's " Forest of Fon- tainbleau"; Weber's " Flessingue," and St! Pierre's " Saadia," gorgeous in tone and perfect in drawing. Rozier's ' ' Fish Market," Wencker's " Blacksmith," and " Marat," by Saulies, are all good. Goquet's " Madonna and Child "and Rixin's " Portrait of a Lady " (in the third room) are fine figure-pieces. Delacroix exhibits a beautiful nude figure, and Perairie a magnificent " landscape, "on a very large canvas. Clairin's "Day on the Lagoon " ; Berand's ' ' Dead Christ" ; "Blessing the Bread;" an old female figure, by DeuUy; a nude figure, by Axiletti; a female figure, by Bisson, and one by Brouillet; Adan's " Girl and Flowers "; Jules Breton's "Pardon of Kergoet"; Virginie Demont-Breton's " Bath- ing" and "Children and Dog"; Dantan's " Studio," and Benner's "Bear Hunters" are exceedingly fine. In the second room to the left of the entrance is Bonnat's " Portrait of Cardinal Lavagierie," the finest portrait at the Exposi- tion. A " Girl Martyr," by Cav§, in the same room, is very fine. English artists exhibit numerous very fine portraits and landscapes, prominent among which may be mentioned "The Roll Call," by Lady Butler, the greatest English woman artist. This is loaned by the queen, who also sends twenty- two portraits of members of the royal family. The original portrait of Pocahontas, painted in 161 2, is sent by a descendant of the Indian princess. There are ' ' The Slug- gard," " Needless Alarm," " Bath of Psyche," and " Garden of the Hesperides," by Frederick Leigh- ton; also " Hercules Wrestling with Death " and Perseus and Andromeda," by the same artist. Others in this class are "Halcyon Weather," " Lingering Autumn, "and " The Ornithologist," by Sir John Miller; " Dedica- tion to Bacchus," "Roman Bath," and "The Sculpture Gallery," by Alma Tad- ema; "The Harvest Moon," "Return from Plowing," "Only a Slaower," 'and "Girls Dancing," by G. H. Mason; "The Maiden's Race," by Wegnin; "Love and Life " and " Love and Death," by Watts; "The Church Door," by Burgess; "The Race for Wealth," by Thrift; "The River Road," by Murray; " Forging the An- chor," by Forbes; "Storm at Harvest," by Losinell; " Portrait of Earl Spencer," by Hall; "The Gentle Craft," by Marks; " Abington," by Cole; " Ihe Last Muster," " Hen and Chickens," and portrait, by Her- THE ART BUILDING. 175 kimer; " Monmouth Pleading for His Life," by Pettie; " Daniel and the Magician's Door- way," by Riviere; "Under the Sea Wall," by Pointer; "Victorious," by Sir James Linton; "Sons of the Brave," by Morris; "The Reverie," by Moore; "Sea of Gali- lee " and " The Palm Offering," by Goodall, and numbers of others. Belgium exhibits many notable works of art, among which there is only space to particularly mention: "The Avenue of Oaks" and " Winter," by Lamoriniere; " Martyrs," by Verhas; " Sheep," by Cour- tois; " An Interior with Figures," by On- deraa; "Nuns," by Tytgadt; "Girls and Cherries," by Bource; "Emigrants," by Tara- syns, all in Room 63. In 64, "The Last Day of Pompeii," by Slingeneyer; "The Bather," by Fischepet; " Souvenir d'lta- lie," by Leon Herbo; "Interior, with Fig- ures," by Brimm. In Room 65 the finest are a " Lake Scene," by Kegeljahn, and " Ja- lousie." These are very fine, as are the fol- lowing in Room 66: Glaus' "Cock Fight"; Oom's "Cupid in Ambush"; Bouvier's "Marine," and Maeterlinck's "Peace." In Room 67: Lefebvre's "Arab Encamp- ment"; Verhaert's pictures; Roszman's " Female Figure," and Carpentier's "Chil- dren and Goat," are excellent. Sweden contributes to the art display the following fine canvases: "Night on the Swedish Coast," "Evening," "Stockholm by Moonlight," " Misty Night on the Oise," " River Landscape," " Morning on the Oise," and "View on the West Coast of Sweden," by Wahlberg; "The Forest," "Autumn Day," and "The Temple," by Prince Eugene; " Lap Running on Snow- shoes," " Laps Catching Reindeer," and " Landscape with Laps," by Tiren; " Night," " Moonrise," " Dawn," and " Daylight," by Nordstrom. In etchings, water-colors, and engravings there are some very fine pro- ductions, and the sculptures are likewise strong. In the Danish exhibit, among other paint- ings are the famous one of the royal family, by Tuxen, who also exhibits " Susanne and the Elders," and Matthieson's "Teamster and Horses" and '-* Imprisonment of Chancel- lor Griff enfeldt," both strong paintings, the latter exceedingly fine in drawing and rich in color. The artist is the Royal Commis- sioner at the World's Fair. Other fine ones are: Arbo's "Walkyrie"; Hyerdahl's "Bathers" and "Girl and Boy," all in Room 71. In Room 74 are Pederson's very oriental " Isaac Seeing Rebecca at the Well," a blaze of color; and " Moses Striking the Rock," by Jerndorff. In Room 73 are Zahrtmann's "Job and His Friends"; a " Marine," by Lacour; " Night on the North Sea," by Locher; "Marines," by Blacke; " Portrait of Lady," by Kroger, and a " Marine," by Ornesen. In the Norwegian gallery, where forty- five artists are represented by one hundred and fifty pictures, a striking one is the very large canvas of Krogh, representing " The Discovery of Vineland (America) by Lief Erikson. " Dirik's ' ' Winter Scene ^t Sea," Strom's "Interior, with Figures," Sindring's "Cattle," Munttie's "Winter Scene in Village," and Wentzel's "First Communion Feast " are all good. The collection from Italy is not large, but it contains some very fine pictures. The Pope sends four copies of Raphael's master- pieces done in mosaic. There are two gen- uine " Madonnas," known since 1548; a portrait of Cardinal del Monte, from the Medici gallery; a " Madonna and Child," and "The Saints." Among the water-col- ors is the immense one of Aureli, "The Presentation of Richelieu to Henri IV." Gabrini sends fourteen canvases, the most important one a large painting of ' ' The Landing of Columbus." The exhibit of statuary is very fine. "The Republic of the United States" and "Companions in Misfortune" are by Bistolfi; "American Mythology" and a statue of " Burns," by Apolloni. Holland, " the land of Rembrandt," sends a complete and characteristic collection. The dead painters Mauve, Bosboom, and Artz — the greatest of her modern artists in rendering sheep and shepherds, church interiors, and rustic life — are all represented by their works. On view are also the fol- lowing: "At Anchor," "Ready to vSail," " In Danger," " Morning on Shore," and "Summer Morning," by Mesdag; " Moon- light on the Rhine," "A Cottage," " Even- ing on the Heath," and " Still Life," by Mrs. Mesdag; "Alone in the World," "Sweet Home," " Fisherwomen at Zandvoort," " Summer Day on Shore," and " A Type of Fisherman," by Israels; " The Synagogue in Amsterdam," "The Dutch Reformed Church, Haarlem," and others, by Bosboom; "Cows Going Home," "Carts on the Heath," "Pasture near the Dunes," and " Plowing the Fields," by Mauve; " Between the Hague and Delft," " Fishing Shells," and " Canal at Rotterdam," by Jacob Maris; "Under the Willows," "Milking Time," "Dutch Pasture," and " The Duck Pond," by William Maris; "Girl Knitting," "The Pet Lamb," and "Girl Sleeping on the Dunes," by Artz; " Landscape with Cattle," "Cows on the Dunes," "Donkeys on the Shore," and " Cows Resting," by De Haas. Vos, Henrietta Renner, Mrs. Rosenboom, and others are represented. The largest canvas is " An Old Woman's Almshouse." "Poor People" is another strong canvas. Mr. A. Preyer, the Commissioner from this country, shows "The Angelus " and " Home Rulers." The art exhibit of Japan differs, of course, from that of other countries. It includes, however, paintings in oil and water-colors on canvas, wood, and silk; metal-work, artistic in itself as well as in its decorations; wood-carvings, tapestries, embroidery, lacquer- work, enamel and porcelain wares. One piece of tapestry, representing "The Gate of Nikko during a Festival," contains 176 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. hundreds of figures, and required four years for its completion. This exhibit must be seen to be appreciated. Brazil displays about one hundred and fifty paintings and a number of pieces of statuary. Among the latter is "The Christ " of Brandao. In the American section the display of paintings, statuary, drawings, etc., is be- wildering in its riches and the immense number of subjects shown. American artists from Paris, Rome, and other cities of Europe, and from every part of the United of a Lady "; Mrs. Shaw's " Family Group"; Boyle's " Stone Age "; Calder's " Cordelia " and " Boy with Ribbon "; Elwell's " Dickens and Little Nell"; Grafly's "Dsedalus"; Kretschmar's "Aurora" and " Temptation"; Murray's " Bust of Walt Whitman." Trie- bel, a young sculptor, shows some fine work, "Mysterious Music," a bronze; " The First Fish," " Love Knows no Caste," and a bust of General Logan, that is excellent. His low reliefs of Donatello and Savonarola are very strong. The architectural drawings, models, etc. , The Merck Building. States, are fully represented, and it is thus rendered extremely difficult to select from the innumerable canvases, all excellent in their lines, the particular ones most deserv- ing of mention. In sculpture, Gelert's "Struggle for Work," "Theseus," and " Little Architect "; Bush-Brown's " Indian Buffalo Hunt"; St. Gaudens' "Logan"; Pardridge's "Shakespeare," "Hamilton," and others; Powers' (son of the great Ameri- can sculptor, Hiram Powers) " Figure of a Buffalo"; Miss Peddle's "Virgin Mary"; Bartlett's bronze," Bohemian Teaching Bear to Dance"; Tilden's " Bear Hunter "; Dol- lin's " Indian Cavalier"; Hartley's " Pan"; French's ' ' Angel of Death and the Sculptor " ; Nehau's busts, " Primavera" and " Portrait are in such multitude that it is impossible to mention even the best of them, and the same is true of the oil-paintings, water- colors, etc. To show the utter impossibility of giving even mere mention to the hosts of fine American paintings and other works of art, it is best to give the reader some idea of their number, and this can be done by stating that of New York's 1,350 paintings offered, 325 were accepted; Philadelphia presented about 600—112 accepted; Boston, 600—139 accepted, etc. These of oil-paintings alone. Most of the noted American artists are represented, as Chase in Marines; J. G. Brown, known as " Gamin," from his paintings of street Arabs; EHhu Vedder, distinguished for his THE WOMAN'S BUILDING. 177 choice of weird subjects; E. A. Abbey, painter of genre subjects; William Hamilton Gibson, Peter Moran, Eastman Johnson, Swain Gifford, S. J. Farrer, Carl Marr, O. L. Warner, Blashfield, Gari Melchers, George Hitchcock, Anna Lea Merritt, T. Alden Weir, John G. Borglum, Carrie Brooks, Enella Benedict, Fannie E. Duvall, Charles Heberer, John H. Fry, Laurie Wal- lace, Douglass Volk, F. Reagh, Winslow Homer, H. F. Farny, E. A. Burbank, Jules Guerin, Charles Corwin, Frank Fowler, Dielman, Stewart, Ida Waugh, and others. The loan exhibits which have been gathered by Miss Hallowell are magnificent, comprising some of the finest works of the best masters — ancient and modern, Ameri- can and European. These pictures have not been gathered into national groups, but have been hung solely with regard to the best effect of light and surroundings upon the paintings. Pictures by Constable, rep- resenting the early English school; Diaz' "Descent of the Bohemians"; Corot's " Evening," from the Ja}^ Gould collection; " Orpheus" and" The Flight from Sodom," by the same artist; a "Landscape," by Rousseau; Millet's "Pig Killers"; Dela- croix's "Columbus at the Convent of St. Anne"; Decamp's "Job and His Friends " ; Fromentin's "Audience with a Caliph" and " The Falconer"; Daubigny's " Cooper Shop "; Troyon's " Cattle and Sheep "; Meis- sonier's "The Lost Game"; De Neuville's "Spy"; Breton's "Colza Gatherers"; Mauve's " The Shepherd's Flock"; Ingre's ' ' Cardinal Bompiani Presenting His Niece to Raphael"; Gerome's "Son Emmence Grise "; Tadema's " Reading from Homer "; " The Beach at Portici," Fortuni's last work (unfinished); Puvis de Chavannes' "Sum- mer," "Hope," and "Dawn"; Manet's "Dead Toreador"; Dega's " Ballet Girl"; Cazin's " Moonlight," and others; nearly every prominent artist in Europe and Amer- ica being represented by his works, secured through the untiring efforts of Miss Hal- lowell. Leaving this palace of sculpture and painting by the west entrance of the main building, and walking southward, one be- holds on the lawn of the Ohio Building a group known as the " Ohio Gracchi," and passing on finds north of the Woman's Building, near the Sixtieth Street entrance to the grounds, the Public Comfort Building (E i8). Here umbrellas, parcels, etc., may be checked. Southwest of this buildingj is the Merck Building (F 14), whose exhibit will prove interesting to persons engaged in the drug or chemical line, as a full supply of every kind of article used by them will be seen here. The location is just west of the north- west corner of the WOMAN'S BUILDING, which is the next of the chief buildings to be visited. 12 Foremost among the women of America, and one to whom so much of the Exposi- tion's success is due, is Mrs. Potter Palmer, the esteemed President of the Board of Lady Managers. Fortunate indeed has the Exposition been in intrusting woman's participation in this vast enterprise to so able an administrative head. Success has crowned her every effort, for whether in se- curing priceless exhibits from the jealously guarded relics of royalties, or in appealing to America's legislators to support with the nation's funds the nation's Fair — in every case the rare tact and remarkable business talent of this typical American woman came prominently and promptly into play, and with but one result, invariable success. With considerable pleasure and pardon- able pride the publishers here present to the reader the graceful and interesting article Mrs. Potter Palmer. which Mrs. Potter Palmer has been good enough to prepare especially f or " A Week at the Fair." Entitling her contribution " Woman and Her Work at the World's Columbian Exposition," Mrs. Potter Palmer thus proceeds: The Woman's Building (F 15) in the Columbian Exposition is one of the most interesting of the great aggregation of won- derful exhibition structures. It was de- signed by Miss Sophia G. Hayden of Boston, and is of the style of the Italian Renaissance. The opportunity which it affords for a roof- garden accents the beauty of the design. The caryatides were modeled by Miss Yan- dell of Louisville and the groups of figures standing on the roof -line were designed by Miss Rideout of San Francisco. The inte- THE WOMAN'S BUILDING. 179 rior of the building has been arranged and decorated in a style harmonizing with the exterior. The scheme of color, which be- gins in the gallery with an ivory-white, is carried out in cream and other tints, illus- trating the radiation of light from a central point. There are a number of very impor- tant painted decorations. Mrs. MacMonnies' large composition representing primitive woman occupies the tympanum in the north end of the gallery, while that of Miss Cassatt, showing modern women, is placed in the corresponding position in the south end. The main parlor on the east was dec- orated and furnished by the women of Cin- cinnati, and on either side are smaller parlors furnished and decorated by the women of California, Kentucky, and Con- necticut. On the west of the gallery is the library, the cases of which are filled by the literary works of women of all countries and periods. The finish and decoration of this beautiful room was donated by the women of New York. The ceiling is an important composition painted by Mrs. Dora Wheeler Keith. The assembly-room, at the north end of the gallery, will be the scene of many interesting gatherings during the time of the Exposition. Here will be given instructive talks by able and distinguished women. These talks will occur every day at stated hours, and will embrace domestic sciences, philan- throp}?-, literature, and indeed every topic in which women are inter- ested, and which is illustrated in this Exposition. At the south end of the gallery is the association-room, in which is located the headquarters of the strongest and most influential or- ganizations. Here are represented the associated efforts of women in education, philanthropy, and sociology. Upon the main floor the south end is devoted to exhibits of for- eign countries, curious and valua- ble exhibits from Europe, Asia, Africa, the Americas, and the islands of the sea being here suita- bly grouped. At the north end of the main floor is the English ex- hibit, and also the domestic exhibit, which represents the work of the women of the United States. This work will be found to cover schools, factories, applied arts, and inven- tions. The loan collection, installed in the main gallery, embraces the priceless laces of Queen Mar- gherita of Italy, which were offered the board as a special mark of favor, they never before having left Italy. Relics of Queen Isabella have been given a place of honor, as, indeed, is fitting upon this occa- sion, which commemorates the dis- covery of America, due in so great a degree to the ability of Queen Isabella to comprehend and pro- mote the plans of Columbus. On the main floor are found the salesrooms, where is provided an opportunity to sell articles which illustrate the peculiar ability of women to apply art to ordinary fabrics and uses, and thereby produce articles of beauty and value. The Board of Lady Managers is looking forward to the erection of a memorial build- ing, by means of which may be commemo- rated the part taken by women in the Columbian Expos.ition, and which may pro- 180 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. vide a permanent home for many of the beautiful decorations of the Woman's Build- ing, and also for many of the most interest- ing exhibits which have been presented by foreign countries. In order to create a fund, it has been decided to devote to this purpose the proceeds from the sales of cer- tain souvenirs in the Woman's Building. Among these perhaps the most attractive is a miniature model of the building itself . Its architectural beauty will thus be com- memorated, and form a charming souvenir of the Exposition. Another memento, quite in line with the present public taste, is the souvenir spoon, which is made in two sizes. This spoon has represented upon the handle the goddess of Industry, upon the bowl an etching of the Woman's Building. Another memento of some interest is a photograph of the official flag of the Columbian Commission. The flag itself occupies a place in the Gal- lery of Honor, and has an interesting his- tory, the silk being from cocoons raised in twenty-two States, and having been reeled and spun by women. The staff is composed of pieces of historic wood. The eagle sur- mounting the staff is of metal from the old Chicago fire-bell. BERTHA HONOR1E PALMER, President Board of Lady Managers World's Columbian Exposition. The plan of the Woman's Building was laid out to serve the dual purpose for which the building was intended — that is, to be the headquarters for the women connected with the Fair, and also to afford space for exhib- its. Under these circumstances it was necessary to divide the space granted, 200 x 400 feet, into several large floor-areas, and a larger number of small apartments, which should serve as committee-rooms, parlors, assembly-rooms, and offices. Most of these small rooms are on the second story, and a third story was added later, to afford still more space for offices. The ground-plan of the building is symmetrical north and south, on the axis of the Midway Plaisance. The main feature is the great hall", 67 feet wide by 250 feet long, and attain- ing an exterior height of 64 feet. This is lighted by a skylight in the form of panels of the elliptical vault with which it is roofed. Around this all the small apart- ments are grouped in alower two-story struct- ure, which forms the four facades of the building. Near each of the four corners of this hall staircases are placed which lead to a gallery overlooking the hall. This gallery, in the form of an arcade, extends entirely around the central court, and affords means of intercommunication for the second-story rooms. The latter, with the exception of an assembly-room in the north wing, are small rooms. The third story covers only a por- tion of the end pavilion. It is a low struct- ure, occupying the middle of an open deck, which is the roof of the second story. This deck is surrounded by a screen of pillars, and is to be used as a roof -garden. The exterior treatment is evolved from these conditions. The horizontal dimension is divided into two stories; the first-story order being twenty-one feet; the second, twenty- three feet, the whole resting on a five-foot base. The lower order consists of round arches resting on Doric pilasters, between which the windows are placed. The second stor^ is treated with coupled pilasters, of a modified Corinthian type, which support a wide frieze and cornice. The central feat- ures of the east and west fayades, which are similar, are the entrance porticoes. These are two stories in height, and are brought forward some fourteen feet from the main wall. Three arches of the lower order form the entrance, Ionic columns being substituted for pilasters. The second story is an open balcony sur- rounded by Corinthian columns, which sup- port a pediment evolved from the second- story cornice. This pediment is decorated with a bas-relief representing the occupa- tions of women, and was designed and rnodeled by Miss Alice Rideout of San Fran- cisco. Connecting the entrance porticoes to the end pavilions are open arcades, which form balconies to the second stories. The end pavilions have a frontage of eighty feet and are 200 feet deep, forming the north and south sides of the building. To these a third order is added in the form of a screen of small columns and caryatids, which sur- round the roof-gardens before mentioned. The walls of the central hall rise above the surrounding roofs and are pierced with clear- story windows. The oriental details of this building are modeled after classic and Italian Renais- sance types, and on account of the compara- tive small size and scale of the building, are more delicate and refined than those of the other main structures of the Fair. SOPHIA G. HAYDEN, A rchitect. Decorations of the Woman's Building. — The decorations of this building were all planned and executed by women, with the exception of the mere manual labor of plac- ing the staff upon its exterior, and the plaster and canvases for the painting, etc., upon the interior. At the end of the Gallery of Honor are two mural paintings, each 14 feet wide by 58 feet long; one by Miss Cassat, representing " Modern Women "; the other by Mrs. MacMonnies, "Primitive Women." The contrast between the two paintings is great and the effect a strong one. On each side are two panel paintings, also by women artists, and of decided merit. Those on the south side represent a group of Puritan maidens, painted by Mrs. Sherwood, nee Rosina Emmett, and her sister. Miss Lydia Emmett; those on the north side are the work of Miss Fairchild and Mrs. Sewell, nee Amanda Brewster. The drapings between the panels and end paintings are of gold- colored cloth, forming an effective back- ground for the canvases. A broad gold THE WOMAN'S BUILDING. 181 frieze surrounds the gallery, and on the panels between the arches are inscribed the names of famous women, from the earliest Bible heroines to the latest modern belles. The library ceiling was decorated by Mrs, Dora Wheeler Keith; the central group con- sisting, alas for the inconsistency of the fe- male sex ! of two male figures and one female figure, representing science, romance, and imagination. The four corner paintings illustrate the four departments of literature ; the whole design connected by a band of small winged Cupids and cherubs twining garlanded wreaths of flowers with the flow- ing draperies. In this room are books by the women authors of the world, and auto- graphs, on winged screens, of many of the most famous of the gentler sex. The carv- ings on and about the cases and friezes were all done by women. The north and south porticoes are ornamented with shell-pink tiling; and the east and west loggie are finished in salmon pink, with panelings of pale green. On each side of the door- ways are canvas panels, 5x9 feet, bear- ing figures representing the occupations of women. The pediment and statues on the roof- line (reproduced) are by Miss Alice Rideout of California. The first group represents woman's virtues; the central figure typifies woman's spirituality, with the pelican — which symbolizes love and sacrifice — at her feet. A nun laying her jewels upon the altar typifies "Sacrifice." "Charity" s'tands to the left of " Virtue." The second group represents woman as the genius of civilization, with a figure at her right rep- resenting a student; on her left is a woman groping for the light, as yet in mental dark- ness. At the feet of the central figure is the bird of Minerva, the owl, representing "Wisdom." The pediment represents wo- man's work in the progress of civilization. The figures typify ' ' Charity, " " Beneficence , " "Literature," "Art," and "Home Life." The caryatids sustaining the roof-garden are the work of Miss Enid Yandell of Louisville. The mural decorations of the Gothic dining-room are by Miss Pitman. "Youth," in the frieze of the building, by Ida J. Burgess, is quite charming; as indeed are all of the figures in the decorations. At the north end of the building appears the name of Bertha Honore Palmer, president of the Board of Lady Managers, and at the south end, that of Sophia G. Hayden, the architect. It may be best to specify the various ex- hibits and what they contain, though owing to its limited size the visitor who enters will be certain to visit every part of the building. In the southeast corner of the first floor is the German exhibit, next to which is that of Ceylon, where are again seen her curiously carved pillars of beautiful woods. Spain comes next, with a staff pavilion in Moorish design, containing a space of 200 square feet. In the collection is the sword of Her Majesty Isabella of Spain, the patron of Columbus, which is preserved in the Royal Armory at Madrid; this, together with a portrait of Isabella and some jewels which belonged to her, occupies the place of honor in the Spanish women's exhibit. Spain is followed by Siam and Sweden and Norway, in the order named. The Japanese exhibit is also located in this section, with vases, screens, etc., all made by women. In the Swedish exhibit is a fine portrait of Queen Sophia of Sweden. This exhibit is in the southwest corner of the building. On the west wall of the main hall are the following, among other fine paintings: A "Female Portrait," by A. E. Klumpke; a " Female Figure," by Enilda Q. Loomis; an " Oriental Female Figure," by K. A. Carl, and "Children Blowing Bubbles," by the same artist; a " Female Figure," by M. H. Carlisle; and " Eurydice Sinking Back to Hades," by H. Roe; an " Army Scene " and a fine " Female Figure," by Louise Jopling. These are all fine paintings, strong in draw- ing and rich in coloring. On the east side are: A " Marine View," by Elodie Lavilette; a " Female Figure," by Louise Abbema; " Flowers," by Jenny Villebesseyx; " Girl and Goat," by Euphemie Murciton; "Music," by Maximilienne Guy on, and an " Interior," by I. Buchet. All of these are very fine. Ascending the staircase at the southeast corner, one finds at the entresol landing a case of dressed dolls, and at the head of the staircase the entrance to the board-rooms. In the first of these are several portraits, among them one of Miss Leftwich-Dodge and one of Mrs. Lilly Devereaux Blake. A painting of dogs, " Watching and Waiting," by Lilly I. Jackson, is good, as are also " The Mandolin Player," by Florence Mack- ubin; "Head of Negro Woman," by M. Kinkead; "Portrait of Boy," by L. M. Stewart. To the right of these rooms, as one faces south, is a large exhibition-room, the first door of which opens on the Austra- lian display. In the American section are American female college displays, among which is a fine little boudoir in white and blue and gold, placed by La Salle Seminary. On the west side of this gallery-floor are three rooms, the central one a finely deco- rated library, already mentioned. In the northwest corner are the cooking- school ex- hibits, and next on the right a fine assembly- room. Here is a beautiful set of benches, desks, tables, etc., sent from Mobile, Ala. There are some fine portraits displayed, notably that of Angelica Kaufman. The eastern stained windows are rich and beau- tiful. First on the east side, as one goes toward the southern end of the building, are the Japanese rooms, decorated with bamboo screens and panels. The ceiling is finely decorated. A quaint little painting of a queer little Jap baby, evidently a portrait, is worth seeing. The little fellow is tied to an ornamental block with a silken cord, and bears the infliction of this " ball and chain " with the stoicism of a chronic chain-gang habitue. The rooms of California, Cincin- 182 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. nati, and Kentucky come next; all hand- somely decorated, as is also that of Con- necticut. Owing to the large number of displays, it can not be expected that all, or even a large part of them, can be mentioned. Cincinnati makes a strong showing in paintings and ceramics, such artists as Miss Low, Miss McLaughlin, Miss Guysi, and others being represented. Mrs. Plympton and Mrs. Stover in ceramics, and Mrs. Valentine Girls in a Flat." Price, in paper, 50 cents; in blue and white cloth, $1. At this Dooth will also be sold a pencil which is an exact fac- simile of the nail of copper, silver, and gold presented by the State of Montana to the Board of Lady Managers, and driven by its president at the completion of the Woman's Building. Price, 50 cents. After viewing the treasures in this temple devoted to Juno and Vesta, the visitor in Fire-boat " Fire Queen." and Miss Fry in sculptures, show marked ability. Mrs. Anna F. Cameron of Ne- braska contributes the handsome candela- brum for the electric light. England's women artists have a splendid collection of their works. Miss Sears of Boston contrib- utes a fine stained-glass window. The fol- lowing are the works of lady artists and designers: Embroidered portieres, by Misses Foote and Francis; fine pottery, by Mrs. E, S. Marchall, and others. The exhibits by the women of foreign nations are superb, and consist of laces, embroideries, oil-paint- ings, water-colors, carvings, books, etc. Of course the exhibits by the different nationalities have their peculiarities, as, for instance, Mexican women contribute fine search of novelties will find the Homeo- pathic Headquarters (G 14), immediately back of the southwest corner of the Woman's Building. Here the disciple of Hahnemann will find his brothers of the school of small pills, and also a characteristic exhibit in a neat little building convenient to the Six- tieth Street entrance to the grounds. Sufficiently fatigued to enjoy a trip on the beautiful lagoons, the visitor has but to walk to the landing at the east entrance to the Woman's Building, where he may have choice of many different kinds of crafts. Before speaking of these, however, a few words in regard to a very useful though not ornamental feature, and to some curios, may not be amiss. Gondola. feather-work and similar fabrics ; the women of Fayal send very delicate needle-work on silk, linen, etc.; the French display embroi- deries, raised work, and similar decorations; the Armenian Christian women, unique but exceedingly fine work, and Turkish women, exquisite embroidery. In addition to the other souvenirs to be had in this building, Miss Laura Hayes has been granted a concession to sell, at the Violet Booth, a book entitled "The Story of the Woman's Building," adapted from " Three The boat, named the " Fire Queen," which has been provided to assist in quelling any fires that may occur on the Fair grounds, is 75 feet long and 16 feet wide, and draws only 3^ feet. Her guards and housings are very low, to enable her to glide easily under the lagoon bridges. _ She has the capacity of six ordinary fire-engines, and can throw two streams clear over the dome of the Administration Building. She has five plugs from which to throw water, and carries 2,900 feet of hose. She can A TRIP ON THE LAGOON. 183 throw 2,200 gallons of water per minute, and altogether is admirably adapted for the pur- pose for which she was built. Drawn up in the rushes that fringe the Wooded Island are half-a-hundred boats, each one unique in its way, and each in its construction emphasizing the peculiarities of the land from which it comes. In a minia- ture harbor two birch -bark canoes, brought from Hudson Ba)^, swing at the end of grass ropes. A little farther along is seen the picturesque Klingit canoe, which the Alaskan Indians use on their rivers. The bragozza, with its colored sails, reminds visitors of Venice, as seen in the picture-books. Among other boats are the Brazilian jangada, and two typical boats from Ceylon. They are the bat's a, or mail-boat, and outrigger, or Ceylon yacht. Now to the craft by which the visitor's trip must be made. The Gondola Company has twenty gon- dolas and four bissones, propelled by sixty gondoliers. The costumes of the gondoliers are of bright colors, after the style of the fourteenth century, and those for gala-days and f^te-evenings will be made especially handsome. The canopies of the gondolas and bissones is of rich heavy velvet, with linings of delicate tints to match ; the roofs covered with heavy satin. Gold fringe, tassels, and cords are used to ornament these canopies. There are also Electric Launches, pro- pelled by an unseen, noiseless power, that urges the launch swiftly through smooth waters. A fleet of more than fifty of these is now constantly passing and repassing on the lagoons and canals during all the hours that the Fair is open to the public. The course over which they run measures about three miles for the round trip, and there are landings at all the large buildings and principal points of interest. The boats thus furnish the best communication be- tween different parts of the grounds and at the same time an excellent means of refresh- ing oneself when tired of sight-seeing in the exhibit buildings. power is furnished by strong batteries, man- ufactured by the Consolidated Electric Stor- age Company, and motors especially de- signed and constructed by the General Elec- Gondolier trie Company. Batteries and motors are placed beneath the seats and flooring, sa that the utmost carrying capacity is availed of; and they are absolutely free from smoke, grease, offensive odors, and vibration. Bissone, or State Gondola. They are about sixteen feet in length over all, with a beam of 6 feet 3 inches, and a draught of about twenty-eight inches. They are elegantly finished in mahogany, are lux- uriously cushioned and carpeted, and carry about thirty passengers each. The motive At the normal rate of speed the batteries will drive the boats sixty miles without recharging, and while the speed of the launches on the lagoons is limited to six miles an hour, they can be spurted to a rate of nine to twelve miles when desired. 184 A WEEK AT THE FAIR, The launches are provided with gaily striped canopies to protect passengers from the sun, and with side weather-curtains for use on stormy days, or in case of a sudden shower. Whatever means of transportation he may select, there is now before him one of the pleasantest trips that a mortal may ever hope to enjoy. Gently gliding over the smooth crystal waters of the sunny lagoon, at every turn some new beauty bursts upon the enraptured view and sinks deep into the soul. Glorious vistas, filled with visions of transcendent loveliness, open up in a shift- ing panorama of antique sculptures, pala- tial architecture, and tones of color that may be conceived in fancy, but which can never be told in cold prose. Drifting idly along and abandoning himself to the sensuousness of the hour, on every side surrounded by sights of beauty, it seems no extravagance to say that nothing short of the ' ' New Jeru- salem " can present more entrancing scen- ery, and only a vision of its glories can surpass the perfect beauty of those to be enjoyed on this trip. A feeling of sadness steals into the soul in connection with the deep draughts of beauty and sensuous ease, for he realizes that where to-day stand sparkling fountain and gilded dome, Moor- ish minarets, statues, and golden portals, in six months will be a deserted stretch of low-lying ground and wide reaches of storm- tossed lake — "■ Delenda est Carthago!'" Even in its conception and building the idea of perpetuity was never entertained, and coincident with its creation was the fiat that in six months after its perfection must all that is builded be ruthlessly destroyed. But Vive la bagatelle! " Sufficient unto the day is the evil thereof," so let us enjoy the pres- ent, with no thought of what must or may come. Lie back in your gondola of far- away, old-time Venice, or your trim launch of modern America, and let all trouble glide from your mind, as the water from the prow of your stanch boat, for only a very few times in a long life may such a perfection of pleasures to all the senses be enjoyed. But all things earthly must have an end, and disembarking from his pleasure-craft under the shadow of French's gigantic golden Statue of the Republic, the traveler ascends the steps at the east end of the Basin, and passing through the graceful colonnade of the Peristyle reaches the Main Pier, whence he will take one of the large steamers for his home in the city. CHAPTER VI. THE FOURTH DAY AT THE FAIR. EW indeed in number are the people of the civil- ized world who failed to respond right royally to Columbia's invi- tation, for either by a separate and distinct i v e building or by national exhib- its, or both, most of the many nations of the earth are represented on the grounds of Jackson Park. The whole world felt an interest and its nationalities par- ticipated with the grandest and most char- acteristic exhibits of their arts, sciences, natu- ral resources, and customs, so illustrative of the conditions and progress of their respect- ive peoples. From far-away India, Burmah, Siam, China, Japan, Persia, the islands of the Pacific, Australia, Tasmania, Egypt, Turkey, and the strange lands of mysterious and almost unknown Africa have come most interesting and magnificent attractions. All the European nations have displayed the greatest interest and have given their un- qualified support and cooperation. The fin- est collections of art are gathered here, and each country displays in the most complete manner its varied productions. Millions of money have been expended by these, the participating foreign countries, and the beauty of the Exposition has been enhanced thereby to a great degree. They have constructed buildings of the finest character in which to make their exhibits, the style of architecture in each case being characteristic of the country represented. It will thus be seen that in addition to the beautiful buildings erected by the Exposi- tion management and the American Govern- ment, there is also a remarkable, handsome, and characteristic display of architecture from every part of the world, making the variety of design so extensive as to be be- wildering in its outlines. Chicago's guests from foreign climes are grouped in the northern portion of Jackson Park, in one of the choicest sections of its previously improved part. Their buildings are in close proximity to the North Pier, which is reached by the smaller excursion steamers from Chicago's Lake Front; and within easy distance of the principal pier, by means of steam-launches, for those arriving ( by the larger vessels. Another method of easily reaching the foreign -building district, and especially suited for those going by any of the railroads, is by means of transfer from them to the Intramural Elevated Rail- road, alighting at the Iowa State Building and walking southward, or at the loop by the Fisheries Building, and retracing one's steps. Assuming, however, that tempted by the bright sun and the balmy breezes which caress Lake Michigan's limpid surface, the visitor will select the water-route, the first of the foreign buildings he notices after landing near the Naval exhibit is that erected by our cousin John Bull. It is a typical English " half -timber" house of the style of the sixteenth century, and has been officially named " Victoria House " (E 20). The building is generally characteristic of the best type of English half -timber houses of the time of Henry VIII., of which there are still so many good examples extant. Terra cotta, however, is used exten- sively in the lower story, with red brick facing and mullioned windows; yet in its main features the building is a typical exam- ple of an old English manor-house. The upper portion is of half -timber construction of natural oak timbers, with overhanging gables and tiled roofs. As the building can be seen from all points, each fa9ade has been treated archi- tecturally. The plan forms three sides of a quadrangle, with the open side next the lake, inclosed by a raised terrace with balustrade. The center, on the front or inland side, is re- cessed, with steps leading from both sides up to the covered porticoes which open into a large central hall. On one side of the hall is a large library and reception-rooms; and on the other side, the secretary's office, and other rooms required for the work of the Commission. On the first floor is a large suite of rooms and offices. The walls and ceilings of the principal rooms are elabo- rately paneled. Colonel Edis, the honorary architect of the Commission, who designed the building has also furnished special designs for all internal fittings and furniture. Besides the necessary offices the house 185) Walker'Fearn. 186 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. contains large rooms for meetings of juries, receptions, etc. The exhibits are numerous and exceedingly fine, some of which are as follows: A large scale map showing the dis- coveries made by England in America, for, excepting the claims of the Norsemen, it is conceded that Sebastian Cabot, the emis- larly in high art works and pottery. A Seychelles cocoanut plant may be seen at this building. This plant, the coco-de-mer, was considered by " Chinese " Gordon to be the real "forbidden fruit of Eden." It is an extremely rare curiosity. Just west of the British Building stands a Soda Pavilion Victoria House. sary of the merchant venturers of Bristol, first landed upon the mainland of America. The Educational exhibit is very interest- ing, though all the specimens are from the primary classes. Cardboard and clay modeling, designs for tiles, wall-paper, etc., free-hand drawing, and many others are (E 20), where the visitor may quench his thirst before going on to the Clam Bake (E 19), near the Fisheries Building, which has a seating capacity of 22,000 persons. The building occupies a fine site, and like the other btiildings is made of staff, a material that gives the effect of white mar- New England Clam Bake Building shown. The Post Office exhibit presents the old and new methods, of that depart- ment contrasted, with patterns of coaches, locomotives of early and late date, etc. In the proper departments, as art, machinery, etc., the displays are especially fine, particu- ble, and is well adapted for decorative pur- poses. The facades, arches, and pilasters of the Clam Bake Building are richly and appropriately ornamented with festoons of fish-nets, lobsters, crabs, scallop shells, and other specimens of marine life molded in FOREIGN BUILDINGS. 187 staff. An annex known as the Banquet Hall is 140 X 170 feet, two stories in height, with a casino roof. The annex is used as the headquarters for the Knight Templars and yacht clubs throughout the world. The specialty of this place is, of course, baked clams. From the Clam Bake the route next leads to the Canadian Building (E 20), which stands on the lake shore a short distance from the United States Naval exhibit. The site is one of the best locations in Jackson Park. The pavilion, including the veranda, covers nearly six thousand square feet. The main building is two stories high, and has three entrances, the principal one facing the lake, the two others being in the east and west elevations. On the ground-floor, in the entrance-hall, the tower is circular as it issues through the roof. There is a veranda ten feet wide all round the building, having a balcony over- head of the same width supported by twenty- eight columns, with a balustrade divided into panels. The main cornice, which is a bold dental cornice, is carried on a level all around the building, and over it is a plain parapet wall. The building is covered with a low-pitched roof. Above the roof -line the tower is divided by detached pilasters into twelve panels, over which is the main cornice, and above the cornice is an open balustrade. The view from the roof of the tower on all sides is magnificent, having the lake in front to the east, and to the west and south the various buildings erected by the different countries and States. From this position you can take in at a glance a panorama of ■-^-^■p^z The Canadian Building. is a post office, telephone, and an intelligence office; to the right of the entrance-hall is the reception-room, and to the left the two offices of the executive commissioners and staffs for the provinces of Ontario and Quebec. In the rear of the main stairs are the lavatories. On the first floor are two more offices for the executive commissioners and staff, and four offices for the commissioners and staffs from the different Canadian provinces; also a committee-room and a parlor. The smok- ing-room is in the tower on the second floor, and in the attic are the quarters for the guardian. A plain style of architecture had to be adopted owing to the sum allowed for the construction of the building, which is 70 x 40 feet, having in addition a semicircular projection of twenty feet on the front and rear elevations. Over the front entrance architecture such as was never before beheld by the eye of man. In order to show the different woods indigenous to Canada the interior walls, ceilings, and floors of the pavilion have been finished in wood, highly polished, showing their natural grain. Each province has furnished the wood required to finish the rooms to be occupied by its com- missioners. The pavilion , with its finishings, cost about $30,000. It was designed by the Department of Public Works in Ottawa, Canada, and its construction was carried out under the direction of D. Ewart, assistant architect. Lying westward of and next to this building is that of another English colony — New South Wales — which is called the "Australia House" (E 19). The New South Wales Building is classical in design and ornamentation. It covers an area of 4,320 square feet, being 60 x 60 feet in exterior dimensions, with a portico 12 feet 188 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. wide extending across the front. There is a flight of three steps leading to this portico and extending across its front and ends. The portico roof is supported by six Doric columns, 2 feet 6 inches in diameter and 20 feet high, with a cornice, frieze, and balustrade extending around the entire building. At each of the corners is a large Doric pilaster corresponding to the columns of the portico. The entrance is in the center of the front. All openings have molded architraves and cornices, and each window has a pair of molded modillions under it. The exterior of the building is staff. The central portion is occupied by a hall thirty feet in width, and extending the entire depth of the building. In the center is a polygonal dome, 30 feet in diameter, the top being 40 feet from the floor. This dome adds to the effect, light, and ventilation of the port the roof of column-hall. A circular stair- way, approached from an inside entrance, is the means of reaching the top of the tower. This building has a frontage of 84 feet and 6 inches and a depth of about 95 feet. The height of the main building is about 50 feet, the tower rising to the height of about 65 feet. Rafael Gaustavino, New York City, is the architect of this building, which is erected on the lake front between Germany and Canada. It is occupied by the officers of the Spanish Commission and as a recep- tion-room for visitors. Many relics of Columbus are shown in this structure ; some of his letters, a sword which belonged to his beautiful and magnanimous patron, Isabella, also one wielded by Cortez in his conquest of Mexico, ancient Spanish artillery, with its cannon, ammunition, etc. Still walking toward the northwest, the The Spanish Government Building. whole, and is covered on the interior with ornamental staff. Arranged on three sides of the main hall are the various offices of the commission, eight in number. There is a large toilet-room in the rear. The architects were Messrs. Holabird & Roche of Chicago. North of Australia House, and ly- ing between Canada and Germany, is the Spanish Building (D 19), The building erected by the Spanish government at the World's Columbian Exposition is a three- fourths reproduction of a section of the Silk Exchange at Valencia, Spain. The erection of this building was commenced in 1492 pre- vious to the departure of Columbus' fleet. The section shown represents the column- hall and the tower, wherein all defaulting and bankrupt merchants were confined. Eight large columns 2\ feet in diameter sup- next structure to be visited is that of the German Government (D 19). The plans of this handsome edifice were drawn by Gov- ernment Architect Johannes Radke, in his studio at Berlin. The building has an im- posing frontage on the lake shore of about 150 feet, with a depth of 175. It is next to the Spanish Government Building, and but a stone 's-throw from the British. Its height is 78 feet, and the tower that overtops it measures 150 feet from the ground. Over the main entrance, in Gothic lettering, the following characteristic German motto in ancient rhyme appears: Nahrhaft und wehrhaf t, Voll Korn and vol! Wein, Voll Kraft und Eisen, Klangreich, gedanJcreich, Ich will dich preisen, Vaterland mein ! FOREIGN BUILDINGS. 189 Which in English would be: Fruitful and powerful, Full of corn and wine. Full of strength and iron. Tuneful and thoughtful, I will praise thee, Fatherland mine! In the belfry are hung three huge bells made of cast-steel at Bochum, Westphalia, and of, respectively, 80, 60, and 40 hundred- weight. These bells will ultimately go into the " Church of Mercy," now being con- structed at Berlin in memory of the late Empress Augusta. The building is a com- bination of several styles, and, though thus somewhat contrasting in its several parts, is not lacking in harmony of the total effect. The center is in the form of a chapel, rich in decorations. Bay-windows, project- room and the office of the imperial German Commissioner, Privy Councilor Adolf Wer- muth, a second hall is reached. This, in fact, is a separate wing, some forty feet high and divided by an arched passage of con- siderable width and height. This inner wing, with the exception noted, extends over the entire space in the building, cover- ing an area of about 2,000 square feet. The pillars everywhere are heavy, short, and solid throughout, and the arches are semi- circular, the style being early German Renaissance. Balconies rise in tiers on all four sides of this vast interior space, the heavy timber and castings used in their construction being richly painted and deco- rated. Subdued color effects, such as dull reds, blues, and yellows, are everywhere vis- ible, and the niches and corners show poetic ^=3^^*-== ?v^'^^ib ^Jv-A^ The German Government Building. ing balconies, turrets, etc., lend the struct- ure a most picturesque appearance, closely resembling that of an old German ' ' rath- haus," or city hall, such as may be seen, even at this day, in Nuremberg, or .some other ancient town. The massive walls are decorated and frescoed in South German style. The rather steep roof is covered with shining glazed tiles imported from Ger- many. The roof-corners, water-spouts, etc., down to the large lantern in front of the tower, are of shining brass or mellow-hued bronze. But the interior of the building is even finer and more impressive than the exterior. After passing through the mag- nificently decorated reception rotunda, to the left of which is the grand reception- paintings made by Max Seliger, a talented artist sent by the German government. August Fiedler, a well-known local archi- tect, supervised the construction of the whole building up to midwinter of this year, since which time, however, Herr Radke has taken sole charge of the work. The construction of the German Govern- ment Building (popularly known as the "Deutsche Haus" among the German- speaking population) alone involved, for material and work and interior decoration, an expenditure of $250,000. And this struct- ure, altogether sin i^encris and of a style of architecture (the early German Renais- sance) never before beheld in concrete form in America, is one of the most remarkable 190 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. on the whole vast expanse of the Fair grounds, one which at once attracts atten- tion and comment, both by its size and height, and by reason of its solid workman- ship, for there is neither staff -work nor hol- low pillars about it. It seems built to last for centuries. Besides being the central point for Ger- man interests represented at the Fair, whence Commissioner Wermuth tvill direct things and where he will hospitably receive visitors and inquiries, the German Govern- ment Building houses some by no means in- considerable portions of the German exhibit. The German publishers have arranged for a comprehensive general exhibit of their wares, the art of printing being, above all, well illustrated by a large assortment of magnificently bound volumes of every kind, rare scientific works especially. But cartography, lithography, photog- raphy, chromography, engraving, etc., and all their cognate branches, are likewise fashioned of gold and silver; handsome illuminated missals and prayer-books and Bibles; and lastly, plastic church art, such as statues and statuettes of saints, crucifixes, etc. , form a part of this highly interesting exhibit. It may be mentioned that a por- tion of the material used in the construction and in the inner decoration of the German Building itself has been furnished by Ger- man firms for purposes of exhibition. Thus the tiles of the roof — quite new of their kind in this country — of which there were used fifteen car-loads, are an exhibit in themselves, as are the beautiful windows, the antique furniture, and the ornate wooden ceilings in the reception- room of the Commissioner and in the ante- chamber. So, too, are the handsome carpets and rugs that are spread on every floor and staircase in the huge structure, all contributed by large manufacturers in Wurzen (Saxony), in Schmeideberg and Duren (Prussia). The exhibits in this build- ^m.-A, The Haiti Government Building. thoroughly represented . in thousands of beautiful specimens. And this fine collec- tion, which ultimately is destined to enrich some American institution, perhaps a public library or a university, is placed on the upper galleries, or balconies, of the build- ing, arranged so as to easily afford instruc- tion and an intelligent appreciation of its treasures. A reading-room for the public is also provided, in which students may in- dulge the privilege of feasting their minds on some particular tome that has engrossed their fancy. The second large collective exhibit is placed in the chapel, some fifty firms in Munich, Berlin, Heidelberg, Cre- feld, Carlsruhe, Aix-la-Chapelle, Cologne, Wuerzburg, etc., being represented in it. Appropriately enough, this exhibit is one of the modern church art, or rather art applied to churches. Some very fine stained and painted windows and oriels; magnificent church vestments of silks, velvets, linens, brocades, etc., embroidered or embossed; costly and artistic vessels for sacred use. ing are many, curious, and rich, but the visitor must see them for himself, as there is not space in a work of this kind for the merest catalogue of such displays. South and a little westwardly of ' ' Das Deutsche Hans'' as the Germans familiarly call this building, may be found a much smaller but very interesting exhibit — Here Haiti (E 19) has erected a building in the Southern colonial style, adapted from the Grecian . Broad piazzas flank three sides , while a central dome rises above the build- ing. The piazzas are 12 feet wide, and on the front portico the coat-of-arms of the republic is painted, with its motto, and below it appear the words " Republique Haitienne " in gold letters, and the figures 1492, 1892, and 1804. The first is the date of the discovery of America, the second the celebration of its four hundredth anniver- sary, and the last the date of Haitian inde- pendence. In front, supporting the dome, are eight Doric columns, and from the flagstaff on the dome floats the national standard— FOREIGN BUILDINGS. 191 horizontal stripes of blue and red — with the coat-of-arms in its center. The front en- trance opens on a hall 50 feet square, and this hall, the dome interior, and part of the exterior are decorated with festoons of the national colors. In the center of the main hall is a beautiful statue — " Rev- erie " — by Lafor- estrie, a native sculptor. This statue received 'Y: the second medal f ^. at the Paris Sa- 'v- Ion. To the right < opens another ^ > . , ; ^1 t-_ii _. ^^^ fg^^ ^M ^A^ r\Y-\ c^-v> -I ■«-\ y^i\'^<:i hall, 26 with a kitchen m its rear, where coffee of Haitian 'ill growth and made by a native cook is served to visit- ors at 10 cents a cup. The entire left wing is given up to offices, the first a large private parlor. From the salon opens the attaches' offices and those of the Commissioner. There is a corridor between the left wing and the main hall, terminating in toilet-rooms. The exterior dimensions of the building are 124 x wood and material and native labor have been used in its construction. It is a small building, 26 feet square, with a front eleva- tion of 32 feet. The wood used is teak, of the fine kind used in the building of the Malay proas, and the fa9ade and roof have been beautifully carved and gilded. These carv- ings, all done by hand, are exquisitely beautiful, representing the work of the best Siamese artists. Although her displays are not confined to this building, Siam has here many fine exhibits of gems, rosins, dyes, silks, cottons, grains, and a very fine dis- play of manufactured and leaf tobaccos. Some of the native boats are wonderful, and the work of the native women is very fine. Above the pavilion's roof floats the royal standard, a white elephant on a red field. Immediately east of Siam is the build- ing of the East Indies (E 18). It was not erected by the government, which decided to make no exhibit officially, though unoffi- cially they have done something toward this private enterprise. Mr. Taillene, collector of Indian curios, has done the ornamental fitting of the building, etc., and he has within it all sorts of Indian curios, rugs, etc., which are offered for sale. There are two tea-bars, similar to our liquor-bars, The East India Building. 100 feet, 50 feet high. The exhibits of Haiti have not been scattered through the various class buildings, but have all been concentrated here. One of Columbus' anchors, various relics of the aboriginal in- habitants of the island, the bust and relics of Toussaint L'Ouverture, pictures of the first president and others are gathered in this building. Coffee, sugar, liqueurs, syrups, fibers, minerals, plants, etc., and native women's work may be seen. Northwest of and across the walk from the building last visited is the site upon which the Siamese Government has erected its Royal Pavilion (D 19). A native architect furnished the design, and native except that tea is served instead of liquor. This tea is drawn by the Indian servants that Mr. Blychenden has brought over. The exterior is in East Indian style, modeled remotely after the fashion of the Taj Mahal. The most striking part is the doorwa3\ Associated with Mr. Henry Ives Cobb in the construction of this building was Mr. William Prettyman, formerly contractor of color at the World's Fair. He has charge of its decoration. The building is one story high with a gallery, and is entirely lighted from a central skylight, and consists of one open room with a gallery around it and a piazza in front. It is built entirely of staff, the exterior decoration with which is a 192 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. feature of the building. In shape the struct- ure is rectangular, 80 x 60 feet, 50 feet high, and its architecture is generally on Indian hnes. The main entrance is through a lofty gateway surmounted by minarets, which are repeated on the corners of the building; the whole decorated in the high, striking colors of the Orient. Just back of this building appears that of Colombia (D 18). This handsome little pavilion stands to the eastward of the Swedish Building and almost in front of that of the republic of Guatemala. It was origi- nally designed by M. Gaston Lelarge, a French architect and resident of Bogota, occupied by a remarkable and very valuable collection of antiquities, exhumed from j)re- historic graves in Colombia, comprising water-bottles, human images, helmets, trumpets, breastplates, necklaces, bangles, anklets, etc., all of pure gold. There are also several mummies and a large collection of ancient pottery. The second story con- sists of a gallery, which is partly utilized for an office and sleeping-apartment for the Commissioner. The building is surmounted by a glass dome and a condor, which is the national emblematic bird of Colombia. On each side a group of three figures supports a globe and Pavilion of Colombia. the capital of Colombia; but at the sug- gestion of Mr. Burnham, the Director of Public Works of the World's Fair, sundry changes were made by the architect and contractor, M. Jean B. Mora of Chicago, and accepted by Lieut. H. R. Lemly, Third United States Artillery, who, having been United States Commissioner for the World's Fair in Colombia, was requested by the government of the latter country to attend to the erection of its building upon his return to this country. The prevailing style of its architecture is that of the Italian Renais- sance. It occupies a space of 45x45 feet, but on each side are conservatories filled with rare tropical plants, which give it the appearance of much greater dimensions. There are two stories, the first of which is flagstaff bearing the national colors, yellow, blue, and red, which are said to have a poetical signification of the blue ocean sepa- rating the bloodthirsty Spaniard from the golden shores of Colombia. At a lower level , and occupying the principal place in the fa9ade, is the national coat-of-arms, consist- ing of a shield with three divisions, viz. , two horns of plenty separated by the gran ad a, a native fruit, a liberty cap, and finally a representation of the Isthmus of Panama, with a ship in each ocean. The exterior of the building is of staff. Its interior is pleas- ingly decorated. In the panels under the dome are found the names " Nunez" and " Caro," president and vice-president of the republic, of Bogota, the capital, and in the remaining three sides those of the nine FOREIGN BUILDINGS. 193 departments into which the country is sub- divided. After the Exposition the collection of an- tiquities above mentioned will be presented to the Queen Regent of Spain, in recogni- tion of her services as arbitrator in the ques- tion of the boundary between Colombia and Venezuela, her decision having favored the former republic. South of Colombia, and in the same plot of ground, framed by its triangular lines, is the Swedish Building (E i8). The site has the form of a triangle, and in order to make the best of it, it was necessary to give the building a similar form. In preparing site at Jackson Park. Its entire cost has been nearly $40,000. The design of the pavilion is the product of the personal taste and fancy of the archi- tect (Mr. Gustaf Wickman, Stockholm), guided by the style of the Swedish churches and gentlemen's country houses of the six- teenth and seventeenth centuries, and as far as possible the characteristics of this old Swedish architecture have been retained. The lower part of the front wall of the pavilion forms an exhibit of its own. It consists of modern brick, terra cotta, and cement work from the most prominent manufactories in Sweden, and in itself is The Swedish Government Building. the plans a hexagon was inscribed between the sides of the triangular floor plan, and the boundary of this figure decided the shape of the main hall of the building. The corner spaces of the structures form each a sepa- rate room of considerable size, and galleries run around the building, strikingly indicat- ing its peculiar shape. The hexangular main hall is 60 feet square and the pitch of the cupola is 70 feet. On the top of the latter has been constructed a steeple, carry- ing a flagstaff, from which the Swedish ensign floats, some 150 feet above the ground. The entire area of the floor is 1 1 ,000 square feet. The building was manufactured in Swe- den, where it was temporarily put together, afterward taken to pieces, sent across the ocean, and erected on its three-cornered 13 well worth the attention of experts. Except the part just mentioned, the entire structure is built of wood, and the whole of the wood- work has been executed by the Eskilstuna Traforadlings Aktiebolag, in Sweden. In accordance with the old Swedish fashion, the whole of the roof and walls are covered with shingles; the outside of the woodwork being impregnated with a preserving liquid to prevent decay. The window-sashes are all painted in green, and some turned de- tails of the balconies have been colored red, green, and white. The huge crown on the top of the steeple, as well as the framework around the bell, are gilded. The inside of the pavilion is painted in light colors, and richly decorated with bunting, coats-of- arms, crests, etc. The exhibition proper, which is to be 194 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. found under the roof of this building, con- veys a very good idea of the cultural stand- point of the Swedish people. Jamkontoret has here arranged a most complete exhibit of the best of the world-famed Swedish iron ores, also of manufactured products of iron. Several private firms and manufacturers also produce some splendid articles in this department, which, in fact, is the most im- portant of all — the mining products standing number one in the rank of Swedish export goods. China goods and glass products are well represented, also gold and silver work. Mention should moreover be made of the wood pulp and other manifold articles turned out by the numerous paper manufac- tories in Sweden, as well as the unrivaled safety matches, "• sakerhetstanddtickor.''' A complete collection of Swedish minerals and of instructive geological maps has also been brought together. The lady visitor will at once notice, and exhibit meets the gaze o£ the visitor. " Turist foreningen,'" together with " Nor- diska museet'' has here tried to show what Sweden can offer the tourist that crosses the boundaries. In the background is placed a large picture of the handsome capitol of Sweden, "the Venice of the North," with its famous and magnificent royal castle. There are also placed wax-figures, of full size, dressed in the gayly colored national costumes of the country. Two panoramas, one on each side of the room, represent, the one a typical Swedish landscape, the other a peasant's cottage with its occupants. The sport exhibit proper includes speci- mens of all the various means of transporta- tion used at different seasons and in differ- ent parts of the country, such as skates, snow-shoes, sleighs, canoes, yachts, etc., and can not possibly fail to arouse the in- terest of the sport-loving public. Photos, oil-paintings, models of ancient churches, and the like, complete the exhibit in this The Venezuela Government Building. probably be delighted with, the lovely em- broideries and other needle-work exhibited in this building. A greater collection of similar articles will, however, be found in the Woman's Building, where Swedish women, under the gracious patronage of H. M. the Queen of Sweden and Norway, are presenting a vast number of delightful and striking works of their own make. A further attraction of the pavilion is the excellent representation of a genuine Swed- ish home, which consists of four rooms fully furnished and decorated according to the custom of the country. Those who are under the impression that Sweden contains very little but snow and ice will be agreeably surprised by inspecting these rooms. Beau- tiful suites of furniture, artistically arranged, and splendidly executed draperies, etc., testify to the high standard of Swedish home industry. Across the hexangular hall, and exactly opposite the main entrance, an interesting department. A carefully executed bust of the great Swedish sovereign, King Gustaf Adolph II. , has also been placed in this room. At other places in the building portraits of the present monarch. King Oscar II., and of the heroic Carl XII., will be found. In the galleries are gathered exhibits illus- trating the school system and gymnastics, which are admitted to be second to no others. An abundant collection of publica- tions of vastly different character and pur- pose is also brought together here, and as already remarked, the entire exhibition demonstrates the high degree of civilization which has been attained by the Swedish people up to the present time, and no doubt it will prove a valuable means of instruc- tion to the student, and by its motley vari- ety of articles also a great attraction to the public at large. . It is not only by the exhibition just de- scribed that Sweden is represented at Jack- son Park. Smaller collections of articles FOREIGN BUILDINGS. 195 are also exhibited in the Agricultural Build- ing, Machinery Hall, and, as previously mentioned, in the Woman's Building. Swedish artists, moreover, exhibit in the Fine Arts Gallery a carefully selected num- ber of pictures, some of which have previ- ously received the greatest admiration in Paris and elsewhere. The office of the chief Commissioner, Mr. Arthur Leffler, is situated at the north cor- ner of the building. West of and across the walk from the Swed- ish pavilion is found the Venezuela Building (E 1 8). In view of the recent troubles in this State, and the depleted condition of her treasury consequent thereon, the decision to make a creditable exhibit of the country's resources at the great Columbian Exposition is indeed commendable, showing, as it does, the ambition and energy of this little re- and Dr. M. U. Toledo, two citizens of Vene- zuela resident in the United States. Prehis- toric relics, mineral and vegetable products, fine arts, manufactures, etc., are displayed. The flag carried by Pizarro during his mar- velous conquest and subjugation of Peru is shown, as are also many other historic curios. Along the walk to the east of Venezuela is a building of a different type, erected by an Asiatic power, that of Turkey (E 17). It is a reproduction of a fountain in Con- stantinople built 200 years ago by Selim the Great. On three sides of the structure are marble basins, into which spout crj^^stal waters, while upon the fourth side is a beautiful portal for entrance to the interior. Intricate carvings adorn the exterior walls, which are composed of mucharabia, a Turkish hardwood of great beauty. There are also alternate panels of inlaid wood and The Turkish Government Building. public. The building is a single story in height, and is constructed of white marble, in the Greco-Roman style of architecture. The graceful f agade is ornamented with three handsome towers, on the left one of which stands a life-size statue of Columbus. On the right is the statue of Bolivar, the " Lib- erator." Great credit is due to President Crispo for the efforts made by him to insure a creditable building and exhibit from his country. As soon as the war which re- sulted in the overthrow of President Palacio had terminated, special efforts were made to secure sufficient funds for this purpose, and also for the proper planning and man- agement of the finances and exhibits. As soon as sufficient money was guaranteed, a committee of distinguished citizens was ap- pointed and the work of collecting suitable exhibits was beg^n, and the whole placed under the charge of Messrs. J. M. Larralde mother-of-pearl work, with here and there a text in Arabic characters taken from the Koran, the Mohammedan Bible. The effect of this dazzling work is magnificent, and is enhanced by the gaudy uniforms of the turbaned guards who night and day patrol the building. Glorious mosaic floors and draped and festooned hangings of rich fabrics make up the interior decorations, and everything is made more magnificent by the rare display of rich silks, costly jewelry, and brilliant gems that abound.. There are also gums, gold and silver wares, daggers, soft fabrics, and other oriental wares. Here may also be seen many curios from the Stamboul museum, and historic relics of the greatest value. Lying west of Turkey and at the head of a po'int of land extending into North Pond, with a splendid location, is the Brazilian Building (E 17). The designs for this build- 196 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. ing were prepared early in September of 1892 by Lieut. -Col. Francisco de Souza Aguiar of the Brazilian army, who is also a delegate to the World's Fair. It was the intention of Mr. Aguiar, as the architect, to build the entire superstructure of steel, using wood only where it would be required to receive the plastering and staff enrich- ments for interior and exterior walls. After repeated conference with the representa- tives of several of the leading steel man- ufacturers, and the delay caused thereby, it became apparent to the architect that to insure the completion of the building in time for the opening of the Exposition wood must be substituted in place of steel in the construction of the walls. These changes were accordingly made, and the entire work was placed with Mr. A. L. R. Van den Berghen as contractor. The ground plan of the building is in the form of a Greek cross, the outside dimen- appropriate designs and harmonious colors. The columns and capitals of the four fa9ades are Corinthian in order. There are four campaniles, each with an open observa- tory seventy feet from ^rade. These points are reached by spiral iron stairs from the second floor to the roof, at which point wood stairs complete the means for ascent. The entire roof, except the dome, is flat and surrounded by a balustrade. A wood floor is laid over the roof-covering proper, thus affording a large, convenient, and safe place for observation. The interior is in perfect keeping with the exterior in all architectural fixtures. A broad flight of circular stairs affords easy access to the second floor. The cost of this building was $90,000. Northeast of Brazil is the Guatemala Building (E 18). This building is square, with III feet at each side, and occupies a space of 1,200 feet. Its architecture is origi- nal, but in no way classical. It is in the The Guatemala Building. sions being 148 x 148 feet. The elevation has two stories, 25 feet 6 inches and 25 feet high, respectively, surmounted by a central dome constructed of steel, 43 feet in diameter at base and 43 feet high at the crown. The entire height from grade to the top of finial is 120 feet. All girders having a span over twenty-five feet are composed of heavy steel beams, and all braces are of iron, the whole forming a rigid and substantial structure without the aid of wood bracing. The style of architecture is strictly French Renaissance. The Indian figures in the bas-reliefs of the fa9ades and those on the stylobate of the dome are allegorical, and representative of the republic of Brazil, and are very fittingly used in this connection. The windows are liberal in size, contain- ing about 4,500 square feet of plate-glass, weighing 15,750 pounds. The sashes are hung on pulleys and weights; a feature being that the sash when raised will be concealed, leaving the entire opening of frame below the transom free and unobstructed. The transoms, which are semicircular in form, are filled with stained glass, hand-painted in Spanish style, and corresponds well with the country it represents. The height of the first floor is twenty-four feet. In the center of the building a large court is arranged, 33 X 33 feet, with a gallery built on colon- nades. The court resembles the old Palos Spanish House, and affords freshness and ventilation to the entire building. In the court is a fountain, from which the water plays as from over a large rock. The four corners of the building are crowned by- towers, 23 X 23 feet, surmounted by beauti- fully decorated domes. The entire height of the towers is sixty-five feet, and in two of them are large staircases, giving access to the floor above, which extends as a terrace around the entire building. The structure is of wood and staff. The ornaments on the walls represent tropical plants and flowers. The building contains four large rooms on the first floor, and on the second a reception- room, two offices, and toilet-rooms. The most interesting exhibit of Guatemala is her coffee, and at a distance of about thirty-five feet from the main building is found a small rustic kiosk in which this product is to be FOREIGN BUILDINGS. 197 exhibited. The space around the building has been converted into a large garden, with coffee, bananas, and other tropical plants natural to the country. There are landing- places on the lake, opposite the principal entrance of the building. The amount spent in the entire work has been about $40,000. No expense or pains has been spared to give the Chicago Exposition a building worthy to represent the prosperous and pro- gressive population of this rich republic. The building is painted in two colors — imi- tation of stone and salmon-rose — a style which has never been used in this country before, and which is a specialty of Mr. Moras. The Norwegian Government Building. Following the curving shore of North Pond, as it bends first to the east and then to the north, another representative of the Latin states of Central and South America is reached. It is the Costa Rica Building (D 18), situated at the east end of the North Pond, facing west, and its location is one of the best in the confines of the park. Across the North Pond, and within a distance to be fully appreciated, are the Illinois, Washing- ton, Indiana, Ohio, and Wisconsin build- ings. To the right are the magnificent Gal- leries of Fine Arts, and on the left stand the structures erected by Guatemala and Spain, while as a background, and not far distant. Lake Michigan murmurs praise to the efforts of mortal man. A better site could not have been chosen. The building, which in style would be called Doric, is 103 feet long by 60 feet wide, with two stories and clear-story, making the full height 50 feet. On each side is a Doric portico, twenty-two feet wide, supported by; four large pilasters. Three easy steps bring one up to the main floor, supported by eighteen columns, rising to the full height of the clear-story. The cornices, frieze, moldings, caps and bases, window casements, etc., are made of iron. The main walls are cemented , and all is painted in effective colors. The inside walls are plastered, and the walls and timber-work are frescoed in a modest and becoming manner. The building is lighted by twenty large double casement windows in the first story and ten large skylights in the roof of the clear-story, while on all sides of the latter the win- dows are pivoted, so that when opened they will afford perfect ventilation . Ample toilet- rooms have been provided on each floor. Over each main entrance to the building is placed the national shield of the Central American republic in bold relief, making a striking addition to the decorative part of the work. The building cost about $20,000. The exhibit of tropical birds and plants dis- played here is magnificent. Reluctantly turning away from the glow and perfume of the flowers and the songs and brilliancy of the birds, to reach the building of Norway (D 18), which is the next of the foreign exhibits to be visited, it is neces- sary to take a course due north- east. From Costa Rica's build- ing cross under the Intramural tracks, and the next building on the right, going north, is the desired one. It is a little strange that the Norsemen, who claim to have been the original discoverers of America — naming Lief Ericsson as the finder, and the year 900 A. D. as the date — should be the most tardy of those making exhibits to put up their building. In style it is built after the model of the old " Stavkirke," a peculiarly Norwe- gian style of architecture, which dates back to the twelfth century. It is an oddly built cross-gabled edifice, the peaks of its gables ornamented with decorations similar to those with which the Norsemen of the time of Lief Ericsson — their alleged discoverer of Amer- ica — were wont to embellish the prows of their sea-going vessels. In size the building is 60x25 feet, and is constructed of Norway pine. It was planned and built in sections in Norway, then taken down and sent here and setup. All of its workmen and materials are Norwegian. Northeast of Norway, an antique Bud- dhist temple, facing Lake Michigan, presents 198 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. an attractive appearance. It is the Ceylon Court (C 1 8), consisting of a central oc- tagonal building with two wings facing, respectively, north and south. The length of the entire court is 145 feet; the width of the central hall, 50 feet. The architecture partakes of the Dravidian style, as it appears in the ruins of the ancient temples throughout the island. The beautiful Sin- ghalese woods have been used in the build- ing, cut and fitted in Ceylon, and shipped here and put together. These woods are the na, hulan-hik, margosa, surzya-mara, palu, and others. A projecting basement, four feet above the ground-level, sustains the entire court, which is reached by four highly carved stairways, two leading into the central building and one into each wing. These stairways and the general scheme of the court are copied from the European national structures. It has one of the best situations for such purposes, standing as it does at the southeast end of Fifty-seventh Street on the lake shore . There are two pavilions, connected by a semicir- cular colonnade, at the center of which and in the court thus made is a very fine fount- ain elaborately decorated with bronze stat- uary brought over from France. The court of the pavilion faces the lake, the in- closure thus made forming a delightful retreat. The smaller pavilion is on the south side, and contains the large room for the city of Paris, fitted up and decorated by the best merchants of that city, the walls being hung in the finest gobelin tapestry, and the room containing only works of art and fine bric-a-brac. The pavilion on the north contains one very large room, elabo- rately decorated in staff, with ornamental The Ceylon Court ruined temples of Anuradhapura and Polon- naruwa, the capitals of Ceylon between 543 B. C. and 1235 A. D. The cobra-shrouded figures in bas-relief guarding the ap- proaches are termed doratupalayas (jani- tors). There are other carvings of yakkas (evil spirits), hansas (sacred geese), inaka- ras (fabulous beasts — half lion and half crocodile), etc. The doorway is beautifully hand-carved in imitation of those of ancient temples. The nari-lata, a woman's body terminating in a leaf, and the liya-vel are beautiful decorations, as are also the female busts over the doorways representing divinities. So rich are the decorations in this building, and at the same time so intri- cate and numerous, that space can not be spared for a mere mention of them, though they are well worthy of a faithful descrip- tion, and should be seen and studied by all. Northwestwardly from the Ceylon Build- ing, and adjoining it, is the French Gov- ernment Building (C 18), the last of the ceiling and cornices. The panels between the pilasters and walls contain some of the best pictures of France. The room of this pavilion is entitled " De La Fayette," and it contains all the gifts, mementos, historical relics, and things of interest regarding the dealings between La Fayette and this country. This pavilion includes, besides this room, suites of offices for the French Exposition officials. The sketches for this building were made in France, and most of the staff models were made there and sent here. The French architects are Motte & Du Buysson, and R. A. Deuelle, associate architect. The exterior of the building is in the style of the French Renaissance, entirely of staff, and elaborately decorated, there being a very large group of statuary^ on the north fa9ade, and several historical paintings placed on the exterior of the building. The general effect of this structure is quite pleasing. In dimensions it is 250x175 FOREIGN BUILDINGS. 199 feet, and is but one story high. In addition to the exhibits already alluded to are mod- els and plans of the schools, prisons, hospi- tals, and sewerage systems of Paris, and many others of great interest. Taken alto- gether there is more of interest, for Ameri- cans, centered in this building of our old Revolutionary ally than in any of the other foreign buildings. No visitor to the World's Fair should miss getting a glimpse of the Great Central Court and Basin from the water approaches. Those who enter Jackson Park from the land approaches will be like guests who enter a mansion by the back door. At any of the entrances on Stony Island Ave- nue, or even at the great railroad termini in the Central Court, the visitor's first impres- sion is gained mainly from rear or side views. To get the full effect of the noble plan on which the grounds and buildings are laid out, one should approach the park by water, landing preferably at the Casino, or Main Pier, or, better still, he might board a steam-launch at the north end of the park, and after a short trip in the outer harbor be carried under this majestic Peristyle into the Grand Central Basin. He will find him- self directly in front of the Administration Building and surrounded by four of the ar- chitectural wonders of the world. Before leaving the water he will see more of the architectural glory of the Fair than from any other point of vantage. He will have entered by the front door. The outer piers are the daily means of landing at the Fair Grounds employed by tens of thousands of World's Fair visitors, the interior system being used to convey visitors from one point to another within the grounds. It has been estimated that on warm sum- mer days not less than 100,000 visitors enter the Fair grounds through the turnstiles at the two outer piers. Besides the crowds which embark at the Van Buren Street pier in the center of the city, the water route is favored by many visitors from a score of points along the lake shore; ranging from Kenosha on the north to South Chicago on the south. Besides the Henry syndicate boats-^which ply between the two latter points — there are numerous excursions from other lake points within a few hours' sail from Jackson Park. Steamers from Michigan City, St. Joe, Grand Haven, Milwaukee, Racine, and other points outside the syndicate's territory unload and reload crowds of excursionists at the Casino Pier. Nor are the interior water-ways less popular on summer days when the sun's rays invite to shade and rest. Gaily decorated launches, with cano- pies and side-awnings, make lake and lagoon trips a pleasure. Sleepy-looking gon- dolas float softly along, carrying women and children, who are going nowhere in par- ticular, except to bask in the artificial beauties of their surroundings. Captain Symonds, U. S. N. , has perfected the rules and regulations which govern the World's Fair system of water transportation. Under his care has been placed everything pertaining to the safety and comfort of pas- sengers by the various water routes. Sub- ordinate inspectors are on every pier and landing to see that the rules are observed, and the regulations for loading and unload- ing passengers at the outer piers are as nearly |)erfect as can be devised. All of the ofl&cials are uniformed and charged with the duty of preventing overcrowding, de- lays, or confusion, having ample police powers to enforce their authority. Captain Symonds' jurisdiction extends to Van Buren Street Pier up-town, and his inspectors see that there is no undue crowding at this point. There are two piers for landing passen- gers at Jackson Park within the Fair grounds. The Main or Casino Pier extends 2,500 feet into the lake and is 400 feet wide. Its foundation piers are stone, and it is so constructed that there is safe landing in any kind of weather. This pier is used by the larger steamers of the Henry syndicate and by excursion-boats. About two hun- dred feet from the outer extremity of the pier there is an anchorage-ground, where excursion-boats may remain during the day without interfering with the channel. North and south of the Casino Pier there are moor- ing-buoys for visiting yachts. The other pier, at the north end of the grounds, is somewhat smaller, being 800 feet long by 60 feet broad. At the northern pier steamers of light draught land their passengers . The south side of this pier is used by visiting yachts. Using both piers, the Henry syndicate has contracted to land 15,000 passengers per hour at the Fair grounds. At the Casino Pier there is from fifteen to eighteen feet of water, sufficient for the new whaleback steamer, built especially for World's Fair traffic, and with a capacity of 5,000 passen- gers. The World's Fair Steam Launch Company takes passengers in and out of the various water-gates to the Fair grounds, and gives them a short ride on Lake Michigan. This company has a special concession for this purpose, and its launches ply between three principal landings. Starting from a land- ing in the North Lagoon, adjacent to the Clam Bake exhibit, the launches pass out into Lake Michigan through the North Channel, rounding the Battle-ship, and mak- ing a detour they enter the Grand Basin and make a landing at the south end of the Manufactures and Liberal Arts Building. Returning to the outer harbor, the launches continue their trips to the South Pond, ad- joining the Agricultural Annex, where is located the Live Stock exhibit. The steam- launches do not venture from this prescribed route, and can not embark passengers from any point outside the grounds. The Electric Launch and Navigation Company has forty electric launches plying 300 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. on the interior water-ways. The course for the electric launches is three miles long, and includes the Grand Basin, North Canal, East, North, and West lagoons, and North Pond. On this course there are about fif- teen landings, one in front of each of the main buildings. The point of starting is in the Grand Basin, and the northerly extrem- ity of the route is in the North Pond, where there is a landing 200 feet wide in front of the Fine Arts Building. The electric launches make the entire round trip in about forty minutes, going up one side of the Wooded Island and returning the other. Stops are made at every landing, not more than a minute and a half being consumed at each stop. If all the launches and gon- dolas were kept running they would be within 200 feet of each other throughout the entire course. There are one or more launches always in front of each landing, so that intending passengers never have to wait. The capacity of each launch is about twenty -four passengers, and the only sched- ule time will be to keep moving. Purely pleasure travel on the interior water-ways is attended to by the Venetian Gondola Company, which keeps twenty gon- dolas and two steam-barges afloat in the la- goons and canals. The Italian craft are all of the fourteenth century pattern, and are gorgeously upholstered in velvets. They were built in Italy, and approved by the United States Consul-General before being shipped. Manned by expert Venetian gon- doliers, the capacity of the gondolas is about twelve, and that of the barges twenty -five. The only other craft on the interior water- ways are the occasional canoes, manned by Indians from the Ethnological exhibit, or some special exhibit of small craft by the Transportation Department. At various points along the Wooded Island canoes and odd-shaped boats are run up on the shore as purely decorative features. There are other decorative features at the bridges and landings. The South Canal is for the exclusive use of the gondolas, the Electrical Fountain being the principal at- traction at that point. There is no connec- tion between the South Pond — where the Marine exhibit is placed — and the rest of the interior water-ways except a low opening to admit the passage of the fire-boat. On all the interior water-ways there is a uniform depth of six feet, although none of the launches draw more than three feet. There is, needless to say, a constant current of fresh water throughout. For Exposition officials there is a special fleet of four electric launches. One is for the Director-of- Works, one for the Director- General, and the other two for distinguished guests. Captain Symonds has a special steam-launch for his exclusive use in making official trips about the grounds or to and from the Van Buren Street pier. The steam- launches have a pilot, an engineer, and one deck-hand each. The electric launches each have a motor-man (who guides the craft) and a deck-hand. The uniforms of all the officials connected with water transportation at the Fair are navy-blue, in single and double breasted coat patterns. The rank of the official is on his cap, and the company to which he be- longs on his coat-collar. Captains have three stripes on the sleeve, pilots two, first mates one, and chief engineers one. The brass buttons are of special Columbian pat- tern, with an anchor in the center. The hulls of the Henry syndicate boats are painted white, with buff smoke-stacks. The same colors are to be seen on the steam- launches. The electric launches have a nat- ural-wood finish, with a border of varnished cedar. The awnings on large steamers and steam-launches are navy-blue and white. Awnings on electric launches are red and yellow. ^ Every species of craft under World's Fair control flies two flags— the American and the Columbian maritime flag. The lat- ter is of white bunting, with an orange wreath of oak leaves in the center, and a blue anchor in the center of the wreath. Whether on the monster whaleback or the trim launch, the Columbian colors blend with those of the nation. The dreamily drifting gondolas have fourteenth century flags, in keeping with the illusion that the Middle Ages have been transplanted to Chicago to rub shoulders with the advanced civilization of the nineteenth century. CHAPTER VII. THE FIFTH DAY AT THE FAIR. ■\\ LOQUENT 1^^:^^ as have been the praises of this, the greatest of all exposi- tions, the visitor, like Queen Sheba of old, must feel that ' ' not the half had been told him," as he now turns on this his fifth day at the Exposition to see the thirty handsome structures erected by the forty-four States, six Territories, and one Federal District which together, banded in indissoluble ' ' union of lakes and union of lands," constitute the greatest and grandest English-speaking nation on the earth. It was a happy inspiration, indeed, which led thus afforded was grasped may be judged from the fact that within thirty minutes of Director- General G. R. Davis receiving his formal appointment as the executive head of this vast Exposition, Secretary Chase, the enterprising representative of the State of Iowa, was in Chicago calling upon the authorities and soliciting a first-class site for the structure of the " Hawkeye State." That the result was satisfactory will be seen by perusing the description of Iowa's build- ing and viewing her display. From nearly every other State and Territory came eager applications and enthusiastic responses. Did constitutional restriction or legislative en- actment forbid the expenditure of public money on buildings outside the limits of any particular State, its spirited citizens raised by voluntary and public subscription the sum necessary for a proper display. As a result every one of the forty-four States ex- cept Alabama, Georgia, Mississippi, Nevada, North Carolina, Oregon, South Carolina, Tennessee, and Wyoming, and three out of six Territories, have appropriate structures ■^ ^ The South Dakota the Exposition authorities to apportion such ample space for State buildings and invite the legislative authorities of each sovereign State to participate, not only by exhibiting its products, but by erecting a rally ing- point and rendezvous for its sons and daughters. How eagerly the opportunity State Building. wherein to display their historic curiosities or whereat to receive their citizens and guests. How to See the State Buildings.— These characteristic structures are grouped in the extreme northern and previously improved portion of Jackson Park. Let the visitor take the Illinois Central Railroad from the (201) A WEEK AT THE FAIR. city and alight at its South Park Station, where he will find the Fifty-seventh Street entrance to the grounds. Immediately upon his left on entering is situated the Esquimau Village (A 14). For a fee of 25 cents one can not only see the fifty- seven natives, with their wolfish-looking dogs, their sledges, spears, stoves, canoes, and lamps, but may gaze upon a large lot of gravestones, images, and carvings upon walrus ivory, and watch the domestic life of this curious people. They have a store of blubber, seal-oil, and other table delicacies so tempting to Esquimau palates. There are men, women, and children in the village, and their modes of life and the sanitary conditions (or rather the want of them) peculiar to them and their crowded quarters display, showing the diversified interests and resources of the State. Its dairy, sheep, and cattle products have not been neglected. Those who imagine that no fruits are grown in South Dakota will be agreeably surprised at the pomological ex- hibit. The educational department is very fine. Curious fossils from the bed of Chey- enne River, immense blocks of fine coal from her coal-fields, and photographic views of her varied scenery, artesian wells, etc., make up a grand display for this young State. Having seen everything of note here, the Washington State Building (C 15), lying just south, is the next point of inter- est. This is a very unique and pleasing structure, built largely of lumber and The Colorado State Building. do not ' ' lade the pulsing air with sweetest perfumes." There are some expert carvers and wood- workers in the village, and also many curious objects, which will repay a visit. Having satisfied his curiosity in regard to these " children of the North," he crosses the bridge over Northwest Pond and finds on his right the South Dakota Building (C 15), the first of the State structures. This building, which has an exception- ally fine location, is 60 feet wide by 100 feet long, and is two stories high, each story being fourteen feet. As far as possible South Dakota's brains, muscle, and material only have been used in its construction. The exterior is coated with Yankton cement fin- ished in imitation of cut-stone, and is very attractive. Mines and minerals, grains and grasses, fossils, pottery, clays, etc., have been given due attention and form a large materials brought from the State, and it shows, in a marked degree, the immense timber resources of that far-off section. For instance, the largest logs used in the foundation are 52 inches in diameter and 120 feet long, perfectly clear, sound tim- bers. Much larger could have been ob- tained, but the railroads were unable to transport them. The dimensions of this building are 140 x 220 feet. The exterior is covered with Puget Sound lumber, and it is roofed with the famous "Washington cedar" shingles. The 2,000,000 feet of lumber used were donated and placed in Chicago by the Lumbermen's Association of the State. The motive throughout the architecture is to call attention to the un- paralleled advantages of Washington as a source of lumber supply, and the idea is thoroughly carried out. STATE BUILDINGS. Leaving the Washington Building, the visitor will find it most convenient to next call at that of the "Centennial State," Colorado (D 14). This building is 125 feet long by 45 feet deep, and 26 feet by which the lanterns are reached, and a beautiful view obtained, A rear balcony overlooks one of the lagoons, while an open court is surrounded with another balustraded veranda, thus giving an abundance of out- The California State Building, from the ground to the main cornice, with two slender towers 80 feet high. The tone is an ivory white, with a faint color sug- gestion, and the architectural style that of the Spanish Renaissance. The entrance is 40 feet wide and 28 feet deep, and on either door space for pleasant lounging. The two reading-rooms and the assembly-room can be thrown together, making one room ninety-two feet long. The two hanging balconies at the end of the building form an attractive feature. The fittings in onyx and side are the main stairways by which the second floor is reached. Smoking, reading, toilet, assembly, and ladies' rooms are pro- vided, and the front balcony, 8 x 24 feet, ex- tends the entire length of the building. Each tower is ascended by a spiral staircase The Illinois State Building. Tennessee marble are especially beautiful,, and the ornamental front and the red Span- ish-tiled roofs give a picturesque and pleas- ing effect to this buildmg. Having fully investigated it, the visitor next reaches what seems to be a Catholic S04 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. mission of the days of the Jesuit regime. This is the California Building (D 15), and it is a reproduction of the typical mission that was once common in that State. The length is 435 feet, the width 144 feet, from the ground to the eaves 50 feet, and to the roof -center 65 feet. To the top of the dome is 113 feet. The walls are a close imitation of the adobe, or sun-dried brick, used in the original structures. The roof is covered with tiles similar to those covering the Jesuit missions. The principal features of the building are copied from the beautiful old mission at Santa Barbara; the other fagades recall those of San Luis Rey and San Luis Obispo. The whole mass, otherwise somber, is relieved by a large central dome, around which is an open roof- garden filled with semi-tropical plants. These glorious California products add an element of grace and beauty that gives a gala appearance appropriate to such an occasion as a world's great holiday. The building is further embellished by the rich molded win- dows over the arched entrances, and made musical by the old mission-bells in its towers. The departments for exhibits are arranged along the sides of the building on the ground-floor; the offices are grouped in the second story. The exhibits consist of min- erals, petrified woods, native wines and other viticultural displays, brandies. State industries, etc. Bidding adieu to this reminiscence of a by-gone time, the next building presents a more modern appearance. It is that of Illi- nois (E 16), in the form of a Greek cross, one axis of which is 450 feet long by 160 feet wide ; the other 285 feet long and 98 feet wide. At the intersection of the arms of the cross rises a dome with an internal diameter of 75 feet and an inside height of 152 feet. The gal- leries circle the interior of the dome, one 15 feet the other 96 feet 6 inches above the floor. Over the entablature rises the drum, covered with galvanized iron. A round lantern, 12 feet in diameter and 35 feet high, crowns the whole, its height above the ground being 234 feet. At the east and west ends are large entrances. Within the building are rooms for the governor of the State and his suite; others for the members of the State board; a great exhibition-hall, ante-rooms, and rooms for the accommo- dation of the woman's board. There are rooms at the east end for school-exhibition purposes, one being devoted to the use of a model kindergarten. In the northern end is a fire -proof room called the Memorial Hall, which contains historical objects usually kept in the State capitol at Springfield. The next building upon the route laid out belongs to the State of Indiana (D 15). This structure is Gothic in design, with cathedral windows, turrets, and towers. At either end a tall spire rises above the roof to a height of 1 50 feet from the ground. The ground dimensions, including the wide ve- randa which extends entirely around the building, are 53 x 152 feet. The building presents a massive appearance, and is three stories high. The first story is Indiana gray- stone, the second and third are wood covered with staff. The doors and interior finish are in oak, carved and polished; the floors are laid in mosaic. On the first and second floors a wide hall extends from tower to tower, separating the offices, parlors, toilet and reception rooms from the large assembly- hall and the hall of exhibits. On the ground-floor are separate parlors for women and men, with toilet and check rooms attached to each. On the second floor are a reading and writing room, a woman's room and private office, a men's room, two toilet-rooms, and the offices of the president and secretary of the State board. There are fine displays of historical portraits; archaeological, mining, manufacturing, agri- cultural, and educational exhibits. On the front of the building is a statue of heroic proportions, the work of an Indiana sculp- tress. Miss Jeannette Scudder. It represents the typical Indiana beauty, and is called the " Maid of the Wabash." The visitor now passes on to the Wiscon- sin Building (D 15), which is 50 feet deep and has a frontage of 90 feet, exclusive of the STATE BUILDINGS. 205 porches, of which there are four — two run- ning the entire length of the building on the east and west fronts, and one each in the centers of the north and south elevations. For three feet above grade the walls are of Lake Superior brownstone, and the first story of Menominee red pressed brick. The rest of the exterior finish is chiefly in dimen- sion shingles. The front and rear porches are supported by massive brownstone pil- lars — one at each corner and one at each side of the main entrance. There are also polished granite columns in these porches. In the angles of the gables is seen the coat- of-arms of the State, modeled by Miss has several fountains and is lighted by elec- tricity. Ohio's building (D 15), which is next reached, is not intended for exhibits of any kind, but rather as a social headquarters for people of that State visiting the Fair. It occupies a prominent site at the west of the Art Galleries and has a fine outlook over the water to the Fisheries Building. The architecture is of the style of the Italian Renaissance, simple yet dignified. The dimensions are 100x80 feet, exclusive of bay-windows, porticoes, and terraces, and its two stories are about thirty-five feet high. The semicircular portico 'has eight rt ^%./V> The Indiana State Building. Eunice Winterbotham of Eau Claire. The building is modern in architectural style, and is that generally used in club-houses and large private residences. The exterior is painted in contrasting colors, and the ef- fect is quite harmonious. The first floor contains the lobby, or reception-room, the ladies' reception-room, the intelligence office, post office, and men's lavatories, all finished in Wisconsin woods. About three- fourths of the way up the grand staircase is a Venetian stained-glass window, represent- ing Superior City. The lobby is floored with colored tiles. The second floor has three large rooms, one occupied by an art exhibit and two by the State Historical Society. There are also smaller rooms, as the men's reading-rooms and board of directors' office. The third floor is occupied entirely by sleeping-reoms. The building Ionic columns the full height of the building, surmounted by an open balustrade and roofed with red tile. The entrance vesti- bule leads to the reception-hall, 23 X48 feet, the vaulted roof of the building forming its ceiling. Around it run galleries level with the second floor. Opposite the entrance is a spacious alcove with an open fire-place, above which is a stained-glass window bear- ing the State's coat-of-arms. The frieze of this hall is a decoration of buckeyes, the State emblem. From the central hall open the rooms of the commissioner, bureau of information, ladies' and gentlemen's par- lors, writing-room, etc., with a smoking- room in the rear wing. The assembly-room, 30x42^ feet, is approached by way of the main staircase. The stained glass in the upper portions of the windows in the various rooms shows the names of the sixteen chief A WEEK A T THE FAIR. cities of the State. James W. H. McLaugh- lin, architect of this building, was born in Cincinnati in 1834, and commenced the practice of his profession in 1855; and from that time to the present, with the exception high. The main entrance opens into a tiled reception-hall, sixty-two feet wide and extending the entire depth of the building. Near the front, opening out of this hall, are the secretary's office, post office, check- The Wisconsin State Building. of one year (from 1861 to 1862), he has been actively engaged in its pursuit. Having disposed of the ' ' Buckeye " Build- ing, Michigan's (D 15) comes next. This is quite an imposing structure, 104 x 144 feet in ground area and three stories high. There rooms, and barber-shops. On either side of the halls are reception, reading, and toilet rooms for men and women. Wood fire- places with high oak mantels adorn each room. On the second floor is the assembly- room, 32x60 feet, in which is a fine pipe- The Ohio State Building. is a veranda across the entire front, from the center of which rises a tall tower, balconied, and pierced with windows, and 131 feet organ; also an exhibit-room, 31 x 100. Here will be shown specimens of the flora and fauna of this State. @n the third floor are STATE BUILDINGS, 307 twelve sleeping-rooms, for members of the commission and other State officers. On the second floor is the press exhibit, showing sample front pages of every paper and magazine published in the State. The pomological display presents 500 models of the various fruits grown in Michigan. The salt exhibit is especially interesting, as are also those of woman's work, educational, grains and grasses, etc. Probably the most unique thing is the poem entitled ' ' The Red Man's Rebuke," composed by the last chief of the Pottawatomies, and printed on birch bark. The exterior of the building is of Michigan pine and shingles, the latter stained soft red. The general color tone is light-gray. Leaving this building the visitor retraces After the close of the Fair the group will be cast in bronze and placed near the falls in Minnehaha Park at Minneapolis. The first floor is devoted chiefly to an exhibition-hall, where is shown a fine collection of the birds and ^ beasts of the State. Here are also specimens of her grain, minerals, and other products. In the center of the hall is a drinking-fountain of Mankato stone; on the left is a relief map, 23x25 feet, of Duluth and its harbor, and in the rear the superin- tendent's room, check-rooms, post office, and information bureau. In the mezzanine story are sleeping-rooms for the officials and em- ployes. One side of the second story con- tains the Woman's Auxiliary Board room, with reception, reading, and toilet rooms. his steps, passes back by those of Washing- ton and Colorado, and jnst across the walk by which he entered the grounds finds on his right the Minnesota Building (B 15). Its ground area is 80x90 feet, and its height to the main cornice is 41 feet. The frame is of wood covered with staff; the style of architecture being that of the Italian Renaissance. The roof is covered with metallic Spanish tiles. On the front portico stand statues of Hiawatha and Minnehaha executed by Jacob Fjielde and contributed by the school children of Minnesota, aided by the Woman's Auxiliary Board. This beautiful group is inspired by Longfel- low's poem,, and finds its motive in the lines: Over wide and rushing rivers, In his arms he bore the maiden. The Michigan State Building, In the rear are two guest-chambers. On the west side is the State Board room, with the reception, reading, and toilet rooms. The interior is decorated in plain tints, with elaborate friezes selected from designs by women artists of the State. William Channing Whitney was the architect of this building. Just across the walk from the Minnesota Building is found that of Nebraska (B 15). It is of the colonial style of architecture. Classical size is 60x100 feet. The outside of the building is covered with staff, made to represent stone. On each side of the building is a large portico, with eight large massive columns, running the full height of both floors, supporting the gables over the porticoes. Six large rooms open onto these A WEEK AT THE FAIR. Eorticoes, giving space for exhibits. On the rst floor is found a large exhibit-hall, recep- tion, check, waiting, commission, and men's toilet rooms. Reaching the second floor from this floor, by a large staircase ten feet .p^-^o. '- Emerging from this stnicture and cross- ing the walk, next in order is the Arkansas State Building (B 15). The architecture resembles the French rococo style, selected as appropriate because Arkansas was first The Minnesota State Building. wide, a large exhibit-room is entered. The janitor's and reading rooms are located on this floor, as are also waiting, reception, and toilet rooms for ladies. The building is amply equipped with stand-pipes and other apparatus for checking fires, and has every settled by the French. Staff constitutes the chief material of construction, its cheapness making it possible to enrich the facades of the structure at a moderate cost, which was necessary, as the building was erected en- tirely by popular subscription. The build- The Nebraska State Building. convenience for the comfort of visitors. Henry Voss of Omaha is the architect, and for the money expended ($15,000) he has produced a very creditable building. ing proper is 92 feet deep by 66 feet wide. The main entrance is through the ornate elliptical veranda, the steps leading up to which are granite quarried and cut at Little STATE BUILDINGS. 209 Rock. From this a triple arcade leads into the rotunda, 30 X 30 feet, extending the en- tire height of the building, rising to a square dome thirty feet in diameter. The unique feature of the building is the fountain in the center of the rotunda, donated by the Ladies' Columbian Club of Hot Springs. From the center of the basin, which is ten feet in di- ameter, rises a granite base bearing the figure of a boy holding over his head a pas- sion-flower, the floral emblem of the State. Around the base is grouped a fine collection of Hot Springs crystals, while crushed crys- tals cover the petals of the flower. Aquatic plants are placed at the corners of the basin. When illuminated by electric lights it is ex- ceedingly unique and attractive. This feat- ure was designed by Mrs. P. H. Ellsworth of Hot Springs. The three rooms, 15x15 feet each, on either side of the rotunda are used as ladies' reception and exhibit rooms; the large one in the rear, 25 x 65 feet, extends tion, and was the only woman occupying a similar position. She is a member of the Ar- kansas Board of World's Fair Lady Mana- gers, and is also a member of the National Press Association. Having beheld all that is notable in the Arkansas State Building, the visitor, cross- ing to the west side of the walk, sees before him that erected by the State of North Dakota (B 15). The style of architecture happily named the "colonial" seems ex- tremely appropriate to the State buildings, since it is dignified, though not severe; home- like and hospitable, yet not trivial. In the North Dakota edifice the solid structure of the front elevation is essentially classic, with large exterior colonnades, or porches, carried up to cover two stories, a feature which is useful and at the same time softens and makes attractive the severer lines, rect- angles, and arches of the classic ideal. The ground-floor colonnade forms the porch and The Arkansas State Building, the width of the building, and is devoted to general exhibits. It is extended through triple arches, opposite which is a beautiful mantel (twelve feet long) made of Arkansas white onyx. In the second story a broad gallery encircles the hall, affording entrance to six rooms, 15x15 feet each, corresponding to similar rooms on the first floor. The two large rooms over the exhibit-rooms are used as parlors for ladies and gentlemen. Al- most the entire first floor is laid in clear rift Arkansas pine, donated by the various lum- ber companies of the State. Mrs. Frank Middleton Douglas, nee Miss Jean Lough- borough, the architect, was born in St. Louis, Mo. Her father served as a colonel in the Confederate army. Mary W. Loughbor- ough, his wife, was an author of note. In April, 1892, Miss Loughborough submitted her design for the Arkansas State Building, and was given first prize over all competitors. She was made superintendent of its construc- 14 the second story a " gallery " (as it is called in the South), and the effect is rendered doubly attractive by the fine situation of the building. The interior offers generous stair- ways and hall space, lighting and ventila- tion. The whole first floor is thrown into one room, 60 x 90 feet, affording ample room for display of the State exhibit, which in- cludes nearly every product of the soil found in the temperate zone — whether from field or forest, farm, garden, or orchard. A feature of this room is a large fire-place facing its main entrance, flanked on either side by stair- ways, which meet at a landing and, merging into one, give access to the second floor, where are found reception, press, and com- mittee rooms, and toilet accommodations. The decorations of the building, both inte- rior and exterior, are conventionalized rep- resentations of the natural and agricultural products of the State of North Dakota. Wheat, corn, grasses of many kinds, etc., 210 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. are shown in bas-relief on bands, panels, and angles; and pedestals are occupied by allegorical figures and groups appropriate to the time and place. The material used for the structure is wood, covered with staff except where its position requires that the wood shall retain its own aspect. The ex- treme dimensions of the building are 40 x 70 feet and its height is 30 feet. It cost $1 1 ,000. On the same side of the walk a little farther north is found the Kansas State Building (A 15). The "Sunflower State" has a building which at once attracts the attention of visitors by its unique features inside and out. It follows the model of those structures which seem to have devel- oped, by natural evolution, under a warm and sunny sky. The building, cruciform in plan, measures 135 feet from north to south and 140 feet from east to west, and Just north of the Kansas State Building is a department of the Public Comfort (A 15). There is a park gate here where but one class of visitors will be allowed to enter — the bicyclers. Here, and at one other en- trance, all wheels must be left, and arrange- ments are made to accommodate 16,000 wheelmen daily. Check-rooms, toilet-rooms, etc. , have been provided for both male and female riders. Leaving the ranks of wheels and the crowds of riders, the visitor, turning toward the east, next reaches the Texas State Building (A 15), which was provided en- tirely by the women of that State. Plans were prepared by J. Riley Gordon of San Antonio for a structure of considerable architectural grace and beauty. The build- ing contains assembly-rooms, 56 feet square and 20 feet high, provided with a large The North Dakota State Building. was one of the first State buildings to be completed, and the first to be dedicated. The rear of the building was especially designed for the valuable natural history collection of the State University, which is one of the most notable exhibits of the Fair. The bas-reliefs in front of the tower rep- resent the State as she was when admitted into the Union in 1861, armed for her strug- gle " ad astra per aspera " (through diffi- culties to the stars); and again under her present prosperous aspect, crowned with the wealth of her endless resources. Seymour Davis, architect of the Kansas and Territo- rial buildings, is well known west of the Mississippi River. He was born in Phila- delphia, Pa., in 1863, and here he completed his architectural education. He moved to Topeka, Kan., in 1883, and has been actively engaged in his profession since 1886. art -glass skylight in the ceiling, with a mosaic Texas star in its center. The ros- trum, ante-rooms, etc., are finished in the natural woods of Texas. The administra- tion wing contains a register and rooms for a bureau of information, messengers, tele- phone, telegraph, secretary, president, di- rectors, Texas Press Association headquar- ters, lady secretary, president, and executive committee, lobby, historical museum, and library; also toilet-rooms, rooms for county collective exhibits, etc. The main entrances are through vestibules, flanked on either side by niches and colonnades. The main vesti- bule terminates in a large auditorium, from which entrance is afforded to the various working departments above mentioned. In the treatment of the design the architecture has not deflected from the traditions of the " Lone Star State," which from the first has STATE BUILDINGS. 211 been marked by; a Spanish tinge, whose architectural feeling and beautiful botanical effects lay down a chain of thought far too beautiful to forsake for that of this modern day. Therefore the architect has designed Son of Chicago. J. Riley Gordon, the archi- tect of this building, was born at Win- chester, Va., in '1863. In 1873 his family moved to San Antonio, Tex,, and in 1881 Mr. Gordon began the study of architecture •^■;^' >t- The Kansas State Building. the building, colonnades, grounds, fount- under W. K. Dodson of Tennessee. Mr. ains, foliage, etc., to present a Spanish Gordon is widely known in his adopted vista, a bower of beautiful Texas foliage, State, and has a large patronage within its comprising the banana, palm, magnolia, borders, pomegranate, Spanish dagger, orange, and From the " Lone Star State" to the " Blue The Texas State Building, many rare tropical plants common to Texas. The building cost $40,000, the contract hav- ing been awarded to Messrs. W. Harley & Grass State " seems quite a long distance, but here they are found as near neighbors, for across the walk, just south of the former. 212 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. is seen the Kentucky State Building (B 1 6). The architect's idea in this structure is to typify the Southern colonial style as distinguished from that of New England; the most striking features of the former being the great pillared porch in front. Another object is to suggest the better class of the old Kentucky homestead, and at the same time to give enough variety to meet the de- mands of the occasion and furnish an at- tractive club-house where Southern hospital- ity can be dispensed. The exterior of the building is covered with staff — the material used on the large national buildings — colored a rich cream, trimmed with pure white for all columns, cornices, etc. The size of the building, exclusive of porches, is 75 x 95 feet, with the main entrance in the center of the principal fa9ade, under the cover of the porch. This entrance leads into the large central hall, from which open offices, parcel- rooms, post offices, etc., and under a wide platform just opposite the front door, at the er's room, sleeping-rooms, and bath-rooms are also on the second floor. When desired, the exhibition-rooms can be thrown into one. The woodwork throughout is finished in white enamel. Mason Maury and W. J. Dodd of the firm of Maury & Dodd, Louis- ville, Ky., were the architects of this build- ing. The former is a native of Louisville; the latter was born in Chicago. This firm is a noted one, and has a large clientele in the " Blue Grass State." Just south of and next to this building is the interesting structure of Florida (B 15). The group of Southern buildings upon the grounds of the World's Columbian Exposi- tion in Chicago contains several noteworthy specimens of work by Southern architects, both in the shape of the original designs of typical Southern character and in the re- production of Southern buildings that claim attention because of their historic interest. These buildings lack the pretentious propor- tions and elegance of some of the structures The Florida State Building. other end of the hall, is the entrance to the dining-room. This platform is midway between the two stories, and as the greater part of the hall extends upward to the roof, with galleries around the second story, it is an excellent ' ' coign of vantage " for the ora- tors (of which this State produces such an abundance) to glorify the past, present, and future of the ' ' dark and bloody ground." On the left side of the hall, in a recess, is the great fire-place, where huge "back- logs " will be burned to combat the chill blasts of the "Windy City." The ladies' parlors are on the left side of the building, off the reception-hall, and adjoin the check-room and post office. Opposite are the gentle- men's parlors, smoking and toilet rooms, with side entrance. The dining-room, 20 x 40 feet, well lighted, and recessed for a fire- place opposite the entrance, communicates with the kitchen, store-room, etc. Three large exhibition-rooms extend across the entire front of the building and open out onto the wide gallery. The commissioner's room, a private hall, the lady commission- erected by Northern and Western States, but most of their modest size and character is largely due to the fact that the provision for these Southern buildings was made al- most entirely by private subscription, apart from legislative aid. This does not in any respect detract from their attractiveness or value, for in nearly every instance they have been planned and constructed to meet a specific purpose, either in making provision for a particular line of exhibits or to em- body Southern characteristics in their archi- tecture. In nearly all respects they are dis- tinctively Southern, being the embodiment of Southern ideas in Southern materials. The commonwealth of Florida, for in- stance, carrying out this idea, chose a unique design for a State building, which is as striking as it is original and historic. Few of the State buildings on the World's Fair grounds have attracted so much atten- tion during construction as the reproduction of old Fort Marion, St. Augustine's remark- able Spanish fortress, which will serve as the Florida headquarters during the Expo- STATE BUILDINGS. 213 sition. This structure probably outranks any other building at the Fair in the antiq- uity of its historic interest, St. Augustine, Fla., and Santa Fe, N. M., are the oldest towns in North America, and the history of St. Augustine is the history of Fort Marion. The old fort has figured in the stirring events of three centuries. It was called by the Spaniards San Juan de Pinos, San Augustin, San Marco, and by the English St. Mark, the name of Fort Marion being given by the United States Government in honor of Gen. Francis Marion, of Revo- lutionary fame, in 1825, when the peninsula came into the Union. This ancient fortress, first used as such in 1565, witnessed the struggle between the Spanish and French for the possession of the river of dolphins; the destruction of the early Spanish settle- ment by the English sea-king, Sir Francis Drake, in 1589; the bitter warfare with the American troops have alternately battled for and occupied it, and like a martial barometer it has recorded many mutations of national- ity, to rest at last calmly and securely under the domination of the United States. It did not figure in the war between the States, but has been used as a place of detention for fierce Apache raiders, who, separated from their marauding brethren by almost the width of this vast continent, have cooled their impotent rage and smothered their despair within its walls of stone. The re- production is faithful; bridge and moat, watch-tower, sentry-box, and parapet, cur- tain and bastion are exactly as in the origi- nal. In the interior in addition to the court is a hall and several rooms for the conven- ience of guests and others. From the " Peninsular State," fraught with the glow of summer suns and antique reminiscences, the visitor, still going south- The Missouri State Building. English colonists of South Carolina and Georgia, under Governors Moore and Ogle- thorpe, and lastly the fierce ravages of the Indian foe in the Seminole War. Its walls have sheltered half -starved Spanish garri- sons, have kept in misery the Indian slave and the English prisoner, and have been the home of the convict. The fortress is in all respects a castle built after the style of the Middle Ages. The foundations of the fort, as it now stands, were laid in 1620. After more than a century of toil by an army of troops, bands of Indian captives, slaves, convicts, and exiles, the great bas- tions were finally completed, tinder the name of Fort San Marco, in 1765. It then required an armament of 100 guns and a garrison of 1,000 men. It is this old for- tress, with its historic associations, that the Florida Commission has reproduced at Jackson Park, and but few of the buildings there_ attract so much attention. Indian, Spaniard, English buccaneer, French and ward, next reaches the Missouri Building(B 16), which is a massive structure of the com- posite order of architecture. A long fa9ade, pierced with deeply recessed arches, is two stories high, the upper lighted by square windows. At the west end is a low square tower, with a steep roof running to a point, terminating in a flagstaff. At the east end is a taller tower, also square, surmounted with a lantern, which has a towering flag- pole on its summit. At each corner of this tower is also a shorter pole, from which flags are floating. A beautiful view is obtained from the upper story of this tower. The in- terior of the building is divided into large halls for displays of women's work, curios, and historical relics, and there are also nu- merous reception -halls, toilet and check rooms, parlors for men and women, reading and writing rooms, etc. The building, as far as was practicable, was built of Missouri materials, by Missouri mechanics, and its rugs, carpets, curtains, and other furnishings 214 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. are largely the products of the labor of the women of this State — the wool clipped from the native sheep having been carded, spun, and woven by them. Although the pro- ducts of this member of the Sisterhood of States are distributed chiefly in their appro- priate national buildings, the exhibit here is of great interest. Specimens of the fruits of the Olden Farm, in Howell County, the largest orchard in the world, show what this favored section can do in that direction. The year 1892 was the poorest fruit year in a century, yet South Missouri, judg- ing from what is seen here, seems not to have realized it. Grains, grasses, and the fine cabinets of woods and economic min- erals displayed rank this exhibit among the best. spection. Eleven beautifully carved panels designed and executed by women of the State form a feature of the exhibit that is quite charming. The rice industry, from the planting of the grain on through its growth, gathering, and final use, is shown, as are also the immense sugar industries. Other agri- cultural products are not neglected, and the display of woods is very fine. Last but not least is the Creole kitchen, where gumbo soup, puis cafe, cafe noir, and the thousand and one delicacies for which the State is noted are served. Iberia's Tabasco pep- per-sauce contributes its pungency to the seasoning, and those who have never eaten a real Creole meal now have an opportunity to obtain one, cooked and served in ante- bellum style by snowily turbaned and The Pennsylvania State Building. Just west of Missouri, and between that State and Minnesota, is found the exhibit of the " Pelican State." The Louisiana State Building (B 15) is north of and facing the western Annex of the Art Galleries. Of its eight rooms, one is devoted to the Acadian exhibits from the quaint old French col- ony in the lovely Bayou Teche country. Longfellow in his " Evangeline " has im- mortalized both the country and its dwellers, and this exhibit will be exceedingly interest- ing. Another room is devoted to the relics of the French and Spanish days of Louisiana; and a third contains the richly carved an- tique furniture of Governor Galvez, which is usually kept in the museum of the capitol at Baton Rouge. A Creole concert com- pany and a comprehensive exhibit of the schools for negro children are worthy of in- aproned colored cooks and waiters, and superintended by young ladies of Caucasian blood, representing the beauty and hospi- tality of that grand commonwealth. Turning back from the "Pelican State," one finds upon the right-hand side of the north and south w^alk, down which he came, the stately edifice of Pennsylvania (B 16). The style is colonial, reproducing the historic clock-tower of Independence Hall, in Philadelphia, wdth the old liberty bell. The first and second stories are of Philadelphia pressed brick, floors of native marble and woods, and the walls orna- mented with wainscot panelings from Penn- sylvania forests. The front entrance opens into a central rotunda 30 feet in diame- ter and 40 feet high. To the right and left are general reception, toilet, and dress- STATE BUILDINGS. 215 ing rooms. In the rear the exhibition-room extends the entire width of the build- ing, its walls ornamented with portraits of distinguished Pennsylvanians. Many rare documents and relics of historical interest are displayed, the grandest of which is the old Liberty Bell, whose tocsin pro- claimed to all the world the birth of the Republic. Broad staircases lead to the second story, where the waiting-room and offices of the executive commissioner are located; also a room for the use of press correspondents, and another containing Pennsylvania newspaper-files. The doors and windows of the second floor open upon broad verandas, and outside staircases lead to the roof-garden. Statues of William Penn and Benjamin Franklin, historical maps, books, portraits of governors and other prominent citizens, and relics are ex- hibited. Surmounting the main fa9ade of the building are several pieces of statuary — the Pennsylvania coat-of-arms; figures of William Penn and Benjamin Franklin, heroic in size, about twelve feet high, and the allegorical groups at the right and left angles of the building. The last are indic- ative of mines and mining on the one hand, and of science, manufactures, and agricul- ture on the other; with the central figure, in either case, of their sheltering and guiding spirits. The designer of the building was Mr. Thomas P. Lonsdale, a noted Philadelphia architect. Leaving the building in which these inter- esting exhibits are seen, the journey is re- sumed, and on the right-hand or east side of the walk, opposite the Florida Building, stands the Joint Territorial Building (B i6) of Arizona, New Mexico, and Oklahoma. homa, with her grains, grasses, fruits, and cattle products; Arizona, with her minerals, her sub-tropical fruits, her cacti and other flowers, and the handiwork of her Indians — Old Libeity Bell. such as Navajo blankets, Moqui water-bas- kets, and Apache whips and braided work; and New Mexico, with her display of gold, silver, and mining appliances, her glorious fruits and wines, her artistic gold and silver filagree work, done by Indian and Mexican artists, are certain to attract attention. The West Virginia State Building. This modest little structure was designed by Seymour Davis of Topeka, Kan. Though these Territories are yet in their infancy, their exhibits are exceedingly fine. Okla- Characteristic views of the dwellings, the scenery, and the people of these Territories are shown. Next in order, on the same side of the 216 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. walk with and north of the Joint Ter- ritorial, is that of West Virginia (B i6). In this building, as is appropriate for a State bearing the Virginia name, the style is strictly colonial. It is a wide-spreading house, with great hospitable piazzas, re- sembling those of Mount Vernon, Monti- cello, Harperly, Malvern, and other historic houses along the Potomac, the Rappahan- nock, the York, and the James. The broad veranda makes almost a complete circuit of the mansion, and on the northern and south- ern fronts forms a semicircular porch. The doors and windows are all of generous width, and the stairways and halls of simi- larly hospitable proportions. The ornamen- tation follows the same idea, being carried out in classic forms in the way of festoons and other graceful armngements of flower and l^af . The main entrance is surmounted by the arms of the State in bas-relief. On shingle roof, the outside being weather- boarded and painted. The interior is plas- tered, with hardwood finishing, and the ceilings are of ornamental ironwork from Wheeling, W. Va. In fact all the exterior is made of material native to the State. It is 58 X 123 feet (including the semicircular verandas), and the cost was $20,000. Across the walk and due north of this structure is that of Utah (A 16). This building is situated at the extreme north end of the Fair grounds, and is 90 feet long by 50 feet wide, with the major axis running east and west, the principal front facing south, and two stories high. The first floor contains an exhibition-hall extend- ing up through the second story and form- ing a semicircular light-well and gallery at the intersection of the second floor; the secretary's apartment, the bureau of infor- mation, and ladies' reception-rooms, together The Utah Building. each floor are two fine colonial fire- places, with wood mantels elaborately carved. The aim in this, as in all examples of the style, is a combination of beauty and simplicity. As is necessary in this sum- mery, almost semi-tropical house, the open- ings, both exterior and interior, are broad and airy. The main floor is entered through a vestibule flanked by committee-rooms, and after passing through this the visitor enters the large reception-hall, having parlors with drawing-room and toilet-rooms. The second story contains other committee-rooms, and also an assembly-room of generous propor- tions, being 76 x 34 feet, and 13 feet high. The exhibits from West Virginia being largely composed of minerals and things beautiful and curious connected with mining and metallurgy, preparations have been made for their display and safe-keeping in cabi- nets of great size, number, and variety. The building is of wood, with high-pitched with toilet-rooms, etc. On the second floor are located the officers' quarters, and a large room for special exhibits. The architectural style chosen for the exterior of the building is Renaissance, this being appropriate for small buildings, and at the same time in perfect harmony with the larger ones. The entrance is reached by a spacious approach and broad steps leading to a semicircular portico, which forms the principal feature of the south front. It is used as a head- quarters for Utah people visiting the Fair, also as a bureau of information generally, where people can get reliable information, statistics, and data regarding Utah and its people. There are also kept in the building some special exhibits — many of which are of great interest — and such others as do not enter into competition in the general build- ings. Dallas & Hedges of Salt Lake City are the architects. The cost of the building and furniture complete was $18,500. Mr. Dal- STATE BUILDINGS. 217 las of the firm of Dallas & Hedges, archi- tects for the Utah Building at the World's Fair, is a native of Utah, born in Salt Lake City in 1857. He has designed many of the finest buildings in Utah, Nevada, Idaho, and Wyoming, and is a member of the American Institute of Architects, Salt Lake Institute of Architects, and of the Polytech- nic Society of Utah. Immediately to the west of the Utah Building, and on the same side of the walk, is seen the Montana State Building (A 16), designed by Galbraith & Fuller of Livingston, Mont. It is one story, in Roman style, the dimensions being 62 feet 10 inches front by 113 feet deep; height of story, 16 feet in front and 20 feet in rear, with gallery. Its frame is constructed of wood and iron, covered with glass and staff, and the building contains spacious reception- into a spacious vestibule, 24x28 feet, with 16-foot ceilings, finished in staff, and painted and grained in oak. The walls and ceilings are paneled; the heavy arches over openings supported with molded pilasters. The floor is of marble. From this vestibule are entrances to the lobby, the ladies' reception-rooms and parlors, and men's reception-rooms and parlors. In the lobby are entrances to ladies' and men's reception- rooms and parlors ; also to a rear banquet-hall. The lobby is 22 x 22 feet, and is covered with a glass dome 38 feet high. Its walls contain eight panels of Georgia pine, re- cording historical events of the State. To the right and left are entrances to two reception-rooms, parlor for ladies, 20x22, and smoking-rooms. These are finished in Georgia pine, having 16-foot ceiling, and heavy wood cornices painted in oil tints. rooms for men and women. The main entrance, through the vestibule, leads to the lobby, reception-hall, with gallery, smoking and toilet rooms, ladies' parlors and toilet- rooms, and office, baggage-room, kitchen, and two janitors' rooms. The exterior of the building is ornamented with heavy molded and fluted pilasters, Roman caps and bases. The two side wings in front, with main entrance, are ornamented with heavy pediments representing clusters of fruit. The main entrance between these wings is 28 feet wide and 16 feet high, with a large Roman arch supported with columns, molded caps and bases, and balustrades between. On either side of this arch are two panels containing the seal of the State and the date in Roman figures. These are 4x5 feet, and solid sheet gold. Above the arch is a pedestal supporting a miniature mountain-peak, upon which stands an elk nine feet high, the antlers measuring ten feet from tip to tip. Enter- ing the building, you pass through the arch The Montana State Building. From the lobby to the banquet-hall, 52x40 feet, we pass through a large arch in the front, on either side of which are located two offices, 12x12 feet; also entrances to lavatories. The stairs at either side reach a gallery 40X 52 feet, surmounted with a glass dome, 32x32 feet, used for special exhibits of the State. On the first floor, on either side of the rear entrance, are baggage-rooms and offices, 14x16 feet; also a kitchen with pantry. All are ceiled with pine painted in oil tints. There are ladies' and men's lava- tories, toilet and reception rooms, with recess drinking-fountains. The interior is lighted with 128 clusters of electric lights. The cost of the building was $15,125. Still moving eastward, the next point of interest is the Idaho Building (A 17), on the same side of the walk. This young State, though traversed by many beautiful and fertile valle^^s, is in the main a mount- ainous region, its mean elevation being 4,700 feet above the sea-level. Its Indian name, a word of the Shoshone tongue signi- 218 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. fying "light," or "gem of the mountains," is indicative of its glorious beauty. Its many streams are bordered by dense forests of valuable timber and its mountains are massive treasure-houses of the precious cedar-logs, stained to present the weather- beaten appearance of age. Swiss bal- conies hang about it, and it is roofed with "shakes" held in place by rocks. The chimneys are large and roughly stuccoed to The Idaho State Building. metals. Though its progress toward refine- ment and riches has been, and is, rapid, yet the log-cabin of the pioneer is still a famil- iar sight, and the forests and hills abound with game. These have given to the architect his motive in creating a struct- ure which should truly typify the spirit and conditions of young Idaho. Hence imitate the chimneys of actual pioneer days. An arched stone entrance opens into a large hall, at the end of which is a stone fire-place with log mantel. The remainder of this floor is divided into ofiices, sleeping and toilet rooms. By stairways on either side of the fire-place, an upper hall is reached, the windows of which are glazed with Idaho The Maryland State Building. this structure, which is three stories high, mica. In front of this hall is the women's with a foundation of lava and basaltic reception -hall, representing a miner's cabin, rock, is made to resemble a three-story its fire-place of metalliferous rock, and and- log-cabin. The timbers used are stripped irons, door-latches, etc., made in imitation of STATE BUILDINGS. 21& miners' tools. At the rear of the hall the men's reception-room, an imitation of a hunter's and trapper's cabin, has a fire-place of Idaho lava, the andirons made of bear- traps and fish-spears; the other hardware therein representing arrows and other Indian weapons, etc. The entire third floor is one large hall for exhibits, receptions, etc. From the rugged but beautiful edifice of this State the visitor crosses the walk and due south finds the Maryland Building (B 17), which is 78 feet deep and 142 feet wide. The architecture is of the so- called free classic Corinthian order, the style from which the colonial work of the last century developed. The building is three stories high. The main entrance is through the right of the main hall is another exhibi- tion-hall, 25x26 feet, used for the women's, exhibit, and adjoining it is a ladies' parlor and toilet-room. In either corner of the hall is an office, bureau of information, and pas- senger elevator. The second floor contains, three parlors on the front, and on the end an office, reading, smoking, and toilet rooms. On the third floor are the janitor's rooms and those of the commissioners in charge. The building was designed and executed under the direction of Baldwin & Penning- ton, architects, of Baltimore, Md., whose fame is not limited to the boundaries of their own State. Adjoining and south of Maryland is her sister State, Delaware. The State Building The Delaware State Building. a Corinthian portico two stories high. At each end of the building are smaller ones. A spacious piazza extends the full length of the building, its top having a deck roof. A similar roof covers the two wings of the building, from which a view of the entire park may be had. The building is of frame, with iron supports, finished exteriorly with staff or plaster work. The interior is fin- ished in wood and plaster, carrying out the old colonial style as it appears in early Maryland country-seats. The front entrance leads into a reception-hall, 38x40 feet, from the center of which a main stairway, branch- ing from a landing into two lesser stairways, leads to the second floor. To the left of the hall is the principal exhibition-hall, 36x26 feet, extending upward through two stories, with a gallery at the second floor level. To of Delaware (B 17), like the State itself, is small, though it is handsomely built. It is of the Southern colonial style of architecture, and is wholly constructed of Delaware ma- terial. The building is 60 x 58 feet and cost $7,500. It has arched and pillared entrances and ornamental balustraded cornices, and a very handsome portico on the west end, with fluted columns reaching the full height of the building. This State was among the first to make a World's Fair appropria- tion, and her building one of the first to be completed. In the interior are seen models of many interesting structures in the State — some of them built during the seventeenth century— and many other objects worthy of attention. The building immediately to the south of this one presents quite a contrast in size» A WEEK AT THE FAIR. being that of the " Empire State," as New York (C 17) is called. The Board of Gen- eral Managers of the State of New York, consisting of Chauncey M. Depew, Gorton W. Allen, John Boyd Thacher, Louis Mere- dith Rowland, Walter L. Sessions, and Charles A. Sweet, desired to have the State Building a fitting monument to the people of the State. The idea of adopting any ex- isting structure was abandoned, and the unique opportunity of erecting a summer palace has been made the most of by the ar- chitects, McKim, Meade & White. The build- ing fronts the Art Building, and is flanked on one side by the Pennsylvania Building and on the other by that of Massachusetts, Delaware's house being immediately in the rear. It may be said without invidious dis- dras. On either side of the main entrance, in the niches outside the building, are placed the busts of George Clinton and Roswell P. Flower, the first and present governors of the State. In the other niches inthefa9ade of the second story are two heroic-sized figures of Henry Hudson and Christopher Columbus — the four works of art being the production of Olin Warner. The exterior of the building is lit by electricity, the belt course marking the second story being wired for incandescent lights around the sides of the building at short intervals. Above the arched entrance is the great seal of New York (ten feet high), illuminated by myriads of tiny lamps, set close together. The main cornice and the cornice of the upper deck are also defined by incandescent lamps. The New York State Building. tinction that New York's building is the only one of the State structures that has been designed in the palatial form. It ex- tends over an area of 14,538 feet, exclusive of terraces, porticoes, or exedras, which cover an additional area of 3,676 feet. The build- ing is 214 feet in length, 142 feet in depth, and in height, from grade to apex of tower, 96 feet. The approach is from the south, by a flight of fourteen steps, forty-six feet wide, giving access to a terrace 15 x 80 feet, from which the loggia, 46x17.6 feet, is reached. At the entrances to the building are casts of the celebrated Barberini lions, and the four pedestal lamps lighting the ter- race are reproductions of the best unique ex- amples in the Museum of Naples. The por- ticoes east and west of the building have a diameter of fifty feet, the open portion of which is covered, in the Italian fashion, by a colored sail, stretched flat above the line of ■caps of the columns, as in the Greek exe- The main floor of the building consists of a vestibule, 17.6 x 46 x 33.10 feet. On either side of this vestibule are three niches in mosaic, and it is the most elaborate and beautiful work of the kind that has ever been done in this country. The entrance- hall, 46 x 84 feet, and 20 feet high, is light in color, the main mural decorations being on the grand-staircase hall, 37x46 feet; the dome ceiling being 46 feet high. These paintings are adapted from Pom- peian designs not previously used by any artist. In the well of the staircase is a room, 36 X 46 feet, in which is placed the relief map of the State, on a scale of an inch to the mile. On the west of the entrance- hall are the women's State apartments, consisting of three rooms, 28.7x32.8 feet, and 20 feet .high. The walls of the suite of rooms are covered by a light silk of Renais- sance pattern, the floors of hard oak covered by Indian rugs. On the east of the entrance- STATE BUILDINGS. hall is a similar suite of rooms, designed for the use of men, papered and furnished ac- cording to the general design. On the same floor are the lavatories, coat-rooms, post an allegorical subject. On the west of this hall is the women managers' board room, 32. 8 X 56. 7 feet, and 15 feet high; off which is a room, 17.6x18 feet, communicating with a The Massachusetts State Building. office, telegraph and telephone offices, and the bureau of information. An elevator is pro- vided to enable the visitor to reach the roof. The second floor consists of a staircase-hall, giving access through three double doorways to the reception-hall, 84x46 feet, and 45 feet retiring-room, 22.6 x 28.7 feet, leading into the ladies' lavatory and toilet-rooms. This suite of rooms is very attractive, the paper- ing being of a large Watteau design, and the furniture especially adapted to the use of ladies. In the eastern wing is the museum, The Rhode Island State Building. high. The hall is the main feature of the 32.8x56.7, and 15 feet high, which is filled interior. The general scheme of decoration with historical relics and documents relating is white and gold. The panel in the center, to the history of the country and State. Ad- the work of Frank D. Millet, represents joiningis the general manager's board room, 322 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. 22.6 X 28.7 feet. Two other rooms, 18 x 21 feet, complete the space on this floor. On the third floor are the service-rooms and a model kitchen. The roof -garden is com- posed of the space on the east and west por- ticoes, 375 feet each; the main roof, 9,840; belvederes, 256 feet each; connecting deck between the belvederes, 704 feet — the whole forming a triple terrace garden enriched by- terra cotta pots, decorated with palms, bay- trees, and flowering shrubs, and furnished with awnings, arbors, tables, and chairs, and lighted at night by electricity. The visitor now crosses the walk east- ward and finds himself at the Massachu- setts Building (B 17), which is an exem- plification of the Northern colonial style of architecture, and is really a reproduction of the historic residence of John Hancock, which stood on Beacon Hill, Boston, Mass., general reception-room. Its fittings are unique. The floor is of marble, the walls covered with tiles, the beams and rafters bare, and the mantel high, as in the old Dutch houses of New York and Penn- sylvania, as well as of Western Massachu- setts. On the left of the hall are two large parlors, forming a room 80x25 feet ^ when thrown together. The front parlor is ■ furnished by the Essex Institute, an old his- ■ torical society. The second-floor rooms, * furnished with antique cedar chairs, etc., are given over to the women's use. Pea- body & Stearns of Boston are the archi- tects. The cost was $50,000. Next to the ' ' Bay State " Building and north of it, on the same side of the walk, the visitor reaches that of Rhode Island (B 17), built by Messrs. Stone, Carpenter & Wilson, architects, Providence, R. I, This building The New Jersey State Building. near the State capitol. It is three stories high, surrounded in the center by a cupola, the exterior finished in staff in imitation of cut granite. Above the cupola is a flag- staff with a gilded codfish for a weather- vane, and a liberty-pole, eighty-five feet high, stands in the front court. The house, like its original, which it strikingly resembles, is surrounded by a raised terrace, filled in front and one side with old-fashioned flow- ers and foliage. Two flights of steps, one from the street to the terrace, the other from the court to the house, reach the build- ing. The main entrance opens into a spa- cious hall, with a tiled floor, and facing it is a broad colonial stairway leading to the second floor. This stairway is lighted by an old-fashioned bull's-eye window. On the right of the hall is a large room used as a registration -room, post office, and is in the style of a Greek mansion, and is in plan a parallelogram, 39 x 34 feet, with a semicircular porch, 12 x 22 feet, on the west front toward the avenue which marks the front entrance ; and is flanked by a north and south porch, about eight feet deep, the full width of the building. The building is amphiprostyle, the two porches being of the full width of the building and having four fluted Ionic columns, 24 inches in diame- ter and 21 feet high; while the rear entrance is between fluted Ionic pilas- ters of the same size and height. The front entrance is through three semicircular arched openings between the pilasters of the semicircular porch. The columns and pilasters are surmounted by enriched Ionic entablature with decorated moldings, mo- dillions, and dentils, and above the entab- lature the building is finished with a balus- STATE BUILDINGS. trade surrounding the four sides of tlie roof, with ornamental urns over each pedestal in the balustrade. The main hallway, running the whole depth of the house from front to rear entrance, is i8 feet wide and 30 feet long. In the center of the hall is a fire- place and marble mantel taken from the old colonial mansion in which was formed the plan for the destruction of the British schooner " Gaspee," by citizens of Provi- dence, June 9, 1792; which plan was duly carried out by the capture and burning of the vessel in the early morning of the next day. From the hall on the right opens the women's parlor, 12 x 24 feet, and on the left is the office of the secretary, 11 x 13.6 feet; behind which is the grand staircase the north with that of the secretary. The janitor's room is in the southeast corner of this story. In the rear of the building, and directly on a line with its axial line through the front and rear entrances, is located a vine-covered arbor, and the grounds are planted with old-fashioned flowers and shrubs in keeping with the surroundings. From " Little Rhody," as this one of the sisterhood is called, there lies next to it on the north, and still on the east side of the walk, an edifice full of historic interest. It is the New Jersey Building (B 17), designed in the colonial style, and is on the lines of the historical building in Morristown, N. J., which was occupied by General Washington as his headquarters during the winter of The Virginia State Building. leading to the second story. On this story are placed toilet-rooms for men and women, and the whole floor is fitted with comfort- able antique furniture and its walls hung with portraits and pictures of historic value. The staircase to the second story is broad, easy, and graceful, and leads to a landing the whole width of the hall, and from which by equally easy flights the second story is reached. The hall in this story is of the same width as in the first, with a large balustrade-protected opening in the center, commanding, as does the stair-landing, a fine view of the lower hall. Opening from the hall in the front of the building is the governor's private room, which is a com- plete circle in plan, eighteen feet in diame- ter, with windows looking to the west, north, and south. This room communicates on the south with the commissioner's room and on 1779 and 1780. This building, on account of the part it played in Revolutionary times, was selected by the New Jersey commis- sioners as a model for their headquarters at the World's Fair. It is said that it has sheltered more people celebrated in the colonial times than any building in Amer- ica. Among those who have been beneath its roof are Alexander Hamilton, Generals Greene, Knox, Lafayette, Steuben, Kosci- usko, Schuyler, " Light Horse " Harry Lee, "Mad Anthony" Wayne, Israel Putnam, and Benedict Arnold. The original design has been modified by the addition of another wing and more piazzas front and rear. The building is not intended for exhibition pur- poses, but will have more the nature of a club-house for the use and convenience of visitors at the Fair from New Jersey. The entrance is into a large general assembly- 224 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. hall two stories high, with balconies at the second story. This hall contains a large fire-place, also the coat-room and a liberal staircase leading to the second story. In the right wing of the building are placed the rooms set apart especially for ladies, and which consist of a meeting-room for the Board of Lady Managers and several par- lors for general use. In the right-hand wing are located the secretary's office and the offices of the State commissioners and presi- dent. The third story is given over to the apartments of the care-taker, and storeroom. So far as possible the material for the build- ing has been brought from New Jersey. The general contractor was James W. Lan- ning of Trenton, N. J.; the architect, Charles Ailing Gifford of Newark, N.J. The next building represents, in all that goes to the making of American history, the grandest of the grand links in the chain of the Union. It furnished the immortal back from each wing of the building to the rear, about 20 feet long, gj^ feet wide, and II feet high, connecting each with a lyi- story structure, 40x20 feet. These were called the dependencies. Altogether there are twenty-five rooms in the structure. On the first and second floors of the main building are eleven rooms; in the attic, six; and in each of the dependencies, four. The largest in the building is the banquet-hall, 31 X 23 feet; the library, 16x19 feet; the main hall, Washington's chamber — in which he died; and Mrs. Washington's chamber — in the attic — to which she removed after her husband's death, and which she occupied during the remainder of her life on account of its being the only room in the house that looked out upon his tomb. The apartments average upon the first floor 17x17 feet; upon the second, 17 x 13. The height of the first story is 10 feet 9 inches; of the second, 7 feet II inches; of the attic, 6 feet 9 Washington, Patrick Henry, Jefferson, Mad- ison, and many others of the foremost men of the Republic, and is endeared to the American people by its familiar name, the " Mother of Presidents." It lies northwest of and across the walk from the building of New Jersey. The Virginia Building (A 17) is the exact representation of the Mount Vernon mansion (in Fairfax County, Va., near Washington City), the building in which George Washington lived and died. It was a present from his brother, Lawrence Washington, and was built in the early part of the last century by the father of the lat- ter. The main building is 94x32 feet, with two stories and an attic, and a two-story por- tico, with large columns extending along the whole front, being 94 feet long, 18 feet high, and 14 feet wide. The portico extends up to the cornice of the roof, with an ornamental railing around the top, and is furnished with settees along the whole length next the wall. There are two colonnades running inches; the distance from the ground to the top of the cupola is 50 feet. In the main hall is a large staircase, four feet wide, ascending by platforms to the floor above. On the first platform of the stair- way is an old Washington family clock, a very interesting historical relic. This hall is furnished with antique sofas and pictures of the last century. The rooms upon the first floor are ornamented by heavily carved and molded wood trimmings, and hand- some mantels, very antique. This Virginia building is not only an exact representation in every particular of the old Mount Vernon structure, but everything within is of the same character. Nothing modern is seen in it except the people and the library of books by Virginia authors. As far as could be done the building was furnished with arti- cles which were collected from all over the State — the heirlooms of old Virginia families; and with portraits of the same character. The building is presided over by the lady STATE BUILDINGS. 225 assistant of the Virginia board, Mrs. Lucy Preston Beale, a daughter of Hon. Ballard Preston, and granddaughter of General Preston, a former governor of Virginia. She has for attendants in the building old Virginia negroes, and undertakes to repre- sent in every particular an old home of the colonial period. There is a rare collection of relics of colonial times and of the Revo- lutionary War, and other antiquities, among which is the original will of George Wash- ington. The library is furnished entirely with books written by Virginians, or relat- ing to Virginia, and ornamented with old Virginia portraits, views, and other relics of the colonial period and of the last century. Somewhat saddened by his visit to the home of the "father of his country," whom even the cynic Byron characterized as the *' Cincinnatus of the West," and whom make as few alterations as possible in this building, and yet produce harmony in the whole when completed, the design of the new part was subordinated to that of the older portion, and something of the same style of architecture adopted. On the two principal dormers and capitals is to be seen the emblematic bird of the ' ' Hawkeye State." In the spandrels of the porch-arches are the State, National, and Territorial seals. Various industries are portrayed in low re- lief in the columns, and on the main walls under the porch are authentic relief portraits of the Indian chiefs Black Hawk and Keo- kuk. On the high friezes of the towers are various dates of important events in the history of the Territory and State, with the names of the largest cities. The ' ' Shelter," which is one large room, is used for an ex- hibition of the natural products of the State. The Connecticut State Building. Frederick the Great pronounced the ' ' great- est of generals," the visitor again resumes his journey, and turning back toward the east and passing the already examined building of New Jersey on his right, he goes on under the elevated rail way -tracks, and on the left of the walk, overlooking Lake Michi- gan, he sees the State Building of Iowa (A 1 8), standing immediatel}^ upon the lake shore at the northeast corner of the park. This structure is made up of the per- manent building known as the " Shelter" and several additions and alterations. The permanent portion is built of brick and stone, with the interior open to the roof, and broad projecting eaves. The newer portions are 60 X 140 feet, two stories high. The " Shel- ter " is to be restored to its former condition at the close of the Exposition. In order to 15 The decoration and display are unique and well worthy of a visit. On the first floor of the new part are parlors and other apart- ments for the accommodation of visitors and of the Commission, while upstairs is a large hall with an exhibit of art-work, rooms for the press, and small rooms for the use of those in charge of the building. Turning now toward the southwest and passing under the elevated railway-tracks, southeast of and adjoining the New Jersey Building is the Connecticut Building (B iS). This is intended to type the prominent features of the high-grade residences of this State, with the addition of circular windows in the north and south and a circular piazza in the rear. Its ground area is 72 x 73 feet, including the piazza, and is two stories high. The exterior is weather-boarded and painted 226 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. white. The roof has five dormer windows, and is decked on top, the deck surmounted with a balustrade, and from its center rises a flagstaff. The main entrance is through a square porch, covered by the projecting pediment, which is supported by heavy square columns. A balcony runs along the entire front of the second story, its columns being square, but of smaller dimensions than those of the two-storied porch. The interior is finished in the Northern colonial style, with tiled floors, paneled walls, and Dutch mantels. On the first floor is a recep- tion-hall, 21 X 48 feet, lighted by a well in the center above. In the rear of the hall is a stairway with a landing half-way up, reach- ing the second floor. Flanking the hall are parlors for men and women. The second floor is divided into several living-rooms, and The second story and gables are covered with heavy molded sidings, or clap-boards, of hard pine, oiled, and left in the natural wood color. The plan is that of a rectangle with a large central hall, 22 x 35 feet, ex- tending through both stories to the roof, lighted by a large skylight, and windows in the first and second stories. The roof trusses are shown in the ceiling. The hall is surrounded by a wide balcony on the second story, and has two large fire-places. There are smaller fire-places in several of the rooms. Upon the right of the hall you enter the commissioner's room, 14 x 17 feet; the men's parlor, 14 x 16 feet; postofiice, and rear vestibule. On the left is the ladies' par- lor, 14 X 20 feet, and back of this are the lavatories. In the second story are the fol- lowing rooms: The general reception-room The New Hampshire State Building. will be occupied by the Connecticut com- missioner and his family during the Fair. There are many interesting relics to be seen in this building, among them a lately dis- covered shaving-mug of George Washing- ton, a copy of a New York paper of Octo- ber 8, 1789, and various others. Having exhausted the curiosities of the "Nutmeg State" Building, southeast of it is found the New Hampshire Building (B 18), which is in imitation of the heavily bracketed and balconied chalets of the Swiss villages, symbolizing the "Switzerland of America," as New Hampshire is so often called. It has one of the best locations on the grounds, facing directly upon Lake Michigan. The building is comparatively low, with low-pitched roof and overhanging eaves and verge-boards. The first story is of plaster-work, with quoins to the doors and windows of various kinds of New Hamp- shire granite arranged in perfect harmony. over the front entrance, and forming a loggia opening into the two-storied hall; reading- rooms for ladies and gentlemen ; a retiring- room for ladies; smoking, secretary's, and janitor's rooms. There is an L, forming an annex, used as a gallery for New Hamp- shire views, in the center of which is a large map of the State. A second-story gallery, surrounding the room, extends from a broad landing in the main staircase. The color- ing of the building is in the burnt sienna and black tones of the Tyrolese peasant chalets. Stone walls compose the first story. The cost is about $12,000. Geo. B. Howe, architect of this building, was born in Con- cord, N. H., in 1867. He attended the public schools and Fulton College, and took the course of architecture at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. In 1890 he entered the office of Walker & Kimball of Boston and Omaha, and is still with them. He secured the award STATE BUILDINGS. 227 for the New Hampshire Building in an open contest. The pilgrimage of the State buildings is rapidly nearing its end, and next to the last the " Granite State " appears. It lies south of the New Hampshire edifice, and, like it, looks upon the lake. The Maine Building (B i8) is the most eastern of the New England group, on an angular corner lot, the shape of which, so its architect says, determined the style and architecture of the building. It is in shape a regular octagon, 65 feet in diameter and two stories high, vestibule through the arcade of polished columns, an octagonal rotunda two stories high is reached, upon which open the par- lor, committee, reception, toilet, and smok- mg rooms. One of the sides of the rotunda contains a large fire-place, above which hangs a painting of Poland Springs and vicinity. Opposite, the main staircase leads to a balcony extending around the central rotunda, giving access to the various offices and small exhibit-rooms of the second story. Besides serving as a State headquarters, the building contains maps, profiles, and The Maine State Building. With a high dome surmounted by a lantern, the floor of which is 64 feet above the ground, and the point of its roof 20 feet higher. The first story is of granite taken from many of the State quarries, showing the various textures and colors. These speci- mens have received various treatments, as rock-face, carved, and polished surfaces, etc. The second-story exterior consists of tour balconies, separated by round bays projecting over the granite below, finished m wood and plaster panels, covered by a large expanse and varied outline of roof to exhibit the excellent slate of the Monson quarries, showing large plain surfaces, tapering cones, and, what is unusual, the double slating of the hips. Entering the paintings illustrating the scenic beauty of Maine, and many historic curios. The cost of the building was $20,000. Charles S. Frost, the architect, was born in Lewiston, Me., May 31, 1856, and was educated in the public schools. After several years' training in a local architect's office he went to Boston and entered the Institute of Technology, taking a special architect- ural course. The next three 3-ears were spent in prominent Boston offices. In 1882 he opened an office in Chicago in partnership with Mr. Henry I. Cobb. The partnership was dissolved by mutual agreement in 1889, since which time Mr. Frost has continued the successful practice of his profession alone. 338 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. One more edifice and the State structures are exhausted. The "Green Mountain" Building is yet to be seen, and it is the last. It lies west and back of the Maine Building and next to it. The Vermont Building (B 1 8) is unique and attractive. It was the desire of the commissioners to expend their appropriation as far as possible in aiding exhibitors of the natural resources of the State, which are chiefly agricultural. They therefore obtained a special subscrip- tion in the nature of a guarantee fund, to which loo gentlemen signed $ioo each, and the $10,000 thus assured became the starting point for the construction of the building, which cost, however, in the neighborhood of $1 5 ,000. After examining tentative plans, submitted by various architects, the one out- lined by Jarvis Hunt of Weathersfield, Vt. , was preferred, and he was instructed to gatherings. The material of the walls and of most of the ornamentation is staff, but considerable marble is employed in the in- ternal finish and decoration. The structure as a whole presents an adaptation of classic forms to modern uses in a manner sure to command the attention of all intelligent observers. If the visitor has conscientiously fol- lowed out the itinerary suggested, he will not be disinclined to a trip on the lagoons, which will give a welcomed rest to his some- what fatigued muscles, and offer to his gaze a feast such as he may rarely enjoy. There is a sensuousness about this lagoon trip, if the launch be not overcrowded, that will long be remembered, and in many future dreams, both of the day and the night, the visitor will again drift on through the golden glow reflected from the glorious skies and The Vermont State Building. prepare final drawings. Vermont's assign- ment is a narrow lot facing to the south, be- tween the imposing structures of Massa- chusetts and Maine. The limitation of means and of space compelled a building of small dimensions, one of the smallest on the grounds. At the same time the most care- ful and intelligent work was insisted upon, and the result is universally pronounced an artistic gem. The general idea is that of a Pompeian residence, suggested by the adaptation of the leading industrial product of Vermont (white marble) to classic forms of architecture. Passing through a vesti- bule, between pillars surmounted by em- blematic figures, the visitor enters an open court, having in the center a white marble fountain. This court is flanked by small rooms, affording space for committees and other necessary conveniences, while beyond, an entrance opens to a semicircular recep- tion-hall of considerable height, and occupy- ing the rear half of the building, which gives ample room for social and business many-tinted buildings, past isles and bridges, by flowery parterres and groups of statuary, recalling the magnificence of ancient Greece and Rome. To reach the landing he must leave the Vermont Build- ing and go east along the walk in its front until he comes to the elevated railroad. Here the walk turns to the right (south); fol- low this, keeping on its right side until the Art Galleries are reached, and continue on around them until in their front. Here are steps leading down to the launch-landings, and getting aboard, the tour of the lagoons is begun. Looking backward, the beautiful front of the Art Galleries is seen from the water; on the right the Illinois State Build- ing is again in view, while upon the left the Fisheries Building looms up, a beautiful sight. On the right again is the Woman's Building, grouped with the smaller but beautiful Puck and Children's buildings, and then comes the exquisite Horticultural Building, its terraces a mass of bloom and its interior rich with the rarest plants and I STA TE B UILDING£. 229 flowers. The Choral Building (also known as Festival Hall) next comes to view, followed closel}^ by the " Golden Door " of the Trans- portation Building. All of this while the visitor has had the Wooded Island, with its picturesque Japanese structures, upon his left; but now, curving a little north of east, his boat glides under a Venetian bridge, with the Mines and Electricity buildings on his right, and Hunter's Island, with its Davy Crocket's Cabin and Australian Hut, on his left. Once through the bridge, a curve to the north is made, the launch skirt- ing the right bank of the Wooded Island and passing near its upper end and into the eastern arm of the lagoon between the Fisheries and Government buildings. A number of minor buildings are also seen, and a glimpse under another graceful bridge reveals the blue waters of Lake Michigan. The sturdy little craft, turning upon its course, dashes swiftly southward past the immense front of the Manufactures and Liberal Arts Building, and gliding under a bridge enters the North Canal, fronted its en- tire length by the Electricity Building on its right and the Manufactures and Liberal Arts Building on its left. Another bridge passed and the beautiful Basin is reached, showing on its right bank glorious fountains and the Administration Building. Beneath another bridge glides the launch, and is in the South Canal, the Machinery Building to the right and the Agricultural Building to the left, while straight in front towers an Egyptian obelisk, and beyond it are seen the Colon- nade and Stock Pavilion. Another turn, the bridge repassed, and sweeping off to the right, between the front of the Agricultural Building (on the right) and the south end of the Manufactures and Liberal Arts Building (on the left), the boat plows its way to the end of the Basin, where from its clear water rises French's beautiful " Statue of the Re- public" (or " America," for it is known by both names), and disembarks its passengers. Pausing to study his surroundings, the vis- itor beholds immediately in his front the graceful Peristyle, while to the south is the Casino and to the north Music Hall. In the angle of these buildings are two graceful pavilions, erected by private parties for the sale of their products. Passing between the tall columns and under the heroic stat- ues of the Peristyle, the visitor emerges onto the main pier, and after making a round trip on the sidewalk, which furnishes the means of locomotion instead of the pedes- trian doing so, he embarks on one of the steamers lying at the pier, and returns to Chicago by the water route on Lake Mich- igan, landing at the VanBuren Street wharf. CHAPTER VIII. THE SIXTH DAY AT THE FAIR. HE tourist's last day at the great Exposi- tion dawns, and in many- respects it will be more re- markable than the ^others. Hitherto he has seen the monumental edi- fices of American architectural skill and exhibits of the production and manu- factures of the entire world; now he turns to the interesting reproductions of noted for- eign buildings, of classic Old World towns, and huge panoramas of entrancing scenery. Never since construction-work ceased on the Tower of Babel has such a confusion of tongues been brought together as in the locality he is now about to explore. With- out quitting the sandy shores of Lake Mich- igan the visitor can inspect the Temple of Luxor, which stood by "hundred-gated Thebes' " historic walls; haggle for a curio with a swart follower of Mahomet, as if he were on the banks of the " Golden Horn"; watch the war-dance of Dahomey's dusky Amazonian belles; breathe the rare air and drink in the entrancing scenery of the Bernese Oberland; stand awe-struck in Kilauea's stupendous crater, or sip his Hof-brau in " Der Graben," or medieval Deutschland, with a dozen or more of other attractions, and all on the Midway Plai- sance. To proceed systematically, let the visitor board the cable-cars of the Cottage Grove Avenue line (taking those marked "Seventy-first Street, Oakwoods "), and alight at the Fifty-ninth Street entrance to the Midway Plaisance. The route has already been described (ante p. 39). Passing through one of the turnstiles, after paying the regular entrance fee of 50 cents (which per- mits him also to pass into the Exposition grounds proper without further fee), the visitor finds himself in the Midway Plai- sance, a tract lying between Fifty-ninth and Sixtieth streets, extending east and west — the eastern end being beside the Woman's Building. The Midway Plaisance is 600 feet wide and approximates one mile in length. It forms the connecting-link be- tween Jackson and Washington parks. On each side runs a twenty-five-foot passage- way, for fire and police use, and also for supplying the various villages, etc., with supplies during the night. In the center is a broad walk for visitors. ( The first attraction the traveler encounters is on the right-hand side and the extreme southern edge, where runs what is known as the Barre Sliding Railway (G i). It is a French invention, and was first given a practical demonstration before the public during the Paris Exposition of 1889. It is an elevated road, the cars having no wheels. The rail is eight inches wide, the substitute for the wheel being a shoe which sets over the side of the rail, and is practically water- tight. Immediately behind each shoe is a pipe connection, in which is water under a pressure of about one hundred and fifty pounds. This water is forced under the shoe and produces a film which raises the entire train about one-sixteenth of an inch from the rail. Connected with every second car is a turbine motor, which gets its water- power from the same source as does the pipe connecting with the shoe. The power is delivered from a main pipe extending the extreme length of the road, and lying under the track in sections of fifty feet; that is, the application power is changed at every inter- val of that distance. The speed claimed by the inventors is 120 to 160 miles per hour. A speed of about one hundred miles an hour has been demonstrated on a track less than one-third of a mile long. Then on either side of the central walk is found the Nursery Exhibit (G 2), which extends on both sides of the center walk, and contains about five acres, devoted chiefly to flowers, fine shrubbery, ornamental plants, etc. We here find masses of gorgeous color- ing and scents that rival those which must have blessed the senses. of our primal ances- tors, " the grand old gardener and his wife," in the Garden of Eden. The gaudy poppy and sensuous jasmine stand side by side with their more delicate sisters the pansy and the violet. The rose, queen of all flowers, is represented in all of its types and varieties, and attractive orchids are to be seen on every side. Smilax and orange blossoms, so dear to maidens' hearts, are here, and also their funereal sisters the myrtle and the cypress; sensuous tuberoses load the air with their heavy perfumes, and seem to shame their soulless companions. There are fruit trees of every kind, including an orange grove in bearing. This exhibit is rarely beautiful. Well may one recall amid this sweet profusion of blossom, scent, and bloom Cowley's truism that " God the first garden made, and the first city Cain." In a corner is a cranberry-bog, where this acid and useful berry is cultivated for the fall crop. On the left or northerly side of 230) MIDWAY PLAISANCE. 231 the Plaisance the next attraction is the Blue Grotto of Capri (F 2), contained in a rough rock mass 175 feet long, 100 feet wide, and 150 feet high, broken and gashed with cliffs and rents, which strikes the eye of the beholder rather unfavorably- after gazing upon the flowers. On enter- ing the mass through a jagged rent in its side, a scene at once novel and beauti- ful is before us. A lovely grotto, copied accurately from but of course on a smaller scale than the original, with a pool of crystal water in its center, charms the spectator by the intensity of its deep-blue tint. This water is kept in continual agitation by mechanical means, and thus resembles the waves of the in-dashing sea, which ebb and flow into the original cavern in the Island of Capri. Around the pool, whose waters are made to glow with the most perfect cerulean hues, is a smooth, pebbly beach, circling which are ornamental cases containing shells, corals, native costumes and modes of life of the dif- ferent nationalities which compose this em- pire are shown. Slav, Saxon, Vend, Croat, and other tribes, arrayed in appropriate garb, sing the songs and go through the picturesque dances of their countries. The roof -garden, decorated with palms and ever- greens, is filled with chairs and tables where meals, lunches, etc. , are served. The guests are waited upon by seventy-five Hungarian maidens, dressed in their rich national cos- tumes; and at intervals Hazay Natzy's fa- mous Hungarian band discourses choice music. There is also a gypsy band under the leadership of Paul Olah, a distinguished Hungarian musician, who is said to be the only one of that wonderful race of born musicians who has ever received a scientific musical education and training. Next to the Hungarian Orpheum, on the same side of the walk, is the Lapland Village (G 3), in which may be seen thirty-seven The Dahomey Village. cameos, breastpins, fruits, and other produc- tions of the island. These are sold as me- mentos of the Fair to visitors. Historical relics, photographs, street scenes of daily life in Capri, pictures of the twelve ruined palaces where the Roman emperor Tiberius reveled in vice and debauchery, and other curios are to be seen. The quaint old towns of Capri and Anacapri, the one-storied houses of stone and plaster, the streets filled with donkeys, and heavily laden women, who seem to be there considered as beasts of burden, can not but interest all. Let us cross to the southward, whence the inspiring strains of the " Rakocksy March " appeal to us, and enter the Hungarian Or- pheum (G 2). The exhibit consists of a cafe and concert pavilion, contained in a building 75 X 195 feet, with a covered garden on the roof. The theater is in the lower part, and concerts are given every half -hour. The per- formers are Hungarian artists, brought direct from Budapest , Hungary's capital city. The native Laplanders — twelve of whom are women and six children. Six of the females are artists, musicians, hair- workers, etc., and there is in the number one Lap nurse. Within , the village confines are twenty- five reindeer and a number of sledges. The natives have their peculiar costumes, and they exhibit quite a number of curios, me- chanical products, etc. , in their native huts. The exhibit of this northern nation is a curi- ous one, and will interest many. Next to this exhibit, still on the same side of the central walk, is the Dahomey Village (G 4), which consists of three houses — one of them fitted up for a museum — a group of huts for the women, and others for the men. In addition there are four open sheds used for cooking. The rustic front of the exhibit is constructed of wood brought from Daho- mey, and on platforms on each side of the gates are seated two sentinel warriors of that country attired in their native costumes. These grounds are divided into two parts. 233 A WEEK AT THE FAIR, one for the women's huts, the other for the men's. Of the latter there are sixty persons ; of the former, forty. The various dances and other ceremonials peculiar to these peo- ple are exhibited, and their songs, chants, and war-cries given. They also sell unique products of their mechanical skill, such as quaint hand-carved objects, domestic and warlike utensils, etc. Crossing the walk one finds, on the oppo- site or north side, the park containing the Captive Balloon (F 4), which is the next feat- ure. The grounds inside this building are side as the Captive Balloon Park, and is next to it. It consists of a theater, joss- house, bazaar, restaurant, and tea-garden. The best dramatic talent and richest cos- tumes, etc., have been secured direct from China for the theater, while the burning candles, fragrant incense, and grotesque idols in the joss-house will be recognized by the disciples of Kung-fu-tse (whom we out- side barbarians miscall Confucius) as genu- ine Chinese theological appurtenances. The restaurant is conducted upon both the Amer- ican and Mongolian plans, and fried chicken, Captive Bal fitted up as a miniature park, with fountains, rustic seats, flower-beds, etc. The balloon is a fac-simile of the one used at the Paris Exposition in 1889. Its car accommodates sixteen to twenty people, and three ascents per hour are made, in good weather, to a height of 1,493 feet; its flights last year having been confined to 1,492 feet in honor In the Austrian Village. of the Columbian discovery anniversary year. A magnificent view of the grounds, the lake, and the surrounding country is afforded by this ascent. In the balloon park we find the Grand Plaisance Restau- rant, the seating capacity of which is 3,000. Admission to this park is 25 cents; for bal- loon ascension a charge of $2 is made. The Chinese Village (F 4) is on the same loon Park. ham sandwiches, etc., will alternate with Chinese fruits, preserves, shark's fins, bird's- nest soup, and similar delicacies. The tea- garden shows a fine collection of teas, some priced at $100 per pound, and requiring but a few leaves to make a full pot of tea. The bazaar has a fine collection of rich silks and embroideries, elaborately decorated table and toilet wares, and other curiosities. Crossing to the south side of the walk, the Austrian Village (G 4) is found, adjoining that of Dahomey. " Old Vienna " is one of the interesting sights of the Plaisance. It is a reproduction of " Der Graben," a por- tion of Vienna as it existed about 150 years ago. It covers a space of 195 x 590 feet, the greater part of which is a court, or plaza, around which the buildings circle. There are thirty-six buildings in all, by far the largest of which is the rathhaus, or city hall. Then there is a church where services are held according to the Austrian custom, and thirty-four shops and dwelling-houses. In these shops are sold all sorts of Viennese wares of the present and early days. One of the buildings is fitted up as a grand res- taurant, with seats for 1,000 people. Here fifty or more young Viennese women serve coffee, Vienna bread, and other delicacies from a Viennese bill of fare. There are about 500 Austrians employed in the village. Arnold Weissberger, of the Imperial and Royal Bank of Austria, has established a branch of the bank in the " Old Vienna " settlement. A national bank holds the ex- clusive privilege for banking accommoda- tion at the Fair, but it has granted per- mission to Mr. Weissberger to establish a branch on the grounds. This is in the nature of an exhibit, showing the working of banking affairs as conducted in the Aus- J MID WA V PLAISANCE. 233 trian Empire, and is designed mainly for the accommodation of the Austrian firms exhibiting at the Fair. Opposite the eastern end of the Austrian Village, across the walk, is the Cyclorama of the Volcano of Kilauea (F 5), which stands on Midway Plaisance about directly south of the University of Chicago. The building is polygonal in shape, 140 feet in diameter and 60 feet high. Circling the walls hangs a canvas 54 feet high and 412 feet long, upon whose 22,248 square feet of surface the artist has depicted the weird sublimity of the world's greatest volcano, the "Inferno of the Pacific," in the Island of Hawaii. The actual crater is a huge depression, or pit, about three miles long and two miles broad. The walls are mostly precipitous, though quite irregular, and the floor is some three hundred feet below the surface of the island at that point. In the reproduction, the point of view selected for the visitor is the center of the crater, and to this point he is transported for the time being, and gazes upward and around him upon bubbling and seething pools and lakes of fire; tall, jagged crags; toppling masses of rocks; outpourings of lava— some flowing along in hissing, smok- ing streams, and some cooled into every fantastic shape imaginable. Great fathom- less pits yawn below him, huge puffs of smoke arise from the bowels of the earth, and from innumerable rents and fissures in the ragged edges of the crater fierce flames and sulphurous gases escape, intermingled with the froth and spume of the infernal regions, among which he sees the long, glassy threads which the natives call " Pele's hair," after the dread goddess of the crater. At one point he beholds an inky lake of molten lava slowly pulsing and throbbing, through whose Stygian waves ever and anon burst forth jets of many-col- ored flames. Beyond this he looks down into a perfect sea of fire — the great, active crater — and the sight is absolutely indescrib- able. In its center are seen the flames act- ive in their fury, white or golden yellow, tinged with phosphorescent hues of crimson and green, fading out toward the edges into a dull, sullen red, still more terrible; while over all there hangs a pall of smoke like an infernal curtain about to be dropped upon the awe-inspiring scene. To add to its terrors dull rumblings, as of distant thunder, and an occasional deafening explo- sion, break on the ear, which is continually assailed by the hissings and growlings of the vexed waves ; while beneath the feet the huge earth shakes and labors. Of all this the cyclorama gives a vivid representation, with its built-up foreground, which blends imperceptibly into the painting on the can- vas, aided by skillful pyrotechnic displays, colored electric lights, and other mechan- ical means, so that we have in miniature every feature of this grand crater, whose cir- cumference is fully nine miles. It is the only volcano whose terrific fires never die out. and which is ceaseless in its awful activity. In the background one sees the snow- capped peaks of Mauna Loa and Mauna Kea, each of which is about 15,000 feet high. Opposite them are the vast reaches of the mighty Pacific, its waves lighted by a full moon and its surface glittering like a sheet of silver. Over the entrance portal of the build- ing, and fifty-five feet above the ground, stands the figure of Hawaii's goddess of fire, Pele. It is built of wood, covered with staff to represent stone, and is the work of Mrs. Ellen Rankin Copp of Chicago. In size it is probably next to the largest at the The Goddess of Fire, Pele. Exposition. The pose of this awful divinity was suggested by an island legend which tells of a race between the goddess and a native prince. Winning at the first trial, he taunted her to try again, and looking back beholds her seated on a wave of molten lava in fierce pursuit, her hands bearing fire- brands and hot lava, which she hurls after him as he takes refuge in the sea. Leaving this exhibit the visitor will find on the same side of the walk a typical Indian Bazaar (F 5), where the natives of the Orient vend their unique, characteristic wares; and opposite is a Fire and Guard Station (G 5), for the protection of the Plaisance. Back of the Indian Bazaar may be seen the Algerian and Tunisian Village (F 5), which occupies an area 165 x 2S0 feet, and consists — in addition to the large Algerian concert hall, with a seating capacity of 1,000 people — of a Moorish caf^, Kabyle house, an Arab 234 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. tent-village, desert tents, etc. The main building has a Moorish dome, towers, and minarets, and its exterior is covered with the richly colored and glazed tiles of Tunis and Algiers, as are indeed most of the build- ings. The L-shaped building in the center shows the street in Algiers; that immedi- ately to its right a Tunisian street. Next to the concert hall, half -hidden by the cafe, is one of the curious Kabyle Arab houses. The Arabs, Kabyles, and negroes are seen about their daily labors and amusements, and palms and fountains add an oriental air to the scene. Connected with the theater are fifty people — native musicians, jugglers, dancing-girls, etc. Jewelry, embroideries, and other North African wares are sold. No charge is made for entrance to the vil- lage, and but a small entrance fee to con- certs. and upon an exact scale, the original struct- ure of the Renaissance, the most magnifi- cent monument in the world. This model was begun in the sixteenth century from the original plans and drawings of Bra- ^ mante, Sangallo, Michael Angelo, and other famous artists and architects, and is of carved wood, coated with a substance which perfectly imitates marble, reproducing the exact color of the original structure, and being, undoubtedly, one of the most extraor- dinary pieces of workmanship ever exe- cuted. The minutest details of the bas-relief of the fa9ade, the stucco, statues, and in- scriptions are faithfully reproduced on a scale of one-sixteenth of the original cathe- dral, measuring about 30 feet in length by 15 feet in width, and 15 feet in height. After having been in possession of several popes and noble Roman families, the model Vienna Cafe. Having exhausted the sights here, the visitor will next enter the Vienna Cafe (F 5), a very ornamental structure, the lower floor devoted to regular meals and the upper to cold lunches and wine and beer tables. The rooms are decorated with Japanese screens, etc., and a fine orchestra is em- ployed. The site of the cafe is in the middle of the central walk, at the west end of the Ferris wheel. Just south of the Vienna Cafe is the French Cider-Press (G 5). This is near the Fire and Guard Station — already men- tioned — in an open pavilion, where cider is made from apples, in a typical French press, by French peasants, and served to visitors by French country maidens in Normandy caps and short skirts. East of and joining this exhibit is the Model of St. Peter's Cathedral at Rome (G 5). This wonderful masterpiece of work- manship represents, in its minutest details has now become the property of Mr. Spiri- don. The interior of the building in which it is exhibited is rendered still more inter- esting by an array of rare portraits of several popes, together with a number of papal coats-of-arms of large dimensions. Arranged in the corners are four small ancient models of religious and medieval monuments in Italy, as follows: The Cathedral of Milan, in carved wood, made by De Simoni, measuring 31^x271^ x 8;^ inches. The Piombino Palace, Idc- longing to the family of Boncompagno, of which Pope Gregorio XIII . was a member. This was erected in 1572, and the model is in carved wood. St. Ahnese Church, rep- resented in both its interior and exterior aspects, is made of different colored marbles. This church was erected by Pope Inniocenze X. , of the Doria Panfili, and by his command this model was made, measuring, as it does, 16 X 16 x 24 inches. The last is a unique MID WA V PLAISANCE. 235 model, in carved wood, representing the Roman Pantheon of Agrippa, in its interior and exterior. In order to enhance the attraction of this unique exhibit the persons in attendance are dressed in the exact uniforms of the Vatican Guard, and armed accordingly. After visiting this reproduction of some of the world's architectural mas- terpieces, the visitor turns south and enters the Ice Railway (G 6), an ex- hibit partaking of the nature of a skating-rink and a toboggan-slide. By means of ice-making machin- ery a surface is kept contin- ually coated with ' a layer of ice, and thus is realized the small boy's idea of a perfect Company. Six cars can be loaded or un- loaded at the same time. The time required for what we may truly call a round trip is twenty minutes. The motors which revolve the wheel are two reversible, link-motion engines of 2,000 horse-power, one of them being held in reserve in case of an accident. From this exhibit the visitor will next walk toward the northern boundary of the Plaisance, where he will find The Street in Cairo (F 7), which pre- sents to the visitor a view, or rather a series of views, in that mystic land whose civilization ante- ■-^ dates all authentic history, and whose works and wonders hold us enchained by an irre- 1!" Model of St Peter's Cathedral, Rome. amusement, viz. , the ability to slide on the ice in the summer-time, minus coat and shoes. From this exhibit we can not but think that the time is not far distant when all of our skating, snow-balling, etc., may be performed in midsummer. The next point of interest lies to the north, and consists of a Glass-spinning exhibit (G 6), just west of the Moorish Palace, where all of the curious processes of spinning this delicate and fragile material into products which will bear considerable rough handling may be viewed. North of the glass-spinning booth may be seen one of the most curious structures erected at the Exposition grounds. It stands in the center of the walk about mid- way of the Plaisance, and is the next object to be visited by the tourist. It is the Ferris Wheel (F 6). This is a novelty in amusement structures, and is built entirely of steel, somewhat resembling a huge bicycle wheel hung between two towers. The wheel is 264 feet high, and consists of two skeleton wheels 28^ feet apart, and held together by strong steel shafts and ties. Between the outer rims, or crowns, of this gigantic wheel-frame are suspended thirty-six passenger coaches, balanced upon great steel trunnion pins. These coaches are larger than ordinary passenger cars on railroads and accommodate sixty passen- gers each, or a total of 2,160 when all are loaded. The two steel towers upon which the axle rests and revolves are 137 feet high, 5 feet square at the top, and 40x50 feet at the bottom, and rest upon solid masses of concrete masonry over eighteen feet deep. The axle is the largest steel forging ever made, being 33 inches in diam- eter, 45I feet long, weighing fifty-six tons. It was made by the Bethlehem Iron sistible fascination. Here we find on the Midway Plaisance a street in the city of the Khalifs, as accurately reproduced as if it had been lifted bodily from the ground there and set dowm in its present location. In addition to the oriental nature of its architecture and decorations, the resem- blance is carried still farther by peopling the street with the identical types of per- sons and animals one sees in grand Cairo. Here are Egyptians, Arabs, SoudanCvSe, Africans, Kabyles, camels, donkeys, donkey- boys, etc., and the visitor can easily fancy 236 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. the himself transported for the while to banks of that mystic river, the Nile. Entering at the eastern portal, we catch a view of houses, mosques, and booths, such as recall, to those who have seen it, the old street " Beinel Kasrein." The first typical building to the right is a wide hall with deep projecting roof and five fine archways to the street, here used as a cafe. Looking on beyond, the vista presents houses dec- orated with gorgeous colors and subdued tints, and with projecting bays, stone brack- ets, and overhanging second stories. STREET IN CAIRO. To the left is a fine mosque with tall, graceful minaret, girdled with three airy balconies, from the uppermost of which the muezzin calls the faithful to prayer. Both mosque and minaret are reproduc- tions of fifteenth -century architecture. Across the street from this building is one representing the dwelling of a wealthy mer- chant of the seventeenth century; its in- terior walls decorated with marble mosaics, and its ceilings richly gilded. Still farther on, standing to the left of the street, is a faithful reproduction of the " Okala," the public warehouse before the advent of railroads and steamers. The theater next engages our attention. Its in- terior is richly decorated with fine cloth hangings and pendent lanterns, and its aspect is decidedly oriental. The fine re- production of a beautiful small mosque turns out, on inspection of its interior, to be a cafe where fragrant Mocha coffee is to be had. Upon the plaza are Egyptians, Arabs, and persons of all the various nationalities who throng the streets of this wondrous city. Here, too, are tents and temples, and the shrill cries of the donkey-boy urging on his' lazy steed mingle with the voices of people of all the nations of the world. In the marts of "The Street" are toj be found oriental wares of every kind — priceless jewels, damascened scimiters and daggers, fine wood -carvings, embroideries, silks, shawls, bangles, pipes — in short, everything found in the bazaars of the w^ondrous East are here offered for sale. We have tried to describe the architecture. It is true to the original. But the pains taken in bringing the very wood-carving (meshrabieh) and ivory inlaid doors, which have served for cen- turies in Egyptian buildings, and the manner of their decorations, the tradesmen employed with their primitive tools and appli- ances at their various crafts, the dancing-girls in the famous " danse du ventre," the musi- cians and conjurers, the repre- sentations of wedding proces- j sions, and " mouled," typical M^ I street scenes, are indescribable. ^^ I They must be seen to be appre- ciated. Leaving this representation of the world's most ancient civili- zation, the visitor next finds a curious contrast, a model of that singular but almost entirely use- less structure, the Eiffel Tower (F 6), which was one of the features of the last Paris Exposi- tion. This model is a perfect reproduction, one-fiftieth the size of the original. It is twenty feet high, and every feature of the original has been accurately reproduced, even to the rivets and bolts w^hich hold the structure together. Eight elevators work at the same speed as those that ran in the original tower, and a miniature light-house looks just as the big one did at Paris. At regular intervals the tower bursts into a blaze of light — hundreds of little lamps taking the places of the ones used on the original. Gardens, lawns, flower- gardens, two little lakes with swans gliding idly across the water, and all the bronze statuary are reproduced with accuracy. A charge of 25 cents per person is made for admittance to the booth containing this exhibit. Next to the tower, on the same side of the walk, is the Persian Concession (F 7). Here the disciples of Zarathustra (or, as we have I MID WA Y PLAISANCE. 237 corrupted the name, Zoroaster), the earhest of the pure morahsts, may be seen. They may not seek to convert you to the worship of fire, as "the pure element," but they are Zoopraxographical Hall ready to sell you Persian rugs, damascened scimiters, curious daggers, and others of the wares for which their artisans are famous. Next to the east, and still on the north side of the walk, is the Lecture Hall, or the Zoopraxiscopic exhibit (F 7), which will prove of vast interest to artists and scientists. Animal locomotion is a new stud}r, pursued chiefly by electro-photographic investiga- tion; and instantaneous photographs, taken with the aid of the electric shutter, show all preconceived opinions as to the method of representing ani- mals in action (as a dog running, a horse leaping, etc.) to be utterly false, and the art of picture making and painting may be partially or entirely revolutionized by those later revelations. Lectures on ' ' animal locomotion " in its rela- tion to " design in art" are given at this hall. The exhibit— con- sisting of illustrations of the move- ments of men, women, and chil- dren; boxing, dancing, and jump- ing; horses leaping, etc. — will not prove uninteresting even to the non-artistic or non-scientific spec- tator. Across the walk from the three last-described exhibits is the Moorish Palace (G 7). The build- ing is a fine one, in the elaborate style of Moorish architecture, sur- mounted by an airy dome; and the slender pillars of its interior, with their graceful stems and richly carved capitals — vastly multiplied in number by an ingenious ar- rangement of mirrors — suggest that marvel of Moorish art, the Alhambra. The walls and ceilings are decorated with fine paintings. Grottoes and fountains illumin- ated by colored electric lights abound, and Arab attendants, in native costume, wait upon the charmed visitor. Objects of art, bronzes, rugs, tiles, and other curios are sold in the bazaar in this structure. One of the most curious exhibits is the " Fountain of Youth," represent- ing aged females entering a pool, and emerging from it ravishingly beau- tiful and fresh in their teens. Alas that this should be a delusion, and the fountain of youth, long sought for by Ponce de Leon, be but an idle myth. Southeast of this palace is a station of theBarre Slid- ing Railway. East- ward, across Wood- lawn Avenue, but on the same side of the Plaisance cen- tral walk, is the Turkish Village (G 8), which lies on the south side of the Plaisance, opposite the German Village, and consists of a street in imitation of one of the qjd streets in Con- stantinople. A pavilion said to represent the Bagdad Kiosk is a fine specimen of early Turkish architecture, and the effect of the street is quite oriental. An immense tent, formerly belonging to the Shah of Persia, and a silver bed weighing two tons. Scene in the Turkish Village. and once the property of a Turkish sultan, are among the curiosities shown. Turkish, Smyrna, and other oriental wares abound. There are about two hundred of the natives in this village, whose spiritual needs are 238 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. looked after by one of their priests, and the call of the muezzin to prayer may be daily heard from the lofty minaret of the mosque. On the north side of the Plaisance, just across from this village, is the German Village (F 8). It faces on Midway Plai- sance from Woodlawn Avenue eastwardly the visitor for the time being to fancy himself in some portion of Deutschland. Twenty- five cents is the charge for admission to concerts. Facing the German Village, on the oppo- site side of the walk, is a picturesque build- ing in the Swiss style of architecture, con- Moorish for 780 feet. It covers a space 223 x 780 feet, and consists of a restaurant and wine- hall built in the style of a German castle, and there is also an open-air garden. There are exact representations of houses of the Bava- rian Mountains, of the Black Forest, and of Westphalia. The domiciles of the Silesian peasants and those of the middle Germans stand side by side with those of lower Sax- ony, and others from Spreewald and Nieder- Palace. taining the Panorama of the Bernese Alps (G 9), which is the work of Messrs. Dur- mand, Furet, and Brand-Bovy, three well- known Swiss artists, and is of huge propor- tions, being 65 feet high and over 500 feet long. All the characteristics of an Alpine tableau stretch before us, and so perfect is the representation that it is difficult to be- lieve that these ' ' Alps on Alps arising " are but creations of. the painter's art. German Village. deutsche. Every feature is purely German. Wines from the Rhine, various German beers, cheese, and other eatables peculiar to the Vaterland, served by German waiters, and cheered by German music discoursed by German musicians, are sufficient to cause Along the horizon are seen sparkling glaciers, great fields of snow, rugged moss- covered rocks jutting out into the air, pastures dotted with Swiss chalets, herds of cows and goats peacefully grazing in the deep valleys — in short, everything that MID WA V PLAISANCE. 239 makes Alpine scenery fascinating and beau- tiful, and, above all, grand. Here at the World's Columbian Exposi- tion the myriad beauties of the marvelous Alps are brought to our very doors. The Natatorium (G 9) is situated on the south side of Midway Plaisance, next east of the Panorama of the Bernese Alps, and opposite the east end of the German Village. This large building is divided into three sections— the first devoted to the baths, swim- ming-pools, etc., where many species of bathing may be enjoyed; the second, 50 x 200 feet, is a bakery, adjoining which is a lunch- room 50 X 120 feet; the third is a caf6, 100 X 200 feet in size. There is also a dining- room, 100x400 feet. There are one large and many small dining-rooms. Just outside the cafe is space to be used in pleasant weather as an open-air dining-room, where 1,000 persons may be seated. Meals or lunches of any kind may be obtained. Continuing his journey eastward, the vis- itor next enters the Dutch Settlement, occupy- ing large spaces on each side of the walk. The exhibit known as the Dutch Settle- ment (G 10) is really a collection of South Sea Island villages. It occupies a space of 200,- 000 square feet, contains eighty dwellings, and a caf 6 built after the fashion of Dutch dwelling-houses in these islands, and is peo- pled with 300 natives from the islands of Java, Sumatra, Borneo, Jehore, Samoa, Fiji, New Zealand, and the Sandwich group. There are two theaters in the settlement; one erected by the Hawaiians, the other by the Javanese, who largely outnumber the other nationalities. At the latter theater is the Javanese gamelung, or band, which be- longs to the Sultan of Jokjerkata, as do also the dancing-girls who accompany it. These dancers are young, lithe, beautifully formed, and consequently extremely graceful. Their dancing is an hereditary talent, derived from long lines of dancing ancestresses, for there is a caste in the island devoted to this occupation. These dances consist chiefly of beautiful poses and swayings, greatly resembling the Delsarte exercises, and are charming in their rhythmic grace. The music to which they dance is made by an orchestra whose instruments are chiefly gongs, differing in size and tone. The Samoan ballet corps gives a different style of dance, with more shouting and vigor, and less 'grace. Their brilliant red ballet-skirts are semi- transparent, and are made of the fibers of a certain kind of tree-bark. The Singhalese, Malays, and other South Sea nations have their jugglers, medicine-men, acrobats, and dancers, who also give exhibitions of their skill; and some of their performances are really wonderful. Having examined whatever is curious and attractive in the Dutch Settlement, the visitor, crossing Madison Avenue where it intersects the central walk, finds first on his left hand the Japanese Bazaar (F 1 1). Here one sees the characteristic exhibits of this ingenious and artistic people, consisting of screens, fans, lacquered wares, steel, iron, and brass-work, etc. All of the articles exhibited are for sale. Crossing the walk to where a large and C2^ s=i$5::f- Farm-house in German Village. handsome building is visible the tourist will find Hagenbeck's Trained Animals (G 11). — This exhibition is on Midway Plaisance near the point where Madison Avenue crosses this part of the World's Columbian Exposi- tion. A large and beautiful building has been erected, which serves to house Mr. Hagenbeck's menagerie, and which has in its center a large arena surrounded by an auditorium with a capacity of 4,500 seats. The front of the building is taken up by restaurants and caf^s, and the upper floor contains a collective exhibit of German win e-growers, which is in itself a highly inter- esting agricult- ural feature of the World's Co- lumbian Expo- sition. Mr. Carl Hagenbeck is renowned the world over as the most suc- cessful of ani- mal trainers, and also as the largest dealer in wild animals, he having con- tracts to supply all the zoolog- ical gardens of the world. He has achieved wonderful suc- cess in training and taming the most ferocious animals knowm to man. The menagerie shows to visitors a large collection of lions of all sizes and ages to the number of twenty, two large, beautiful Bengal tigers, one polar bear, two black bears, a collection of the finest boar-hounds which has ever been brought to this coun- Panorama of Bernese Alps. 240 yl WEEK AT THE FAIR. try, a large number of young panthers, leopards, tigers, monkeys, and parrots. Be- sides this there is a very creditable ethno- logical exhibit, comprising New Caledonia, British Columbia, the South Sea Islands, Africa, and the Indies, containing a vast number of implements, hunting trophies, skins, etc. There is also to be seen an imitation of an aquarium representing the Indian Ocean, with all the wonderful plants, fishes, etc., in their proper places. The arena serves the purpose of showing the wonderful training which Mr. Hagen- beck's animals possess, and the complete control he has over them, and no visitor to the Fair should fail to witness their wonder- ful performances, of which there are three exhibitions every day. The most prominent Another of the prominent features of the performance is Mr. Darling with his five lions, which have been trained by their owner to the greatest perfection. Every visitor to this exhibition will highly appreciate these performances, and will leave fully satisfied that he has seen feats which have never been before accomplished. The Venice-Murano Glass exhibit (G ii) is contained in a building in the Italian- Gothic style, richly decorated with glass enamel, and surmounted by the winged lion of St. Mark, the emblem of Venice. Here thirty Venetian artists produce the blown- glass wares for which their factory is fa- mous. Elegant vases, copies in glass of art treasures contained in various European museums, etchings, mosaics in Roman, -^1 Hagenbeck's Trained Animal Pavilion. features of these performances are; The trained lion on horseback, the trained pigs performing the most wonderful evolutions, and the greatest zoological wonder of the present time, the dwarf elephant "Lilly," which is the smallest elephant of which the records give any account. She is only thirty- five inches high, four and a half feet long, and weighs 155 pounds. Mr. Hagenbeck's greatest strength is in bringing together the most heterogeneous animals, which mingle and play with each other in perfect peace and harmony. This is especially shown in the last part of the performance, where a group of twenty animals, lions, tigers, leopards, bears, and dogs, are brought into the ring at the same time, made to gravely take their appointed seats, and afterward put through different performances, one by one and in groups. Byzantine, Middle Age, and modern styles, are to be seen, and the exhibit is well worthy of a visit. Back of this exhibit is another railway station, and north and a little to the west, across the walk (on the north side), is the Irish Village (F 11), which occupies the posi- tion between the Libbey Glass Works and the Japanese Bazaar. As the visitor passes down the Midway Plaisance he sees the gray towers of a medieval gateway, a faithful reproduction of the St. Lawrence Gate at Drogheda, which was built in the year 1200. This is now the picturesque approach to a pleasant street illustrative of* Irish industrial life in the country districts. At the end of the street, immediately facing the gate, are the beautiful ruins and ban- queting-hall of Donegal Castle, beyond which is seen a tall round tower, and in its MIDWA Y PLAISANCE. 241 middle is a fine carved Celtic market-cross. The interiors as well as the exteriors of the houses are reproductions of those of Irish cottages, and the workers are genuine Celts, brought from Ireland expressly. In the first Antrim Round Tower. cottage on the left a man is seen weaving the " Kells Art Linens," which are famous; they were introduced by Mrs. Hart for the " Kells Art Embroideries," for which she was awarded the gold medal at the Inven- tions Exhibition in London in 1885. A girl in the same cottage is embroidering linens, in polished flax- threads, from designs adapt- ed from ancient Celtic ^< MSS. of the seventh ^ ^.. century, specimens of which are seen in the banqueting-hall. In the next cottage are two women employed in lace -making — one, a very skillful worker, is making Limerick lace in a tambour frame, and the other making " Kells " lace on a pil- low. In the third cot- tage is found work of another description , namely, wood-carving and drawing designs for the marble-carvers, who will be found at the end of the court-yard. Passing into the banqueting-hall of Done- gal Castle, built from measurements of the original, the ancient seat of the O'Donnells, the princes of Tyrconnell,we see embroidered hangings and coverlets; unequaled home- 16 spuns, spun, woven, and plant-dyed by peasants, trained in the most remote dis- tricts in County Donegal; iridescent and colored linens, Irish and "Kells" laces, daintily stitched and embroidered ladies' underwear, among which, are replicas of articles made by order of the Princess of Wales for the trousseau of the Duchess of Fife; ecclesiastical vestments, wood-carv- ings, hammered iron — the artistic work of " The Village Blacksmith " outside — knitted hosiery, sprigged and veined handkerchiefs, and house linen, all the work of Irish hands. Besides these there is a fine collection of Irish marbles, bog-oak carvings, jewelry, blackthorn sticks, photographs of scen- ery, etc. Among the art works is the great statue of Mr. Glad- stone by Bruce Joy, the Irish sculptor, who also shows re- plicas of his Man- chester statue of John Bright and of his charming bust of Mary Anderson. Here also is a gallery of portraits of great Irishmen, taken from engravings in the Brit- ish museum ; paintings by Irish artists, and of Irish scenery and history; replicas of the old Celtic illuminations; engravings of the Irish carved crosses, and reproductions of the ancient Celtic metal- work and jewelry. The picture by Begg of " Gladstone Bring- ing in the Home-rule Bill " will appeal to all Irishmen. The exhibition is illustrative of Irish art from the earliest to the present time, and is such as has never before been seen in this country. We pass through the concert and lecture hall into the court- yard, which is one of great interest to the student of Irish history and art. From the Mrs. Ernest Hart. Entrance Gate to the Irish Village. center of the court-yard springs, to the height of 120 feet, a round tower, a replica of one of the eighty still standing in Ireland. In the court-yard of the tower are found faith- ful reproductions of Ogham, Bullen, and Hole stones; of cromlechs and crosses; chief among the latter is a cross twenty-seven; 342 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. feet high, splendidly carved, in interlaced Celtic design, in Irish limestone. The size and proportions are exactly the same as those of the great cross of Monasterboice. exhibition, was designed and carried out by Mrs. Ernest Hart, East of and adjoining this village, on the north side of the walk, is the beautiful Libbey Glass At the end of the court-yard is found a spot appealing to the heart of every Irishman, viz., the Wishing Chair of the Giant's Cause- way, standing on real Irish soil. When the soil was peeled from the mountain-side it was covered with a carpet of shamrocks, and every effort has been made to keep them green and fresh. Passing through the archway of the ruined keep of Donegal Castle, we pay a visit to the village smithy, where the village blacksmith is making ' ' things of beauty " out of iron rods. In the next cottage is seen the whole process of Co.'s Exhibit. building of the Libbey Glass Company (F 12). One of the most interesting of the exhibits of the Fair is the complete cut-glass manu- factory of the Libbey Glass Co. of Toledo, Ohio, on Midway Plaisance. Here the many processes of glass-making, from the mixing of the sand with oxide of lead, lime, and alkalies to the latest and most approved methods of cutting, polishing, and finishing, are displayed. The most prominent and attractive feature is the glass-blowing de- partment, where the waxy molten masses homespun-making, as taught and carried out under the auspices of the Donegal Indus- trial Fund. This village, with its street of cottages, its castle, Roman tower, art and industrial and Beauty Show of the material are drawn from the white- hot furnaces by boys armed with long iron rods, and turned over to the skilled work- man, who blows it into shape. In the glass- cutting department forty men are continu- MID IV A Y PLAISANCE. 243 ously engaged in cutting upon this fragile ware the most deUcate and intricate pat- terns. Still another department is that where facile artisans are employed in paint- ing upon glass, which is afterward trans- ferred to kilns and fired, to fix the designs indelibly. Glass spinning and weaving is likewise exhibited. The wheels used for spinning are six feet in diameter, and draw out threads of glass almost as thin as gos- samer, which are then woven into beautiful fabrics for dresses, napkins, lamp-shades, highly attractive souvenir of the Exposition, resembling the cut at page 17 of this guide. The Electric Scenic Theater (F 12) is erected on the north side of the walk, just east of the Libbey Glass Co. 's pavilion and directly opposite the New England Log Cabin, on the Midway Plaisance. It con- sists of a display of scenery shown by the latest electric methods of scenic effects by electricity. The scenery was executed in Germany, and is considered a triumph of art. The seating capacity of this pavilion is Muckross Abbey as Reproduced at the Irish Industrial Village. bonnets, etc. Goods of the highest Ameri- can standard and of every grade and kind are manufactured here. This building accommodates 5,000 visitors at a time, and there is no charge for admission to any part of it. The artists of this company blow in glass, before the visitor, the bust of personified Chicago, familiarly known as " the I WILL girl , ' ' from the improved pattern of the same , and also make a placque from a similar face. The glass used is made from peculiar mate- rials imported from Scotland, and looks like silver, thus making a beautiful and about 350, and a charge of 25 cents is made for each person. Across the central walk from this theater is the Log Cabin (G 12). In this cabin, erected on the Midway Plaisance just east of the Venice-Murano Glass Co., is shown New England life of one hundred years ago. This cabin is furnished in old-tmie style, and the inmates are attired in the costumes of that day. Back of the cabin is the dining-hall, where old-fashioned dinners, consisting of pork and beans, pumpkin pie, etc. , are served at the rate ot 50 cents per meal. 244 A WEEK AT THE FAIR. Crossing to the north side of the walk and making his way toward the east, the tourist encounters an exhibit that is somewhat of a novelty. He has probably attended bench shows, horse shows, and baby shows, and now has a chance to attend a woman show, for such is really the exhibit of the Interna- tional Dress and Costume Company (F 13). The forty -five or more beauties who display their charms of form and face, and their striking national costumes, at this point, are of many different countries, and were selected from France, England, Austria, Japan, etc., by the managers. East of the Beauty Show is the Phila- delphia Model Workingman's Home (F 14). The ground-plan of this model structure covers a space 16x43 feet, and the exterior is plain and unpretentious; the front com- posed of Bedford rock and pressed brick. On the first floor are a parlor, 18 feet 7 inches by 9 feet i inch; a dining-room, 10 feet I inch by 12 feet 2 inches; and a kitchen, 9 feet 6 inches by 7 feet 4 inches. The hall- way is 5 feet wide, and a narrow staircase leads to the second story, which has a front bedroom, 14 feet 3 inches by 11 feet 10 inches, with walnut mantel and corniced ceiling. A second bedroom is 11 feet i inch by 9 feet i inch; and next is a bath- room, 6 feet by 6 feet 3^ inches. A back sitting-room has an overhanging bay-win- dow 4 feet deep. There is a basement the full length of the house. The cost is $2,500. At the end of the Plaisance, on this side of the walk, is the booth of the Diamond Match Company (F 14), which here dis- plays its wares, the materials from which they are made, and the processes by which the raw material is converted into the finished product. Across the walk, on the south side of the Plaisance, opposite the Beauty Show, is the Adams Express Com- pany's Office (G 13), with facilities for trans- acting their usual business. East of this office, on the same side of the Plaisance, is the Irish Industries Exhibit (G 14), in charge of Lady Aberdeen. The Irish Industrial Village (G 14), the exhibit of the Irish Industries Associa- tion, is located on the right-hand or south side of Mid- way Plaisance, at its eastern end, oc- cupying the south- east portion of that part of the grounds. This exhibit is un- der the presidency of the Countess of Aberdeen, the wife of the Earl of Aber- deen, formerly Viceroy of Ireland, and newly appointed Governor-General of Can- ada. While in Ireland, Lady Aberdeen founded the Irish Industries Association, the members and supporters of which society include the most prominent persons Countess of Aberdeen. in Ireland of all classes, creeds, and political opinions, and which has for its object the development and organization of cottage or home industries throughout Ireland, thus providing for the peasantry a perma- nent means of subsistence other than that of agriculture alone. Bad seasons and un- fruitful land often reduce the people to the verge of starvation; but when another way of earning money is open to them, such as the making of underclothing, lace, embroid- ery, knitting, hand-loom weaving, and the like, their prospects are greatly bettered. The Irish Industries Association has already been able to do much in making the work of the Irish poor known in Great Britain, and in finding a market for it, and they now seek, through this Irish village at the World's Fair, to demonstrate the expertness Uonaghmore Crosi^ \ of the workers, and to find a market for their goods on this side of the Atlantic; also to get together capital wherewith further to improve and develop these industries. The gateway of the village on the Plai- sance is modeled after the entrance to King Cormac's chapel. Rock of Cashel, and is of itself enough to arouse the pride of the patriotic Irishman. Just beyond the en- trance is a replica of the cloister from Muck- ross Abbey, exact in every detail, as a repro- duction, save the giant yew which occupies the center of the original. The visitor passes from the cloisters through a succes- sion of cottages, in each of which a home industry is exhibited in course of production; such as the methods of making the different kinds of lace produced in different parts of Ireland, embroidery, hand-loom weaving, MIDWAY PLAISANCE. 245 spinning, knitting, a model dairy — in which dairy-maids of the Munster Dairy School show both old and new ways of making the best of butter. Bog-oak and wood carving are also represented, and a most beautiful selection of oak and Galway marble goods are exhibited for sale under the care of Miss Irishman may once more stand on true Irish turf, and carry away a piece of it or a native blackthorn as a memento, A beautiful specimen of an old Irish cross, made at Messrs. CoUes' Marble Works, at Kilkenny, stands in the village square. A village con- cert hall, a museum, a village store, and a mm Lady Aberdeen's Cottage at the Irish Industries Village. Goggin of Dublin. Then, too, there is another cottage devoted to a show of jewelry in characteristic design. The special designs are replicas of the Tara brooch, the Fingal pin, initials from the Book of Kells, the old Celtic traceries — all being made by Irish workmen in the village. Besides these attractions the patriotic public house are also prominent features, clustering around the historic Castle of Blarney, from the top of which it is true to say that " all Ireland may be viewed," and the more adventurous may gain eloquence by kissing the Blarney Stone. ISHBEL ABERDEEN, President of Irish Industries Association. OUTSIDE ATTRACTIONS. Naturally many kinds of entertainments have been attracted to Chicago to remain during the term of the Exposition. In addi- tion to those mentioned in the earlier part of this book, among others, the following are selected as especially likely to afford instruc- tion or amusement to visitors. Buffalo Bill's world-renowned Wild West /^y;^: Show occupies fifty acres between Sixty- second and Sixty-third streets, close to the Exposition entrances on those streets. It is an easily accessible location, being reached by cable, electric, elevated, and steam cars. Colonel Cody has outdone himself in his efforts to make the exhibition outshine all its previous brilliant successes. England, Italy, France, Spain, Austria, and many other countries have been visited by him and con- quered, but he feels that success is not com- plete until Chicago is subdued. The covered grand-stand has a seating capacity of 18,000, and the open arena covers seven acres, which is not too large an area when it is remem- bered that 450 persons take part in the per- formance. Gauchos from South America, Indians from the Far West, Cossacks from darkest Asia, and Cowboys from Texas com- bine in friendly rivalry to make a show of unique interest and unending variety. Feats of horsemanship, miraculous skill in the use of fire-arms, battle, murder, and sudden death, civilization and barbarism in kalei- doscopic intermixture, viewed from a com- fortable seat, will prove to World's Fair visit- ors, as they have to princes and peasants in far-off lands, sources of unbounded diversion. Not far off, between Fifty-seventh and Fifty -ninth streets, stands a building erected for a very different purpose, and known as the Moody and Sankey Home. Here Mr. Moody, aided by other eminent divines, will hold constant services, and strive to win the erring from their ways, and spur on the virtuous to further works of righteousness. Near by, on Stony Island Boulevard, stands the Model Sunday-school, the plans for which were accepted, after much severe competition, as being the best possible for Sunday-school purposes. Here will be held Sunday-school conferences, and other gath- erings of a like character. The building contains a complete exhibit of Sunday- school appliances, and will proVe a place of deep interest to all those interested in the religious instruction of the young. It may be news to many visitors to hear that Chicago has been invaded by a foreign army. Nevertheless, Tommy Atkins is here three hundred strong; cavalry, artillery, and infantry have come, and captured, by their skill and pluck, the hearts of their American cousins. Located at Tattersall's, Sixteenth and Dearborn streets, is the Military Tour- nament, where may be nightly seen, and on Saturday during the daytime, in that mam- moth and luxurious hall, an unsurpassed dis- play of skill in the use of arms, feats of dar- ing horsemanship such as have made English cavalry famous the world over, charges and counter-charges, attacks and repulses, san- guinary battles that are almost too terribly realistic, keen combats between bayonet and sword, sword and lance, wrestling on horse- back, tent-pegging, and charming musical rides, where the perfectly trained horses rival their riders in knowledge of the intricate movements, and in the pride they take in performing the complicated evolutions with unerring accuracy. The brigade consists of detachments from the First Life Guards, Grenadier Guards, Royal Horse Artillery, Fifth Royal Irish Lancers, Eleventh Hussars, the Black Watch, and Connaught Rangers — all regi- ments with records which have made them the theme of poets' songs. They do not forget their glorious past, and under the able command of Gen. Digby Willoughby, an officer of long and gallant service, are The Model Sunday-School. daily adding fresh, albeit peaceful, num- bers to their long list of warlike conquests. Other attractions of nearly or as great interest as these exist in great numbers. For instance, between Sixty and Sixty- first streets, the Serpentine & Cavern Railway and Paine's Fireworks will afford abundant amusement; and near by, at Washington Park, the lover of sport can have the satisfaction of seeing the great American Derby run for a prize of $60,000, on June 24th, and on the following thirty days be entertained by daily races, for sums that will attract the best horses. (246) fticriveiil/ Si.lci\.m i UeasoiTN Y U j . Fifth fivEKUs P^owel MADISON SQUARE, NEW YORK THE LARGEST, BEST APPOINTED, AND MOST LIBERALLY ^ MANAGED HOTEL IN THE CITY, WITH THE MOST CENTRAL AND DELIGHTEUL LOCATION A. B. DARLING CHARLES N. VILAS E. A. DARLING HIRAM HITCHCOCK HITCHCOCK, DARLING &. CO. I-H arson, I each /sj- ( o. BANKERS 116 DEARBORN Street, CHICAGO 2 Wall Street, NEW YORK State, County, Town, Street Railroad and Water Bonds Bought and Sold LISTS MAILED ON APPLICATION Headquarters on Exposition Grounds in the Administration Building in connection with the Chemical National Bank. 247 THE AUDITORIUM THE GRAND MONUMENTAL STRUCTURE OF CHICAGO SITUATE 0^i CONGRESS ST., and WABASH and MICHIGAN AVES. From its Observatory, 260 feet high, is obtained a view of the City, Lake, and World's Fair Buildings unequaled by that from any other structure in the city. ELEVATORS TO 17TH FLOOR. OPEN DAILY, DAY AND EVENING. The Virginia CHICAGO Absolutely Fire-Proof A Perfect Uotel FOR TRT^NSIENT OR . The open courts facing South insure sunlight and perfect ventilation CONDUCTED ON THE AMERICAN PLAN Book of Photographic Interior Views, and Rates Mailed on Application 248 GENERAL INDEX. Adams Express Co.'s Office. 244 Administration Building 67 Agricultural Building.. 120 Algerian and Tunisian Village 233 Amusement, Places of.. — .. 24 Allis& Co., E. P.. 2 American Straw Board Co. i American Radiator Co 4 American Casualty & Security Co 10 Anthropological Building _ 104 Andrews & Johnson Co _ _ . . 92 Appropriations for World's Fair 30 Arkansas State Building . 208 Art Building 170 Auditorium _ 248 Australia House, The 187 Australian Squatter's Hut _ 161 Austrian Village 232 Baggage and Baggage-Checking 19 Baker's Cocoa and Chocolate Pavilion.. 130 Banking Facilities at the Fair 72 Barre Sliding Railway... 230 Barber Asphalt Paving Co. ^ 63 Baths. . 23 Baur's Sphinx _ 161 Beauty Show _ 244 Bernese Alps, Panorama 238 Bethlehem Iron Works 49 Blooker 's Dutch Cocoa Exhibit 100 Blue Grotto of Capri 231 Boarding-houses 23 Boats to the Fair 38 Bogue & Co 2d page cover Brazilian Building 195 British Building 185 Buildings and Grounds, area and dimen- sions 36 Buildings of the Exposition 31 Bureau of Construction. 30 Bureau of Public Comfort 23 Cab Fares .. 19 Cable-cars to the Fair 39 Cafede Marine 167 Calendar _.• 14, 15 California Building . 204 Canadian Building 187 Captive Balloon 232 Carpenter Co., Geo. B 253 Caravels of Columbus 115 Car-shops 104 Case, J. I., Plow Co... ._ 3 Casino , •_ ._ 120 Central Terminal Exposition Depot 65 Ceylon Court 198 Children's Building 1 54 Chicago Cottage Organ Co 262 Chinese Village 232 Chop-houses and Restaurants .,_ 23 Claim Checks 19 Clay, Robinson & Co. 5 Clam Bake Building 186 Clife Dwellers' Exhibit 102 Colorado Building 203 Colombia Buildings 192 Columbia Coach Co 40 Columbia Navigation Co. 38 Columbian Fountain 78 Columbian Guards... 131 PAGE Consuls, Foreign 24 Connecticut Building. 225 Construction Begun . . 26 Continental National Bank 265 Convent of Santa Maria de la Rabida.. iii Cosmo Buttermilk Soap Co 267 Costa Rica Building. 197 Crown Pen Co 93 Dahomey Village 231 Daily Columbian 94 Dairy Barns 104 Dairy Buildings 104 Dayton, Poole & Brown 5 Deering & Co. , Wm 6, 126 Delaware Building 219 Dernburg, Glick & Horner. 16 Depots . 17 Diamond Match Co 244 Dibblee Co., Henry 252 Dimensions of Buildings 36 Dodge Manufacturing Co 92 Driving to the Fair 39 Ducker Hospital 154 Duplicate Baggage Checks 19 Dutch Settlement 239 East Indies .' 191 Eiffel Tower 236 Electricity Building. .. 80 Electric Launches 183 Electric Scenic Theater 243 Engle Garbage Furnace 104 Enterprise Carriage Mfg. Co See Kauffmann Buggy Co. Entrances to the Exposition / 40 Esquimau Village 202 Ethnographical Exhibit 106 Explanation of References 8 Exposition, How to Reach 37 Exposition Station 42 Fargo & Co., C. H 12 Fairbanks, Morse & Co 263 Fair Grounds, How to Reach 37 Farson, Leach &Co.. 247 Ferris Wheel 235 Festival Hall 160 Fifth Avenue Hotel. ... . 247 Fire and Guard Station 233 Fire Queen, The .... 182 Fish Bros. Wagon Co 52 Fisheries Building 162 Florida Building. __.. 212 Foreign Consuls 24 ' ' Forest King " Restaurant. 102 Forestry Building 107 French Bakery Exhibit 99 French Cider-Press 234 French Colonies. 100 French Government Building... 198 Furnished Rooms. 23 Gage Bros. & Co 252 Garbage Furnace, Engle , 104 Gane Bros. & Co , 252 Gate Facilities . 41 Gardner Sash Balance 256 German Government Building 188 German Village 238 Glass Spinning Exhibit ._ 235 Gondola Co. 183 (349) 250 GENERAL INDEX. PAGE Grand View Tower and Roof Prome- nade 144 Great Central Court and Basin 199 Great White Horse Inn_. .99, 3d page cover Greenhouses 160 Gridley & Hopkins. 5 Guatemala Building 196 Hagenbeck's Trained Animals. 239 Haiti Building, The 190 Hardy Subterranean Scenery Co 255 Hay ward's Restaurant 65 Hercules Iron Works of Chicago 42 History of the World's Columbian Ex- position 26 Hitchcock, Darling & Co 247 Homeopathic Headquarters 182 Hoo-den, or Phoenix Palace. 162 Horticultural Building 155 Hotels ... 19-23 How to Reach the Exposition 37 How to See the State Buildings 201 Hungarian Orpheum 231 Hunter's Island... — 160 Hygeia Mineral Springs Co 42 Ice Railway 235 Idaho Building 217 Illinois Building 204 " Illinois," Man-of-War 152 Indiana Building 204 Indian Bazaar _ 233 Indian School Exhibit iii Information, How to Obtain 19 International Dress & Costume Co 244 Intramural Elevated Railroad 42,116 Iowa Building 225 Irish Industries Exhibit (Lady Aber- deen's) 244 Irish Village (Mrs. Hart's) 240 Isabella Booth 145 Izaak Walton, Home of 168 [apan Buildings 162 [apanese Bazaar 239 fapanese Tea House 168 [oint Territorial Building 215 Kansas Building 210 Kauff mann Buggy Co 266 Kentucky Building 212 Keyless Lock Co 266 Krupp's Exhibit iii Lagoon Trip 228 Lapland Village 231 La Rabida, Convent of Santa Maria de iii Leather Exhibit no Lecture Hall. .237 Libbey Glass Co 242 Libby, McNeill & Libby 268 Live Stock Exhibit 97 Log Cabin (Bernheim's) loi Log Cabin, New England 243 Loggers' Camp 97 Louisiana Building. 214 Lowney Pavilion 130 Machinery Hall 87 Machinery, Outside Exhibit 94 MacMonnies Fountain 78 Main Columbian Pier 118 Maine Building. 227 Manufactures and Liberal Arts Build- ing 132 Map of World's Pair Grounds 13 PAGE Maryland Building _ 219 Massachusetts Building 222 Merchant Tailors' Building 167 Merck Building _ 177 Michigan Building 206 Midway Plaisance 230 Military Tournament 146 Mines and Mining Building 56, 57 Minnesota Building 207 Missouri Building 213 Model Workingman's Home loi Monarch Cycle Co. .. 267 Montana Building 217 Moorish Palace 237 Movable Sidewalk 118 Munson Typewriter 144 Music Hall 129 Natatorium 239 National Typewriters' Exchange 267 Nebraska Building 207 New Hampshire Building _ 226 New Jersey Building 223 New York Building 220 North Dakota 209 Norway 197 Nursery Exhibit 230 Ohio Building 205 Oil Industries _ 97 Oil Tank Vault 104 Old Times Distillery Co 102 Omnibus Fares 19 Ore Mining Co 42 Oyster Saloons 23 Panorama of Bernese Alps 238 Panorama of Kilauea 233 Parmelee's Omnibus & Baggage Trans- fer Co 19 Pennsylvania Building 214 Pennsylvania Railroad Co.'s Exhibit.. 42 Perkins Windmill Co. . 264 Persian Concession 236 Philadelphia Model Workingman's Home 244 Phoenix Palace 162 Photographer's Building 1 60 Piers , Launches , and Steamers 1 99 Places of Amusement 17 Policemen, Ask Information of 19 Police Patrol Wagons 131 PoHsh Caf6 168 Potter, C, Jr., & Co Power House . 104 Preface 9 " Progress," Old Whaling Bark in Public Comfort Building.. 177 Public Service Building 160 Puck Building 154 Pumping House 104 Pumping Works 93 Purchasing List 257, 261 Quadriga Statuary 129 Railroads 17, 18 Restaurants 23 Rhode Island Building.. 222 Rolling Chair Around the Grounds 131 Rooms, Furnished 23 Rooms with Board 23 Rose Garden 161 Sears Co. , Henry. 253 Sewage Cleansing Works. . . ' .- 104 GENERAL INDEX. 351: Siamese Government Pavilion 191 Sibley& Ware 267 Silurian Mineral Water Co 5 Simonds Manufacturing Co 4 Site of the World's Fair. ..., 27 South Dakota Building _ 202 South Sea Island Villages 239 Spanish Building 188 St. Peter's at Rome, Model of 234 Statuary of Main Basin _ 94 Statue of Columbus 72 Statue of the Republic. 128 Steamer Landings 41 Steamers to the Fair Grounds 38 Stokes Manufacturing Co. , The Chas. F. 254 Street-car Fares 19 Street in Cairo 235 Swedish Building 193 Swedish Restaurant 168 Table of Contents 11 Texas Building... 210 Theaters 24 Tickets, Where to Purchase 41 Transfer Co 19 Transportation Building 43 Trip to the Fair 42 Turkish Building 195 Turkish Village 237 United States Government Building 55, 146 United States Life-saving Station 151 United States Model Army Hospital. ._ 146 United States Naval Exhibit .. 152 United States Naval Observatory. . ... 152 United States Wind-Engine & Pump Co. 42 Utah Building 216 Vanderbilt Railroad Exhibit 42 Van Houten & Zoon's Exhibit 145 Van Rensselaer's (Mrs. Schuyler) Article 73 Venezuela Building 195 Venice-Murano Glass Exhibit 240 Vermont Building . 228 Victoria House. 185 Vienna Cafe 234 Viking Ship 116 Virginia Building J 224 Virginia Hotel . 248 Vosburgh Manufacturing Co., W. C 251 Volcano of Kilauea 233 Wagner Palace Car Co. Exhibit 42 Washington State Building 202 Weather Bureau, The 151 Western Wheel Works. 54 West Virginia Building 216 Whaling Bark, The Old iii White Star Steamship Co... 155 Wild West Show 146. Windmill Exhibit _ 99 Wisconsin Building 204 Wolf &Co.,F. W I Woman's Building 177 Wooded Island 160. World's Congress Auxiliary 21 World's Fair Location 29 World's Fairs 27 World's Inn 10 World's Fair Steam Launch Co 199 Yucatan, Ruins of 105 Zoopraxiscopic Exhibit 237 THIS WEEK CALL ON W. C. Vosburgh Mi^g C^- LIMITED. DESIGNERS AND MAKERS OF GlAS AND ELECTRIC FIXTURES. WESTERN DEPOT 184-186 WABASH AVENUE CHICAGO FACTORY BROOKLYN, N;Y. FREDERICK BODE. Pres. SETH GAGE, Vice-Pres. C. C. WETHERELL, Sec. GEO. EBELING, Treas. HT^TS. ORNT^TM^ENTS. L-KCES I=LOiniERS, I=EKTHERS INCORPORATED 1VIILLINERY , RIBBONS VELVETS, CREPES Xte anb X2n ^aba&H Sivenne , . , VDhiGogo I I I GANE BROTHERS, NEW YORK. GANE BROTHERS & CO., ST. LOUIS GANE BROS. & CO. LEATHER MANUFACTURERS BOOK-fiiPEBS' SDPPLIES flP MPT NO. 179 MONROE STREET, CHICAGO. T. F. GANE. G. A. GANE. A. E. LANE ANSON S. HOPKINS, President and Gen-l Manager. B. E. SUNNY, Vice-President. J. G. SANBORN, Sec-y & Treas, THE HENRY DIBBLEE COMPANY, Established ENGLISH CERAMIC MOSAICS, '""VgPgg^*"^ IVlantels, Q rates, and X''^^^ FINE SPECIAL FURNITURE. Sole Chicago Representatives, Maw & Co. (Limited), Shropshire, England. Fine Bank and Office Interiors, from our own or Architects' Designs. Salesrooms AND ivianufactory, g-^ 14 i g^ i\ r^ r\ 149 AND 150 MICHIGAN Avenue. ^nil_//\OU. Inspection of our display in Section N, near East Middle Entrance Manufactures and Liberal Arts Building, invited. BAND, McNALLY & CO.'S SKETCH BOOK AN ILLUSTRATED AND DESCRIPTIVE ALBUM OF THE WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION AT CHICAGO, Containing an artistic, accurate, and extensive bird's-eye view of tlie vast World's Fair Grounds (indexed for visitors' ready reference). Complete, elegant, and authentic half-tone engravings of all the principal Exposi- tion Buildings; oflRcial statistics as to dimensions and location ; valuable and most authentic details of the World's Greatest Exposition; the whole forming An Ideal Illustrated and Descriptive Album of the Great World's Fair. Handsomely bound in fine cloth, and gold stamped, it forms the finest possible souvenir or presentation book. Forty-eight pages, size, 6>4 x 854, each put up in heavy mailing envelope; price, 50 cents, sent prepaid on receipt of price. RAND, McNALLY & CO., CHICAGO. 252 Geo. B. Carpenter & Co. MANILA ROPE, BEST QUALITY, TENTS, FLAGS, and AWNINGS, HOSE, BELTING, AND PACKING. COTTON DUCK, ALL WIDTHS AND WEIGHTS, 202-208 South Water St., sthAvenue. CHICAGO, MANUFACTURERS IMPORTERS ^^t HENRY SE^B.. ^0> ^^^HiP^^ \ ^^ ^^RY AND BIC^^^ WHOLESALE RETAIL 2o3 "STERLING" BICYCLES During youi^ '^WegI^ ab bbe pair" Wg ip^ibe you^ inspeGbiop of our line o\[ "Sterling/' "Union/' and Medium Grade Bicycles Wg qi^g bIpG largGsb gxgIusi^g BigljgIg pousG ip bIpG UnibGcl obabGS, apd carry a GorpplGbG Iidg of Sundi^iGS apd GyGiG SpGGialbiGS. Our Exhibit is in the Transportation Building Our General Offices and Salesrooms, 293 Wabash Avenue Factory, 236-24-0 Carroll Avenue Stokes Mfg. Co. DENVER CHICAGO 254 MILWAUKEE THE HARDY SUBTERRANEAN THEATER. The Hardy Subterranean Theater Is located on Wabash Avenue, south of Sixteenth Street. Here sight-seers are given an opportunity to see the marvels hidden underground, by means of an elevator which apparently descends to great depths. Though the elevator car (a miniature theatrical hall in itself, accommodating comfort- ably one hundred people) only moves up and down in a shaft about fifteen to twenty feet deep, the illusion is made perfect by a combination of mechanical devices, and the effect produced is a real descent about i,ooo to 1,200 feet under the surface of the earth. The elevator car moves into the center of a circular platform, carrying different stages arranged with appropriate scenery and living actors. The platform turns on rails, and is made to revolve and bring successively each scene in sight of the elevator car at the different stops made by the car in its descent. Entrance to the subterranean scenery is obtained through a hall, decorated to resemble a chamber of stalactites, having a stage at one end, where variety performances are given every afternoon and evening. Admission to the Hardy Theater, 50 cents. THE GROTTO. 255 Will H. Decker ARCHITECT The Most Magnificent Building in Philadelphia In a building of this character only the best materials are used. Hence the adoption of the Gardner System of hanging windows with Aluminum Ribbons. No other can compare with it. Send for catalogue of half- tone etchings of one hundred of the finest buildings in the world, all using the Gardner Ribbon; sent free if you enclose four cents in stamps for postage and men- tion "Week at the Fair." GARDNER SASH BALANCE COMPANY 164- Dearborn Street, Chicago, Illinois Rand, McNally & Co/s Bird's-Eye Views and Guide to Chicago 320 PAGES. POCKET FORM. EACH PAGE 5x7 INCHES IN SIZE. Nothing that would prove of interest to the visitor has been omitted. The following synopsis of a few chapters shows its completeness in detail. Historical Facts. — First settlement, growth, etc. Arrival in Chicago. — How to reach any hotel or part of the city from boat or from any of the nine great railroad depots. Hotels. — How conducted, whether American or European plan, rates, etc., with special map showing locations of reliable houses. Restaurants and Cafes. — With special map showing locations. Transportation. — Rates for all classes of conveyances, with directions how to reach any point in the city at the least expense. Notable Buildings. — Why a necessity and how constructed. Illustrated by architectural drawings which are so plain that any one can readily understand the construction of a modern steel building. Separate Chapters on Amusements, Churches, Educational Institutions, Beautiful Lights at Night, Municipal Affairs, etc., etc. Tours of the City. — Over loo pages are devoted to drives about the city. How to reach the park's and what to see. Description of residence districts, with the names of prominent residents and location of their houses by number. In addition to being a complete Visitor's Guide to the Chicago of to-day, it is illustrated with 38 full-page Bird's-eye Views, or Graphic Maps. These graphic maps give a bird's-eye view of several blocks, and are so accurately drawn that all buildings can be readily recognized, their locations as to streets seen at a glance, and with these views before him a stranger can find any desired location without seeking further information. Each district included in these graphic maps is fully described, and the kind of information as to the size, construction, and occupants of the buildings in that district is fully shown in the reading matter. Accompanying the Bird's-eye Guide is: 1st. An indexed map of the entire city of Chicago, 21x28 inches in size. 2d. A map of the business district giving the numbers of houses at all street corners. 3d. A map showing all transportation lines to and from the World's Fair Grounds. Price, Flexible Morocco, Gilt Edges, Rounded Corners, by mail, $1.50. Bound in Cloth, $1.00. Bound in Paper, 50 cents. Sent prepaid on receipt of price. Rand, McNally & Co., CHICAGO AND NEW YORK. 256 RAND, McNALLY & CO.'S Index and Purchasing L' ^F A^^ .'kliV. \ '- '^^ 0^ S^^^'?^^ ^«*n9 the Bookkeeper process ° -^ ^ " ''^®at"ient Date: Oct. 2003 \>'^ . . "V f,'??ervationTechnologJes C A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRPccow^'^f "^^ ^'^ -^v^^^ ^;,' PAPER PRESERVATION 1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive Cranberry Township. PA 16066 -^M^s/ \;^;/ V^V ..V'^'